diff options
63 files changed, 22381 insertions, 10639 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/boot-installer.po b/po/el/boot-installer.po index 7dd991eff..366f62e3e 100644 --- a/po/el/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/el/boot-installer.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-16 16:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: QUAD-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3847,15 +3847,12 @@ msgstr "Παράμετροι του Εγκαταστάτη του Debian" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "Το σύστημα εγκατάστασης αναγνωρίζει μερικές επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους " "εκκίνησης<footnote> <para> Σημειώστε ότι πυρήνες 2.4 δέχονται ένα μέγιστο 8 " @@ -3867,13 +3864,13 @@ msgstr "" "32 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος.</para> </footnote> που μπορεί να είναι χρήσιμες." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3883,7 +3880,7 @@ msgstr "" "εμφανίζονται. Σύντομη μορφή: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3898,7 +3895,7 @@ msgstr "" "προτεραιότητα όπως χρειάζεται." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3919,13 +3916,13 @@ msgstr "" "κάνει το \"σωστό\" χωρίς μεγάλη \"φασαρία\"." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3967,13 +3964,13 @@ msgstr "" "τελευταία αυτή επιλογή δεν είναι και πολύ χρήσιμη προς το παρόν." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3988,49 +3985,49 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε την διαδικασία εκκίνησης)." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0 " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "Αυτή είναι η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1 " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "Πιο αναλυτική από το συνηθισμένο." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2 " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "Άφθονη πληροφορία αποσφαλμάτωσης." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3 " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -4041,13 +4038,13 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε κανονικάτην εκκίνηση." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -4059,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr "" "floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -4070,13 +4067,13 @@ msgstr "" "με την παράμετρο αυτή ώστε να \"κοιτάξει\" μια μόνο συσκευή." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -4096,7 +4093,7 @@ msgstr "" "της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -4109,19 +4106,19 @@ msgstr "" "Radeon." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Τέτοια προβλήματα έχουν αναφερθεί για τα Amiga 1200 και SE/30." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "Τέτοια προβλήματα έχουν αναφερθεί σε hppa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -4141,13 +4138,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> ή σε συντομία <userinput>fb=true</userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/θέμα" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -4166,13 +4163,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> ή <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -4183,13 +4180,13 @@ msgstr "" "προβλήματα." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -4204,7 +4201,7 @@ msgstr "" "αποτύχει." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -4219,13 +4216,13 @@ msgstr "" "που θέλετε χειροκίνητα." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -4236,13 +4233,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι αρκετάγνωστοί για αυτή την κακή συμπεριφορά." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -4254,13 +4251,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Σύντομη μορφή: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -4273,13 +4270,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "ανίχνευση/αποβολή cdrom" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -4299,7 +4296,7 @@ msgstr "" "αυτόματα." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -4312,13 +4309,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" @@ -4326,13 +4323,13 @@ msgstr "" "τηνπαράμετρο &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -4345,13 +4342,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> κατά την εκκίνηση του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "διάσωση/ενεργοποίηση" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -4361,19 +4358,218 @@ msgstr "" "διάσωσης αντί της διαδικασίας της κανονικής εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "Ανίχνευση λαθών της Διαδικασίας Εγκατάστασης " #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "Αξιοπιστία των δισκετών" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Αξιοπιστία των δισκετών" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -4383,7 +4579,7 @@ msgstr "" "φαίνεται να είναι η αξιοπιστία των δισκετών." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -4403,15 +4599,14 @@ msgstr "" "σφάλματα Ι/Ο δίσκου (disk I/O errors)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "Εάν βρεθείτε αντιμέτωποι με σταμάτημα της εγκατάστασης σε μια συγκεκριμένη " "δισκέτα, το πρώτο πράγμα που πρέπει να κάνετε είναι να κατεβάσετε ξανά το " @@ -4422,7 +4617,16 @@ msgstr "" "προσπάθεια γραψίματος της δισκέτας σε ένα άλλο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -4434,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "" "επειτα ολα προχωρησαν κανονικα με την τριτη δισκετα." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -4446,13 +4650,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτά οφείλονται σε ένα προβληματικό υλικό ή στο firmware του οδηγού δισκέτας." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -4467,7 +4671,7 @@ msgstr "" "parms\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -4480,7 +4684,7 @@ msgstr "" "την <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4493,7 +4697,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευές όπως εσωτερικά modem, κάρτες ήχου και συσκευές Plug-n-Play.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4507,13 +4711,13 @@ msgstr "" "της μνήμης που θα βλέπει ο πυρήνας, όπως <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Συνηθισμένα προβλήματα εγκατάστασης στην αρχιτεκτονική &arch-title; " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4523,7 +4727,7 @@ msgstr "" "αποφευχθούν περνώντας συγκεκριμένες παραμέτρους εκκίνησης στον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4536,7 +4740,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>. " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4557,7 +4761,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4571,7 +4775,7 @@ msgstr "" "που απενεργοποιεί αυτόν τον έλεγχο." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4593,13 +4797,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> για λεπτομέρειες." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "Πάγωμα του συστήματος κατά το στάδιο ρύθμισης του PCMCIA " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4620,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr "" "την περιοχή των πόρων εκείνων που προκαλούν τα προβλήματα." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4644,13 +4848,13 @@ msgstr "" "εισάγετε αυτή την τιμή στον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "Πάγωμα του συστήματος κατά το φόρτωμα των αρθρωμάτων USB " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4671,13 +4875,13 @@ msgstr "" "τη φόρτωση των αρθρωμάτων." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "Ερμηνεία των μηνυμάτων έναρξης πυρήνα! " #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4716,13 +4920,13 @@ msgstr "" "baking\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Αναφορά σφαλμάτων" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4742,7 +4946,7 @@ msgstr "" "επισυνάψετε αυτές τις πληροφορίες σ'αυτήν." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4755,13 +4959,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Διαδικασία υποβολής Αναφοράς Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4776,7 +4980,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφώσεων υλικού." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4791,8 +4995,8 @@ msgstr "" "installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " "report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" @@ -4801,7 +5005,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4809,23 +5013,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/el/installation-howto.po b/po/el/installation-howto.po index 071143a05..57ebe16d7 100644 --- a/po/el/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/el/installation-howto.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-08 18:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -404,9 +404,7 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "Αφού ξεκινήσει ο εγκαταστάτης, θα βρεθείτε μπροστά σε μια αρχική οθόνη " "υποδοχής. Πατήστε το πλήκτρο &enterkey; για εκκίνηση ή διαβάστε τις οδηγίες " @@ -418,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαθέσιμος για εκκίνηση από δισκέττα. </para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -435,7 +433,7 @@ msgstr "" "του κόσμου." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -445,7 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Διαλέξτε την προεπιλεγμένη εκτός αν ξέρετε καλά τι κάνετε." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -455,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "το υπόλοιπο του από το CD, δισκέττα, USB, κλπ." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -467,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαθέτετε DHCP, θα σας δοθεί η ευκαιρία να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυο χειροκίνητα." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -483,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "από το μενού." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -499,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "" "την εγκατάσταση Debian: απλά επιλέξτε το τμήμα και ορίστε το νέο του μέγεθος." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -523,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" "σχετικά με την διαδικασία διαμέρισης." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -533,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος, που μπορεί να πάρει κάποια ώρα. Κατόπιν εγκαθίσταται ο πυρήνας." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -552,7 +550,7 @@ msgstr "" "κάπου αλλού.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -566,7 +564,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης, που εξηγείται στο <xref linkend=\"boot-new\" />." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -576,13 +574,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\" />." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Στείλτε μας μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -597,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr "" "installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -614,13 +612,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Και τέλος.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/el/partitioning.po b/po/el/partitioning.po index 56bdb8121..3262b9d62 100644 --- a/po/el/partitioning.po +++ b/po/el/partitioning.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-05 00:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1085,52 +1085,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Αν πρόκειται να δουλέψετε με περισσότερες από 20 κατατμήσεις στον IDE δίσκο " -"σας θα χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε συσκευές για τις κατατμήσεις από την 21η " -"και μετά. Το επόμενο βήμα της αρχικοποίησης της κατάτμησης θα αποτύχει αν " -"δεν είναι παρούσα μια κανονική συσκευή δίσκου. Σαν παράδειγμα, εδώ είναι " -"εντολές που μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε στην κονσόλα <userinput>tty2</" -"userinput> ή κάτω από την επιλογή <guimenuitem>Eκτέλεση ενός κελύφους</" -"guimenuitem> για να προσθέσετε μια συσκευή ώστε να μπορέσετε να " -"αρχικοποιήσετε την 21η κατάτμηση: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Η εκκίνηση στο καινούριο σύστημα θα αποτύχει αν " -"δεν είναι παρούσες οι κανονικές συσκευές στο σύστημα στόχο. Μετά την " -"εγκατάσταση του πυρήνα και των αρθρωμάτων εκτελέστε:" -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Θυμηθείτε να μαρκάρετε " -"την κατάτμηση εκκίνησης σαν <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>. " +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1149,14 +1108,14 @@ msgstr "" "αν πρόκειται να μοιραστείτε έναν δίσκο με το MacOS." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Διαμέριση για την αρχιτεκτονική &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1181,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκου." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1196,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργίας επικεφαλίδων δίσκου." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1220,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "για τα άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα που αναφέρθηκαν προηγουμένως." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1244,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "" "να δημιουργείται για το <command>aboot</command> για λόγους ευκολίας." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1265,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1297,7 +1256,7 @@ msgstr "" "25–50MB είναι αρκετά." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1318,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνέχεια επιλέξτε απλά μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση και αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1342,7 +1301,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιπτώσεις." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1363,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε όμως να έχετε μόνο μια εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση για κάθε δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1382,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1399,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "" "την μετάφραση από το BIOS)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1428,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιεί το BIOS για την πρόσβαση των δίσκων." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1452,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "1024ου κυλίνδρου." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1477,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "τις επεκτάσεις πρόσβασης μεγάλων δίσκων." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1494,13 +1453,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>parted</command> για να κάνει την διαμέριση στον-δίσκο." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "EFI Αναγνωρίσιμα format." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1519,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "χειριστεί σωστά πίνακες τόσο τύπου GPT όσο και MS-DOS." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1535,7 +1494,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρόπο ανάλογο αυτού της ρύθμισης της κατάτμησης <emphasis>swap</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1589,13 +1548,13 @@ msgstr "" "πρπβληματικά μπλοκ." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "Απαιτήσεις κατατμήσεων από τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1613,7 +1572,7 @@ msgstr "" "καλλίτερο μέγεθος." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1641,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργήσετε επαρκή ελεύθερο χώρο για την προσθήκη μιας κατάτμησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1651,13 +1610,13 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκο που περιέχει και το <emphasis>ριζικό</emphasis> σύστημα αρχείων." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "Διαγνωστικές κατατμήσεις EFI" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1681,7 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "" "κάνετε τη ρύθμιση της κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1701,13 +1660,13 @@ msgstr "" "από τον τομέα 0." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "Διαμέριση για νεώτερους PowerMac. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1732,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "fdisk</command> χρησιμοποιώντας την εντολή <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1745,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώστε το OpenFirmware να την ξεκινά από αυτήν αυτόματα." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1765,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "την διαχείριση αυτής της κατάτμησης." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1789,7 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1806,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεις συσκευών." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1822,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sun." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1845,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" "και το μπλοκ εκκίνησης." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1858,3 +1817,49 @@ msgstr "" "τον πρώτο κύλινδρο μέχρι τον τελευταίο). Αυτή είναι απλά μια σύμβαση των " "επικεφαλίδων δίσκου Sun και βοηθά τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>SILO</" "command> να διατηρεί τα περιεχόμενά τους." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αν πρόκειται να δουλέψετε με περισσότερες από 20 κατατμήσεις στον IDE " +#~ "δίσκο σας θα χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε συσκευές για τις κατατμήσεις από " +#~ "την 21η και μετά. Το επόμενο βήμα της αρχικοποίησης της κατάτμησης θα " +#~ "αποτύχει αν δεν είναι παρούσα μια κανονική συσκευή δίσκου. Σαν " +#~ "παράδειγμα, εδώ είναι εντολές που μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε στην " +#~ "κονσόλα <userinput>tty2</userinput> ή κάτω από την επιλογή " +#~ "<guimenuitem>Eκτέλεση ενός κελύφους</guimenuitem> για να προσθέσετε μια " +#~ "συσκευή ώστε να μπορέσετε να αρχικοποιήσετε την 21η κατάτμηση: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Η εκκίνηση στο καινούριο σύστημα θα αποτύχει " +#~ "αν δεν είναι παρούσες οι κανονικές συσκευές στο σύστημα στόχο. Μετά την " +#~ "εγκατάσταση του πυρήνα και των αρθρωμάτων εκτελέστε:" +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Θυμηθείτε να μαρκάρετε " +#~ "την κατάτμηση εκκίνησης σαν <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>. " diff --git a/po/el/preseed.po b/po/el/preseed.po index 958536f21..7cf9b4ba0 100644 --- a/po/el/preseed.po +++ b/po/el/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-22 14:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <yodesy@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: el <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "" "σας." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -628,12 +628,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "Η συμβολοσειρά <quote>--</quote> στις επιλογές εκκίνησης έχει μια ειδική " "σημασία. Παράμετροι του πυρήνα που εμφανίζονται μετά από αυτήν θα " @@ -643,14 +649,13 @@ msgstr "" "στις προκαθορισμένες παραμέτρους εκκίνησης." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "Ο πυρήνας 2.4 δέχεται ένα μέγιστο 8 επιλογών από την γραμμή εντολών και 8 " "επιλογών περιβάλλοντος (περιλαμβανομένων οποιωνδήποτε επιλογών έχουν " @@ -661,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντολών και 32 επιλογές περιβάλλοντος." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -674,7 +679,7 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότερες επιλογές για preseeding." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -684,13 +689,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης ακόμα κι αν τις βάλλετε μέσα σε εισαγωγικά." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός αρχείου προρυθμίσεων" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -701,14 +706,14 @@ msgstr "" "εντολή<command>debconf-set-selections</command>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "" "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." @@ -717,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr "" "ένα αρχείο προρύθμισης." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -728,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" "ερμηνευθεί σαν να ανήκει στην τιμή." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -743,7 +748,7 @@ msgstr "" "τιμή." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -756,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>) στις οποίες θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν οι μεταφρασμένες τιμές." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -766,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" "που εμφανίζεται κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -777,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> σαν βάση και να δουλέψετε πάνω σ' αυτό." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -792,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" "αυτήν του cdebconf του εγκαταστάτη:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -802,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -814,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείο είναι ένα καλλίτερο σημείο εκκίνησης για τους περισσότερους χρήστες." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -830,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαβάζονται μόνο από τον χρήστη root." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -842,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -859,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρέχουσες τιμές και τις τιμές που έχουν δοθεί στις μεταβλητές." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -872,13 +877,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "Φόρτωση του αρχείου preseed" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -895,13 +900,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχιτεκτονική σας." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Τοπικοποίηση" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -913,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφότου γίνουν αυτές οι ερωτήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -926,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" "locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -936,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -951,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "" "έγκυρο για την επιλεγμένη αρχιτεκτονική του πληκτρολογίου." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -967,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -980,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" "keymap του πυρήνα." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -993,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>)." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -1015,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνα." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -1028,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "choose_interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -1049,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιέχει τις ακόλουθες γραμμές:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -1059,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -1138,13 +1143,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του Debian" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1158,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1168,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1187,7 +1192,7 @@ msgstr "" "ίδια με αυτή για την <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1212,13 +1217,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμέριση" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1238,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκων με χρήση preseeding ούτε η ρύθμιση RAID." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1250,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλεχθεί ο σωστός πριν να χρησιμοποιήσετε preseeding." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1381,13 +1386,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "Διαμέριση" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1398,7 +1403,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1409,7 +1414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1418,7 +1423,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1470,13 +1475,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση ρολογιού και χρονικής ζώνης" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1495,13 +1500,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση setup" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1515,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "προαιρετικά να προσθέσετε και άλλες (τοπικές) \"αποθήκες\" πακέτων." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1552,13 +1557,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Λογαριασμού" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1571,7 +1576,7 @@ msgstr "" "κρυπτογραφημένο (clear text) είτε MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1588,7 +1593,7 @@ msgstr "" "force attack) του." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1631,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1651,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "(για παράδειγμα με χρήση αυθεντικοποίησης με κλειδί SSH ή sudo)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." @@ -1660,19 +1665,19 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιώντας την ακόλουθη εντολή." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του βασικού συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1684,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτήσεις που γίνονται αφορούν την εγκατάσταση του πυρήνα." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1697,13 +1702,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση φορτωτή εκκίνησης" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1752,13 +1757,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Επιλογή πακέτων" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1769,73 +1774,73 @@ msgstr "" "αυτό το κείμενο:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "Κανονικό σύστημα" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "επιφάνεια εργασίας" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "επιφάνεια εργασίας gnome" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "επιφάνεια εργασίας kde" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "Server ιστοσελίδων" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "Server εκτυπώσεων" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "server oνοματοδοσίας (dns-server)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "Server αρχείων" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "Server αλληλογραφίας" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "Βάση δεδομένων SQL" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "Φορητός υπολογιστής" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1848,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Κανονικό σύστημα</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1858,7 +1863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1887,13 +1892,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1911,13 +1916,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση προγράμματος αλληλογραφίας" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1928,7 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" "σενάρια preseeding είναι πιθανά." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1944,13 +1949,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του περιβάλλοντος X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1963,7 +1968,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian δεν κάνει πλήρως αυτόματη ρύθμιση για το κάθετι." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -2017,13 +2022,13 @@ msgstr "" " επιλέξτε 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Χρήση preseeding για άλλα πακέτα" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -2046,19 +2051,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Προχωρημένες επιλογές" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Εντολές κελύφους" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2103,13 +2108,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Αλυσιδωτή φόρτωση (chainloading) αρχείων preseed" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2126,7 +2131,7 @@ msgstr "" "συγκεκριμένες διαμορφώσεις σε άλλα αρχεία." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/el/random-bits.po b/po/el/random-bits.po index 847561110..2debbff44 100644 --- a/po/el/random-bits.po +++ b/po/el/random-bits.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-09 00:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -447,17 +447,18 @@ msgstr "Χώρος στο δίσκο που χρειάζεται για τις #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "Η βασική εγκατάσταση για την αρχιτεκτονική i386, χρησιμοποιώντας τον " "προκαθορισμένο πυρήνα 2.4, περιλαμβάνοντας όλα τα συνηθισμένα πακέτα, " "απαιτεί 573ΜΒ χώρου." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -472,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "" "προστεθούν όλα τα μεμονωμένα μεγέθη." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -489,203 +490,227 @@ msgstr "" "(προσωρινά) στον κατάλογο <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Εργασία" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Εγκατεστημένο Μέγεθος (ΜΒ)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Μέγεθος λήψης (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Χώρος Απαιτούμενος για την Εγκατάσταση (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Περιβάλλον Εργασίας" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392 " +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852 " +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Διακομιστής Ιστοσελίδων" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168 </entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2 </entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry> " +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Διακομιστής Ιστοσελίδων" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry> " + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry> " + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής εκτυπώσεων" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168 </entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "Διακομιστής DNS" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2 </entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Διακομιστής Αρχείων" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry> " +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "Διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry> " - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry> " + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168 </entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "Βάση Δεδομένων SQL" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry> " +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry> " +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2 </entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:283 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Το <emphasis>Περιβάλλον Εργασίας</emphasis> θα εγκαταστήσει και τα " "δύοπεριβάλλοντα GNOME και το KDE." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -700,13 +725,13 @@ msgstr "" "συνολικά περίπου 200ΜΒ για κατέβασμα και εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "Εγκαθιστώντας το &debian; από ένα Σύστημα Unix/Linux" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -730,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιβάλλον Debian chroot." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -748,13 +773,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης ή εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Ξεκινώντας" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -769,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσετε το περιβάλλον X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -788,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων ext2,παραλείψετε την παράμετρο <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -813,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημείου προσάρτησης είναι αυστηρά αυθαίρετο, δείτε αναφορά σε αυτό παρακάτω." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -823,7 +848,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -835,13 +860,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτούς τους καταλόγους χειροκίνητα πριν προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο στάδιο." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Εγκαθιστώντας με το <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -867,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εγκαταστήστε το <command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -895,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "για να εγκαταστήσετε τα δυαδικά αρχεία." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -907,13 +932,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv " #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Τρέξτε το <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -931,7 +956,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -943,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" "αντί του ενός http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -963,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -973,13 +998,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του βασικού συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -989,19 +1014,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>Chroot</command> σε αυτό:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG=chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Προσαρτήστε τα τμήματα" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1067,13 +1092,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>, βεβαιωθείτε να προσαρτήσετε το proc πριν συνεχίσετε:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1085,31 +1110,31 @@ msgstr "" "από το chroot κατάλογο:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του πληκτρολογίου" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε το πληκτρολόγιο τρέξτε:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1119,13 +1144,13 @@ msgstr "" "περιβάλλον chroot, αλλά θα ρυθμιστεί με την επόμενη επανεκκίνηση." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1226,13 +1251,13 @@ msgstr "" "διασύνδεσης (eth0, eth1, etc.) που περιμένετε." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της εντοπιότητας" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1258,13 +1283,13 @@ msgstr "" "localization HOWTO." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ενός Πυρήνα" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1282,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιώντας το όνομα του αντίστοιχου πακέτου." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1291,13 +1316,13 @@ msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης (Boot Loader)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1312,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "" "σας Debian chroot για να κάνετε κάτι τέτοιο." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1334,13 +1359,13 @@ msgstr "" "τρέχετε)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Εδώ είναι ένα <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> σαν παράδειγμα:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1360,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian " #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1380,7 +1405,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα μέσα από το οποίο το τρέχετε)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1411,13 +1436,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Εγκαθιστώντας το &debian; πάνω από Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1432,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "που να διαθέτει ένα καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του Debian (πχ. στο Διαδίκτυο)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1449,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "χώρο διευθύνσεων του δικτύου σας)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1461,7 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1475,13 +1500,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Απαιτήσεις" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1491,13 +1516,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποίον θα εγκατασταθεί το Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "Μέσα εγκατάστασης; δείτε <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1507,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>αφετηρία</emphasis>, που θα λειτουργήσει σαν πύλη." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1519,13 +1544,13 @@ msgstr "" "το καλώδιο και οδηγίες για το πώς να το φτιάξετε οι ίδιοι." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της αφετηρίας" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1535,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφετηρίας σαν πύλη στο Διαδίκτυο χρησιμοποιώντας ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1577,13 +1602,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα προορισμού" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1599,13 +1624,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Φόρτωση συνιστωσών του εγκαταστάτη" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1615,13 +1640,13 @@ msgstr "" "καταστήσει διαθέσιμους τους οδηγούς PLIP στο σύστημα εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Ανίχνευση υλικού δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1637,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "δικτύου, ο εγκαταστάτης δεν θα εμφανίσει αυτή τη λίστα." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1649,19 +1674,19 @@ msgstr "" "λίστα. Επιλέξτε τον οδηγό του αρθρώματος <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου " #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Αυτόματη ρύθμιση του δικτύου με DHCP: No" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1669,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1679,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1689,6 +1714,30 @@ msgstr "" "διευθύνσεις που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν και στο σύστημα αφετηρίας (δείτε το αρχείο " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)." +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392 " + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852 " + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry> " + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry> " + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry> " + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry> " + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry> " + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry> " + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 3e991ea9b..cde281c9c 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1014,61 +1014,14 @@ msgstr "" "πληκτρολόγια της MAC χαραγμένο ως 'alt'). Κατά τα άλλα οι δύο διατάξεις " "είναι ίδιες." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Εάν εγκαθιστάτε σε ένα σύστημα το οποίο έχει πληκτρολόγιο τύπου Sun USB και " -"εκκινήστε τον εγκαταστάτη με τον προεπιλεγμένο πυρήνα 2.4, το πληκτρολόγιο " -"δεν θα ταυτοποιηθεί σωστά από το σύστημα εγκατάστασης. Ο εγκαταστάτης θα σας " -"δείξει μία λίστα διατάξεων πληκτρολογίων τύπου Sun για να διαλέξετε κάποια " -"από αυτές, όμως η επιλογή μιας από αυτές θα έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα να έχετε ένα " -"πληκτρολόγιο που δεν θα λειτουργεί.Εάν ξεκινήσετε την εγκατάσταση με τον " -"πυρήνα 2.6, δεν θα έχετε κανένα πρόβλημα." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Για να έχετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο που να λειτουργεί, πρέπει να εκκινήσετε τον " -"εγκαταστάτη με την παράμετρο <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput>. " -"Όταν φτάσετε στην επιλογή πληκτρολογίου<footnote> <para> Εάν ξεκινήσατε την " -"εγκατάσταση με την προεπιλεγμένη προτεραιότητα, αφού έχετε δει τον κατάλογο " -"με τις διατάξεις πληκτρολογίων τύπου Sun, θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε το " -"πλήκτρο <userinput>Go Back</userinput> για να επιστρέψετε στη λίστα επιλογών " -"του εγκαταστάτη. </para> </footnote>, εάν έχετε πληκτρολόγιο με Αμερικάνικη " -"(US) διάταξη, επιλέξτε <quote>Κανένα πληκτρολόγιο προς διαμόρφωση</quote> ή " -"επιλέξτε <quote>πληκτρολόγιο USB</quote> εάν έχετε πληκτρολόγιο με διάταξη " -"εντοπιότητας . Με την επιλογή <quote> Κανένα πληκτρολόγιο προς διαμόρφωση </" -"quote> αφήνετε την διάταξη πληκτρολογίου του πυρήνα ως έχει, η οποία είναι " -"και η σωστή επιλογή για πληκτρολόγια US. " - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Αναζήτηση Εικόνων τύπου ISO του Εγκαταστάτη Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1083,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" "δουλειά. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1115,7 +1068,7 @@ msgstr "" "στην εγκατάσταση, στην δεύτερη ψάχνει για άλλη εικόνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1130,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1149,13 +1102,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη δεύτερη κονσόλα χωρίς την παραπάνω επανεκκίνηση. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1176,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1200,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντάξει, προσπαθήστε πάλι. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1225,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "" "απαντήσεις από το <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1252,13 +1205,13 @@ msgstr "" "βήμα-βήμα στην ρύθμιση του δικτύου σας." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1277,13 +1230,13 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευές LVM ή RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Διαμέριση των Δίσκων σας" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1295,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "το ζήτημα, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1310,18 +1263,26 @@ msgstr "" "επεξεργασία του πίνακα διαμέρισης</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#: using-d-i.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1332,7 +1293,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1344,7 +1316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1356,7 +1328,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1367,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1387,73 +1359,73 @@ msgstr "" "σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει. " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1463,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1473,7 +1445,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1487,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την χειροκίνητη δημιουργία μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1499,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1511,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1562,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1584,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "την χειροκίνητη διαμέριση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1600,7 +1572,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1615,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "τίτλο <quote>ΕΛΕΎΘΕΡΟΣ ΧΏΡΟΣ</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1650,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1673,7 +1645,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap. Αυτό το μενού σας επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε ένα τμήμα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1690,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1702,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το δημιουργήσετε. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1719,7 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1734,13 +1706,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Μονάδων Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (Λογισμικό RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1762,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>λογισμικό RAID</firstterm> μετά την διασημότερη παραλλαγή της)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1778,7 +1750,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1863,55 +1835,55 @@ msgstr "" "Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Η βλάβη δίσκου ξεπεράστηκε;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1919,43 +1891,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1965,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1976,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1993,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2011,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" "με χειροκίνητη εκτέλεση κάποιων βημάτων ρύθμισης ή εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2032,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο μονάδας MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2044,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2065,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το λάθος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2076,7 +2048,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2095,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήμα μεγέθους 100 GB για <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2110,13 +2082,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2133,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2154,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάφορους φυσικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2176,7 +2148,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2193,7 +2165,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2206,7 +2178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2214,43 +2186,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2258,7 +2230,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2266,7 +2238,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2276,7 +2248,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2289,13 +2261,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να τους διαχειριστείτε με τον ίδιο τρόπο)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2309,7 +2281,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2326,7 +2298,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2336,7 +2308,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2349,7 +2321,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2360,7 +2332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2370,13 +2342,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2392,13 +2364,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2408,13 +2380,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2426,7 +2398,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2436,25 +2408,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2464,13 +2436,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2482,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2495,13 +2467,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2515,7 +2487,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2524,13 +2496,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2539,25 +2511,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2567,19 +2539,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2589,7 +2561,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2601,7 +2573,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2612,7 +2584,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2627,7 +2599,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2641,7 +2613,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2661,7 +2633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2674,7 +2646,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2682,13 +2654,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2698,13 +2670,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιηθούν για την ρύθμιση του συστήματος που πρόκειται να εγκατασταθεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Χρονικής Ζώνης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2718,13 +2690,13 @@ msgstr "" "ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει ότι ισχύει αυτή η χρονική ζώνη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2739,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2759,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2769,19 +2741,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr " " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2797,7 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2814,7 +2786,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2827,13 +2799,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2848,7 +2820,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2871,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2885,7 +2857,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2895,13 +2867,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2916,13 +2888,13 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2939,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2951,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση γίνεται σε μια σειριακή κονσόλα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2966,13 +2938,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2989,13 +2961,13 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματος αν έχετε έναν αργό υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3031,7 +3003,7 @@ msgstr "" "ωραίο interface.για τον χρήστη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3049,13 +3021,13 @@ msgstr "" "και να το διορθώσετε όπως επιθυμείτε μετά την ολοκήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3073,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3111,7 +3083,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3122,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που έχετε διαλέξει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3133,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3148,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3164,13 +3136,13 @@ msgstr "" "αυτής." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Πράκτορα Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3187,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εύκολο στην εκμάθηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3203,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr "" "σημαντικές πληροφορίες μέσω του ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3214,13 +3186,13 @@ msgstr "" "στις δικές σας ανάγκες:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Διαδικτυακός τόπος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3235,13 +3207,13 @@ msgstr "" "μεταβιβάζετε αλληλογραφία." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "αλληλογραφία που αποστέλλεται μέσω smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3260,13 +3232,13 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για χρήστες dial-up." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "Μόνο τοπική παράδοση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3285,13 +3257,13 @@ msgstr "" "βολική για νέους χρήστες καθώς δεν συνοδεύεται από άλλες επιπλέον ερωτήσεις." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "όχι ρύθμιση αυτή τη φορά" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3306,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματός σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3322,13 +3294,13 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3343,7 +3315,7 @@ msgstr "" "Δείτε το <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3360,13 +3332,13 @@ msgstr "" "οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3383,7 +3355,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3401,13 +3373,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3430,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr "" "το GNU/Linux από δισκέτα. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3453,20 +3425,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3478,7 +3450,7 @@ msgstr "" "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3491,7 +3463,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3502,14 +3474,14 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης θέλετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3527,7 +3499,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3542,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3552,13 +3524,13 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3568,13 +3540,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3586,13 +3558,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3611,7 +3583,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3630,14 +3602,14 @@ msgstr "" "παρακαλούμε να διαβάσετε το <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3667,7 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "" "συντελεστεί στην πραγματικότητα η φόρτωση και εκκίνηση του πυρήνα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3685,13 +3657,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3711,13 +3683,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας τα πάντα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3748,13 +3720,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3766,13 +3738,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3786,13 +3758,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3807,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3826,13 +3798,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3846,13 +3818,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3897,13 +3869,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3913,13 +3885,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3929,13 +3901,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3945,13 +3917,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3961,13 +3933,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3997,13 +3969,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4014,13 +3986,13 @@ msgstr "" "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> " #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4029,7 +4001,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>DELO </command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4039,13 +4011,13 @@ msgstr "" "delo.conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4055,7 +4027,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4066,19 +4038,19 @@ msgstr "" "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4099,13 +4071,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4120,13 +4092,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4143,14 +4115,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4184,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4210,7 +4182,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4233,13 +4205,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4250,13 +4222,13 @@ msgstr "" "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4271,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4287,13 +4259,13 @@ msgstr "" "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4305,13 +4277,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4324,7 +4296,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4341,13 +4313,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4371,7 +4343,7 @@ msgstr "" "τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</command>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4390,7 +4362,7 @@ msgstr "" "και το ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4412,13 +4384,13 @@ msgstr "" "κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4437,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4462,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4472,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4496,7 +4468,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4508,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4542,7 +4514,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4561,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4582,7 +4554,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4599,7 +4571,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4610,6 +4582,50 @@ msgstr "" "τερματισμό της σύνδεσης." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Εάν εγκαθιστάτε σε ένα σύστημα το οποίο έχει πληκτρολόγιο τύπου Sun USB " +#~ "και εκκινήστε τον εγκαταστάτη με τον προεπιλεγμένο πυρήνα 2.4, το " +#~ "πληκτρολόγιο δεν θα ταυτοποιηθεί σωστά από το σύστημα εγκατάστασης. Ο " +#~ "εγκαταστάτης θα σας δείξει μία λίστα διατάξεων πληκτρολογίων τύπου Sun " +#~ "για να διαλέξετε κάποια από αυτές, όμως η επιλογή μιας από αυτές θα έχει " +#~ "σαν αποτέλεσμα να έχετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο που δεν θα λειτουργεί.Εάν " +#~ "ξεκινήσετε την εγκατάσταση με τον πυρήνα 2.6, δεν θα έχετε κανένα " +#~ "πρόβλημα." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Για να έχετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο που να λειτουργεί, πρέπει να εκκινήσετε τον " +#~ "εγκαταστάτη με την παράμετρο <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</" +#~ "userinput>. Όταν φτάσετε στην επιλογή πληκτρολογίου<footnote> <para> Εάν " +#~ "ξεκινήσατε την εγκατάσταση με την προεπιλεγμένη προτεραιότητα, αφού έχετε " +#~ "δει τον κατάλογο με τις διατάξεις πληκτρολογίων τύπου Sun, θα πρέπει να " +#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε το πλήκτρο <userinput>Go Back</userinput> για να " +#~ "επιστρέψετε στη λίστα επιλογών του εγκαταστάτη. </para> </footnote>, εάν " +#~ "έχετε πληκτρολόγιο με Αμερικάνικη (US) διάταξη, επιλέξτε <quote>Κανένα " +#~ "πληκτρολόγιο προς διαμόρφωση</quote> ή επιλέξτε <quote>πληκτρολόγιο USB</" +#~ "quote> εάν έχετε πληκτρολόγιο με διάταξη εντοπιότητας . Με την επιλογή " +#~ "<quote> Κανένα πληκτρολόγιο προς διαμόρφωση </quote> αφήνετε την διάταξη " +#~ "πληκτρολογίου του πυρήνα ως έχει, η οποία είναι και η σωστή επιλογή για " +#~ "πληκτρολόγια US. " + +#~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " #~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " diff --git a/po/fi/installation-howto.po b/po/fi/installation-howto.po index 5c022e887..055290b92 100644 --- a/po/fi/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/fi/installation-howto.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20060430 installation howto 36744\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-11 10:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -383,9 +383,7 @@ msgstr "Asennus" msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "Kun asennin käynnistyy näkyy asentimen aloitusruutu. Käynnistys tapahtuu " "näppäilemällä &enterkey;. Ohjeista selviävät muut käynnistystavat (katso " @@ -396,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" "</para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -411,7 +409,7 @@ msgstr "" "lyhyessä listassa, käytettävissä on myös maailman kaikkien maiden lista." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -421,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvoa paitsi jos tiedät paremman vaihtoehdon." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -431,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "lataa loput osansa rompulta, levykkeeltä, USB-muistilta jne." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -443,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" "verkkoasetukset voi tehdä itse." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -458,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekoa, valikosta löytyy mahdollisuus tehdä osiot itse." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -474,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" "määritetään sen uusi koko." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -495,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -505,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "saattaa viedä tovin. Sen jälkeen asennetaan ydin." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -522,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tämä valinta voidaan ohittaa ja tehdä asennus muualle. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -536,7 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -544,13 +542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Lisätietoja asennuksesta löytyy luvusta <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Lähetä asennusraportti" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -564,7 +562,7 @@ msgstr "" "komento <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -580,13 +578,13 @@ msgstr "" "saatavilla luvussa <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Ja lopuksi.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/fi/partitioning.po b/po/fi/partitioning.po index d532f7a5e..37df452b6 100644 --- a/po/fi/partitioning.po +++ b/po/fi/partitioning.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-21 15:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1025,51 +1025,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Mikäli IDE-levyllä käytetään ennemmän kuin 20 osiota, on osioille 21:stä " -"eteenpäin luotava laitetiedostot. Osion käyttöönoton seuraava toimenpide " -"epäonnistuu ilman oikeaa laitetiedostoa. Esimerkkinä on tässä komennot " -"joilla voidaan konsolilla <userinput>tty2</userinput> tai " -"valikossa<guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem> lisätä " -"laitetiedosto 21. osiolle jotta osio voidaan ottaa käyttöön: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Asennetun järjestelmän käynnistäminen ei onnistu " -"jollei oikeita laitetiedostoja ole asennetussa tiedostojärjestelmässä. " -"Ytimen ja moduulien asentamisen jälkeen komennetaan: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Muista merkitä " -"käynnistysosio <quote>Käynnistyskelpoisuuden ilmaisimella</quote>.</phrase>" +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1086,14 +1046,14 @@ msgstr "" "Tutorial</ulink>, josta löytyy ohjeet levyn jakamiseen MacOS:n kanssa." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "&arch-title; ja osiointi" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1115,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "muuntaa levyn käyttämään levynimiötä." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1128,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>b</quote> siirryttävä levynimiötilaan." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1151,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "muista käyttöjärjestelmistä." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1174,7 +1134,7 @@ msgstr "" "pieni osio <command>aboot</command>:ia varten. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1193,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" "komennolla <command>mkdosfs</command> ennen käynnistyslataimen asennusta." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1222,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "" "25–50 Mt on tavallisesti riittävä." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1242,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "" "yksinkertaisesti valitaan olemassa oleva osio ja muutetaan sen kokoa." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1263,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>, mutta tämän luvun pikaohje auttaa useimmissa tapauksissa." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1283,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "osioita voi kuitenkin olla vain yksi levyä kohti." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1301,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "laitetiedostot ylimääräisille osioille." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1317,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mt, jos BIOS ei muunna osoitteita)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1343,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "" "ei BIOSilla enää ole merkitystä, koska Linux ei käytä levyä BIOSin kautta." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1364,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>muunnettujen</emphasis> 1023 ensimmäisen sylinterin alueella." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1386,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" "translation mode tai tukeeko BIOS lisäystä isojen levyjen käyttöön." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1402,13 +1362,13 @@ msgstr "" "levyn osioinnin." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "EFI:n tunnistamat osiotaulut" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1426,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "sekä GPT että MS-DOS osiotauluja oikein." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1441,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "teko</guimenuitem> vastaavaan tapaan kuin <emphasis>sivutus</emphasis>-osio." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1491,13 +1451,13 @@ msgstr "" "varalta." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen osion ominaisuudet" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1513,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos aiotaan käyttää useita ytimiä 128 Mt lienee parempi." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1538,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" "levyn viimeistä osiota." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1548,13 +1508,13 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>-tiedostojärjestelmä suositellaan vahvasti." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "EFI:n vianjäljitysosio" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1576,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävissä samalla kun tehdään EFI-käynnistysosio." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1593,13 +1553,13 @@ msgstr "" "kokoisena. Huomaa että levyn otsikon alkukohdan on oltava sektori 0." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "Uusien PowerMac-koneiden osiointi" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1622,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> jossa käytetään komentoa <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1634,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistää sen automaattisesti." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1653,7 +1613,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>mkofboot</command>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1675,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestyksellä, ei osioiden järjestyksellä levyllä. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1691,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" "ole käytössä olevia MacOS osioita ja ajuriosioita." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1705,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "luodaan Sun-levynimiö näppäimellä <keycap>s</keycap>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1726,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" "osiotaulun ja käynnistyslohkon rauhaan." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1738,3 +1698,48 @@ msgstr "" "quote> (type 5), ja osion kooksi koko levy (ensimmäisestä sylinteristä " "viimeiseen). Tämä on tapana Sun-levynimiöissä, ja pitää käynnistyslataimen " "<command>SILO</command> raiteillaan." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mikäli IDE-levyllä käytetään ennemmän kuin 20 osiota, on osioille 21:stä " +#~ "eteenpäin luotava laitetiedostot. Osion käyttöönoton seuraava toimenpide " +#~ "epäonnistuu ilman oikeaa laitetiedostoa. Esimerkkinä on tässä komennot " +#~ "joilla voidaan konsolilla <userinput>tty2</userinput> tai " +#~ "valikossa<guimenuitem>Käynnistä komentotulkki</guimenuitem> lisätä " +#~ "laitetiedosto 21. osiolle jotta osio voidaan ottaa käyttöön: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Asennetun järjestelmän käynnistäminen ei " +#~ "onnistu jollei oikeita laitetiedostoja ole asennetussa " +#~ "tiedostojärjestelmässä. Ytimen ja moduulien asentamisen jälkeen " +#~ "komennetaan: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Muista merkitä " +#~ "käynnistysosio <quote>Käynnistyskelpoisuuden ilmaisimella</quote>.</" +#~ "phrase>" diff --git a/po/fi/preseed.po b/po/fi/preseed.po index 72e885cea..aaf4427a3 100644 --- a/po/fi/preseed.po +++ b/po/fi/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 17:48+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen automatisoimiseksi." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -591,12 +591,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "Merkinnällä <quote>--</quote> on erikoismerkitys käynnistysvalitsimissa. Sen " "jälkeen tulevat ytimen parametrit kopioidaan asennetun käynnistyslataimen " @@ -604,14 +610,13 @@ msgstr "" "että <quote>--</quote> saattaa olla jo käynnistyksen oletusparametreissa." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "2.4 version ydin kelpuuttaa enintään 8 parametriä komentorivillä ja 8 " "ympäristömuuttujaa (mukaan lukien asentimelle oletusarvona annetut). Jos " @@ -620,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentorivin parametria ja 32 ympäristömuuttujaa." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -632,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" "enemmän parametreja valmiiden vastausten käyttöön." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -642,13 +647,13 @@ msgstr "" "tyhjämerkki, vaikka käytettäisiinkin lainausmerkkejä arvon ympärillä." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "Valmiiden vastausten tiedoston tekeminen" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -659,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> käyttämässä muodossa. Tiedoston rivi on muotoa:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "" @@ -667,7 +672,7 @@ msgstr "" "arvo>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." @@ -676,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr "" "muutamia sääntöjä." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -686,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" "kaikki muut tyhjätilamerkit katsotaan arvoon kuuluviksi." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -699,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" "kysymyksen nimen jälkeen; huono kohta on tyypin ja arvon välissä." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -711,7 +716,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>partman</classname>) on kuitenkin käytettävä käännettyjä arvoja." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -720,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" "Joihinkin kysymyksiin arvo on koodi eikä asennuksen aikana näytettävä teksti." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -730,7 +735,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> ja muokata sitä sopivaksi." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -744,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietokanta että asentimen debconf-tietokanta yhteen tiedostoon:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -755,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>tiedosto</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -767,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" "parempi useimmille käyttäjille." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -783,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääkäyttäjällä." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -795,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> poistetaan valitsimella purge." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -811,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämänhetkiset arvot ja muuttujille sijoitetut arvot." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -823,13 +828,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "Valmiiden vastausten tiedoston sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -845,13 +850,13 @@ msgstr "" "arkkitehtuurikohtaisilla debconfin asetuksilla." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Kotoistus" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -863,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr "" "kun kysymykset on jo esitetty." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -875,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -885,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string fi_FI" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -899,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" "oltava kelvollinen valitulle näppäimistön arkkitehtuurille." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -915,7 +920,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -927,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tällöin ytimen näppäinasettelu jää käyttöön." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -939,13 +944,13 @@ msgstr "" "näppäinasetteluksi <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>)." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Verkkoasetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -961,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistysparametreina." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -974,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -994,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>preseed/run</quote> -komentotiedosto jossa on seuraavat rivit:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -1004,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -1088,13 +1093,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Asennuspalvelimen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1106,7 +1111,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> asennettavaan järjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1116,7 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytetään asennuksessa." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1133,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" "suite</classname> on sama kuin <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1157,13 +1162,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Osiointi" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1182,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr "" "useiden levyjen osioimiseen tai RAID-asetusten tekoon." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1194,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "tulevan valituksi valmiita vastauksia käytettäessä." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1324,13 +1329,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "Osiointi käyttäen RAIDia" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1346,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytetyille laitteille; katso <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1362,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> jos pulmia ilmenee." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1374,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" "varalaitteita on testattu vain hieman." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1472,13 +1477,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Kellon ja aikavyöhykkeen asetukset" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1496,13 +1501,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string Europe/Helsinki" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1515,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "perusteella. Muiden (paikallisten) varastoalueiden lisääminen on valinnaista." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1552,13 +1557,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Käyttäjätunnusten luonti" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1570,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää joko ilmitekstiä tai MD5 <emphasis>tiivistettä</emphasis> (hash)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1587,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisuudet." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1633,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1653,26 +1658,26 @@ msgstr "" "<command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "Salasanan MD5-tiiviste saadaan tehtyä seuraavalla komennolla." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1683,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää valmiita vastauksia. Ainoat kysymykset koskevat ytimen asentamista." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1694,13 +1699,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asennus" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1747,13 +1752,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Pakettien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1763,73 +1768,73 @@ msgstr "" "Tätä kirjoitettaessa saatavilla olevia tehtäviä ovat ainakin:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1841,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1855,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyönnein, joten sitä on helppo käyttää ytimen käynnistysparametrina." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1885,13 +1890,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Asennuksen ensimmäisen osan lopetus" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1910,13 +1915,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Sähköpostin asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1926,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr "" "vältetään nekin. Myös mutkikkaammat valmiit vastaukset ovat mahdollisia." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1942,13 +1947,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "X:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1961,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia täysin automaattisesti." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -2008,13 +2013,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Valmiit vastaukset muille paketeille" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -2034,19 +2039,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Lisäasetukset" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Komentotulkin komennot" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2086,13 +2091,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Valmiiden vastausten tiedostojen lataaminen ketjussa" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2108,7 +2113,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetukset tiettyihin kokoonpanoihin toisiin tiedostoihin." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/fi/random-bits.po b/po/fi/random-bits.po index ebb8f888e..316833ef0 100644 --- a/po/fi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/fi/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-24 15:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -449,16 +449,17 @@ msgstr "Tehtävien vaatima levytila" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "Peruskokoonpanon asennus i386-arkkitehtuurilla oletusarvona olevaa 2.4-" "ydintä käyttäen vie 573 Mt levytilaa." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -472,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden kokojen summa." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -488,203 +489,227 @@ msgstr "" "(tilapäisesti) hakemistosta <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Tehtävä" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Koko purettuna (Mt)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Koko pakattuna (Mt)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Asennuksen aikana tarvittava tila (Mt)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Desktop" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Web server" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Web server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Print server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "File server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "Mail server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL database" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Tehtävä <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> asentaa sekä GNOME- että KDE-" "työpöytäympäristöt." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -698,13 +723,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi varauduttava aina 200 Mt kokonaistilaan noudossa ja asennuksessa." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "&debian;in asentaminen Unix/Linux-järjestelmästä." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -727,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debianissa kirjoitettavaa komentoa." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -743,13 +768,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistys- ja asennustaltioiden kanssa." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Alkuunpääsy" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -763,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennukselle, tai ainakin 300 Mt jos asennetaan X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -781,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr "" "jätetään <userinput>-j</userinput> pois." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -805,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" "mikä tahansa hakemisto, mutta nimeä käytetään myöhemmin." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -815,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -827,13 +852,13 @@ msgstr "" "kohtaan." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -858,7 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -872,13 +897,20 @@ msgid "" "ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. " "You will need to have root privileges to install the files." msgstr "" -"Tai voidaan käyttää seuraavaa menettelyä ja asentaa se itse. Tee työhakemisto johon .deb puretaan: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Tai voidaan käyttää seuraavaa menettelyä ja asentaa se itse. Tee " +"työhakemisto johon .deb puretaan: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Komennon <command>debootstrap</command> suoritettava ohjelmatiedosto on Debianin asennuspalvelimella (muista valita oikea tiedosto koneen suoritinperheelle). Nouda <command>debootstrap</command> .deb <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> varastoalueelta</ulink>, kopioi paketti työhakemistoon ja pura siitä suorituskelpoiset ohjelmatiedostot, joiden asentamiseen tarvitaan pääkäyttäjän oikeuksia." +"</screen></informalexample> Komennon <command>debootstrap</command> " +"suoritettava ohjelmatiedosto on Debianin asennuspalvelimella (muista valita " +"oikea tiedosto koneen suoritinperheelle). Nouda <command>debootstrap</" +"command> .deb <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/" +"debootstrap/\"> varastoalueelta</ulink>, kopioi paketti työhakemistoon ja " +"pura siitä suorituskelpoiset ohjelmatiedostot, joiden asentamiseen tarvitaan " +"pääkäyttäjän oikeuksia." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -890,13 +922,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /kokonainen-polkunimi/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Suoritetaan <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -913,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -925,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -945,7 +977,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -955,13 +987,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://ftp.fi.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -971,19 +1003,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>chroot</command>-eristettynä:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Liitetään osiot" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1048,13 +1080,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>, varmistu että proc on liitetty ennen jatkamista:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1066,31 +1098,31 @@ msgstr "" "ulkopuolelta:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Näppäimistön asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "Näppäimistön asetukset tehdään komentamalla:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1100,13 +1132,13 @@ msgstr "" "eristettynä, mutta ne tulevat käyttöön seuraavassa käynnistyksessä." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Verkon asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1206,13 +1238,13 @@ msgstr "" "tunnetulla nimellä (eth0, eth1, etc.)." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Maa-asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1238,13 +1270,13 @@ msgstr "" "asetus, olisi luettava vastaava maa-asetusten HOWTO-ohje." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Asennetaan ydin" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1253,26 +1285,30 @@ msgid "" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" -"Jos tämä järjestelmä aiotaan käynnistää, haluttaneen Linux ydin ja käynnistyslatain. Saatavilla olevat ytimien valmiit asennuspaketit löytää komennolla <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Jos tämä järjestelmä aiotaan käynnistää, haluttaneen Linux ydin ja " +"käynnistyslatain. Saatavilla olevat ytimien valmiit asennuspaketit löytää " +"komennolla <informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Valittu ydin asennetaan asennuspaketin nimellä." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" "replaceable>" -msgstr "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" +msgstr "" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1287,7 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> Debianin chroot-eristyksen sisällä." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1310,14 +1346,14 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmästä jossa se käynnistettiin." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" "Tässä on tiedoston <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> perusversio malliksi:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1337,7 +1373,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1357,7 +1393,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistettiin.\"" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1387,13 +1423,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>ide0:</userinput> eikä <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "&debian;:in asennus käyttäen Parallel Line IP:tä (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1408,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internetissä). " #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1424,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallisverkon osoiteavaruuteen)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1435,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistetty asennettuun järjestelmään (katso <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1448,13 +1484,13 @@ msgstr "" "Yleisimmät arvot ovat <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Vaatimukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1464,13 +1500,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennetaan" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "Asennustaltio; katso <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1480,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "kytketty Internettiin ja toimii yhdyskäytävänä." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1492,13 +1528,13 @@ msgstr "" "kaapelin itse." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Lähdekoneen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1509,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "portin kautta." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1551,13 +1587,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Asennetaan kohdekone" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1583,13 +1619,13 @@ msgstr "" "kuten seuraavassa kerrotaan." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Ladattavat asentimen osat" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1599,13 +1635,13 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen PLIP-ajurit ovat käytettävissä asennusjärjestelmässä." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Tunnista verkkolaitteisto" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1620,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "kohdekoneessa ei ole verkkoliitäntää." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1632,19 +1668,19 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Tee verkkoasetukset" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Haetaanko verkkoasetukset automaattisesti DHCP:llä?" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1652,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP-osoite: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1662,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1671,6 +1707,30 @@ msgstr "" "Nimipalvelinten osoitteet: voidaan käyttää samoja kuin yhdyskäytäväkone " "(katso tiedostosta <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 2134bad08..9c9c05d81 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-24 15:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -942,56 +942,14 @@ msgstr "" "asettelussa Alt on <keycap>Option</keycap>-näppäimessä (näppäinhatussa \"alt" "\" useimmissa Mac-näppäimistöissä). Asetteluilla ei ole muuta eroa." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Asennettaessa Sun USB -näppäimistöllä varustettua laitteistoa asennin ei " -"tunnista näppäimistöä oikein jos asennin on käynnistetty oletusytimellä 2.4. " -"Asennin näyttää luetton Sun-tyyppisistä näppäimistöistä, mutta mikään " -"valinta ei saa näppäimistöä toimimaan. Jos asennetaan 2.6 ytimellä ei vikaa " -"ole." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Näppäimistö saadaan toimimaan käynnistämällä asennin tarkentimella " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Näppäimistön valinnassa <footnote> " -"<para>asennettaessa oletusprioriteetilla pitäisi painikeella " -"<userinput>Palaa</userinput> palata asentimen päävalikkoon kun Sun-" -"tyyppisten näppäimistöjen luettelosta. </para> </footnote> valitaan " -"<quote>Ei näppäimistöä</quote> jos näppäimistössä on American (US) -" -"asettelu, tai valitaan <quote>USB Keyboard</quote> jos näppäimistöasettelu " -"on kansallinen. Valinta <quote>Ei näppäimistöä</quote> jättää ytimen " -"näppäinasettelun käyttöön mikä sopii US-näppäimistöille." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Etsitään Debianin asentimen ISO-otosta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1005,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "juuri tämän." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1035,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" "otoksen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1049,7 +1007,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1067,13 +1025,13 @@ msgstr "" "tämän ilman uudelleenkäynnistystä toisella konsolilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Verkkoasetusten teko" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1093,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1115,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" "uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1139,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1162,13 +1120,13 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>etherconf</classname> joka auttaa verkon asetusten teossa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1186,13 +1144,13 @@ msgstr "" "levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai RAID-laitteet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Levyosioiden teko" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1203,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarkempaa tietoa luetaan <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1217,14 +1175,15 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "Ohjatussa osionnissa saattaa olla kolmekin vaihtoehtoa: luodaan osiot " "suoraan kiintolevylle (perinteinen tapa), käytetään loogisten levyniteiden " @@ -1232,7 +1191,14 @@ msgstr "" "ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1248,7 +1214,18 @@ msgstr "" "(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1266,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1283,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr "" "poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1298,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" "asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1316,73 +1293,73 @@ msgstr "" "noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Vähimmäistila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Tehdyt osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1392,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1405,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" "luodaan LVM-osion sisälle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1419,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1430,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilman tiedostojärjestelmää aboot-käynnistyslataimelle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1442,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden liitoskohdat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1493,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1513,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtäessä osiot itse." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1528,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1542,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1573,7 +1550,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> aloitusruutuun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1593,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" "poistaa tästä valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1609,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1621,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuin nämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1637,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1651,13 +1628,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1677,7 +1654,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1691,7 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "" "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1781,97 +1758,97 @@ msgstr "" "Yhteenvetona:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Levyjä vähintään" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Varalevy" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "haluttaessa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1880,7 +1857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1890,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1906,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1924,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1946,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1958,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1976,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1986,7 +1963,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2004,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2019,13 +1996,13 @@ msgstr "" "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2041,7 +2018,7 @@ msgstr "" "symbolisilla linkeillä jne." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2061,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr "" "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2081,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2098,7 +2075,7 @@ msgstr "" "levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2118,7 +2095,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2128,43 +2105,43 @@ msgstr "" "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Luo looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Poista looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2174,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääruutuun" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2184,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "loogisia levyniteitä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2198,7 +2175,7 @@ msgstr "" "poistamalla saadaan aloitettua puhtaalta pöydältä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2210,13 +2187,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2237,7 +2214,7 @@ msgstr "" "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2265,7 +2242,7 @@ msgstr "" "osiolta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2278,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr "" "suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2298,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia osiolle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2314,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "" "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2328,13 +2305,13 @@ msgstr "" "valittu tietoturvasyistä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2358,13 +2335,13 @@ msgstr "" "vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2377,13 +2354,13 @@ msgstr "" "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2402,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" "hahmoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2417,25 +2394,25 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Tunnuslause" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2449,13 +2426,13 @@ msgstr "" "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Satunnainen avain" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2473,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihmisen ikä.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2492,13 +2469,13 @@ msgstr "" "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2519,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr "" "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2531,13 +2508,13 @@ msgstr "" "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2550,25 +2527,25 @@ msgstr "" "pituudesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2582,19 +2559,19 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen aikana)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2607,7 +2584,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>tunnuslauseiden</emphasis> käyttö salausavaimina levyosioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2625,7 +2602,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2641,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2665,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "" "tunnuslausetta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2688,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "salattaville osioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2721,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2740,7 +2717,7 @@ msgstr "" "kohdassa <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2748,13 +2725,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Järjestelmän asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2764,13 +2741,13 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Tehdään aikavyöhykkeen asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2783,13 +2760,13 @@ msgstr "" "näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Kello aikaan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2802,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2821,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallinen aika.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2834,19 +2811,19 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen asettaa laitekellon aika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2859,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2875,7 +2852,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilötietoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2887,13 +2864,13 @@ msgstr "" "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2907,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2927,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2940,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "" "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2950,13 +2927,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentoa <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2970,13 +2947,13 @@ msgstr "" "kulua toinenkin tovi." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2992,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -3004,7 +2981,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytetään sarjapäätettä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3017,13 +2994,13 @@ msgstr "" "pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3039,13 +3016,13 @@ msgstr "" "verkkoyhteys on hidas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3078,7 +3055,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöliittymään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3095,13 +3072,13 @@ msgstr "" "kun asennus on valmis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3118,7 +3095,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3152,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3162,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "" "komento <command>aptitude</command> asentaa valitut paketit." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3172,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3185,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "haluta. Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3199,13 +3176,13 @@ msgstr "" "pyytävät ne käyttäjältä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Sähköpostit välittävän ohjelman (MTA) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3221,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "oppia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3236,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilmoituksia sähköpostilla." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3246,13 +3223,13 @@ msgstr "" "Valitse parhaiten omiin tarpeisiin sopiva:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "Internetiin kytketty kone" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3266,13 +3243,13 @@ msgstr "" "vastaanotetaan tai välitetään." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "lähetys smarthostin kautta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3290,13 +3267,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tämä valinta sopii soittoyhteyttä käyttäville." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "vain paikallinen sähköpostien toimitus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3315,13 +3292,13 @@ msgstr "" "lisäkysymystä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ei tehdä asetuksia nyt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3335,7 +3312,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän lähettämiä tärkeitä viestejä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3350,13 +3327,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:stä löytyy hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3370,7 +3347,7 @@ msgstr "" "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3386,13 +3363,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3407,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3423,13 +3400,13 @@ msgstr "" "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3451,13 +3428,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistettävä levykkeeltä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3473,19 +3450,19 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3497,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3509,7 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3519,13 +3496,13 @@ msgstr "" "päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3542,7 +3519,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3555,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3565,13 +3542,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3579,13 +3556,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3597,13 +3574,13 @@ msgstr "" "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3627,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3645,13 +3622,13 @@ msgstr "" "kohdasta <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3679,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3696,13 +3673,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3721,13 +3698,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3767,13 +3744,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3788,13 +3765,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3808,13 +3785,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3829,13 +3806,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3847,13 +3824,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3867,13 +3844,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3918,13 +3895,13 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3934,13 +3911,13 @@ msgstr "" "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3948,13 +3925,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3963,13 +3940,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3979,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>delo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4016,13 +3993,13 @@ msgstr "" "varusohjelmiston kehotteeseen." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4032,20 +4009,20 @@ msgstr "" "on <userinput>3</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>DELO</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4054,13 +4031,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4070,7 +4047,7 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4080,19 +4057,19 @@ msgstr "" "ja käynnistetäään oletuskokoonpano, riittää käyttää" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4112,13 +4089,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4133,13 +4110,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4155,13 +4132,13 @@ msgstr "" "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4192,13 +4169,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4217,7 +4194,7 @@ msgstr "" "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4238,13 +4215,13 @@ msgstr "" "osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4254,13 +4231,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4274,7 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4289,13 +4266,13 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4306,13 +4283,13 @@ msgstr "" "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4324,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4340,13 +4317,13 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4369,7 +4346,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkin klooni nimeltä <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4387,7 +4364,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentohistoria." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4407,13 +4384,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exit</command> jos komentotulkki käynnistettiin valikosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4430,7 +4407,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4452,7 +4429,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4462,7 +4439,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4484,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4496,7 +4473,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4528,7 +4505,7 @@ msgstr "" "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4545,7 +4522,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostosta <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4565,7 +4542,7 @@ msgstr "" "useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4581,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4591,6 +4568,43 @@ msgstr "" "kokoa saa muuttaa koska se katkaisee yhteyden." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Asennettaessa Sun USB -näppäimistöllä varustettua laitteistoa asennin ei " +#~ "tunnista näppäimistöä oikein jos asennin on käynnistetty oletusytimellä " +#~ "2.4. Asennin näyttää luetton Sun-tyyppisistä näppäimistöistä, mutta " +#~ "mikään valinta ei saa näppäimistöä toimimaan. Jos asennetaan 2.6 ytimellä " +#~ "ei vikaa ole." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Näppäimistö saadaan toimimaan käynnistämällä asennin tarkentimella " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Näppäimistön valinnassa " +#~ "<footnote> <para>asennettaessa oletusprioriteetilla pitäisi painikeella " +#~ "<userinput>Palaa</userinput> palata asentimen päävalikkoon kun Sun-" +#~ "tyyppisten näppäimistöjen luettelosta. </para> </footnote> valitaan " +#~ "<quote>Ei näppäimistöä</quote> jos näppäimistössä on American (US) -" +#~ "asettelu, tai valitaan <quote>USB Keyboard</quote> jos " +#~ "näppäimistöasettelu on kansallinen. Valinta <quote>Ei näppäimistöä</" +#~ "quote> jättää ytimen näppäinasettelun käyttöön mikä sopii US-" +#~ "näppäimistöille." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " #~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." diff --git a/po/hu/boot-installer.po b/po/hu/boot-installer.po index e4d8bb29f..54d93754d 100644 --- a/po/hu/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/hu/boot-installer.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-23 20:34+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -37,56 +37,106 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" +msgid "" +"Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system " +"is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used " +"on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:31 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX, and Linux operating systems." -msgstr "Az Alpha konzol alrendszer specifikációra épülő <emphasis>SRM konzol</emphasis> egy OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX és GNU/Linux operációs rendszerre való kezelő-környezetet ad." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem " +"specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 " +"UNIX, and Linux operating systems." +msgstr "" +"Az Alpha konzol alrendszer specifikációra épülő <emphasis>SRM konzol</" +"emphasis> egy OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX és GNU/Linux operációs rendszerre való " +"kezelő-környezetet ad." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating environment for Windows NT." -msgstr "Az Az Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specifikációra épülő <emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS és ARCSBIOS konzol</emphasis> egy Windows NT-hez készült kezelő-környezetet ad." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the " +"Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating " +"environment for Windows NT." +msgstr "" +"Az Az Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specifikációra épülő <emphasis>ARC, " +"AlphaBIOS és ARCSBIOS konzol</emphasis> egy Windows NT-hez készült kezelő-" +"környezetet ad." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:47 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." +msgid "" +"From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and " +"ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning " +"scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:54 #, no-c-format -msgid "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by <command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing Linux." +msgid "" +"ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition " +"tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. " +"In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may " +"prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing " +"Linux." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:63 #, no-c-format -msgid "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for SRM installations." +msgid "" +"Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> " +"Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem " +"Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </" +"para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the " +"BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for " +"SRM installations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:76 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; &release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both " +"console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based " +"systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if " +"you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device " +"requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able " +"to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; " +"&release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you " +"can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:87 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when possible." +msgid "" +"Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha " +"systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no " +"longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM " +"firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when " +"possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:95 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." -msgstr "Az alábbi tábla összefoglalja az elérhető és támogatott rendszer-típus/konzol párokat (lásd az <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> oldalt a rendszer-típus nevekért). Az <quote>ARC</quote> szó bármely ARC-kompatibilis konzolt jelöli." +msgid "" +"The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console " +"combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). " +"The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." +msgstr "" +"Az alábbi tábla összefoglalja az elérhető és támogatott rendszer-típus/" +"konzol párokat (lásd az <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> oldalt a rendszer-" +"típus nevekért). Az <quote>ARC</quote> szó bármely ARC-kompatibilis konzolt " +"jelöli." #. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:107 @@ -107,20 +157,11 @@ msgid "alcor" msgstr "alcor" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:115 -#: boot-installer.xml:118 -#: boot-installer.xml:124 -#: boot-installer.xml:130 -#: boot-installer.xml:133 -#: boot-installer.xml:136 -#: boot-installer.xml:139 -#: boot-installer.xml:145 -#: boot-installer.xml:148 -#: boot-installer.xml:151 -#: boot-installer.xml:160 -#: boot-installer.xml:169 -#: boot-installer.xml:184 -#: boot-installer.xml:187 +#: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 +#: boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 +#: boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 +#: boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 +#: boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC or SRM" msgstr "ARC vagy SRM" @@ -138,15 +179,9 @@ msgid "book1" msgstr "book1" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:121 -#: boot-installer.xml:127 -#: boot-installer.xml:142 -#: boot-installer.xml:154 -#: boot-installer.xml:163 -#: boot-installer.xml:166 -#: boot-installer.xml:172 -#: boot-installer.xml:178 -#: boot-installer.xml:181 +#: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 +#: boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 +#: boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 #, no-c-format msgid "SRM only" msgstr "csak SRM" @@ -266,9 +301,7 @@ msgid "ruffian" msgstr "ruffian" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:175 -#: boot-installer.xml:190 -#: boot-installer.xml:193 +#: boot-installer.xml:175 boot-installer.xml:190 boot-installer.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC only" msgstr "csak ARC" @@ -312,65 +345,121 @@ msgstr "<entry>xlt</entry>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, <command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Általában e konzolok nem indítanak Linuxot, így egy köztes boot betöltő szükséges. Az SRM konzolokhoz az <command>aboot</command>, egy kis, platform-független boot-betöltő használatos. Lásd az (immár sajnos elavult) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOGYAN</ulink> <command>aboot</command> leírást." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, " +"<command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. " +"See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</" +"ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgstr "" +"Általában e konzolok nem indítanak Linuxot, így egy köztes boot betöltő " +"szükséges. Az SRM konzolokhoz az <command>aboot</command>, egy kis, platform-" +"független boot-betöltő használatos. Lásd az (immár sajnos elavult) <ulink " +"url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOGYAN</ulink> <command>aboot</command> leírást." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when Debian supports MILO-based installs again." -msgstr "Az alábbi bekezdések a woody telepítő kézikönyvből valók, melyre itt hivatkozunk; hasznosak lesznek később, mikor a Debian ismét támogatja a MILO-alapú telepítést." +msgid "" +"The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included " +"here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when " +"Debian supports MILO-based installs again." +msgstr "" +"Az alábbi bekezdések a woody telepítő kézikönyvből valók, melyre itt " +"hivatkozunk; hasznosak lesznek később, mikor a Debian ismét támogatja a MILO-" +"alapú telepítést." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:215 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Általában e konzolok nem indítanak Linuxot, így egy köztes boot betöltő szükséges. 2 népszerű van: a <command>MILO</command> és az <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux " +"loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." +msgstr "" +"Általában e konzolok nem indítanak Linuxot, így egy köztes boot betöltő " +"szükséges. 2 népszerű van: a <command>MILO</command> és az <command>aboot</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "A <command>MILO</command> maga egy konzol, mely az ARC vagy SRM helyére kerül a memóriában. A <command>MILO</command> ARC és SRM alól is indítható és ARC konzolról csak ezzel indítható a Linux. A <command>MILO</command> platform-függő (külön <command>MILO</command> kell minden rebdszer-típushoz) és csak a fenti táblában ARC-támogatást mutató rendszerekhez van. Lásd a (sajnos elavult) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOGYAN</ulink>-t is." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in " +"memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is " +"the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</" +"command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed " +"for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC " +"support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) " +"<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"A <command>MILO</command> maga egy konzol, mely az ARC vagy SRM helyére " +"kerül a memóriában. A <command>MILO</command> ARC és SRM alól is indítható " +"és ARC konzolról csak ezzel indítható a Linux. A <command>MILO</command> " +"platform-függő (külön <command>MILO</command> kell minden rebdszer-típushoz) " +"és csak a fenti táblában ARC-támogatást mutató rendszerekhez van. Lásd a " +"(sajnos elavult) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOGYAN</ulink>-t is." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Az <command>aboot</command> egy kis, platform-független boot betöltő, mely csak SRM alól fut. Lásd az (immár sajnos elavult) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOGYAN</ulink> <command>aboot</command> leírást." +msgid "" +"<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which " +"runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-" +"srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"Az <command>aboot</command> egy kis, platform-független boot betöltő, mely " +"csak SRM alól fut. Lásd az (immár sajnos elavult) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-" +"howto;\">SRM HOGYAN</ulink> <command>aboot</command> leírást." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's " +"console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" "SRM -> MILO\n" "ARC -> MILO\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." +"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available " +"for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), " +"and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix " +"license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you " +"use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, " +"unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk (using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." +msgid "" +"The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products " +"contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</" +"quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to " +"switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once " +"SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk " +"(using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, " +"we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgid "" +"As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision " +"of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not " +"supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-" +"jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before " +"installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink " +"url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 -#: boot-installer.xml:997 -#: boot-installer.xml:1488 -#: boot-installer.xml:1983 -#: boot-installer.xml:2065 -#: boot-installer.xml:2154 -#: boot-installer.xml:2498 -#: boot-installer.xml:2594 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:997 boot-installer.xml:1488 +#: boot-installer.xml:1983 boot-installer.xml:2065 boot-installer.xml:2154 +#: boot-installer.xml:2498 boot-installer.xml:2594 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "Indítás TFTP segítségével" @@ -379,51 +468,85 @@ msgstr "Indítás TFTP segítségével" #: boot-installer.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> " +"prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</" +"userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocols bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mode</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." msgstr "" -"SRM esetén az Ethernet csatolók <userinput>ewa</userinput> előtagot kapnak és a <userinput>show dev</userinput> parancs kiírja őket így (kissé szerkesztve):<informalexample><screen>\n" +"SRM esetén az Ethernet csatolók <userinput>ewa</userinput> előtagot kapnak " +"és a <userinput>show dev</userinput> parancs kiírja őket így (kissé " +"szerkesztve):<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Először be kell állítani az indító protokollt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Először be kell állítani az indító protokollt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocols bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Majd ellenőrizni a médium típust:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Majd ellenőrizni a médium típust:" +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mód</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Az érvényes módok így írhatók ki: <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> Az érvényes módok így írhatók ki: <userinput>>" +">>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel parameters as included in the netboot image." +"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel " +"parameters as included in the netboot image." msgstr "" -"Majd az 1. Ethernet csatolóról való indításhoz ezt kell beírni: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Majd az 1. Ethernet csatolóról való indításhoz ezt kell beírni: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ez netboot képben lévő alap kernel paraméterekkel indít." +"</screen></informalexample> Ez netboot képben lévő alap kernel " +"paraméterekkel indít." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" -msgstr "Soros konzol esetén át <emphasis>kell</emphasis> adni a <userinput>console=</userinput> paramétert a kernelnek. Ez az SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> parancsnak adott <userinput>-flags</userinput> argumentummal tehető. A soros portok a <userinput>/dev</userinput> könyvtárban lévő megfelelő fájlokkal nevezhetők. További kernel paraméterek megadásakor meg kell ismételni egyes alapértelmezett opciókat, melyek kellenek a &d-i; képekhez. Például az <userinput>ewa0</userinput> eszközről indításhoz az 1. soros port használatakor ezt kell beírni:" +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the " +"<userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done " +"using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</" +"userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their " +"corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying " +"additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that " +"are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" +msgstr "" +"Soros konzol esetén át <emphasis>kell</emphasis> adni a <userinput>console=</" +"userinput> paramétert a kernelnek. Ez az SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> " +"parancsnak adott <userinput>-flags</userinput> argumentummal tehető. A soros " +"portok a <userinput>/dev</userinput> könyvtárban lévő megfelelő fájlokkal " +"nevezhetők. További kernel paraméterek megadásakor meg kell ismételni egyes " +"alapértelmezett opciókat, melyek kellenek a &d-i; képekhez. Például az " +"<userinput>ewa0</userinput> eszközről indításhoz az 1. soros port " +"használatakor ezt kell beírni:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" -msgstr ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" +msgid "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" +msgstr "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:328 @@ -437,11 +560,13 @@ msgstr "Indítás CD-ROM lemezről az SRM konzollal" msgid "" "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-ROM drive in SRM notation." +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-" +"ROM drive in SRM notation." msgstr "" "Írd be ezt: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ahol az <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> a CD-ROM meghajtó SRM szerint." +"</screen></informalexample> ahol az <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> a CD-ROM " +"meghajtó SRM szerint." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:341 @@ -452,8 +577,22 @@ msgstr "Indítás CD-ROM lemezről az ARC vagy AlphaBIOS konzollal" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." -msgstr "Egy CD-ROM indításakor az ARC konzolról, keresd meg az al-architektúra kód nevet (lásd az <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> leírást), majd add meg a <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> fájlt mint boot betöltő és a <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> fájlt (ahol a <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> a helyes al-architektúra név) mint OS útvonal az `OS Selection Setup' menüben. A Ruffian kivétel: a <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> fájl kell mint boot betöltő." +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name " +"(see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload." +"exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo" +"\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</" +"replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS " +"Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>" +"\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Egy CD-ROM indításakor az ARC konzolról, keresd meg az al-architektúra kód " +"nevet (lásd az <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> leírást), majd add meg a " +"<filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> fájlt mint boot betöltő és a " +"<filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> fájlt (ahol " +"a <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> a helyes al-architektúra név) mint OS " +"útvonal az `OS Selection Setup' menüben. A Ruffian kivétel: a <filename>" +"\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> fájl kell mint boot betöltő." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:358 @@ -465,35 +604,64 @@ msgstr "Indítás flopiról az SRM konzollal" #: boot-installer.xml:359 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following " +"command: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> " +"with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the " +"floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel boot." -msgstr "" -"Az SRM jelnél (<prompt>>>></prompt>) add ki az alábbi parancsot: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to " +"boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</" +"command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</" +"command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel " +"boot." +msgstr "" +"Az SRM jelnél (<prompt>>>></prompt>) add ki az alábbi parancsot: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ha kell cserélve a <filename>dva0</filename>-t az aktuális eszköz nevével. Általában a <filename>dva0</filename> a flopi; a <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> ha kell cserélve a <filename>dva0</filename>-t " +"az aktuális eszköz nevével. Általában a <filename>dva0</filename> a flopi; a " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> sorolja fel az eszközöket (például ha CD-lemezről akarsz indítani). A MILO általi indításkor a <command>-flags</command> argumentum nem számít, csak a <command>boot dva0</command> parancs kell. Ha minden jól működik, a Linux kernel azonnal elindul." +"</screen></informalexample> sorolja fel az eszközöket (például ha CD-" +"lemezről akarsz indítani). A MILO általi indításkor a <command>-flags</" +"command> argumentum nem számít, csak a <command>boot dva0</command> parancs " +"kell. Ha minden jól működik, a Linux kernel azonnal elindul." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." -msgstr "" -"Ha kernel paramétereket akarsz megadni az <command>aboot</command> indításkor, használd az alábbi parancsot:<informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (egy sorban), cseréld, ha kell, a <filename>dva0</filename> aktuális SRM indító eszköz nevet, az <filename>fd0</filename> Linux indító eszköz nevet és az <filename>arguments</filename> kívánt kernel paramétereket." +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</" +"command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, " +"the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux " +"boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel " +"parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Ha kernel paramétereket akarsz megadni az <command>aboot</command> " +"indításkor, használd az alábbi parancsot:<informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (egy sorban), cseréld, ha kell, a " +"<filename>dva0</filename> aktuális SRM indító eszköz nevet, az " +"<filename>fd0</filename> Linux indító eszköz nevet és az " +"<filename>arguments</filename> kívánt kernel paramétereket." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." -msgstr "Ha kernel paramétereket akarsz megadni az <command>MILO</command> indításkor, a MILO betöltőbe lépve egyszer meg kell szakítanod az indítást. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/> leírást." +msgid "" +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See " +"<xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha kernel paramétereket akarsz megadni az <command>MILO</command> " +"indításkor, a MILO betöltőbe lépve egyszer meg kell szakítanod az indítást. " +"Lásd a <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/> leírást." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:398 @@ -504,8 +672,14 @@ msgstr "Indítás flopiról az ARC vagy AlphaBIOS konzollal" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:400 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the newly created entry." -msgstr "Az OS Választás menüben állítsd be a <command>linload.exe</command> fájlt boot betöltőként és a <command>milo</command>-t OS útvonalként. Indíts az újonnan létrehozott beállításokkal." +msgid "" +"In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot " +"loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the " +"newly created entry." +msgstr "" +"Az OS Választás menüben állítsd be a <command>linload.exe</command> fájlt " +"boot betöltőként és a <command>milo</command>-t OS útvonalként. Indíts az " +"újonnan létrehozott beállításokkal." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:409 @@ -516,20 +690,33 @@ msgstr "Indítás MILO segítségével" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press space during MILO countdown." -msgstr "AZ indító médián lévő MILO eleve Linux indításra állított. Ha mégis beavatkoznál csak a szóközt kell leütnöd a MILO visszaszámlálás alatt." +msgid "" +"MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to " +"Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press " +"space during MILO countdown." +msgstr "" +"AZ indító médián lévő MILO eleve Linux indításra állított. Ha mégis " +"beavatkoznál csak a szóközt kell leütnöd a MILO visszaszámlálás alatt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply additional parameters), you can use a command like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply " +"additional parameters), you can use a command like this: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> command would give you a brief MILO command reference." +"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a " +"floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the " +"appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> " +"command would give you a brief MILO command reference." msgstr "" -"Ha mindent magad akarsz megadni (például további paramétereket) hasonló parancs használható:<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Ha mindent magad akarsz megadni (például további paramétereket) hasonló " +"parancs használható:<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ha flopi helyett mást indítsz, cseréld a fenti példa <filename>fd0</filename> nevet a megfelelő eszköz nevére Linux szerint. A <command>help</command> parancs röviden leírja a MILO parancsait." +"</screen></informalexample> Ha flopi helyett mást indítsz, cseréld a fenti " +"példa <filename>fd0</filename> nevet a megfelelő eszköz nevére Linux " +"szerint. A <command>help</command> parancs röviden leírja a MILO parancsait." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:435 @@ -538,37 +725,37 @@ msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "Indítás TFTP segítségével" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 -#: boot-installer.xml:1003 -#: boot-installer.xml:1506 -#: boot-installer.xml:1989 -#: boot-installer.xml:2504 -#: boot-installer.xml:2600 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:1003 boot-installer.xml:1506 +#: boot-installer.xml:1989 boot-installer.xml:2504 boot-installer.xml:2600 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." -msgstr "A hálózati indítás egy hálózati kapcsolatot és egy TFTP hálózati indító kiszolgálót igényel (DHCP, RARP vagy BOOTP)." +msgid "" +"Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " +"TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." +msgstr "" +"A hálózati indítás egy hálózati kapcsolatot és egy TFTP hálózati indító " +"kiszolgálót igényel (DHCP, RARP vagy BOOTP)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 -#: boot-installer.xml:1008 -#: boot-installer.xml:1511 -#: boot-installer.xml:1994 -#: boot-installer.xml:2509 -#: boot-installer.xml:2605 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:1008 boot-installer.xml:1511 +#: boot-installer.xml:1994 boot-installer.xml:2509 boot-installer.xml:2605 #, no-c-format -msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." -msgstr "A régebbi rendszerek, például a 715 egy RBOOT kiszolgálót kérhetnek BOOTP helyett." +msgid "" +"Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " +"instead of a BOOTP server." +msgstr "" +"A régebbi rendszerek, például a 715 egy RBOOT kiszolgálót kérhetnek BOOTP " +"helyett." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 -#: boot-installer.xml:1013 -#: boot-installer.xml:1516 -#: boot-installer.xml:1999 -#: boot-installer.xml:2514 -#: boot-installer.xml:2610 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:1013 boot-installer.xml:1516 +#: boot-installer.xml:1999 boot-installer.xml:2514 boot-installer.xml:2610 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "A hálózati indítást támogató telepítő mód leírása itt található: <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"A hálózati indítást támogató telepítő mód leírása itt található: <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:459 @@ -579,40 +766,70 @@ msgstr "TFTP indítás Netwinder gépen" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:460 #, no-c-format -msgid "Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card (which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the 100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." -msgstr "A Netwinder gépeknek 2 hálózati csatolója van: egy 10Mbps NE2000-kompatibilis kártya (általában <literal>eth0</literal>) és egy 100Mbps Tulip kártya. Utóbbival gondok lehetnek a kép TFTP letöltésekor így ajánlott a 10Mbps csatoló használata (a <literal>10 Base-T</literal> címkéjű)." +msgid "" +"Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card " +"(which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps " +"Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the " +"100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one " +"labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." +msgstr "" +"A Netwinder gépeknek 2 hálózati csatolója van: egy 10Mbps NE2000-" +"kompatibilis kártya (általában <literal>eth0</literal>) és egy 100Mbps Tulip " +"kártya. Utóbbival gondok lehetnek a kép TFTP letöltésekor így ajánlott a " +"10Mbps csatoló használata (a <literal>10 Base-T</literal> címkéjű)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version 2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version " +"2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not " +"available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, " +"you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during " +"the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed " +"in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default " +"settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, " +"either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the " +"netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the <userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the " +"local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server " +"and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP " +"image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" -" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your " +"Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a " +"keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> " +"command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that " +"the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</ulink> is available." +"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</" +"ulink> is available." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -624,7 +841,9 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone prompt." +msgid "" +"On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone " +"prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -634,54 +853,75 @@ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "Indítás CD-ROM lemezről" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 -#: boot-installer.xml:716 -#: boot-installer.xml:1125 -#: boot-installer.xml:1946 -#: boot-installer.xml:2286 -#: boot-installer.xml:2640 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:716 boot-installer.xml:1125 +#: boot-installer.xml:1946 boot-installer.xml:2286 boot-installer.xml:2640 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." -msgstr "A legtöbb felhasználó számára a legegyszerűbb mód a Debian CD-készlet használata. Ha van egy CD-készleted és a géped támogatja a CD-lemezről indítást, akkor minden csodás. Egyszerűen <phrase arch=\"x86\"> állítsd be a gépet, hogy CD-lemezről induljon, ahogy a <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> részben is leírjuk, </phrase> tedd be a CD-lemezt, indítsd róla a gépet és végezd el a telepítést, erről a következő fejezet súg." +msgid "" +"The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " +"have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, " +"great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a " +"CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " +"your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"A legtöbb felhasználó számára a legegyszerűbb mód a Debian CD-készlet " +"használata. Ha van egy CD-készleted és a géped támogatja a CD-lemezről " +"indítást, akkor minden csodás. Egyszerűen <phrase arch=\"x86\"> állítsd be a " +"gépet, hogy CD-lemezről induljon, ahogy a <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/" +"> részben is leírjuk, </phrase> tedd be a CD-lemezt, indítsd róla a gépet és " +"végezd el a telepítést, erről a következő fejezet súg." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 -#: boot-installer.xml:727 -#: boot-installer.xml:1136 -#: boot-installer.xml:1957 -#: boot-installer.xml:2297 -#: boot-installer.xml:2651 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:727 boot-installer.xml:1136 +#: boot-installer.xml:1957 boot-installer.xml:2297 boot-installer.xml:2651 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." -msgstr "Egyes CD-eszközök különleges meghajtókat igényelnek és elérhetetlenek lehetnek a telepítő első lépéseiben. Ha a CD-lemezről indítás szokásos módja nem működik a gépeden, nézd át újra e fejezetet és olvasd el az eltérő kernelekről és telepítő módokról szóló részeket, mely megoldja ezt." +msgid "" +"Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " +"inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard " +"way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter " +"and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Egyes CD-eszközök különleges meghajtókat igényelnek és elérhetetlenek " +"lehetnek a telepítő első lépéseiben. Ha a CD-lemezről indítás szokásos módja " +"nem működik a gépeden, nézd át újra e fejezetet és olvasd el az eltérő " +"kernelekről és telepítő módokról szóló részeket, mely megoldja ezt." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 -#: boot-installer.xml:735 -#: boot-installer.xml:1144 -#: boot-installer.xml:1965 -#: boot-installer.xml:2305 -#: boot-installer.xml:2659 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:735 boot-installer.xml:1144 +#: boot-installer.xml:1965 boot-installer.xml:2305 boot-installer.xml:2659 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." -msgstr "Még abban az esetben is, ha nem tudsz CD-ROM lemezről indítani, valószínűleg képes leszel a Debian rendszer összetevőit és a kívánt csomagokat telepíteni ezekről. Egyszerűen indíts más médiumról, például flopiról. Az operációs rendszer, alaprendszer és tetszőleges további csomagok telepítésekor a telepítő rendszert a CD-ROM meghajtóra irányíthatod." +msgid "" +"Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " +"system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a " +"different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating " +"system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " +"system at the CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" +"Még abban az esetben is, ha nem tudsz CD-ROM lemezről indítani, valószínűleg " +"képes leszel a Debian rendszer összetevőit és a kívánt csomagokat telepíteni " +"ezekről. Egyszerűen indíts más médiumról, például flopiról. Az operációs " +"rendszer, alaprendszer és tetszőleges további csomagok telepítésekor a " +"telepítő rendszert a CD-ROM meghajtóra irányíthatod." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 -#: boot-installer.xml:743 -#: boot-installer.xml:1152 -#: boot-installer.xml:1973 -#: boot-installer.xml:2313 -#: boot-installer.xml:2667 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1152 +#: boot-installer.xml:1973 boot-installer.xml:2313 boot-installer.xml:2667 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Ha gondjaid vannak ez indítással, lásd az <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha gondjaid vannak ez indítással, lásd az <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"troubleshooting\"/> részt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" -msgstr "Egy CD-ROM indításához Cyclone konzol jelről, használd a <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command> parancsot" +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgstr "" +"Egy CD-ROM indításához Cyclone konzol jelről, használd a <command>boot cd0:" +"cats.bin</command> parancsot" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:589 @@ -692,13 +932,20 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:595 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will automatically start when you reboot your machines." +msgid "" +"There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a " +"flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will " +"automatically start when you reboot your machines." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:601 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and follow the steps precisely." +msgid "" +"In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your " +"warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there " +"are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and " +"follow the steps precisely." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -722,7 +969,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:620 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will then boot straight into the installer." +msgid "" +"Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have " +"previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> " +"button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will " +"then boot straight into the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -735,9 +987,29 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to " +"upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. " +"First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the " +"small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/" +"status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately " +"release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 " +"ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay " +"before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></" +"listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/" +"wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have " +"problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the " +"new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the installer won't be able to find it." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of " +"your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the " +"whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically " +"reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the " +"installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -749,15 +1021,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:694 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware via the network." +msgid "" +"There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware " +"via the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:710 -#: boot-installer.xml:1119 -#: boot-installer.xml:1934 -#: boot-installer.xml:2280 -#: boot-installer.xml:2634 +#: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1119 boot-installer.xml:1934 +#: boot-installer.xml:2280 boot-installer.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "Indítás egy CD-ROM lemezről" @@ -765,32 +1037,71 @@ msgstr "Indítás egy CD-ROM lemezről" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Indítás Linuxból <command>LILO</command> vagy <command>GRUB</command> használatával" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgstr "" +"Indítás Linuxból <command>LILO</command> vagy <command>GRUB</command> " +"használatával" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:851 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "A telepítő merevlemezről indításához először le kell tölteni és elhelyezni a <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/> részben írt fájlokat." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the " +"needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő merevlemezről indításához először le kell tölteni és elhelyezni a " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/> részben írt fájlokat." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." -msgstr "Ha a merevlemez csak indításra a többi letöltésre pedig a hálózat szolgál, a <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> fájl és a megfelelő kernel letöltése kell. Ezzel átparticionálható a telepítő indítására használt merevlemez, körültekintően." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download " +"everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/" +"debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding " +"kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot " +"the installer, although you should do so with care." +msgstr "" +"Ha a merevlemez csak indításra a többi letöltésre pedig a hálózat szolgál, a " +"<filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> fájl és a " +"megfelelő kernel letöltése kell. Ezzel átparticionálható a telepítő " +"indítására használt merevlemez, körültekintően." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:864 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, without needing the network." -msgstr "Ha egy merevlemez-partíció változatlan marad a telepítés során, lehetőség nyílik a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> fájl, hozzávaló kernel és egy CD iso letöltésére (az utóbbi fájl nevének vége maradjon <literal>.iso</literal>). A telepítő indíthat a meghajtóról és képes telepíteni a CD képről hálózat nélkül." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive " +"unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd." +"gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive " +"(make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The " +"installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, " +"without needing the network." +msgstr "" +"Ha egy merevlemez-partíció változatlan marad a telepítés során, lehetőség " +"nyílik a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> fájl, hozzávaló kernel és " +"egy CD iso letöltésére (az utóbbi fájl nevének vége maradjon <literal>.iso</" +"literal>). A telepítő indíthat a meghajtóról és képes telepíteni a CD képről " +"hálózat nélkül." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:873 #, no-c-format -msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" -msgstr "<command>LILO</command> esetén 2 dolgot kell beállítani a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> fájlban, melyek: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> az <filename>initrd.gz</filename> telepítő betöltése induláskor; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> a <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel egy RAM lemezt használjon gyökér-partícióként. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Itt egy példa <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" +msgid "" +"For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things " +"in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to " +"load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use " +"a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is " +"a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" +msgstr "" +"<command>LILO</command> esetén 2 dolgot kell beállítani a <filename>/etc/" +"lilo.conf</filename> fájlban, melyek: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> az " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename> telepítő betöltése induláskor; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> a <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel egy RAM " +"lemezt használjon gyökér-partícióként. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> " +"Itt egy példa <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:894 @@ -811,20 +1122,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:894 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." -msgstr "További részletekért lásd az <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> és <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man oldalakat. Futtasd a <userinput>lilo</userinput>-t és indíts újra." +msgid "" +"For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"További részletekért lásd az <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> és " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man oldalakat. Futtasd a <userinput>lilo</" +"userinput>-t és indíts újra." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" "</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" -"A <command>GRUB</command> hasonló. Menj a <filename>menu.lst</filename> fájlra a <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> (néha a <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>) könyvtárban és add hozzá a következő sorokat: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A <command>GRUB</command> hasonló. Menj a <filename>menu.lst</filename> " +"fájlra a <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> (néha a <filename>/boot/boot/grub/" +"</filename>) könyvtárban és add hozzá a következő sorokat: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" @@ -833,8 +1160,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." -msgstr "A <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> értéke természetesen nem lehet kisebb, mint ami az initrd képhez szükséges. Innentől nincs különbség a <command>GRUB</command> vagy <command>LILO</command> között." +msgid "" +"Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " +"be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be " +"no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"A <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> értéke természetesen nem lehet kisebb, " +"mint ami az initrd képhez szükséges. Innentől nincs különbség a " +"<command>GRUB</command> vagy <command>LILO</command> között." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:925 @@ -845,60 +1178,119 @@ msgstr "Indítás USB tárról" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:926 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "A korábbi <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> és <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részben írtak elkészültét feltételezzük. Dugd be az USB tárolót egy szabad USB csatlakozóba és indítsd újra a gépet. Ha minden rendben, a rendszer erről fog indulni és erről ad egy <prompt>boot:</prompt> jelet. A 2 lehetőség: további indító argumentumok megadása vagy az &enterkey; leütése." +msgid "" +"Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB " +"stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system " +"should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"A korábbi <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> és <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-" +"files\"/> részben írtak elkészültét feltételezzük. Dugd be az USB tárolót " +"egy szabad USB csatlakozóba és indítsd újra a gépet. Ha minden rendben, a " +"rendszer erről fog indulni és erről ad egy <prompt>boot:</prompt> jelet. A 2 " +"lehetőség: további indító argumentumok megadása vagy az &enterkey; leütése." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:939 -#: boot-installer.xml:2046 -#: boot-installer.xml:2540 +#: boot-installer.xml:939 boot-installer.xml:2046 boot-installer.xml:2540 #: boot-installer.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "Indítás flopikról" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:940 -#: boot-installer.xml:2548 +#: boot-installer.xml:940 boot-installer.xml:2548 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." -msgstr "Itt szükség lesz a már letöltött flopi-képekre és a képekből a <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részben létrehozott flopikra." +msgid "" +"You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " +"floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Itt szükség lesz a már letöltött flopi-képekre és a képekből a <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/> részben létrehozott flopikra." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." -msgstr "A telepítő flopi indításához, tedd az elsődleges flopi meghajtóba, állítsd le a rendszert, ahogy egyébként tennéd és indítsd újra a gépet." +msgid "" +"To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " +"drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő flopi indításához, tedd az elsődleges flopi meghajtóba, állítsd " +"le a rendszert, ahogy egyébként tennéd és indítsd újra a gépet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:953 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." -msgstr "Egy LS-120 meghajtóról (ATAPI változat) indításhoz egy flopi-készlettel, meg kell adni a flopi eszköz virtuális helyét. Ez a <emphasis>root=</emphasis> indító argumentummal tehető, megadva az eszközt, melyre az ide-floppy meghajtó helyezze. Például, ha az LS-120 meghajtó az 1. IDE eszköz (mester) a második kábelen, írd be ezt: <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> az indító jelnél." +msgid "" +"For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " +"you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done " +"with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that " +"the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " +"is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." +msgstr "" +"Egy LS-120 meghajtóról (ATAPI változat) indításhoz egy flopi-készlettel, meg " +"kell adni a flopi eszköz virtuális helyét. Ez a <emphasis>root=</emphasis> " +"indító argumentummal tehető, megadva az eszközt, melyre az ide-floppy " +"meghajtó helyezze. Például, ha az LS-120 meghajtó az 1. IDE eszköz (mester) " +"a második kábelen, írd be ezt: <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> az " +"indító jelnél." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." -msgstr "Egyes gépeken a <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> nem indítja újra helyesen a gépet, így egy <quote>hideg</quote> újraindítás ajánlott. Ha egy létező rendszerről telepítesz (például DOS alól), nincs választásod. Általában, ha lehet, végezz hidegindítást." +msgid "" +"Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the " +"machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are " +"installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you " +"don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." +msgstr "" +"Egyes gépeken a <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> " +"<keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> nem indítja újra helyesen a gépet, így " +"egy <quote>hideg</quote> újraindítás ajánlott. Ha egy létező rendszerről " +"telepítesz (például DOS alól), nincs választásod. Általában, ha lehet, " +"végezz hidegindítást." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:972 #, no-c-format -msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." -msgstr "A flopi lemez elindul és ekkor látnod kell egy képernyőt, mely bemutatja az indító flopit és egy <prompt>boot:</prompt> jellel zárul." +msgid "" +"The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " +"introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgstr "" +"A flopi lemez elindul és ekkor látnod kell egy képernyőt, mely bemutatja az " +"indító flopit és egy <prompt>boot:</prompt> jellel zárul." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." -msgstr "Az &enterkey; lenyomásakor a <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput> üzenetnek kell jönnie, ezt követi ez: <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, majd sok-sok adat a gépben lévő hardverről. A telepítő folyamat e szakaszáról több adat az alábbi: <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/> részben található." +msgid "" +"Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " +"<computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by " +"<computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a " +"screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More " +"information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref " +"linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Az &enterkey; lenyomásakor a <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput> " +"üzenetnek kell jönnie, ezt követi ez: <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux..." +"</computeroutput>, majd sok-sok adat a gépben lévő hardverről. A telepítő " +"folyamat e szakaszáról több adat az alábbi: <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/> " +"részben található." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." -msgstr "Az indító flopi után az a root flopit kéri. Tedd be a root flopit és üsd le az &enterkey;-t, ekkor tartalma a memóriába olvasásra kerül. A <command>debian-installer</command> telepítő program elindul." +msgid "" +"After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " +"root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. " +"The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically " +"launched." +msgstr "" +"Az indító flopi után az a root flopit kéri. Tedd be a root flopit és üsd le " +"az &enterkey;-t, ekkor tartalma a memóriába olvasásra kerül. A " +"<command>debian-installer</command> telepítő program elindul." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1021 @@ -915,8 +1307,16 @@ msgstr "PXE-támogató hálózati kártya vagy alaplap" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1028 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." -msgstr "Lehet, hogy a hálózati csatoló kártya vagy alaplap PXE indítást is támogat. Ez a TFTP indítás egy <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> megvalósítása. Ha így van, lehetőség van a BIOS hálózati indításra állítására." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " +"boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS " +"to boot from the network." +msgstr "" +"Lehet, hogy a hálózati csatoló kártya vagy alaplap PXE indítást is támogat. " +"Ez a TFTP indítás egy <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"megvalósítása. Ha így van, lehetőség van a BIOS hálózati indításra " +"állítására." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1039 @@ -927,14 +1327,20 @@ msgstr "NIC hálózati indító ROM-mal" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1040 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " +"functionality." msgstr "Lehet, hogy hálózati csatoló kártyád TFTP indítást kínál." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1045 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." -msgstr "Tudasd velünk (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) hogyan kezelted. Hivatkozz e dokumentumra." +msgid "" +"Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " +"Please refer to this document." +msgstr "" +"Tudasd velünk (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) hogyan kezelted. " +"Hivatkozz e dokumentumra." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1053 @@ -945,8 +1351,12 @@ msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1054 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." -msgstr "Az <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> TFTP indítást adó indító lemezeket és indító romokat ad." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " +"provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." +msgstr "" +"Az <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> TFTP " +"indítást adó indító lemezeket és indító romokat ad." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1063 @@ -958,25 +1368,69 @@ msgstr "Az indító jel" #: boot-installer.xml:1064 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " +"screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." +"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press " +"&enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific " +"boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." msgstr "" -"A telepítő indulásakor egy barátságos grafikus képernyőt látsz a Debian logóval és az indító jellel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A telepítő indulásakor egy barátságos grafikus képernyőt látsz a Debian " +"logóval és az indító jellel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Az indító jelnél leütheted az &enterkey; billentyűt a telepítő alap lehetőségeivel indításhoz vagy beírhatsz egy adott indító módot és, tetszőlegesen, indító paramétereket." +"</screen></informalexample> Az indító jelnél leütheted az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt a telepítő alap lehetőségeivel indításhoz vagy beírhatsz egy " +"adott indító módot és, tetszőlegesen, indító paramétereket." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." -msgstr "Az elérhető indító módok és paraméterek, melyek hasznosak lehetnek az <keycap>F2</keycap> és <keycap>F8</keycap> közti billentyűk leütésével érhetők el. Ha paramétert adsz az indító parancs sorhoz, írd be az indító módot (az alap a <userinput>linux</userinput>) és egy szóközt az 1. paraméter előtt (például <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgstr "" +"Az elérhető indító módok és paraméterek, melyek hasznosak lehetnek az " +"<keycap>F2</keycap> és <keycap>F8</keycap> közti billentyűk leütésével " +"érhetők el. Ha paramétert adsz az indító parancs sorhoz, írd be az indító " +"módot (az alap a <userinput>linux</userinput>) és egy szóközt az 1. " +"paraméter előtt (például <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1085 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." -msgstr "Ha a rendszert távoli kezelő eszközön át telepíted, mely szöveges felületet ad a VGA konzolhoz, talán nem látod a kezdő grafikus üdvözlő képernyőt a telepítő indításakor és az indító jelet. Ezek közütt van a Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) és HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). Vakon nyomd meg az F1 billentyűt <footnote> <para> Néha ehhez különleges escape sor kell, például IRA esetén <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> a képernyő átugrásával a súgóra lépéshez. Ezután a leütött billentyűk már a várkozásnak megfelelően megjelennek a beviteli jelnél. A framebuffer tiltásához a telepítéskor a <userinput>fb=false</userinput> hozzáadása kell az indító jelnél, ahogy azt a súgó is írja." +msgid "" +"If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " +"provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the " +"initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not " +"see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of " +"Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's " +"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press " +"F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape " +"sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. " +"Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes " +"will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from " +"using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " +"to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in " +"the help text." +msgstr "" +"Ha a rendszert távoli kezelő eszközön át telepíted, mely szöveges felületet " +"ad a VGA konzolhoz, talán nem látod a kezdő grafikus üdvözlő képernyőt a " +"telepítő indításakor és az indító jelet. Ezek közütt van a Compaq's " +"<quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) és HP's <quote>Integrated Remote " +"Assistant</quote> (IRA). Vakon nyomd meg az F1 billentyűt <footnote> <para> " +"Néha ehhez különleges escape sor kell, például IRA esetén <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>. </para> </footnote> a képernyő átugrásával a súgóra lépéshez. " +"Ezután a leütött billentyűk már a várkozásnak megfelelően megjelennek a " +"beviteli jelnél. A framebuffer tiltásához a telepítéskor a " +"<userinput>fb=false</userinput> hozzáadása kell az indító jelnél, ahogy azt " +"a súgó is írja." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1160 @@ -987,31 +1441,72 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1162 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." +msgid "" +"There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " +"<emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will " +"fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in " +"order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. " +"The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a " +"base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in " +"order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " +"The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " +"packages without needing access to the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." +msgid "" +"The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " +"Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows " +"little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot " +"Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted " +"disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a " +"system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a " +"full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This " +"means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " +"partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " +"conventional systems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1194 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " +"<command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's " +"kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " +"contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " +"reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1203 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." +msgid "" +"Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " +"starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the " +"installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. " +"Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering " +"the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the " +"partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the " +"system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI " +"partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1215 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " +"initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an " +"option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been " +"loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. " +"There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option " +"Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. " +"Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not " +"available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second " +"option." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1023,7 +1518,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1235 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " +"menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a " +"countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the " +"systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in " +"order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, " +"you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the " +"shell prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1035,37 +1537,62 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1254 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system " +"initialization." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1260 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " +"keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1266 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " +"and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices " +"probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the " +"label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media " +"Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice " +"that the device and controller information should be the same." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1277 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." +msgid "" +"You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " +"your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you " +"choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately " +"start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable " +"portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1288 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." +msgid "" +"You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this " +"line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start " +"the boot load sequence." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1300 #, no-c-format -msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." +msgid "" +"These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " +"you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot " +"kernel and options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1077,43 +1604,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" +msgid "" +"If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " +"the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with " +"the following steps:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1322 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system " +"initialization." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1328 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." +msgid "" +"Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " +"press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable " +"devices and display them to the console before displaying its command " +"prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device " +"name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other " +"recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the " +"shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1342 #, no-c-format -msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." +msgid "" +"Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " +"likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with " +"bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1349 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " +"<command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now " +"display the partition number as its prompt." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1356 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " +"start the boot load sequence." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1363 #, no-c-format -msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." +msgid "" +"As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " +"display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can " +"also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</" +"command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel " +"and options." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1125,31 +1682,57 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1379 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." +msgid "" +"You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " +"serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option " +"containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, " +"choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud " +"serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your " +"serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the " +"ttyS0 device are preconfigured." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." +msgid "" +"In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " +"as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting " +"is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI " +"shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1397 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." +msgid "" +"If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " +"or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for " +"one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console " +"over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into " +"the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1408 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." +msgid "" +"Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " +"setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a " +"significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing " +"the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text " +"Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for " +"instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1417 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." +msgid "" +"If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " +"and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as " +"soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the " +"installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1161,49 +1744,85 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1428 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " +"a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from " +"the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. " +"There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the " +"appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen " +"explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen " +"explains the common command line options." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1440 #, no-c-format -msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" +msgid "" +"Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " +"of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You " +"should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional " +"parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text " +"window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will " +"be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you " +"encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those " +"same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will " +"select and start the install:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1458 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." +msgid "" +"Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " +"needs with the arrow keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1463 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." +msgid "" +"Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " +"displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such " +"as serial console settings) are specified." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1470 #, no-c-format -msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " +"kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first " +"screen of the Debian Installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1479 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." +msgid "" +"Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " +"difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager " +"can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the " +"installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed " +"thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages " +"of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1524 #, no-c-format -msgid "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." +msgid "" +"Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " +"On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver " +"<command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in " +"the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1216,19 +1835,26 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something " +"like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> running on the client." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1546 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." +msgid "" +"Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " +"as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include " +"<filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This " +"will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree " +"containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -1246,7 +1872,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1556 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." +msgid "" +"The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" +"filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you " +"need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-" +"installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different " +"config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP " +"address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the " +"<classname>elilo</classname> package for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1258,19 +1892,38 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1574 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." +msgid "" +"To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " +"entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You " +"should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi" +"()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose " +"the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be " +"booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</" +"userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options " +"menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option " +"you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to " +"a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1606 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " +"processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds " +"with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and " +"when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will " +"start the Debian Installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1615 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1282,25 +1935,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1630 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses tmpfs." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " +"or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux " +"kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x " +"linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses " +"tmpfs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1638 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the &ramdisksize; kernel parameter." +msgid "" +"If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " +"&ramdisksize; kernel parameter." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1643 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel parameters." +msgid "" +"Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " +"parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1648 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1312,13 +1976,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1666 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1672 #, no-c-format -msgid "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1330,13 +1999,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1682 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1689 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1348,7 +2022,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1699 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" +"\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/" +">), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1360,13 +2037,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1710 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1717 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system will run faster if you do not specify it." +msgid "" +"If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " +"the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two " +"such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</" +"userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but " +"which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is " +"only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system " +"will run faster if you do not specify it." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1378,7 +2066,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1733 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " +"(see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1390,7 +2082,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1744 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " +"(see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom " +"is not bootable.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1400,29 +2095,43 @@ msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1761 -#: boot-installer.xml:2359 +#: boot-installer.xml:1761 boot-installer.xml:2359 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." +msgid "" +"Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " +"some systems it is the only supported method of installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1767 -#: boot-installer.xml:2365 +#: boot-installer.xml:1767 boot-installer.xml:2365 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " +"downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1776 #, no-c-format -msgid "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel (see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." +msgid "" +"At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " +"three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel " +"(see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/" +"MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1784 #, no-c-format -msgid "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The <filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the <filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." +msgid "" +"The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These " +"ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer " +"packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file " +"of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1434,13 +2143,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1806 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory." +msgid "" +"In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " +"double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>debian</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1812 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " +"program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the " +"screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black " +"screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel " +"debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to " +"read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program " +"should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1452,13 +2172,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1828 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program options dialog box." +msgid "" +"At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " +"on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</" +"filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program " +"options dialog box." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1835 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " +"has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen " +"will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with " +"white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging " +"information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but " +"that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start " +"automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1470,37 +2201,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1851 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." +msgid "" +"You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " +"<emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for " +"booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key " +"down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for " +"loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions " +"and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be " +"left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1862 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." +msgid "" +"Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " +"the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is " +"an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1871 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the <filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." +msgid "" +"At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" +"clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> " +"booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in " +"the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. " +"Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk " +"(<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> " +"directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right " +"corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1886 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " +"<guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the " +"<guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the " +"text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1895 #, no-c-format -msgid "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." +msgid "" +"Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " +"the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1902 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " +"into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few " +"seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, " +"displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may " +"scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of " +"seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can " +"continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1518,19 +2285,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1923 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " +"below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1935 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM booting is the BVME6000." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " +"booting is the BVME6000." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2007 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO <prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 terminal emulation:" +msgid "" +"After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " +"<prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to " +"boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 " +"terminal emulation:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1554,24 +2329,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2035 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgid "" +"You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " +"vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2047 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the recommended method." +msgid "" +"For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " +"recommended method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2052 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." +msgid "" +"Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " +"SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2068 -#: boot-installer.xml:2115 +#: boot-installer.xml:2068 boot-installer.xml:2115 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "" @@ -1582,36 +2362,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin " +"installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have " +"to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2088 -#: boot-installer.xml:2137 -#: boot-installer.xml:2192 +#: boot-installer.xml:2088 boot-installer.xml:2137 boot-installer.xml:2192 #: boot-installer.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2089 -#: boot-installer.xml:2193 +#: boot-installer.xml:2089 boot-installer.xml:2193 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load " +"the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian " +"installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but " +"it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you " +"can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can " +"load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." +"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in " +"this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. " +"Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2112 -#: boot-installer.xml:2216 -#: boot-installer.xml:2739 +#: boot-installer.xml:2112 boot-installer.xml:2216 boot-installer.xml:2739 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "" @@ -1619,16 +2405,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2116 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" +"command> command in the command monitor." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " +"name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/" +"dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via " +"<command>append</command>:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -1638,15 +2429,17 @@ msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2138 -#: boot-installer.xml:2232 +#: boot-installer.xml:2138 boot-installer.xml:2232 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> variable." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " +"you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP " +"server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> " +"variable." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2157 -#: boot-installer.xml:2219 +#: boot-installer.xml:2157 boot-installer.xml:2219 #, no-c-format msgid "Cobalt TFTP Booting" msgstr "" @@ -1654,25 +2447,43 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There are the following two installation methods:" +msgid "" +"Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to " +"install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</" +"filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the " +"right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the " +"network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There " +"are the following two installation methods:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2168 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the installation." +msgid "" +"Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network " +"via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and " +"other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you " +"connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the " +"installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2177 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since they have no serial port." +msgid "" +"Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial " +"port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation " +"this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since " +"they have no serial port." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2220 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the " +"<filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add " +"your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1684,13 +2495,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2249 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." +msgid "" +"In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " +"session is needed on S/390." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2254 #, no-c-format -msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." +msgid "" +"The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " +"network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system " +"by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation " +"system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1702,25 +2519,44 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2266 #, no-c-format -msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more information about S/390-specific boot parameters." +msgid "" +"On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " +"either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more " +"information about S/390-specific boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2320 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " +"booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</" +"keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> " +"keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2329 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." +msgid "" +"OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " +"relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-" +"software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have " +"floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " +"point the installer to the CD for the needed files." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2338 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" +msgid "" +"If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" +"ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware " +"command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the " +"path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen @@ -1756,7 +2592,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2384 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." +msgid "" +"If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " +"boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> " +"application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and " +"select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the " +"chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may " +"need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending " +"on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut " +"down MacOS and launch the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1769,11 +2613,27 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and <keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS " +"partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and " +"immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and " +"<keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be " +"presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the " +"partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were " +"placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few " +"more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." +"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type " +"either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</" +"userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> " +"argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</" +"userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1791,34 +2651,62 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2445 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" +">. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the " +"Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage " +"devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2457 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." +msgid "" +"You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " +"tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out " +"automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices " +"and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, " +"paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</" +"filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and " +"<filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2469 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " +"installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the " +"Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image " +"earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open " +"Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. " +"<command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2483 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, " +"or just hit &enterkey;." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2489 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgid "" +"This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " +"NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, " +"as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1830,31 +2718,51 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " +"monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command " +"<command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways " +"of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2541 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." +msgid "" +"Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " +"generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not " +"equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not " +"supported for booting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2553 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." +msgid "" +"To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " +"in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the " +"power-on button." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2559 #, no-c-format -msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." +msgid "" +"For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " +"the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot " +"from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine " +"will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2566 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." +msgid "" +"After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " +"the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically " +"launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1866,19 +2774,37 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2578 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." +msgid "" +"Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " +"skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for " +"most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to " +"<userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2618 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." +msgid "" +"On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " +"which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use " +"the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP " +"server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:" +"dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older " +"OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le" +"()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2674 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc 10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." +msgid "" +"Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " +"which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the " +"secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual " +"device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special " +"command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc " +"10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1887,23 +2813,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are not supported." +"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) " +"architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the " +"IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are " +"not supported." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2701 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " +"booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP " +"update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://" +"sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" "Illegal or malformed device name\n" -"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is simply not supported on your machine." +"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is " +"simply not supported on your machine." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1915,25 +2852,43 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2721 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." +msgid "" +"If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which " +"holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2740 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " +"sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel " +"can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases " +"you'll have to help the kernel a bit." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2747 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." +msgid "" +"If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " +"parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works " +"correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any " +"special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2754 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " +"the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -1941,20 +2896,39 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." +"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k " +"available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. " +"<replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in " +"kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have " +"installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</" +"replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is " +"set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, " +"or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</" +"userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2779 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " +"autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</" +"phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached " +"to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to " +"pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> " +"argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your " +"serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2792 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</" +"envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title @@ -1966,486 +2940,1012 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +msgid "" +"The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format -msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgid "" +"This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " +"form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format -msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." +msgid "" +"The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " +"means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium " +"and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " +"installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." +msgid "" +"If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " +"will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the " +"installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages " +"are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot " +"method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation " +"system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " +"without fuss." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." +msgid "" +"This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " +"installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></" +"para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial " +"console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is " +"available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" +msgid "" +"Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " +"be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " +"strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " +"process.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." +msgid "" +"Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " +"debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format -msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" +msgid "" +"The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " +"installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " +"floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." +msgid "" +"Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " +"number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can " +"disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. " +"Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " +"a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." +msgid "" +"The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " +"disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " +"reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." +msgid "" +"Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " +"<emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result " +"in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like " +"those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the " +"installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format -msgid "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " +"icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both " +"the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was " +"designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with " +"parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></" +"userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " +"that causes problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." +msgid "" +"By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " +"DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change " +"the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case " +"the DHCP probe fails." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." +msgid "" +"If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " +"because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the " +"network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " +"that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>url</userinput>" +msgid "" +"Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " +"the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>url</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>file</userinput>" +msgid "" +"Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " +"install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." +msgid "" +"By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " +"used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not " +"automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for " +"example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user " +"is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy " +"style drives cannot reload media automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." -msgstr "Legyen <userinput>false</userinput> az automata kiadás kikapcsolásához, ekkor magadnak kell biztosítani, hogy a rendszer ne induljon önműködően az optikai meghajtóról a telepítés után." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " +"aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically " +"boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." +msgstr "" +"Legyen <userinput>false</userinput> az automata kiadás kikapcsolásához, " +"ekkor magadnak kell biztosítani, hogy a rendszer ne induljon önműködően az " +"optikai meghajtóról a telepítés után." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "2.2.x kernel esetén a &ramdisksize; beállítandó." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." -msgstr "A gtk felülethez (grafikus telepítő) a directfb hardveres gyorsítás alapból kikapcsolt. Bekapcsolásához, legyen a paraméter <userinput>true</userinput> a telepítő indításakor." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " +"directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to " +"<userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." +msgstr "" +"A gtk felülethez (grafikus telepítő) a directfb hardveres gyorsítás alapból " +"kikapcsolt. Bekapcsolásához, legyen a paraméter <userinput>true</userinput> " +"a telepítő indításakor." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." -msgstr "Legyen <userinput>true</userinput> a rendes telepítés helyett mentő módba lépéshez. Lásd: <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " +"performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Legyen <userinput>true</userinput> a rendes telepítés helyett mentő módba " +"lépéshez. Lásd: <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "Hibák elhárítása a telepítő folyamat során" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "Flopi lemezek megbízhatósága" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Flopi lemezek megbízhatósága" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format -msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." -msgstr "A Debian rendszert flopiról telepítők számára a legnagyobb gond a flopi megbízhatatlansága." +msgid "" +"The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " +"be floppy disk reliability." +msgstr "" +"A Debian rendszert flopiról telepítők számára a legnagyobb gond a flopi " +"megbízhatatlansága." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." -msgstr "Az indító flopival van a legtöbb gond, mert azt a gép közvetlenül olvassa a Linux indítása előtt. A gép maga általában sokkal megbízhatatlanabbul olvassa a flopit, mint a Linux flopi meghajtó és még üzenet nélkül is leállhat hibás adatok olvasásakor. Nagyon rossz az is, mikor a meghajtó flopikkal van gond, melyek ezt tömeges lemez I/O hiba üzenet jelzik." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " +"the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read " +"as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without " +"printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be " +"failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a " +"flood of messages about disk I/O errors." +msgstr "" +"Az indító flopival van a legtöbb gond, mert azt a gép közvetlenül olvassa a " +"Linux indítása előtt. A gép maga általában sokkal megbízhatatlanabbul " +"olvassa a flopit, mint a Linux flopi meghajtó és még üzenet nélkül is " +"leállhat hibás adatok olvasásakor. Nagyon rossz az is, mikor a meghajtó " +"flopikkal van gond, melyek ezt tömeges lemez I/O hiba üzenet jelzik." + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." +msgstr "" +"Ha a telepítés elakad egy flopinál, legelőször töltsd le újra a flopi lemez " +"képet és írd egy <emphasis>másik</emphasis> flopira. A régi flopi " +"újraformázása általában akkor sem elég, ha nem írt hibát. Sok esetben csak " +"az oldja meg, ha egy másik gépen írod meg." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." -msgstr "Ha a telepítés elakad egy flopinál, legelőször töltsd le újra a flopi lemez képet és írd egy <emphasis>másik</emphasis> flopira. A régi flopi újraformázása általában akkor sem elég, ha nem írt hibát. Sok esetben csak az oldja meg, ha egy másik gépen írod meg." +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format -msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." -msgstr "Többször előfordult, hogy egy felhasználó <emphasis>három</emphasis> teljesen új flopit használt fel, mire az egyik végre hibátlan volt és sikeresen telepített." +msgid "" +"One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" +"emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the " +"third floppy." +msgstr "" +"Többször előfordult, hogy egy felhasználó <emphasis>három</emphasis> " +"teljesen új flopit használt fel, mire az egyik végre hibátlan volt és " +"sikeresen telepített." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." -msgstr "Sokak gépe pedig csak többszöri indítás után tudta pontosan elolvasni a flopit és így ez csak ekkor tudott sikeresen elindulni. Ezt mind hibás hardver vagy firmware flopi meghajtók okozzák." +msgid "" +"Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " +"floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to " +"buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." +msgstr "" +"Sokak gépe pedig csak többszöri indítás után tudta pontosan elolvasni a " +"flopit és így ez csak ekkor tudott sikeresen elindulni. Ezt mind hibás " +"hardver vagy firmware flopi meghajtók okozzák." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Indító beállítás" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." -msgstr "Ha kernel megáll az indító folyamat során, nem ismer fel perifériákat vagy meghajtókat helyesen, először az indító paramétereket kell ellenőrizni a korábbi <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> szerint." +msgid "" +"If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " +"recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized " +"properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha kernel megáll az indító folyamat során, nem ismer fel perifériákat vagy " +"meghajtókat helyesen, először az indító paramétereket kell ellenőrizni a " +"korábbi <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> szerint." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." -msgstr "Ha a telepítő által adott helyett saját kernelt indítasz, fontos, hogy a <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> be legyen állítva a kernelben. A telepítő a <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> meglétét igényli." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " +"installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your " +"kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ha a telepítő által adott helyett saját kernelt indítasz, fontos, hogy a " +"<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> be legyen állítva a kernelben. A " +"telepítő a <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> meglétét igényli." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" -msgstr "Bizonyos gondok gyakran megoldhatók kiegészítők és perifériák eltávolításával és újraindítással. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> Egyes belső modemek, hangkártyák és Plug-n-Play eszközök sok gondot adnak.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " +"trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and " +"Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Bizonyos gondok gyakran megoldhatók kiegészítők és perifériák " +"eltávolításával és újraindítással. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> Egyes belső " +"modemek, hangkártyák és Plug-n-Play eszközök sok gondot adnak.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." -msgstr "Ha több, mint 512M memória van a gépen és a telepítő megáll a kernel indításakor, előfordulhat, hogy egy indító argumentumot kell megadni a kernel által nézett memória korlátozására így: <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " +"512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to " +"include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such " +"as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ha több, mint 512M memória van a gépen és a telepítő megáll a kernel " +"indításakor, előfordulhat, hogy egy indító argumentumot kell megadni a " +"kernel által nézett memória korlátozására így: <userinput>mem=512m</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Gyakori &arch-title; telepítő gondok" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." -msgstr "Van pár gyakori telepítő gond, mely megoldható vagy elkerülhető egyes indító paraméterek átadásával a telepítőnek." +msgid "" +"There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " +"passing certain boot parameters to the installer." +msgstr "" +"Van pár gyakori telepítő gond, mely megoldható vagy elkerülhető egyes indító " +"paraméterek átadásával a telepítőnek." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." -msgstr "Egyes rendszereken <quote>fordított DCL</quote> flopik vannak. Ha hibákat kapsz a flopiról olvasáskor, pedig tudod, hogy a flopi jó, próbáld a <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput> paramétert." +msgid "" +"Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " +"errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try " +"the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Egyes rendszereken <quote>fordított DCL</quote> flopik vannak. Ha hibákat " +"kapsz a flopiról olvasáskor, pedig tudod, hogy a flopi jó, próbáld a " +"<userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput> paramétert." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format -msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Egyes rendszereken, ilyen például az IBM PS/1 vagy ValuePoint (melyben ST-506 lemez meghajtók vannak), az IDE meghajtó felismerése hibás lehet. Előbb paraméterek nélkül próbáld, és nézd meg, az IDE meghajtó felismerése helyes-e. Ha nem, ellenőrizd a meghajtó geometriáját (cilinderek, fejek, szektorok) és használd a <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cilinderek</replaceable>,<replaceable>fejek</replaceable>,<replaceable>szektorok</replaceable></userinput> paramétert." +msgid "" +"On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " +"drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first " +"without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If " +"not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use " +"the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Egyes rendszereken, ilyen például az IBM PS/1 vagy ValuePoint (melyben ST-" +"506 lemez meghajtók vannak), az IDE meghajtó felismerése hibás lehet. Előbb " +"paraméterek nélkül próbáld, és nézd meg, az IDE meghajtó felismerése helyes-" +"e. Ha nem, ellenőrizd a meghajtó geometriáját (cilinderek, fejek, szektorok) " +"és használd a <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cilinderek</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>fejek</replaceable>,<replaceable>szektorok</replaceable></" +"userinput> paramétert." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." -msgstr "Nagyon régi gépnél, ha a kernel megáll itt: <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, próbáld a <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> indító argumentumot, mely kikapcsolja ezt a tesztet." +msgid "" +"If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you " +"should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables " +"this test." +msgstr "" +"Nagyon régi gépnél, ha a kernel megáll itt: <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' " +"instruction...</computeroutput>, próbáld a <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> " +"indító argumentumot, mely kikapcsolja ezt a tesztet." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." -msgstr "Ha a képernyő fura képet ad a kernel indításakor, például tiszta fehér, tiszta fekete vagy színes kavar, a rendszer problematikus videó kártyát tartalmazhat, mely hibásan vált framebuffer módra. Ekkor használható a <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> ennek kikapcsolására. Ekkor csak az angol nyelv érhető el a telepítés alatt. Lásd ezt: <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> a részletekért." +msgid "" +"If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " +"pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a " +"problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode " +"properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false " +"video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the " +"English language will be available during the installation due to limited " +"console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Ha a képernyő fura képet ad a kernel indításakor, például tiszta fehér, " +"tiszta fekete vagy színes kavar, a rendszer problematikus videó kártyát " +"tartalmazhat, mely hibásan vált framebuffer módra. Ekkor használható a " +"<userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> ennek kikapcsolására. Ekkor " +"csak az angol nyelv érhető el a telepítés alatt. Lásd ezt: <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-parms\"/> a részletekért." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "A rendszer fagyása a PCMCIA beállító szakaszban" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." -msgstr "Egyes Dell laptopok összeomlanak, mikor a PCMCIA eszköz-érzékelő megpróbál elérni egyes hardver-címeket. Pár más laptop is haszonló. Ha ilyen gondot tapasztalsz és nincs szükséged PCMCIA támogatásra a telepítéskor, kapcsold ki a <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> indító paraméterrel. A telepítés után beállíthatod és kizárhatod a gondot adó erőforrás-tartományokat." +msgid "" +"Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " +"detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display " +"similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA " +"support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the " +"<userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can " +"then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the " +"resource range causing the problems." +msgstr "" +"Egyes Dell laptopok összeomlanak, mikor a PCMCIA eszköz-érzékelő megpróbál " +"elérni egyes hardver-címeket. Pár más laptop is haszonló. Ha ilyen gondot " +"tapasztalsz és nincs szükséged PCMCIA támogatásra a telepítéskor, kapcsold " +"ki a <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> indító " +"paraméterrel. A telepítés után beállíthatod és kizárhatod a gondot adó " +"erőforrás-tartományokat." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." -msgstr "A telepítő szakértő módban is indítható. Ekkor lehetőség nyílik a hardver igényeinek megfelelő erőforrás-tartományok bevitelére. Például a fenti Dell laptopokon megadható ez: <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput>. Van egy lista is néhány általános erőforrás-tartomány lehetőségről itt: <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">PCMCIA HOGYAN rendszer erőforrás-beállítások szakasz</ulink>. A vesszőket el kell hagyni, ha vannak, mikor beírod ezt az értéket a telepítőben." - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " +"asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, " +"if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter " +"<userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list " +"of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs." +"sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource " +"settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the " +"commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő szakértő módban is indítható. Ekkor lehetőség nyílik a hardver " +"igényeinek megfelelő erőforrás-tartományok bevitelére. Például a fenti Dell " +"laptopokon megadható ez: <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput>. " +"Van egy lista is néhány általános erőforrás-tartomány lehetőségről itt: " +"<ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1." +"html#ss1.12\">PCMCIA HOGYAN rendszer erőforrás-beállítások szakasz</ulink>. " +"A vesszőket el kell hagyni, ha vannak, mikor beírod ezt az értéket a " +"telepítőben." + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "A rendszer fagyása az USB modulok betöltésekor" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format -msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." -msgstr "A kernel alapban megpróbálja telepíteni az USB modulokat és az USB billentyű meghajtót pár nem-szabványos USB billentyű támogatásához. De van pár hibás USB rendszer, ahol a meghajtó lefagy betöltéskor. Ennek egyik elkerülése az USB vezérlő kikapcsolása a BIOS beállításban. Egy másik lehetőség a <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> paraméter átadása az indító jelnél, mely meggátolja e modulok betöltését." +msgid "" +"The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " +"in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some " +"broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround " +"may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another " +"option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from " +"being loaded." +msgstr "" +"A kernel alapban megpróbálja telepíteni az USB modulokat és az USB billentyű " +"meghajtót pár nem-szabványos USB billentyű támogatásához. De van pár hibás " +"USB rendszer, ahol a meghajtó lefagy betöltéskor. Ennek egyik elkerülése az " +"USB vezérlő kikapcsolása a BIOS beállításban. Egy másik lehetőség a " +"<userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> paraméter átadása az " +"indító jelnél, mely meggátolja e modulok betöltését." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "A kernel indító üzenetek értelmezése" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." -msgstr "Az indítás alatt, sok ilyen üzenetet láthatsz: <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>valami</replaceable> </computeroutput>, vagy <computeroutput> <replaceable>valami</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>valami</replaceable> </computeroutput>, vagy akár <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>valami</replaceable> </computeroutput>. A legtöbb ilyen nem számít. Azért látod, mert a telepítőben lévő kernel úgy készült, hogy a legkülönbözőbb eszközöket támogassa. Persze egy gépen sincs az összes lehetséges eszköz, és az operációs rendszer jelezheti, ha olyat keres, ami nem található. Ez akkor történik, ha vár egy eszköz válaszára, az adott rendszer pedig nem tartalmaz olyat. Ha ezt túl hosszúnak találod, később egyéni kernelt is készíthetsz (lásd a <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> részt)." - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +msgid "" +"During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see " +"them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on " +"computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer " +"will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit " +"a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also " +"see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a " +"device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you " +"find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create " +"a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Az indítás alatt, sok ilyen üzenetet láthatsz: <computeroutput>can't find " +"<replaceable>valami</replaceable> </computeroutput>, vagy <computeroutput> " +"<replaceable>valami</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>valami</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, vagy akár <computeroutput>this driver release depends on " +"<replaceable>valami</replaceable> </computeroutput>. A legtöbb ilyen nem " +"számít. Azért látod, mert a telepítőben lévő kernel úgy készült, hogy a " +"legkülönbözőbb eszközöket támogassa. Persze egy gépen sincs az összes " +"lehetséges eszköz, és az operációs rendszer jelezheti, ha olyat keres, ami " +"nem található. Ez akkor történik, ha vár egy eszköz válaszára, az adott " +"rendszer pedig nem tartalmaz olyat. Ha ezt túl hosszúnak találod, később " +"egyéni kernelt is készíthetsz (lásd a <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> " +"részt)." + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "HIbajelentő" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." -msgstr "Ha túljutottál a kezdő indító szakaszon, de nem futott le teljesen végig a telepítés, a hibajelentő menü segíthet. Eltárolhatod a rendszer hiba naplóit és beállításait a telepítőből egy flopira, vagy letöltheted egy böngészőben. Ezek megadják a felmerült hibákat és javításukat. Ha jelentést küldesz, csatolhatod hozzá ezeket." +msgid "" +"If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " +"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error " +"logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or " +"download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to " +"what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you " +"may want to attach this information to the bug report." +msgstr "" +"Ha túljutottál a kezdő indító szakaszon, de nem futott le teljesen végig a " +"telepítés, a hibajelentő menü segíthet. Eltárolhatod a rendszer hiba naplóit " +"és beállításait a telepítőből egy flopira, vagy letöltheted egy böngészőben. " +"Ezek megadják a felmerült hibákat és javításukat. Ha jelentést küldesz, " +"csatolhatod hozzá ezeket." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "További telepítő üzenetek találhatók a <filename>/var/log/</filename> könyvtárban a telepítés során és a <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> könyvtárban, miután a gép a telepített rendszert elindította." +msgid "" +"Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" +"filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"További telepítő üzenetek találhatók a <filename>/var/log/</filename> " +"könyvtárban a telepítés során és a <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> " +"könyvtárban, miután a gép a telepített rendszert elindította." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Telepítő jelentések küldése" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." -msgstr "Ha még mindig gondjaid vannak, kérjük, küldj telepítő jelentést. Siker esetén és kérünk erre, mert így a lehető legtöbb adatot kapjuk a legtöbb hardver összeállításról." +msgid "" +"If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " +"encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " +"successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " +"largest number of hardware configurations." +msgstr "" +"Ha még mindig gondjaid vannak, kérjük, küldj telepítő jelentést. Siker " +"esetén és kérünk erre, mert így a lehető legtöbb adatot kapjuk a legtöbb " +"hardver összeállításról." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Működő Debian rendszerből a telepítő jelentés küldésének legkönnyebb módja az installation-report és reportbug csomag telepítése (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) és a <command>reportbug installation-report</command> parancs futtatása." +msgid "" +"If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " +"report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages " +"(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run " +"the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Működő Debian rendszerből a telepítő jelentés küldésének legkönnyebb módja " +"az installation-report és reportbug csomag telepítése (<command>apt-get " +"install installation-report reportbug</command>) és a <command>reportbug " +"installation-report</command> parancs futtatása." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " +"report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" +"classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -2453,31 +3953,38 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem state." -msgstr "" -"Használd e sablont a telepítő jelentés kitöltésére, és küldd a jelentést hibajegyként a <classname>installation-reports</classname> ál- csomagra a <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> címre küldve angolul. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, " +"including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. " +"Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " +"state." +msgstr "" +"Használd e sablont a telepítő jelentés kitöltésére, és küldd a jelentést " +"hibajegyként a <classname>installation-reports</classname> ál- csomagra a " +"<email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> címre küldve angolul. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <Mi volt az indító médium? CD? flopi? hálózat?>\n" @@ -2511,5 +4018,6 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<Telepítés leírása prózaian és bármilyen gondolat, mejegyzés\n" " és ötlet a kezdeti telepítés során.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A jelentésben írd le az esetleges hibát, ha a kernel leállna, annak utolsó látható üzeneteit is. Írd le, mely lépések okozták a gondot." - +"</screen></informalexample> A jelentésben írd le az esetleges hibát, ha a " +"kernel leállna, annak utolsó látható üzeneteit is. Írd le, mely lépések " +"okozták a gondot." diff --git a/po/hu/installation-howto.po b/po/hu/installation-howto.po index 034d5dfc0..02739689a 100644 --- a/po/hu/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/hu/installation-howto.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installer Manual Installation HOWTO\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-19 17:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <debian-l10n-hungarian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -25,8 +25,20 @@ msgstr "Telepítő Hogyan" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "E dokumentum leírja a &debian; &releasename; telepítését &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) gépre az új &d-i; eszköz használatával. Ez a telepítés lépéseinek gyors áttekintése, mely tartalmazza a legtöbb telepítéshez szükséges összes adatot. Ahol további részletesebb adatok lehetnek, hivatkozunk a <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Telepítő Útmutató</link> részletesebb leírására." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"E dokumentum leírja a &debian; &releasename; telepítését &arch-title; " +"(<quote>&architecture;</quote>) gépre az új &d-i; eszköz használatával. Ez a " +"telepítés lépéseinek gyors áttekintése, mely tartalmazza a legtöbb " +"telepítéshez szükséges összes adatot. Ahol további részletesebb adatok " +"lehetnek, hivatkozunk a <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; " +"Telepítő Útmutató</link> részletesebb leírására." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -37,8 +49,19 @@ msgstr "Elöljáróban" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Ez még mindig a debian-installer béta állapota. </phrase> Ha hibát találsz, nézd meg az alábbi: <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> részt a jelentés módjáról. Ha e dokumentum nem válaszol egy kérdésedre, fordulj a debian-boot listához (&email-debian-boot-list;) vagy tedd fel IRC-n (#debian-boot az OFTC hálózaton)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Ez még mindig a debian-installer " +"béta állapota. </phrase> Ha hibát találsz, nézd meg az alábbi: <xref linkend=" +"\"submit-bug\"/> részt a jelentés módjáról. Ha e dokumentum nem válaszol egy " +"kérdésedre, fordulj a debian-boot listához (&email-debian-boot-list;) vagy " +"tedd fel IRC-n (#debian-boot az OFTC hálózaton)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -49,20 +72,42 @@ msgstr "A telepítő indítása" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Gyors CD-kép elérésekhez, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; honlapot</ulink>. </phrase> A debian-cd csapat biztosít &d-i; programot adó CD-képeket a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD oldalon</ulink>. További adatok a CD-képek letöltéséről: <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Gyors CD-kép elérésekhez, lásd a " +"<ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; honlapot</ulink>. </phrase> A debian-cd " +"csapat biztosít &d-i; programot adó CD-képeket a <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;" +"\">Debian CD oldalon</ulink>. További adatok a CD-képek letöltéséről: <xref " +"linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Egyes telepítő módok a CD-képektől eltérő képeket kívánnak. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> A <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; honlap</ulink> hivatkozásokat ad ezekre. A </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> leírás szól a képek eléréséről a Debian tükrökön." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Egyes telepítő módok a CD-képektől eltérő képeket kívánnak. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> A <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; honlap</" +"ulink> hivatkozásokat ad ezekre. A </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> " +"leírás szól a képek eléréséről a Debian tükrökön." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Az alábbi alfejezetek leírják, mely képek kellenek az egyes telepítő módokhoz." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Az alábbi alfejezetek leírják, mely képek kellenek az egyes telepítő " +"módokhoz." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -73,14 +118,42 @@ msgstr "CDROM" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "2 hálózati telepítő CD-kép van, mely a &releasename; telepítésére használható a &d-i; eszközzel. E képek célja a CD-ről való indítás és további csomagok telepítése hálózatról, ezért neve: 'netinst'. A teljes netinst kép tartalmazza az alap csomagokat az úgynevezett 'business card' kép esetében ezeket is a hálózatról kell letölteni. Teljes CD-kép is letölthető, ekkor az alaptelepítéshez nem lesz szükséged hálózatra. A CD készlet első CD-képe elég lehet, de jellemzően a 2.-4. CD-képen még vannak magyar kiegészítők." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"2 hálózati telepítő CD-kép van, mely a &releasename; telepítésére " +"használható a &d-i; eszközzel. E képek célja a CD-ről való indítás és " +"további csomagok telepítése hálózatról, ezért neve: 'netinst'. A teljes " +"netinst kép tartalmazza az alap csomagokat az úgynevezett 'business card' " +"kép esetében ezeket is a hálózatról kell letölteni. Teljes CD-kép is " +"letölthető, ekkor az alaptelepítéshez nem lesz szükséged hálózatra. A CD " +"készlet első CD-képe elég lehet, de jellemzően a 2.-4. CD-képen még vannak " +"magyar kiegészítők." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Töltsd le a választott típust és írd ki egy CD lemezre. <phrase arch=\"x86\">A CD indításához, a BIOS beállításaid meg kell feleljenek a <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/> részben leírtaknak.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Egy PowerMac CD-képről indításához, nyomd le a <keycap>c</keycap> billentyűt indításkor. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> részt a CD-kép indítás módjairól. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Töltsd le a választott típust és írd ki egy CD lemezre. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">A CD indításához, a BIOS beállításaid meg kell feleljenek a <xref linkend=" +"\"bios-setup\"/> részben leírtaknak.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> Egy " +"PowerMac CD-képről indításához, nyomd le a <keycap>c</keycap> billentyűt " +"indításkor. Lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> részt a CD-kép indítás " +"módjairól. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -91,32 +164,71 @@ msgstr "Floppi" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." -msgstr "Ha nem tudsz CD lemezről indítani, akár flopiról is telepítheted a Debian rendszert. Szükség lesz majd a <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> és <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> fájlra és legalább egy meghajtó lemezre. " +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Ha nem tudsz CD lemezről indítani, akár flopiról is telepítheted a Debian " +"rendszert. Szükség lesz majd a <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> és " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> fájlra és legalább egy meghajtó " +"lemezre. " #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Az indító floppi a <filename>boot.img</filename> nevű. E floppi indítása után kérni fogja a 2. lemezt — itt használd majd a <filename>root.img</filename> nevűt." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Az indító floppi a <filename>boot.img</filename> nevű. E floppi indítása " +"után kérni fogja a 2. lemezt — itt használd majd a <filename>root.img</" +"filename> nevűt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. For PCMCIA or USB networking, and some less common network cards, you will also need a second driver floppy, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." -msgstr "Ha hálózati telepítést tervezel, általában a <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename> fájl is kell majd. A PCMCIA vagy USB hálózathoz és pár kevésbé általános hálózati kártyához pedig a <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. For PCMCIA or USB networking, " +"and some less common network cards, you will also need a second driver " +"floppy, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Ha hálózati telepítést tervezel, általában a <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1." +"img</filename> fájl is kell majd. A PCMCIA vagy USB hálózathoz és pár " +"kevésbé általános hálózati kártyához pedig a <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2." +"img</filename>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:113 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Ha van egy jól megírt CD-lemezed és a CD-eszközöd is jó, de nem tudsz róla indítani, mert különleges programot igényel, akkor indíts a floppikról és használd a <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> floppit, hogy onnan már a CD-lemezről telepíthess." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy jól megírt CD-lemezed és a CD-eszközöd is jó, de nem tudsz róla " +"indítani, mert különleges programot igényel, akkor indíts a floppikról és " +"használd a <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> floppit, hogy onnan " +"már a CD-lemezről telepíthess." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:119 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "A floppi lemezek a legmegbízhatatlanabb médiumok közé tartoznak, készül fel sok rossz flopira (lásd a <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>) részt. Minden <filename>.img</filename> fájlt külön floppira kell írnod; használatod dd parancsot a /dev/fd0 eszközre íráshoz vagy más módot (lásd a <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részt a részletekért)." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"A floppi lemezek a legmegbízhatatlanabb médiumok közé tartoznak, készül fel " +"sok rossz flopira (lásd a <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>) részt. " +"Minden <filename>.img</filename> fájlt külön floppira kell írnod; " +"használatod dd parancsot a /dev/fd0 eszközre íráshoz vagy más módot (lásd a " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> részt a részletekért)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:132 @@ -127,32 +239,71 @@ msgstr "USB memória meghajtó" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:133 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "USB tároló eszközökről is telepíthetsz. Például egy USB kulcstartó egy igen barátságos Debian telepítő médium lehet, ami mindig könnyen veled lehet." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"USB tároló eszközökről is telepíthetsz. Például egy USB kulcstartó egy igen " +"barátságos Debian telepítő médium lehet, ami mindig könnyen veled lehet." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Az USB memória meghajtó felkészítésének legjobb módja, ha letöltöd a <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájlt, és a gunzip programmal kibontod belőle a 256 MB méretű képet. Írd ki a képet a meghajtón lévő partícióra, mely legalább 256 MB kell legyen. Csatold fel a partíciót, amely FAT fájlrendszert tartalmazzon. Töltsd le a netinst CD képet és másold e fájlt a csatolt partícióra; bármilyen fájlnév megfelel, csak legyen a vége <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Az USB memória meghajtó felkészítésének legjobb módja, ha letöltöd a " +"<filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> fájlt, és a gunzip programmal " +"kibontod belőle a 256 MB méretű képet. Írd ki a képet a meghajtón lévő " +"partícióra, mely legalább 256 MB kell legyen. Csatold fel a partíciót, amely " +"FAT fájlrendszert tartalmazzon. Töltsd le a netinst CD képet és másold e " +"fájlt a csatolt partícióra; bármilyen fájlnév megfelel, csak legyen a vége " +"<literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:150 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Más, rugalmasabb módok is vannak egy ilyen memória meghajtó beállításához a Debian Telepítőhöz, és kisebb eszközökkel is működhet. A részletekért lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Más, rugalmasabb módok is vannak egy ilyen memória meghajtó beállításához a " +"Debian Telepítőhöz, és kisebb eszközökkel is működhet. A részletekért lásd a " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/> részt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:156 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Néhány BIOS tud közvetlenül USB tárolóról indulni, mások nem. Próbáld ki a lehetőségeket, jó lehet a <quote>removable drive</quote>, de akár még a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> beállítás is. Ennek leírását lásd a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " +"hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Néhány BIOS tud közvetlenül USB tárolóról indulni, mások nem. Próbáld ki a " +"lehetőségeket, jó lehet a <quote>removable drive</quote>, de akár még a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> beállítás is. Ennek leírását lásd a <xref linkend=" +"\"usb-boot\"/> részben." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:163 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Macintoshként ismert rendszerek USB tároló eszközökről indítása az Open Firmware kézi használatát igényli. Ennek leírását is megtalálod a <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Macintoshként ismert rendszerek USB tároló eszközökről indítása az Open " +"Firmware kézi használatát igényli. Ennek leírását is megtalálod a <xref " +"linkend=\"usb-boot\"/> részben." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:172 @@ -163,14 +314,33 @@ msgstr "Indítás hálózatról" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:173 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "A &d-i; indítása teljesen hálózatról is végezhető. A hálózati indítás módjai mind a gép és a hálózati indítás beállításaitól függenek. A <filename>netboot/</filename> könyvtárban lévő fájlok használhatók a &d-i; hálózati indításához." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; indítása teljesen hálózatról is végezhető. A hálózati indítás módjai " +"mind a gép és a hálózati indítás beállításaitól függenek. A " +"<filename>netboot/</filename> könyvtárban lévő fájlok használhatók a &d-i; " +"hálózati indításához." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:179 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "E hálózati indítás beállításának egyik legkönnyebb módja a PXE. Bontsd ki a <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> fájlt a <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename>-ba, vagy ahol tftp-t tartod. Mondd meg a DHCP kiszolgálónak, hogy az ügyfeleknek a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> fájlt adja, és ha minden ok, minden menni fog. Bővebben a <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/> részben." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"E hálózati indítás beállításának egyik legkönnyebb módja a PXE. Bontsd ki a " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> fájlt a <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename>-ba, vagy ahol tftp-t tartod. Mondd meg a DHCP " +"kiszolgálónak, hogy az ügyfeleknek a <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> fájlt " +"adja, és ha minden ok, minden menni fog. Bővebben a <xref linkend=\"install-" +"tftp\"/> részben." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:193 @@ -181,8 +351,21 @@ msgstr "Indítás merevlemezről" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:194 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Létező merevlemezről is indítható a telepítő, melyen most más OS van. Töltsd le a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> és egy Debian CD kép fájlt a gyökérbe. A CD kép nevének vége legyen <literal>.iso</literal>. Ez az initrd indítás. Az <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> leírja a módot. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Létező merevlemezről is indítható a telepítő, melyen most más OS van. Töltsd " +"le a <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> és egy Debian CD kép fájlt a gyökérbe. A CD kép nevének vége " +"legyen <literal>.iso</literal>. Ez az initrd indítás. Az <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> leírja a módot. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:211 @@ -192,103 +375,226 @@ msgstr "Telepítés" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" -msgstr "A telepítő indítása után egy üdvözlő képernyő fogad. Üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt az indításhoz vagy olvasd el a lehetőségeket más indítási módokhoz és paraméterekhez (lásd: <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 2.4-es indításhoz, üsd be az <userinput>install24</userinput> szót a <prompt>boot:</prompt> beviteli sorban. A 2.6 verziójú Linux az alapértelmezett. </phrase>" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"A telepítő indítása után egy üdvözlő képernyő fogad. Üsd le az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt az indításhoz vagy olvasd el a lehetőségeket más indítási " +"módokhoz és paraméterekhez (lásd: <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> 2.4-es indításhoz, üsd be az <userinput>install24</userinput> " +"szót a <prompt>boot:</prompt> beviteli sorban. A 2.6 verziójú Linux az " +"alapértelmezett. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Sikeres indítás esetén egy hosszú, görgethető listát adó nyelv-választó párbeszéd-ablakot kapsz, melyben kiválaszthatod nyelvedet. Használd a fel-le nyíl billentyűket míg saját nyelved lesz kijelölt, és ekkor üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a folytatáshoz. Ezután az országodat lehet kiválasztani." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Sikeres indítás esetén egy hosszú, görgethető listát adó nyelv-választó " +"párbeszéd-ablakot kapsz, melyben kiválaszthatod nyelvedet. Használd a fel-le " +"nyíl billentyűket míg saját nyelved lesz kijelölt, és ekkor üsd le az " +"&enterkey; billentyűt a folytatáshoz. Ezután az országodat lehet " +"kiválasztani." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Ezután a billentyű-kiosztásodat lehet megerősíteni. Szokásos qwertz billentyűnél jó az alap, egyszerűen lépj tovább." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Ezután a billentyű-kiosztásodat lehet megerősíteni. Szokásos qwertz " +"billentyűnél jó az alap, egyszerűen lépj tovább." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "A Debian Telepítő most gyorsan felderíti a legfontosabb eszközeidet, és betölti önmaga hátralévő részét a CD-lemezről, floppiról, vagyis az általad használt eszközről." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"A Debian Telepítő most gyorsan felderíti a legfontosabb eszközeidet, és " +"betölti önmaga hátralévő részét a CD-lemezről, floppiról, vagyis az általad " +"használt eszközről." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Ezután a telepítő megpróbálja felismerni hálózati eszközödet és beállítani a hálózatot DHCP kiszolgálóval. Ha nem vagy hálózaton, vagy azon nincs DHCP, akkor természetesen lehetőséged nyílik megadnod hálózati adataidat." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Ezután a telepítő megpróbálja felismerni hálózati eszközödet és beállítani a " +"hálózatot DHCP kiszolgálóval. Ha nem vagy hálózaton, vagy azon nincs DHCP, " +"akkor természetesen lehetőséged nyílik megadnod hálózati adataidat." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Most kell a lemezek particionálásáról dönteni. Adott a lehetőség, hogy a telepítő ezt elvégezze automatikusan akár az egész lemezen, akár bármely lemez szabad részén (irányított particionálás). Ez ajánlott az új felhasználóknak vagy bárkinek, akinek kapkodni kell. Ha nem akarsz automata particionálást, a <guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> beállítást válaszd." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Most kell a lemezek particionálásáról dönteni. Adott a lehetőség, hogy a " +"telepítő ezt elvégezze automatikusan akár az egész lemezen, akár bármely " +"lemez szabad részén (irányított particionálás). Ez ajánlott az új " +"felhasználóknak vagy bárkinek, akinek kapkodni kell. Ha nem akarsz automata " +"particionálást, a <guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> beállítást válaszd." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Ha van egy létező DOS vagy Windows partíciód és valamiért meg akarod tartani, figyelj az automatikus választásnál. Ha a partíciók kézi összeállítását választod és most nincs fenntartott hely a Debian számára, a FAT vagy NTFS partícióidat átméretezheted, hogy létrehozd ezt a helyet: egyszerűen válaszd ki az átméretezendő partíciót és add meg új méretét." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy létező DOS vagy Windows partíciód és valamiért meg akarod " +"tartani, figyelj az automatikus választásnál. Ha a partíciók kézi " +"összeállítását választod és most nincs fenntartott hely a Debian számára, a " +"FAT vagy NTFS partícióidat átméretezheted, hogy létrehozd ezt a helyet: " +"egyszerűen válaszd ki az átméretezendő partíciót és add meg új méretét." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "A következő képernyőn mutatja, hogy lesznek a partíciók formázva és hova lesznek csatolva. Válassz egy partíciót ha módosítani vagy törölni akarod. Ha a partíciók automatikus beállítását választottad, csak a <guimenuitem>Partícionálás befejezése és változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontra kell térni a menüből a beállítások használatára. Ne felejts legalább 1 partíciót cserehelyként jelölni és egy partíciót megjelölni a <filename>/</filename> könyvtárként csatoláshoz. Aprólékosabb leírást erről <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben lehet fellelni." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at " +"least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" +"filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" +"A következő képernyőn mutatja, hogy lesznek a partíciók formázva és hova " +"lesznek csatolva. Válassz egy partíciót ha módosítani vagy törölni akarod. " +"Ha a partíciók automatikus beállítását választottad, csak a " +"<guimenuitem>Partícionálás befejezése és változások lemezre írása</" +"guimenuitem> pontra kell térni a menüből a beállítások használatára. Ne " +"felejts legalább 1 partíciót cserehelyként jelölni és egy partíciót " +"megjelölni a <filename>/</filename> könyvtárként csatoláshoz. Aprólékosabb " +"leírást erről <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben lehet fellelni." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "A &d-i; megformázza a formázásra jelölt új partíciókat és elkezdi az alaprendszer telepítését, mely géptől függően eltarthat egy pár percig. A rendszermagot is e folyamat végén telepíti." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; megformázza a formázásra jelölt új partíciókat és elkezdi az " +"alaprendszer telepítését, mely géptől függően eltarthat egy pár percig. A " +"rendszermagot is e folyamat végén telepíti." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Utolsó lépésként pedig a boot betöltő telepítését végzi el. Ha a telepítő más rendszert is érzékelt, hozzáadja az indító menühöz és tudatja ezt. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Alapértelmezetten a GRUB betöltő kerül telepítésre, éspedig az 1. merevlemez MBR részébe, mely általában jó választás. E lehetőség felülbírálható és a boot betöltő máshová is telepíthető. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Utolsó lépésként pedig a boot betöltő telepítését végzi el. Ha a telepítő " +"más rendszert is érzékelt, hozzáadja az indító menühöz és tudatja ezt. " +"<phrase arch=\"x86\">Alapértelmezetten a GRUB betöltő kerül telepítésre, " +"éspedig az 1. merevlemez MBR részébe, mely általában jó választás. E " +"lehetőség felülbírálható és a boot betöltő máshová is telepíthető. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "A &d-i; most értesít, hogy a telepítés megtörtént. Távolítsd el a CD lemezt vagy a telepítéskor használt indító médiát és üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a gép újraindításához. Ez a telepítő folyamat következő lépéhez indítja majd el a rendszert, a most telepített rendszer használatba vételét a <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> részben ismertetjük." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"A &d-i; most értesít, hogy a telepítés megtörtént. Távolítsd el a CD lemezt " +"vagy a telepítéskor használt indító médiát és üsd le az &enterkey; " +"billentyűt a gép újraindításához. Ez a telepítő folyamat következő lépéhez " +"indítja majd el a rendszert, a most telepített rendszer használatba vételét " +"a <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> részben ismertetjük." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Ha több adat érdekel a telepítő folyamatról, nézz bele ebbe: <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha több adat érdekel a telepítő folyamatról, nézz bele ebbe: <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Küldj nekünk telepítési beszámolót" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Ha sikerült a telepítés a &d-i; eszközzel, kérjük, szánj rá egy kis időt, hogy ezt jelentsd nekünk. A legegyszerűbb módja ennek a reportbug csomag telepítése (például ezzel a paranccsal: <command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), és e parancs lefuttatása: <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Ha sikerült a telepítés a &d-i; eszközzel, kérjük, szánj rá egy kis időt, " +"hogy ezt jelentsd nekünk. A legegyszerűbb módja ennek a reportbug csomag " +"telepítése (például ezzel a paranccsal: <command>apt-get install reportbug</" +"command>), és e parancs lefuttatása: <command>reportbug installation-report</" +"command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Ha a telepítés közben bármikor hiba történt, valószínűleg találtál egy hibát a telepítőben. Hogy a telepítőt folyamatosan egyre jobbá tegyük, tudnunk kell ezekről, ezért kérjük, jelezd e hibát. A fent már ismertetett egyszerű telepítési beszámolóval megteheted ezt; ha a telepítés egyáltalán nem sikerült valamilyen okból, olvasd el most a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ha a telepítés közben bármikor hiba történt, valószínűleg találtál egy hibát " +"a telepítőben. Hogy a telepítőt folyamatosan egyre jobbá tegyük, tudnunk " +"kell ezekről, ezért kérjük, jelezd e hibát. A fent már ismertetett egyszerű " +"telepítési beszámolóval megteheted ezt; ha a telepítés egyáltalán nem " +"sikerült valamilyen okból, olvasd el most a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/" +"> részt." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Végül..." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Reméljük, a Debian telepítésed igazán kellemes lett, és használatba véve jónak fogod találni a Debian rendszert. Érdemes elolvasni a <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/> részt." - +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Reméljük, a Debian telepítésed igazán kellemes lett, és használatba véve " +"jónak fogod találni a Debian rendszert. Érdemes elolvasni a <xref linkend=" +"\"post-install\"/> részt." diff --git a/po/hu/partitioning.po b/po/hu/partitioning.po index 534b92e78..137a665c1 100644 --- a/po/hu/partitioning.po +++ b/po/hu/partitioning.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-27 11:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -27,26 +27,86 @@ msgstr "A Debian partíciók és méretük eldöntése" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:14 #, no-c-format -msgid "At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." -msgstr "Mint abszolút minimum, a GNU/Linux számára is legalább 1 partíció szükséges. Ekkor az operációs rendszer egésze, az alkalmazások és a személyes fájlok is egy partíción vannak. A többség szerint feltétlenül kell egy önálló csere (swap) partíció, de ez nem feltétlen igaz. A <quote>swap</quote>, vagyis a cserehely analógiával élve egy firka-hely, ahol a rendszer a lemezt, mint <quote>virtuális memória</quote> használhatja. A swap önálló partícióra helyezésével azt a Linux sokkal hatékonyabban használhatja. Rávehető sima fájl használatára is erre, de nem ajánlott." +msgid "" +"At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a " +"single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and " +"your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also " +"a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch " +"space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage " +"as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, " +"Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux " +"to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." +msgstr "" +"Mint abszolút minimum, a GNU/Linux számára is legalább 1 partíció szükséges. " +"Ekkor az operációs rendszer egésze, az alkalmazások és a személyes fájlok is " +"egy partíción vannak. A többség szerint feltétlenül kell egy önálló csere " +"(swap) partíció, de ez nem feltétlen igaz. A <quote>swap</quote>, vagyis a " +"cserehely analógiával élve egy firka-hely, ahol a rendszer a lemezt, mint " +"<quote>virtuális memória</quote> használhatja. A swap önálló partícióra " +"helyezésével azt a Linux sokkal hatékonyabban használhatja. Rávehető sima " +"fájl használatára is erre, de nem ajánlott." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:26 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from scratch." -msgstr "A legtöbben a GNU/Linuxnak a minimálisnál több partíciót adnak. Több partíció használatára 2 jó ok is van. Ezek közül az első a biztonság. Ha valami fájlrendszer-sérülést okoz, általában csak 1 partíció érintett. Így csak a rendszer egy részét kell visszaállítani (a biztonsági mentésekből, melyeket minden jó felhasználó tart). Egy úgynevezett <quote>gyökér partíció</quote> mindenképpen létrehozásra kerül. Ezen helyezkednek el a rendszer legfontosabb összetevői. Ha más partíció sérül, innen még mindig el tudod indítani a telepített GNU/Linux rendszert és helyreállítani a sérült adatokat. Ez is egy biztosíték arra, hogy a rendszert soha ne kelljen az alapoktól újratelepítened." +msgid "" +"Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of " +"partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the " +"file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If " +"something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition " +"is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been " +"carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should " +"consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. " +"This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other " +"partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the " +"system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from " +"scratch." +msgstr "" +"A legtöbben a GNU/Linuxnak a minimálisnál több partíciót adnak. Több " +"partíció használatára 2 jó ok is van. Ezek közül az első a biztonság. Ha " +"valami fájlrendszer-sérülést okoz, általában csak 1 partíció érintett. Így " +"csak a rendszer egy részét kell visszaállítani (a biztonsági mentésekből, " +"melyeket minden jó felhasználó tart). Egy úgynevezett <quote>gyökér " +"partíció</quote> mindenképpen létrehozásra kerül. Ezen helyezkednek el a " +"rendszer legfontosabb összetevői. Ha más partíció sérül, innen még mindig el " +"tudod indítani a telepített GNU/Linux rendszert és helyreállítani a sérült " +"adatokat. Ez is egy biztosíték arra, hogy a rendszert soha ne kelljen az " +"alapoktól újratelepítened." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:40 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." -msgstr "A másik fő ok sűrűbben fordul elő az üzleti életben, de valójában attól függ, mire használod a gépet. Például, ha egy levelező kiszolgálón kívülről is fogadsz leveleket, a levél-szemét könnyen betölthet egy partíciót. Ha a <filename>/var/mail</filename> egy önálló partícióra kerül egy ilyen gépen, a rendszer többi része még ekkor is rendesen működik majd." +msgid "" +"The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it " +"really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server " +"getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most " +"of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." +msgstr "" +"A másik fő ok sűrűbben fordul elő az üzleti életben, de valójában attól " +"függ, mire használod a gépet. Például, ha egy levelező kiszolgálón kívülről " +"is fogadsz leveleket, a levél-szemét könnyen betölthet egy partíciót. Ha a " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> egy önálló partícióra kerül egy ilyen gépen, " +"a rendszer többi része még ekkor is rendesen működik majd." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, but why throw your money away?" -msgstr "Több partíció használatától csak az tarthat vissza, hogy néha nehéz megjósolni, mire lesz szükség. Ha egy partíció egyszer túl kicsi lesz, automatikusan vagy véglegesen át kell rakni tartalmát egy másikra, vagy átméretezni, de néha ilyenkor inkább újratelepít az ember. Ezzel szemben, ha egy partíció túl nagy, esetleg kiesik hely, ami megfelelne másra. A lemezhely olcsó manapság, de miért pazarolnánk?" +msgid "" +"The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often " +"difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a " +"partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you " +"will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized " +"partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be " +"wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, " +"but why throw your money away?" +msgstr "" +"Több partíció használatától csak az tarthat vissza, hogy néha nehéz " +"megjósolni, mire lesz szükség. Ha egy partíció egyszer túl kicsi lesz, " +"automatikusan vagy véglegesen át kell rakni tartalmát egy másikra, vagy " +"átméretezni, de néha ilyenkor inkább újratelepít az ember. Ezzel szemben, ha " +"egy partíció túl nagy, esetleg kiesik hely, ami megfelelne másra. A " +"lemezhely olcsó manapság, de miért pazarolnánk?" #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:67 @@ -57,8 +117,18 @@ msgstr "A könyvtárfa" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" -msgstr "A &debian; a <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Fájlrendszer Hierarchia Szabvány</ulink>-t követi. E szabvánnyal a felhasználók és programok számára megjósolható a fájlok és könyvtárak helye. A gyökér szintű könyvtárat a <filename>/</filename> jelenti. A gyökér szintjén minden Debian rendszer tartalmazza e könyvtárakat:" +msgid "" +"&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users " +"and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The " +"root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</" +"filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" +msgstr "" +"A &debian; a <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Fájlrendszer Hierarchia Szabvány</" +"ulink>-t követi. E szabvánnyal a felhasználók és programok számára " +"megjósolható a fájlok és könyvtárak helye. A gyökér szintű könyvtárat a " +"<filename>/</filename> jelenti. A gyökér szintjén minden Debian rendszer " +"tartalmazza e könyvtárakat:" #. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 @@ -279,38 +349,115 @@ msgstr "Hozzáadott alkalmazás szoftver csomagok" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:142 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." -msgstr "Alább a könyvtárakhoz és partíciókhoz kötődő legfontosabb szempontok sora. A lemez használat nagyon eltér az adott rendszer összeállításnál és felhasználói módnál. Az ajánlások itt általános útmutatók és kiindulópontot adnak a particionáláshoz." +msgid "" +"The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories " +"and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system " +"configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are " +"general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Alább a könyvtárakhoz és partíciókhoz kötődő legfontosabb szempontok sora. A " +"lemez használat nagyon eltér az adott rendszer összeállításnál és " +"felhasználói módnál. Az ajánlások itt általános útmutatók és kiindulópontot " +"adnak a particionáláshoz." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:152 #, no-c-format -msgid "The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250MB is needed for the root partition." -msgstr "A <filename>/</filename> gyökér partíció kötelezően fizikailag tartalmazza a <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> és <filename>/dev</filename> könyvtárakat, másképp nem indítható. Általában 150–250MB kell erre." +msgid "" +"The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, " +"otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250MB is needed for " +"the root partition." +msgstr "" +"A <filename>/</filename> gyökér partíció kötelezően fizikailag tartalmazza a " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> és <filename>/dev</filename> " +"könyvtárakat, másképp nem indítható. Általában 150–250MB kell erre." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:161 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server installation should allow 4–6GB." -msgstr "<filename>/usr</filename>: az alapvetőkön kívül a felhasználók alábbi fájljait tartalmazza: programok (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), függvény-könyvtárak (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), dokumentáció (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), stb. Általában ez a legnagyobb partíció. Legalább 500MB helyet adj neki. Ezt a telepíteni tervezett csomagok száma és típusa növeli. Egy mindent-bele típusú munkaállomáson vagy kiszolgálón akár a 4–6GB méretet is könnyen elérheti." +msgid "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</" +"filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file " +"system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500MB " +"of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and " +"type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server " +"installation should allow 4–6GB." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: az alapvetőkön kívül a felhasználók alábbi " +"fájljait tartalmazza: programok (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), függvény-" +"könyvtárak (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), dokumentáció (<filename>/usr/" +"share/doc</filename>), stb. Általában ez a legnagyobb partíció. Legalább " +"500MB helyet adj neki. Ezt a telepíteni tervezett csomagok száma és típusa " +"növeli. Egy mindent-bele típusú munkaállomáson vagy kiszolgálón akár a " +"4–6GB méretet is könnyen elérheti." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:174 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 GB of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." -msgstr "<filename>/var</filename>: a változó adatok, mint hírek, email üzenetek, web lapok, adatbázisok, csomagkezelő gyorstár, stb. kerülnek ide. E könyvtár mérete nagyban függ a rendszer használatának módjától, de a legtöbb felhasználó számára a csomagkezelő eszköz használatának módja szabja meg. Ha a Debian nagyon sok csomagját egyben telepíted a <filename>/var</filename> számára még 2 vagy 3 GB hely is szükséges lehet. Ha rendre telepíted a dolgokat (így például előbb a szolgáltatásokat és eszközöket, majd a szövegkezelőket, majd az X rendszert, ...), 300–500 MB elég. Ha a merevlemezen lévő hellyel nagyon spórolni kell és nem tervezel nagy rendszer-frissítéseket, akár még 30 vagy 40 MB méretre is lekicsinyíthető." +msgid "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web " +"sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this " +"directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your " +"system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management " +"tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about " +"everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 GB " +"of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are " +"going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, " +"followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 " +"MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major " +"system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: a változó adatok, mint hírek, email üzenetek, web " +"lapok, adatbázisok, csomagkezelő gyorstár, stb. kerülnek ide. E könyvtár " +"mérete nagyban függ a rendszer használatának módjától, de a legtöbb " +"felhasználó számára a csomagkezelő eszköz használatának módja szabja meg. Ha " +"a Debian nagyon sok csomagját egyben telepíted a <filename>/var</filename> " +"számára még 2 vagy 3 GB hely is szükséges lehet. Ha rendre telepíted a " +"dolgokat (így például előbb a szolgáltatásokat és eszközöket, majd a " +"szövegkezelőket, majd az X rendszert, ...), 300–500 MB elég. Ha a " +"merevlemezen lévő hellyel nagyon spórolni kell és nem tervezel nagy rendszer-" +"frissítéseket, akár még 30 vagy 40 MB méretre is lekicsinyíthető." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:190 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most likely go in this directory. 40–100MB should usually be enough. Some applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." -msgstr "<filename>/tmp</filename>: a programok által létrehozott átmeneti adatok általában ide kerülnek. 40–100MB általában elég. Egyes alkalmazások — például archívum kezelők, CD/DVD készítők és multimédia szoftverek — a <filename>/tmp</filename> könyvtárat képmás fájlok tárolására használhatják. Ha ilyen alkalmazások használatát tervezed, igazítsd a <filename>/tmp</filename> könyvtárban elérhető helyet ehhez." +msgid "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most " +"likely go in this directory. 40–100MB should usually be enough. Some " +"applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, " +"and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to " +"temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you " +"should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: a programok által létrehozott átmeneti adatok " +"általában ide kerülnek. 40–100MB általában elég. Egyes alkalmazások " +"— például archívum kezelők, CD/DVD készítők és multimédia szoftverek " +"— a <filename>/tmp</filename> könyvtárat képmás fájlok tárolására " +"használhatják. Ha ilyen alkalmazások használatát tervezed, igazítsd a " +"<filename>/tmp</filename> könyvtárban elérhető helyet ehhez." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:201 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home directory." -msgstr "<filename>/home</filename>: a felhasználók személyes adataikat e könyvtár alkönyvtáraiba teszik. Mérete függ számuktól és attól, hogy milyen fájlokat tárolnak e saját könyvtáraikban. A tervezett felhasználástól függően általában jó legalább 100MB helyet fenntartani mindegyiküknek, de igazítsd ezt az értéket igényeidhez. Tarts fent sokkal több helyet, ha sok multimédia fájl (képek, zenék, filmek) mentését tervezed saját könyvtáradba." +msgid "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " +"subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " +"using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " +"Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100MB for each " +"user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: a felhasználók személyes adataikat e könyvtár " +"alkönyvtáraiba teszik. Mérete függ számuktól és attól, hogy milyen fájlokat " +"tárolnak e saját könyvtáraikban. A tervezett felhasználástól függően " +"általában jó legalább 100MB helyet fenntartani mindegyiküknek, de igazítsd " +"ezt az értéket igényeidhez. Tarts fent sokkal több helyet, ha sok multimédia " +"fájl (képek, zenék, filmek) mentését tervezed saját könyvtáradba." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:222 @@ -321,56 +468,142 @@ msgstr "Ajánlott partíciós séma" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:223 #, no-c-format -msgid "For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during booting when the partition is large." -msgstr "Új felhasználóknak, személyes Debian gépekre, otthoni rendszerekre és más 1-felhasználós telepítésekre egyetlen <filename>/</filename> partíció (és egy cserehely) a legkönnyebb, legegyszerűbb mód. Ha a partíció nagyobb, mint 6GB, mindenképp válassz ext3 partíció típust. Az ext2 partíciók ismételt fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést igényelnek és ez időnként késleltetheti az indítást, ha egy partíció nagy." +msgid "" +"For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user " +"setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably " +"the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than " +"around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need " +"periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during " +"booting when the partition is large." +msgstr "" +"Új felhasználóknak, személyes Debian gépekre, otthoni rendszerekre és más 1-" +"felhasználós telepítésekre egyetlen <filename>/</filename> partíció (és egy " +"cserehely) a legkönnyebb, legegyszerűbb mód. Ha a partíció nagyobb, mint " +"6GB, mindenképp válassz ext3 partíció típust. Az ext2 partíciók ismételt " +"fájlrendszer-ellenőrzést igényelnek és ez időnként késleltetheti az " +"indítást, ha egy partíció nagy." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." -msgstr "Ha több felhasználó használhatja a rendszert és van hely, a legjobb séma, ha a <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, és <filename>/home</filename> mind saját partícióra kerül a <filename>/</filename> partíciótól külön." +msgid "" +"For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put " +"<filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions " +"separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." +msgstr "" +"Ha több felhasználó használhatja a rendszert és van hely, a legjobb séma, ha " +"a <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, és <filename>/home</filename> mind saját partícióra kerül a " +"<filename>/</filename> partíciótól külön." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:240 #, no-c-format -msgid "You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</filename> on its own partition, for instance 20–50MB, is a good idea. If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its uses." -msgstr "Legyen külön <filename>/usr/local</filename> partíció, ha sok program telepítését tervezed forrásból, melyek valószínűleg nem részei a Debian terjesztésnek. Ha a gép egy kívülről és elérhető levelező kiszolgáló, a <filename>/var/mail</filename> legyen külön partíció. A <filename>/tmp</filename> könyvtárat is gyakran külön partícióra teszik, 20–50MB erre jó ötlet lehet. Ha sok valódi felhasználói hozzáférés van, általában jó a <filename>/home</filename> partíciót külön venni. A legjobb partíciós séma gépről gépre eltér felhasználástól függően." +msgid "" +"You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you " +"plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. " +"If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/" +"mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> on its own partition, for instance 20–50MB, is a good idea. " +"If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally " +"good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In " +"general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer " +"depending on its uses." +msgstr "" +"Legyen külön <filename>/usr/local</filename> partíció, ha sok program " +"telepítését tervezed forrásból, melyek valószínűleg nem részei a Debian " +"terjesztésnek. Ha a gép egy kívülről és elérhető levelező kiszolgáló, a " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> legyen külön partíció. A <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> könyvtárat is gyakran külön partícióra teszik, 20–50MB erre " +"jó ötlet lehet. Ha sok valódi felhasználói hozzáférés van, általában jó a " +"<filename>/home</filename> partíciót külön venni. A legjobb partíciós séma " +"gépről gépre eltér felhasználástól függően." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:252 #, no-c-format -msgid "For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." -msgstr "A nagyon összetett rendszerekhez, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Több lemez HOGYAN</ulink>címet. Ez mély leírást ad, melyet főleg az internet-szolgáltatók és kiszolgálók üzemeltetői hasznosítanak." +msgid "" +"For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-" +"howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, " +"mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." +msgstr "" +"A nagyon összetett rendszerekhez, lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;" +"\"> Több lemez HOGYAN</ulink>címet. Ez mély leírást ad, melyet főleg az " +"internet-szolgáltatók és kiszolgálók üzemeltetői hasznosítanak." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a gigabyte (or more) of swap." -msgstr "A csere-partíció méretéről több szempont van. Az egyik, mely jól működik, hogy legyen legalább annyi, mint memória. Általában ne legyen kisebb, mint 16MB. Természetesen van eltérés e szabályoktól. Például, ha 10000 párhuzamos egyenletet oldasz meg 256MB memóriával, 1 GB vagy több cserehely kell." +msgid "" +"With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One " +"rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system " +"memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, " +"there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 " +"simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a " +"gigabyte (or more) of swap." +msgstr "" +"A csere-partíció méretéről több szempont van. Az egyik, mely jól működik, " +"hogy legyen legalább annyi, mint memória. Általában ne legyen kisebb, mint " +"16MB. Természetesen van eltérés e szabályoktól. Például, ha 10000 párhuzamos " +"egyenletet oldasz meg 256MB memóriával, 1 GB vagy több cserehely kell." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:268 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." -msgstr "Az Atari Falcon vagy a Mac gépek nagyon cserehely-kezelése nagyon rossz, itt nincs más, mint annyi memóriát vásárolni, amennyit csak lehetséges." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so " +"instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." +msgstr "" +"Az Atari Falcon vagy a Mac gépek nagyon cserehely-kezelése nagyon rossz, itt " +"nincs más, mint annyi memóriát vásárolni, amennyit csak lehetséges." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." -msgstr "A 32-bites gépeken (i386, m68k, 32-bites SPARC és PowerPC) a csere-partíció legnagyobb mérete 2GB. Ez még a legkeményebb feladatokra is szinte mindig elég. De ha a csere-igényed ily magas érdemes több lemez (indák) közt elosztani, ha lehet, különböző SCSI vagy IDE csatornákon. A kernel kiegyenlíti a csere-használatot több csere-partíció közt, nagyobb teljesítményt nyújtva." +msgid "" +"On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum " +"size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any " +"installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should " +"probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called " +"<quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. " +"The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving " +"better performance." +msgstr "" +"A 32-bites gépeken (i386, m68k, 32-bites SPARC és PowerPC) a csere-partíció " +"legnagyobb mérete 2GB. Ez még a legkeményebb feladatokra is szinte mindig " +"elég. De ha a csere-igényed ily magas érdemes több lemez (indák) közt " +"elosztani, ha lehet, különböző SCSI vagy IDE csatornákon. A kernel " +"kiegyenlíti a csere-használatot több csere-partíció közt, nagyobb " +"teljesítményt nyújtva." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:283 #, no-c-format -msgid "As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." -msgstr "Íme egy régi otthoni gép 32MB memóriával és 1.7GB IDE meghajtóval a <filename>/dev/hda</filename> címen. Volt rajta egy 500MB méretű, másik operációs rendszert tartalmazó partíció a <filename>/dev/hda1</filename> címen és ezután a <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> címre került egy 32MB csere-partíció, és egy 1.2GB Linux partíció a <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> címre." +msgid "" +"As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE " +"drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for " +"another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " +"partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" +"dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." +msgstr "" +"Íme egy régi otthoni gép 32MB memóriával és 1.7GB IDE meghajtóval a " +"<filename>/dev/hda</filename> címen. Volt rajta egy 500MB méretű, másik " +"operációs rendszert tartalmazó partíció a <filename>/dev/hda1</filename> " +"címen és ezután a <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> címre került egy 32MB csere-" +"partíció, és egy 1.2GB Linux partíció a <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> címre." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:292 #, no-c-format -msgid "For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." -msgstr "Az egyes feladatok által lefoglalt méretekről, melyek közül egyeseket valószínűleg hozzáadnál a rendszer telepítése után, lásd a <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> részt." +msgid "" +"For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding " +"after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" +"size-list\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Az egyes feladatok által lefoglalt méretekről, melyek közül egyeseket " +"valószínűleg hozzáadnál a rendszer telepítése után, lásd a <xref linkend=" +"\"tasksel-size-list\"/> részt." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:308 @@ -381,8 +614,14 @@ msgstr "Eszköznevek Linuxban" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:309 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" -msgstr "A Linuxban is megtalálható lemez és partíció nevek eltérhetnek bizonyos más operációs rendszerekétől. Ismerned kell az itt használt neveket, amikor partíciókat hozol létre és csatolsz. Itt az alap elnevezési rend:" +msgid "" +"Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating " +"systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and " +"mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" +msgstr "" +"A Linuxban is megtalálható lemez és partíció nevek eltérhetnek bizonyos más " +"operációs rendszerekétől. Ismerned kell az itt használt neveket, amikor " +"partíciókat hozol létre és csatolsz. Itt az alap elnevezési rend:" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:317 @@ -399,38 +638,70 @@ msgstr "Az 2. flopi meghajtó neve <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:327 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Az 1. SCSI lemez (SCSI ID cím-szintű) neve <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Az 1. SCSI lemez (SCSI ID cím-szintű) neve <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:333 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Az 2. SCSI lemez (SCSI ID cím-szintű) neve <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> és így tovább." +msgid "" +"The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" +"Az 2. SCSI lemez (SCSI ID cím-szintű) neve <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> és " +"így tovább." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." -msgstr "Az 1. SCSI CS-ROM neve <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, <filename>/dev/sr0</filename> névvel is ismert." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Az 1. SCSI CS-ROM neve <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, <filename>/dev/sr0</" +"filename> névvel is ismert." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:345 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." -msgstr "Az elsődleges IDE vezérlőn lévő mester (master) lemez neve <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Az elsődleges IDE vezérlőn lévő mester (master) lemez neve <filename>/dev/" +"hda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:351 #, no-c-format -msgid "The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." -msgstr "Az elsődleges IDE vezérlőn lévő szolga (slave) lemez neve <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Az elsődleges IDE vezérlőn lévő szolga (slave) lemez neve <filename>/dev/" +"hdb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> in Debian). </phrase>" -msgstr "A másodlagos vezérlő mester (master) és szolga (slave) lemezei neve <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> és <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>. Az újabb IDE vezérlők 2 csatornásak, ezek módjára működnek. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> A betűk eltérhetnek a pdisk által mutatottól (például, amit talán a pdisk mint <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> mutat, a Debian rendszerben <filename>/dev/hda</filename> lehet). </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, " +"respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, " +"effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters " +"may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> in Debian). </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"A másodlagos vezérlő mester (master) és szolga (slave) lemezei neve " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> és <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>. Az újabb IDE " +"vezérlők 2 csatornásak, ezek módjára működnek. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> A " +"betűk eltérhetnek a pdisk által mutatottól (például, amit talán a pdisk mint " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> mutat, a Debian rendszerben <filename>/dev/" +"hda</filename> lehet). </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:372 @@ -447,8 +718,12 @@ msgstr "Az 2. XT lemez neve <filename>/dev/xda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:382 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." -msgstr "Az 1. ACSI eszköz neve <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, a 2. neve <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is " +"named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Az 1. ACSI eszköz neve <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, a 2. neve <filename>/" +"dev/adb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:391 @@ -459,50 +734,114 @@ msgstr "Az 1. DASD eszköz neve <filename>/dev/dasda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:397 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." msgstr "Az 2. DASD eszköz neve <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename> és így tovább." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:405 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in your system." -msgstr "Az egyes lemezek partíciói egy a lemez nevéhez fűzött tízes számrendszerbeli számmal ábrázoltak: az <filename>sda1</filename> és <filename>sda2</filename> a rendszer 1. SCSI lemez-meghajtója 1. és 2. partícióját adják." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"Az egyes lemezek partíciói egy a lemez nevéhez fűzött tízes számrendszerbeli " +"számmal ábrázoltak: az <filename>sda1</filename> és <filename>sda2</" +"filename> a rendszer 1. SCSI lemez-meghajtója 1. és 2. partícióját adják." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:412 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk (at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second <filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." -msgstr "Itt egy valós példa. Tegyük fel, hogy van egy rendszer 2 SCSI lemezzel, az egyik a kettes, a másik a négyes SCSI címen. Az első lemez (a kettes címen) neve <filename>sda</filename>, a másodiké <filename>sdb</filename>. Ha az <filename>sda</filename> meghajtónak 3 partíciója van, neveik <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename> és <filename>sda3</filename>. Hasonlóan alakul az <filename>sdb</filename> lemez és partíciói." +msgid "" +"Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI " +"disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk " +"(at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second " +"<filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 " +"partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies " +"to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." +msgstr "" +"Itt egy valós példa. Tegyük fel, hogy van egy rendszer 2 SCSI lemezzel, az " +"egyik a kettes, a másik a négyes SCSI címen. Az első lemez (a kettes címen) " +"neve <filename>sda</filename>, a másodiké <filename>sdb</filename>. Ha az " +"<filename>sda</filename> meghajtónak 3 partíciója van, neveik " +"<filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename> és <filename>sda3</" +"filename>. Hasonlóan alakul az <filename>sdb</filename> lemez és partíciói." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:423 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or capacities." -msgstr "Figyelj, ha 2 SCSI gazda busz adaptered (vezérlőd) van, a meghajtók sorrendje zavarba ejthet. A meghajtók modellje és/vagy kapacitása ismeretében az indító üzenetek mindent elárulnak." +msgid "" +"Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the " +"order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to " +"watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or " +"capacities." +msgstr "" +"Figyelj, ha 2 SCSI gazda busz adaptered (vezérlőd) van, a meghajtók " +"sorrendje zavarba ejthet. A meghajtók modellje és/vagy kapacitása " +"ismeretében az indító üzenetek mindent elárulnak." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:430 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers 1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." -msgstr "A Linux az elsődleges partíciókat a meghajtó nevével és 1 és 4 közti számokkal jelzi. Például az 1. elsődleges partíció az 1. IDE meghajtón a <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. 5 az indító értéke a logikai partíciók számának, így az 1. logikai partíció e meghajtón a <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Ne feledd, a kiterjesztett partíció, a logikai partíciókat tároló elsődleges partíció, nem használható magában. Ez a SCSI és IDE lemezekre is áll." +msgid "" +"Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers " +"1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive " +"is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered " +"starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that " +"is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by " +"itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." +msgstr "" +"A Linux az elsődleges partíciókat a meghajtó nevével és 1 és 4 közti " +"számokkal jelzi. Például az 1. elsődleges partíció az 1. IDE meghajtón a " +"<filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. 5 az indító értéke a logikai partíciók " +"számának, így az 1. logikai partíció e meghajtón a <filename>/dev/hda5</" +"filename>. Ne feledd, a kiterjesztett partíció, a logikai partíciókat tároló " +"elsődleges partíció, nem használható magában. Ez a SCSI és IDE lemezekre is " +"áll." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." -msgstr "A TEAC FC-1 SCSI flopi meghajtót használó VMEbus rendszerek azt normál SCSI lemeznek látják. Az egyszerűbb azonosításért a telepítő létrehoz egy jelképes láncot a megfelelő eszközhöz és elnevezi így: <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgid "" +"VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal " +"SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation " +"software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it " +"<filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"A TEAC FC-1 SCSI flopi meghajtót használó VMEbus rendszerek azt normál SCSI " +"lemeznek látják. Az egyszerűbb azonosításért a telepítő létrehoz egy " +"jelképes láncot a megfelelő eszközhöz és elnevezi így: <filename>/dev/sfd0</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:448 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." -msgstr "8 Sun lemez-partíció (szelet) lehet. A 3. általában (és ajánlottan) az <quote>Egész lemez</quote> partíció. E partíció a lemez összes szektorára hivatkozik és a boot betöltő használja (akár a SILO akár a Sun-é)." +msgid "" +"Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third " +"partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</" +"quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, " +"and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." +msgstr "" +"8 Sun lemez-partíció (szelet) lehet. A 3. általában (és ajánlottan) az " +"<quote>Egész lemez</quote> partíció. E partíció a lemez összes szektorára " +"hivatkozik és a boot betöltő használja (akár a SILO akár a Sun-é)." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:455 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your system." -msgstr "Az egyes lemezek partíciói egy a lemez nevéhez fűzött tízes számrendszerbeli számmal ábrázoltak: a <filename>dasda1</filename> és <filename>dasda2</filename> a rendszer 1. DASD eszköze 1. és 2. partícióját adják." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Az egyes lemezek partíciói egy a lemez nevéhez fűzött tízes számrendszerbeli " +"számmal ábrázoltak: a <filename>dasda1</filename> és <filename>dasda2</" +"filename> a rendszer 1. DASD eszköze 1. és 2. partícióját adják." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:470 @@ -513,8 +852,15 @@ msgstr "Debian particionáló programok" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:471 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your architecture." -msgstr "A Debian fejlesztők számos particionáló programot alkalmaztak a különböző merevlemezekhez és számítógép architektúrákhoz. Itt az architektúrádhoz illő programok sora." +msgid "" +"Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian " +"developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer " +"architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your " +"architecture." +msgstr "" +"A Debian fejlesztők számos particionáló programot alkalmaztak a különböző " +"merevlemezekhez és számítógép architektúrákhoz. Itt az architektúrádhoz illő " +"programok sora." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:483 @@ -525,8 +871,15 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:484 #, no-c-format -msgid "Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>format</quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." -msgstr "A Debian rendszer ajánlott particionáló eszköze. Ez a svájci bicska átméretez partíciókat, létrehoz fájlrendszereket <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>formáz</quote> a windowsos-nyelvűeknél)</phrase> és csatolási pontokhoz rendeli őket." +msgid "" +"Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also " +"resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>format</" +"quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"A Debian rendszer ajánlott particionáló eszköze. Ez a svájci bicska " +"átméretez partíciókat, létrehoz fájlrendszereket <phrase arch=\"x86\"> " +"(<quote>formáz</quote> a windowsos-nyelvűeknél)</phrase> és csatolási " +"pontokhoz rendeli őket." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:495 @@ -543,8 +896,17 @@ msgstr "Az eredeti Linux lemez-particionáló, tapasztaltaknak könnyű." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:500 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that <command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Légy óvatos, ha FreeBSD partícióid vannak. A telepítő kernelek támogatják ezeket, de a mód miatt, ahogy az <command>fdisk</command> megjeleníti (vagy nem) ezeket az eszközök nevei eltérhetnek. Lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOGYAN</ulink> leírást." +msgid "" +"Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The " +"installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that " +"<command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names " +"differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Légy óvatos, ha FreeBSD partícióid vannak. A telepítő kernelek támogatják " +"ezeket, de a mód miatt, ahogy az <command>fdisk</command> megjeleníti (vagy " +"nem) ezeket az eszközök nevei eltérhetnek. Lásd a <ulink url=\"&url-linux-" +"freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOGYAN</ulink> leírást." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:512 @@ -561,8 +923,12 @@ msgstr "Könnyen használható, teljes-képernyős lemez particionáló sokunkna #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:517 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." -msgstr "Tudni kell, hogy a <command>cfdisk</command> egyáltalán nem érti a FreeBSD partíciókat, és újra, az eszközök nevei eltérhetnek emiatt." +msgid "" +"Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at " +"all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." +msgstr "" +"Tudni kell, hogy a <command>cfdisk</command> egyáltalán nem érti a FreeBSD " +"partíciókat, és újra, az eszközök nevei eltérhetnek emiatt." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:526 @@ -609,8 +975,12 @@ msgstr "pmac-fdisk" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:554 #, no-c-format -msgid "PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems." -msgstr "Az <command>fdisk</command> PowerMac verziója, a BVM és Motorola VMEbus rendszerek is használják." +msgid "" +"PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and " +"Motorola VMEbus systems." +msgstr "" +"Az <command>fdisk</command> PowerMac verziója, a BVM és Motorola VMEbus " +"rendszerek is használják." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:563 @@ -621,173 +991,370 @@ msgstr "fdasd" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for details." -msgstr "Az <command>fdisk</command> &arch-title; verziója; olvasd el az <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Eszközmeghajtók és telepítő parancsok</ulink> 13. fejezetét vagy az fdasd kézikönyv oldalt a részletekért." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd " +"manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " +"Installation Commands</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"Az <command>fdisk</command> &arch-title; verziója; olvasd el az <ulink url=" +"\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/" +"l390dd08.pdf\"> Eszközmeghajtók és telepítő parancsok</ulink> 13. fejezetét " +"vagy az fdasd kézikönyv oldalt a részletekért." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:575 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of these programs will be run by default when you select <guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this is not recommended." -msgstr "E programok egyike indul a <guimenuitem>Lemezek particionálása</guimenuitem> (vagy hasonló) választásakor. Más particionáló eszköz is használható a VT2 által adott parancssorban, de ez nem ajánlott." +msgid "" +"One of these programs will be run by default when you select " +"<guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible " +"to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this " +"is not recommended." +msgstr "" +"E programok egyike indul a <guimenuitem>Lemezek particionálása</guimenuitem> " +"(vagy hasonló) választásakor. Más particionáló eszköz is használható a VT2 " +"által adott parancssorban, de ez nem ajánlott." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:585 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Ha több, mint 20 partícióval dolgozol ide lemezeden, a 21. és további partíciókat létre kell hoznod. A partíciók inicializálásának következő lépése sikertelen lesz, ha a megfelelő eszköz nincs jelen. Példaként íme pár a <userinput>tty2</userinput> vagy a <guimenuitem>Héj futtatása</guimenuitem> alól használható parancs egy eszköz hozzáadásához, mellyel a 21. partíció inicializálható lesz: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Az új rendszer indítása meghiúsul, míg a helyes eszközök nincsenek a cél-rendszeren. A kernel és modulok telepítése után futtasd ezt: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Szüksége lehet az indító partíció megjelölése mint <quote>Indítható/Bootable)</quote>.</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 -#, no-c-format -msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." -msgstr "A Mac típusú lemezek particionálásakor fontos, hogy a csere partíció neve alapján kerül azonosításra; <quote>swap</quote> nevet kell neki adni. Minden Mac linux partíció típusa azonos, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Olvasd el a kézikönyvet. A <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink> elolvasását is ajánljuk, mely szükséges lépéseket tartalmaz, ha a lemezeden a Debian mellett MacOS is lenne." +"One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " +"partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. " +"All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. " +"Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you " +"should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." +msgstr "" +"A Mac típusú lemezek particionálásakor fontos, hogy a csere partíció neve " +"alapján kerül azonosításra; <quote>swap</quote> nevet kell neki adni. Minden " +"Mac linux partíció típusa azonos, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Olvasd el a kézikönyvet. " +"A <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink> " +"elolvasását is ajánljuk, mely szükséges lépéseket tartalmaz, ha a lemezeden " +"a Debian mellett MacOS is lenne." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 -#: partitioning.xml:678 -#: partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 -#: partitioning.xml:913 -#: partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Particionálás &arch-title; gépen" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before <command>partman</command> can convert it to use a disk label." -msgstr "A Debian SRM konzolról indítása (&releasename; által egyedül támogatott lemezről indító módszer) BSD lemez címkét igényel, nem DOS partíciós táblát az indító lemezen. (Az SRM indító blokk inkompatibilis az MS-DOS partíciós táblával — lásd e leírást: <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) Ezért a <command>partman</command> BSD lemez címkéket hoz létre &architecture; architektúrán, ha a lemezen DOS partíciós tábla van, a létező partíciókat törölni kell, mielőtt a <command>partman</command> egy lemez címke használatára tudja alakítani." +msgid "" +"Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " +"&releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition " +"table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with " +"MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As " +"a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on " +"&architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the " +"existing partitions will need to be deleted before <command>partman</" +"command> can convert it to use a disk label." +msgstr "" +"A Debian SRM konzolról indítása (&releasename; által egyedül támogatott " +"lemezről indító módszer) BSD lemez címkét igényel, nem DOS partíciós táblát " +"az indító lemezen. (Az SRM indító blokk inkompatibilis az MS-DOS partíciós " +"táblával — lásd e leírást: <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) Ezért " +"a <command>partman</command> BSD lemez címkéket hoz létre &architecture; " +"architektúrán, ha a lemezen DOS partíciós tábla van, a létező partíciókat " +"törölni kell, mielőtt a <command>partman</command> egy lemez címke " +"használatára tudja alakítani." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." -msgstr "Ha az <command>fdisk</command> segítségével particionálsz és a particionálásra jelölt lemez még nem tartalmaz BSD lemez címkét, a <quote>b</quote> parancsot kell lemez címke módba lépéshez használnod." +msgid "" +"If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " +"and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already " +"contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter " +"disk label mode." +msgstr "" +"Ha az <command>fdisk</command> segítségével particionálsz és a " +"particionálásra jelölt lemez még nem tartalmaz BSD lemez címkét, a <quote>b</" +"quote> parancsot kell lemez címke módba lépéshez használnod." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> create the third partition as a <quote>whole disk</quote> partition (i.e. with start and end sectors to span the whole disk), as this renders the disk incompatible with the tools used to make it bootable with aboot. This means that the disk configured by the installer for use as the Debian boot disk will be inaccessible to the operating systems mentioned earlier." +msgid "" +"Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " +"of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or " +"NetBSD), you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> create the third partition as a " +"<quote>whole disk</quote> partition (i.e. with start and end sectors to span " +"the whole disk), as this renders the disk incompatible with the tools used " +"to make it bootable with aboot. This means that the disk configured by the " +"installer for use as the Debian boot disk will be inaccessible to the " +"operating systems mentioned earlier." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." +msgid "" +"Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " +"of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you " +"<emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the " +"disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition " +"at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason " +"mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will " +"only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small " +"partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience " +"reasons." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format -msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." +msgid "" +"For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " +"beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and " +"<command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see " +"<xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file " +"systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually " +"from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install " +"the boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally sufficient." +msgid "" +"PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " +"somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional " +"kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at " +"least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware " +"is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This " +"is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within " +"the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 " +"partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be " +"stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever " +"kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally " +"sufficient." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." -msgstr "Ha van egy létező rendszered, netán DOS vagy Windows és valamiért meg akarnád őrizni őket, miközben már a Debian rendszert telepíted, biztosítanod kell, akár a partíciók átméretezésével a szabad helyet a Debian telepítésének. A telepítő támogatja a FAT és NTFS fájlrendszerek átméretezését is; a telepítő particionálójába lépve válaszd a <guimenuitem>Kézi szerkesztés</guimenuitem> lehetőséget, egyszerűen jelölj ki egy létező partíciót és változtasd meg méretét." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " +"you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may " +"need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. " +"The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you " +"get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> and then simply select an existing " +"partition and change its size." +msgstr "" +"Ha van egy létező rendszered, netán DOS vagy Windows és valamiért meg " +"akarnád őrizni őket, miközben már a Debian rendszert telepíted, biztosítanod " +"kell, akár a partíciók átméretezésével a szabad helyet a Debian " +"telepítésének. A telepítő támogatja a FAT és NTFS fájlrendszerek " +"átméretezését is; a telepítő particionálójába lépve válaszd a " +"<guimenuitem>Kézi szerkesztés</guimenuitem> lehetőséget, egyszerűen jelölj " +"ki egy létező partíciót és változtasd meg méretét." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." -msgstr "A PC BIOS általában további kikötéseket ad a lemez particionáláshoz. Korlátolt, hány <quote>elsődleges</quote> és <quote>logikai</quote> partíció lehet egy meghajtón. Ráadásul az 1994–98 előtti BIOSok esetén, korlátolt, a meghajtó mely részéről tud a BIOS indítani. Több adat a <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partíció HOGYAN</ulink> és <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS GYIK</ulink> leírásban, de a szakasz rövid leírásban a legtöbb esetre segíti a tervezést." +msgid "" +"The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " +"There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</" +"quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 " +"BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More " +"information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux " +"Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-" +"disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief " +"overview to help you plan most situations." +msgstr "" +"A PC BIOS általában további kikötéseket ad a lemez particionáláshoz. " +"Korlátolt, hány <quote>elsődleges</quote> és <quote>logikai</quote> partíció " +"lehet egy meghajtón. Ráadásul az 1994–98 előtti BIOSok esetén, " +"korlátolt, a meghajtó mely részéről tud a BIOS indítani. Több adat a <ulink " +"url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partíció HOGYAN</ulink> és <ulink url=" +"\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS GYIK</ulink> leírásban, " +"de a szakasz rövid leírásban a legtöbb esetre segíti a tervezést." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format -msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." -msgstr "Az <quote>elsődleges</quote>partíciók a PC lemezek eredeti particionáló sémája. Ebből csak 4 lehet. E korlátok átlépésére születtek a <quote>kiterjesztett</quote> és <quote>logikai</quote> partíciók. Egy elsődleges partíció kiterjesztettre állításával e partícióhoz lefoglalt teljes terület logikai partíciókra osztható. Kiterjesztett partíciónként 60 logikai partíció hozható létre; viszont meghajtónként csak 1 kiterjesztett partíció lehet." +msgid "" +"<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " +"PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this " +"limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions " +"were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended " +"partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into " +"logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended " +"partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." +msgstr "" +"Az <quote>elsődleges</quote>partíciók a PC lemezek eredeti particionáló " +"sémája. Ebből csak 4 lehet. E korlátok átlépésére születtek a " +"<quote>kiterjesztett</quote> és <quote>logikai</quote> partíciók. Egy " +"elsődleges partíció kiterjesztettre állításával e partícióhoz lefoglalt " +"teljes terület logikai partíciókra osztható. Kiterjesztett partíciónként 60 " +"logikai partíció hozható létre; viszont meghajtónként csak 1 kiterjesztett " +"partíció lehet." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." -msgstr "A Linux a meghajtónként partíciók számát 15 partícióra korlátozza SCSI lemezeknél (3 használható elsődleges és 12 logikai) és 63 partícióra IDE meghajtón (3 használható elsődleges és 60 logikai). De a &debian; rendszer csak 20 eszközt rendel partíciókhoz, így telepítésre 20 partíciót használhatsz míg nem hozol előbb létre eszközöket továbbiakhoz." +msgid "" +"Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " +"usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an " +"IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the " +"normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may " +"not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create " +"devices for those partitions." +msgstr "" +"A Linux a meghajtónként partíciók számát 15 partícióra korlátozza SCSI " +"lemezeknél (3 használható elsődleges és 12 logikai) és 63 partícióra IDE " +"meghajtón (3 használható elsődleges és 60 logikai). De a &debian; rendszer " +"csak 20 eszközt rendel partíciókhoz, így telepítésre 20 partíciót " +"használhatsz míg nem hozol előbb létre eszközöket továbbiakhoz." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." -msgstr "Nagy IDE lemez esetén, ha nem használsz sem LBA címzést sem átlapoló meghajtókat (néha merevlemez-gyártók adják), az indító partíció (a kernel képet tartalmazó partíció) a merevlemez 1. 1024 cilinderén kell legyen (általában mintegy 524 MB BIOS általi áthelyezés nélkül)." +msgid "" +"If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the " +"boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed " +"within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 " +"megabytes, without BIOS translation)." +msgstr "" +"Nagy IDE lemez esetén, ha nem használsz sem LBA címzést sem átlapoló " +"meghajtókat (néha merevlemez-gyártók adják), az indító partíció (a kernel " +"képet tartalmazó partíció) a merevlemez 1. 1024 cilinderén kell legyen " +"(általában mintegy 524 MB BIOS általi áthelyezés nélkül)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format -msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." -msgstr "Ezt már meghaladja minden (gyártótól függően) 1995–98 utáni BIOS, mely már támogatja a <quote>Javított lemez meghajtó támogatás specifikáció</quote>-t. A Lilo, a Linux betöltő nevű program és a Debian alatti <command>mbr</command> program számára is szükséges a BIOS használata a kernel a lemezről a RAM-ba olvasásához. Ha a BIOS 0x13 nagy lemez-elérő kiterjesztések elérhetők, ezeket fogják használni. Ha nem, akkor az elavult lemez-elérő felület, mely nem használható az 1023. cilinder felett. A Linux indulása után a BIOS többé nem számít, a Linux nem használja BIOS-t a lemez-eléréshez sem." +msgid "" +"This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " +"1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the " +"<quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the " +"Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the " +"BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large " +"disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. " +"Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it " +"cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd " +"cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these " +"restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk " +"access." +msgstr "" +"Ezt már meghaladja minden (gyártótól függően) 1995–98 utáni BIOS, " +"mely már támogatja a <quote>Javított lemez meghajtó támogatás specifikáció</" +"quote>-t. A Lilo, a Linux betöltő nevű program és a Debian alatti " +"<command>mbr</command> program számára is szükséges a BIOS használata a " +"kernel a lemezről a RAM-ba olvasásához. Ha a BIOS 0x13 nagy lemez-elérő " +"kiterjesztések elérhetők, ezeket fogják használni. Ha nem, akkor az elavult " +"lemez-elérő felület, mely nem használható az 1023. cilinder felett. A Linux " +"indulása után a BIOS többé nem számít, a Linux nem használja BIOS-t a lemez-" +"eléréshez sem." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." -msgstr "Nagy lemezekhez cilinder áthelyező technikát kell alkalmazni, mely a BIOS beállításban van, például LBA (logikai blokk címzés) vagy CHS áthelyező mód (<quote>Large</quote>). A nagy lemezekről szóló tudnivalók a <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Nagy lemezek HOGYAN</ulink> leírásban vannak. Cilinder áthelyező séma esetén, ha a BIOS nem támogatja a nagy lemez-elérés kiterjesztéseket, az indító partíció az 1024. cilinder <emphasis>áthelyezett</emphasis> megfelelőjében kell legyen." +msgid "" +"If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " +"techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA " +"(Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). " +"More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a " +"cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk " +"access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the " +"<emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." +msgstr "" +"Nagy lemezekhez cilinder áthelyező technikát kell alkalmazni, mely a BIOS " +"beállításban van, például LBA (logikai blokk címzés) vagy CHS áthelyező mód " +"(<quote>Large</quote>). A nagy lemezekről szóló tudnivalók a <ulink url=" +"\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Nagy lemezek HOGYAN</ulink> leírásban vannak. " +"Cilinder áthelyező séma esetén, ha a BIOS nem támogatja a nagy lemez-elérés " +"kiterjesztéseket, az indító partíció az 1024. cilinder " +"<emphasis>áthelyezett</emphasis> megfelelőjében kell legyen." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format -msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." -msgstr "Ennek teljesítésének ajánlott módja egy kis (25–50MB elég lehet) partíció létrehozása az indító partícióra használt lemez elején és más partíciók létrehozása a fennmaradó területen. Az indító partíciót <emphasis>kötelező</emphasis> a <filename>/boot</filename> könyvtárba csatolni, mivel ez a Linux kernel(ek) helye. Ez esetben az lehet az előny, hogy e konfiguráció a legvégső esetben a legrégebbi rendszereken is működik függetlenül az LBA vagy nagy lemez CHS áthelyezéstől és még attól is, hogy az elavult BIOS támogatja-e a nagy lemez-elérés kiterjesztéseket." +msgid "" +"The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " +"(25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be " +"used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you " +"wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</" +"emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the " +"directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will " +"work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation " +"is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access " +"extensions." +msgstr "" +"Ennek teljesítésének ajánlott módja egy kis (25–50MB elég lehet) " +"partíció létrehozása az indító partícióra használt lemez elején és más " +"partíciók létrehozása a fennmaradó területen. Az indító partíciót " +"<emphasis>kötelező</emphasis> a <filename>/boot</filename> könyvtárba " +"csatolni, mivel ez a Linux kernel(ek) helye. Ez esetben az lehet az előny, " +"hogy e konfiguráció a legvégső esetben a legrégebbi rendszereken is működik " +"függetlenül az LBA vagy nagy lemez CHS áthelyezéstől és még attól is, hogy " +"az elavult BIOS támogatja-e a nagy lemez-elérés kiterjesztéseket." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems are properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." +msgid "" +"The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " +"tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount " +"points to ensure that the disks and filesystems are properly configured for " +"a successful installation. It actually uses <command>parted</command> to do " +"the on-disk partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." +msgid "" +"The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " +"GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer " +"recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides " +"<command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> " +"<command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-" +"DOS tables correctly." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format -msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." +msgid "" +"The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " +"an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the " +"partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the " +"main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> " +"partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " +"For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you " +"can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> " +"utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to " +"erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then " +"something similar to the following command sequence could be used: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" @@ -795,102 +1362,228 @@ msgid "" " set 1 boot on\n" " print\n" " quit\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it scans the partition for bad blocks." +"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three " +"partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file " +"system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are " +"specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the " +"disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting " +"at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space " +"with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it " +"scans the partition for bad blocks." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format -msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." +msgid "" +"ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " +"system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be " +"big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish " +"to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with " +"multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " +"boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even " +"on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the " +"partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on " +"your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI " +"partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk " +"layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this " +"omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free " +"space for adding an EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " +"same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " +"seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of " +"the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to " +"store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard " +"disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult " +"the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for " +"details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same " +"time you set up the EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format -msgid "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." +msgid "" +"SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " +"from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby " +"created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If " +"the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition " +"number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header " +"must start at sector 0." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." +msgid "" +"If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " +"bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must " +"be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</" +"emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made " +"bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by " +"creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use " +"it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format -msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." +msgid "" +"The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " +"mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special " +"modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." +msgid "" +"Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " +"the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</" +"command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have " +"kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and " +"<command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " +"partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you " +"create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder " +"the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map " +"(which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical " +"address order, that counts." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." +msgid "" +"Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " +"dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a " +"small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on " +"every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS " +"partitions and driver partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." +msgid "" +"Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " +"is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and " +"so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key " +"is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format -msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " +"boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that " +"the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, " +"which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap " +"partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can " +"put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and " +"the boot block alone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." +msgid "" +"It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder " +"to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the " +"<command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ha több, mint 20 partícióval dolgozol ide lemezeden, a 21. és további " +#~ "partíciókat létre kell hoznod. A partíciók inicializálásának következő " +#~ "lépése sikertelen lesz, ha a megfelelő eszköz nincs jelen. Példaként íme " +#~ "pár a <userinput>tty2</userinput> vagy a <guimenuitem>Héj futtatása</" +#~ "guimenuitem> alól használható parancs egy eszköz hozzáadásához, mellyel a " +#~ "21. partíció inicializálható lesz: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Az új rendszer indítása meghiúsul, míg a " +#~ "helyes eszközök nincsenek a cél-rendszeren. A kernel és modulok " +#~ "telepítése után futtasd ezt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Szüksége lehet az indító " +#~ "partíció megjelölése mint <quote>Indítható/Bootable)</quote>.</phrase>" diff --git a/po/hu/random-bits.po b/po/hu/random-bits.po index 863e720b3..111fd2364 100644 --- a/po/hu/random-bits.po +++ b/po/hu/random-bits.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-09 11:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -411,12 +411,13 @@ msgstr "" #: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -426,7 +427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -437,201 +438,225 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" +msgid "1258" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 +#: random-bits.xml:227 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" +msgid "1676" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" +msgid "Laptop" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 +#: random-bits.xml:234 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:239 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 +#: random-bits.xml:247 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 +#: random-bits.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 +#: random-bits.xml:249 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 +#: random-bits.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 +#: random-bits.xml:268 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>13</entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:269 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>13</entry>" +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 +#: random-bits.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 +#: random-bits.xml:277 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:283 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -641,13 +666,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -661,7 +686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -672,13 +697,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -688,7 +713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -700,7 +725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -715,7 +740,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -723,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -732,13 +757,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -753,7 +778,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -769,7 +794,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -778,13 +803,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -795,7 +820,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -804,7 +829,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -817,7 +842,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -825,13 +850,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -839,19 +864,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -886,13 +911,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -901,31 +926,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -933,13 +958,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -991,13 +1016,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1013,13 +1038,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1030,7 +1055,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1038,13 +1063,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1054,7 +1079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1068,13 +1093,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1087,7 +1112,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1099,7 +1124,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1117,13 +1142,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1133,7 +1158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1144,7 +1169,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1153,7 +1178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1163,13 +1188,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1177,13 +1202,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1191,7 +1216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1200,13 +1225,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1214,7 +1239,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1238,13 +1263,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1260,13 +1285,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1274,13 +1299,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1290,7 +1315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1299,26 +1324,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1326,7 +1351,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " diff --git a/po/ko/boot-installer.po b/po/ko/boot-installer.po index 27ce05315..5dd0c5cdf 100644 --- a/po/ko/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/ko/boot-installer.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 17:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3565,15 +3565,12 @@ msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 파라미터" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "설치 시스템에서는 유용하게 쓸 수도 있는 부팅 파라미터 몇 개를 더 인식합니다" "<footnote> <para> 2.4 커널에서는 최대 8개의 명령행 옵션과 8개의 환경 옵션만 " @@ -3583,13 +3580,13 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다.</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3599,7 +3596,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3613,7 +3610,7 @@ msgstr "" "라 조정합니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3631,13 +3628,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 경우, 필수 메세지만 표시하고 질문들에 신경 쓰지 않고 설치를 진행합니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3676,13 +3673,13 @@ msgstr "" "때문에, 이 파라미터는 현재 별로 쓸모가 없습니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3695,49 +3692,49 @@ msgstr "" "동작합니다. ( 부팅을 계속하려면 이 셸을 종료합니다.)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "기본값입니다." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "보통때보다 많은 디버깅 정보." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "디버깅 정보 아주 많이." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3747,13 +3744,13 @@ msgstr "" "속하려면 쉘을 나가면 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3764,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr "" "어 <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -3774,13 +3771,13 @@ msgstr "" "합니다. 이 파라미터를 재지정해서 장치 한 개만 검색하도록 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3797,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr "" "류 메세지, 검은 화면, 설치를 시작하고 몇 분 후에 멈추는 증상입니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3809,19 +3806,19 @@ msgstr "" "Inspiron에서 보고되었습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Amiga 1200과 SE/30에서 그러한 문제가 보고되었습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "hppa에서 그러한 문제가 보고되었습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -3839,13 +3836,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>fb=true</userinput> 파라미터를 넣고 부팅해 보십시오." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/theme" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -3864,13 +3861,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -3880,13 +3877,13 @@ msgstr "" "USB 검색을 하지 않습니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -3899,7 +3896,7 @@ msgstr "" "동 네트워크 셋업을 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -3912,13 +3909,13 @@ msgstr "" "를 사용하면 DHCP 네트워크 설정을 막고 수동으로 정보를 입력할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -3928,13 +3925,13 @@ msgstr "" "시작하지 않습니다. 일부 노트북 컴퓨터에서 이와 관련해 문제가 발생합니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -3946,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -3964,13 +3961,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -3988,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr "" "롯 스타일의 드라이브는 미디어를 자동으로 다시 집어넣지 못합니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -3999,25 +3996,25 @@ msgstr "" "단 설치한 후에 시스템이 광학 드라이브에서 자동으로 부팅하지 않도록 하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "2.2.x 커널을 사용한다면, &ramdisksize;로 설정해야 합니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -4029,13 +4026,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파라미터를 <userinput>true</userinput>로 설정하면 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -4045,19 +4042,218 @@ msgstr "" "로 설정하십시오(참고: <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "설치 과정의 문제 해결" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "플로피 디스크 신뢰성" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "플로피 디스크 신뢰성" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -4067,7 +4263,7 @@ msgstr "" "성 문제일 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -4084,15 +4280,14 @@ msgstr "" "로피에서도 디스크 입출력 오류 메세지만 가득 나오는 문제가 발생하기도 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "설치 도중에 특정 플로피에서 멈추는 현상이 발생하면, 가장 먼저 할 일은 플로피 " "디스크 이미지를 다시 받아서 <emphasis>다른</emphasis> 플로피에 만들어 보는 것" @@ -4100,7 +4295,16 @@ msgstr "" "안 됩니다. 다른 시스템에서 플로피를 만드는 게 도움이 될 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -4111,7 +4315,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> 써야 했다고 하고, 세 번째 플로피에서 제대로 동작했다고 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -4123,13 +4327,13 @@ msgstr "" "이버때문입니다." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "부팅 설정" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -4142,7 +4346,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>에 쓰여 있는 것처럼 제대로 되었는 지 확인하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -4154,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>가 필요합니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4166,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr "" "히 문제가 많습니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4179,13 +4383,13 @@ msgstr "" "수도 있습니다. 예를 들어 <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>과 같이 씁니다." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "자주 발생하는 &arch-title; 설치 문제" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4195,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr "" "법으로 해결할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4207,7 +4411,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput> 파라미터를 시도해 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4227,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" "십시오." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4240,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "도록 <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> 파라미터를 시도해 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4260,13 +4464,13 @@ msgstr "" "parms\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "PCMCIA 설정 단계에서 시스템 멈춤" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4285,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr "" "제외할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4306,13 +4510,13 @@ msgstr "" "값을 입력할 때, 쉼표를 쓰지 않는다는 것에 유의하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "USB 모듈을 읽어들이다가 시스템 멈춤" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4331,13 +4535,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "커널 시작 메세지 해석하기" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4372,13 +4576,13 @@ msgstr "" "(<xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/> 참고.)" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "버그 보고" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4395,7 +4599,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 정보를 버그 보고에 첨부해 주십시오." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4407,13 +4611,13 @@ msgstr "" "들어 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "설치 보고 제출" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4426,7 +4630,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용하는 지에 대한 정보를 많이 얻을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4440,8 +4644,8 @@ msgstr "" "installation-report</command> 명령을 실행하는 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " "report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" @@ -4450,7 +4654,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4458,23 +4662,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/ko/installation-howto.po b/po/ko/installation-howto.po index f497d342c..10cba8caf 100644 --- a/po/ko/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ko/installation-howto.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-18 04:18+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -374,9 +374,7 @@ msgstr "설치" msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "설치관리자를 시작하면 초기 화면을 볼 것입니다. &enterkey;를 누르거나 다른 부" "트 방법들과 파라미터들 (<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 참조)을 위한 설명을 읽" @@ -386,7 +384,7 @@ msgstr "" "피에서 부팅 할 때는 2.6 커널은 지원하지 않습니다.</para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -401,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "트에 나타나지 않는 다면 세계의 모든 국가들의 리스트에서 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -409,7 +407,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "키보드 설정을 확인합니다. 잘 알지 못한다면 default를 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -419,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "부분을 읽어들이는 동안 기다립니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -431,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정을 수동으로 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -446,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 다면 메뉴에서 수동(manual)을 선택하세요. " #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -461,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -483,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 확인할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -493,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간이 걸립니다. 이어서 커널 설치가 계속됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -510,7 +508,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 제공합니다. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -523,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-new\"/>에 설명된 설치과정의 다음 스테이지로 넘어갈 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -533,13 +531,13 @@ msgstr "" "세요." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "설치에 대한 결과를 보내주세요" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -553,7 +551,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 실행하는 것입니다" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -569,13 +567,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"problem-report\"/>를 참조하세요." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "마지막.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/ko/partitioning.po b/po/ko/partitioning.po index a5e63bebf..9effd6bfa 100644 --- a/po/ko/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ko/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-02 12:22+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1021,48 +1021,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"동시에 20개 이상의 IDE 파티션을 사용하실 경우 파티션 21 이상은 따로 디바이스" -"를 생성해야 합니다. 그렇지 않을 경우 파티션을 초기화하는 작업이 실패하게 됩니" -"다. 아래에 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 명령어나 <guimenuitem>쉘을 띄우기</" -"guimenuitem>를 통해 21번째 파티션의 디바이스를 생성시키는 과정을 보여드립니" -"다: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 적절한 디바이스가 생성되어 있지 않을 경우 새로 설" -"치한 리눅스는 부팅이 되지 않을 것입니다. 커널과 모듈을 모두 설치하신 후 다음" -"을 실행하십시오: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">부트 파티션을 " -"<quote>Bootable</quote>로 설정하는 것을 잊지 마십시오.</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1079,14 +1042,14 @@ msgstr "" "fdisk Tutorial</ulink>도 읽을 것을 권해드립니다. " #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "&arch-title;에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1108,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" "들을 지워야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1121,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" "로 디스크 라벨 모드로 들어가서 라벨을 생성시켜야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1141,7 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 이용해도 앞에서 말한 운영체제에 접근하지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1161,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "" "편의를 위하여 <command>partman</command>명령어는 여전히 이 빈공간을 둡니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1181,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1208,7 +1171,7 @@ msgstr "" "MB 정도 할당해두시면 됩니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1226,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr "" "이미 존재하는 파티션의 크기를 조정하시면 됩니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1247,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 배우실 수 있습니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1266,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "" "크에는 <quote>확장파티션</quote>을 하나만 둘 수 있습니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1283,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr "" "추가하셔야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1298,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "없이는 맨앞 524 MB에 둬야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1323,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 BIOS가 사용되지 않으므로 이런 제약이 없어집니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1344,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "후</emphasis>의 앞 1024번째 실린더 내에 할당되어야 합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1365,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" "모든 경우에 적용될 수 있습니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1381,13 +1344,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 명령어를 사용합니다. " #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "EFI에서 지원하는 포맷" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1404,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink>를 사용하십시오. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1420,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1467,13 +1430,13 @@ msgstr "" "배드블럭을 검사하는데 몇분정도 걸릴 수 있습니다. " #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "부트로더 파티션의 제약" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1487,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "MB입니다만, 커널을 여러개 두고자 하실 경우엔 128 MB정도는 필요할 것입니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1511,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1521,13 +1484,13 @@ msgstr "" "것을 권장합니다. " #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "EFI 검사용 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1547,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션은 EFI 부트 파티션을 설정할 때 같이 설정하시면 편합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1564,13 +1527,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 0번 섹터에 있어야 합니다. " #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "현대 PowerMac에서 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1593,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "해서 만드시면 됩니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1605,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "로 부팅하도록 특별히 수정된 파티션이기 때문입니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1623,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>mkofboot</command> 프로그램을 통해서 관리하실 수 있습니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1644,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr "" "요한 것이 아니라 논리적인 배열 순서가 중요합니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1659,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "션과 드라이버 파티션이 없는 디스크를 초기화하고자 하기 때문입니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1674,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>키를 이용하여 만드실 수 있습니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1693,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "션으로 지정하면 이 섹터들을 보존할 수 있을 것입니다. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1704,3 +1667,44 @@ msgstr "" "세번째 파티션은 <quote>Whole disk</quote> (5번 형식)으로 둬서 디스크 전체를 " "포괄하도록 하는 것이 좋습니다. 이것은 <quote>Sun disk label</quote>에서 사용" "되는 규약으로, SILO가 정상적인 동작을 하는데 도움이 됩니다. " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "동시에 20개 이상의 IDE 파티션을 사용하실 경우 파티션 21 이상은 따로 디바이" +#~ "스를 생성해야 합니다. 그렇지 않을 경우 파티션을 초기화하는 작업이 실패하" +#~ "게 됩니다. 아래에 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 명령어나 <guimenuitem>쉘을 " +#~ "띄우기</guimenuitem>를 통해 21번째 파티션의 디바이스를 생성시키는 과정을 " +#~ "보여드립니다: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> 적절한 디바이스가 생성되어 있지 않을 경우 새" +#~ "로 설치한 리눅스는 부팅이 되지 않을 것입니다. 커널과 모듈을 모두 설치하신 " +#~ "후 다음을 실행하십시오: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">부트 파티션을 " +#~ "<quote>Bootable</quote>로 설정하는 것을 잊지 마십시오.</phrase>" diff --git a/po/ko/preseed.po b/po/ko/preseed.po index a9dc3c8d2..1421c1f2d 100644 --- a/po/ko/preseed.po +++ b/po/ko/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-12 21:31+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" "정하는 복잡한 사항들을 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -580,26 +580,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "부팅 파라미터의 <quote>--</quote>은 특별한 의미가 있습니다. 이 뒤에 나오는 커" "널 파라미터는 부트로더 설정으로 들어갑니다. (설치 프로그램이 부트로더를 지원" "하는 경우) <quote>--</quote>은 기본 부팅 파라미터에 들어 있을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "2.4 커널은 최대 8개까지의 명령행 파라미터와 8개까지의 환경 파라미터만 받아들" "일 수 있습니다. (설치 프로그램에서 기본으로 추가하는 파라미터 포함) 그 개수" @@ -608,7 +613,7 @@ msgstr "" "경 파라미터를 받아들입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -619,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "" "안 써도 상관없습니다. 그러면 미리 설정 옵션을 몇 개 더 쓸 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -629,13 +634,13 @@ msgstr "" "할 수 없습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "미리 설정 파일 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -646,20 +651,20 @@ msgstr "" "는 형식으로 되어 있습니다. 미리 설정 파일의 일반적인 형식은:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "<주인> <질문 이름> <질문 형식> <값>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." msgstr "미리 설정 파일을 작성할 때 지켜야 할 몇가지 규칙이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -669,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 속한 것으로 인식합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -682,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다.가장 나쁜 위치는 형식과 값 사이입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -694,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" "어 <classname>partman</classname>에서)" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -703,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" "일부 질문은 설치할 때 표시하는 영어 텍스트가 아니라 코드를 값으로 받습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -713,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 들어 있는 예제 파일을 기초로 시작하는 방법입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -727,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" "만드는 방법입니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -737,7 +742,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -748,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" "로, 대부분의 사람들에게는 예제 파일에서 시작하는 방법이 더 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -763,7 +768,7 @@ msgstr "" "문에 루트만 이 파일을 읽을 수 있게 되어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -774,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "log/installer</filename> 디렉토리 및 그 안의 모든 파일을 시스템에서 지웁니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -790,7 +795,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -802,13 +807,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 명령을 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "미리 설정 파일의 내용" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -823,13 +828,13 @@ msgstr "" "도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "지역화" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -840,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr "" "하면 지역화 설정 질문을 한 다음에 미리 설정 파일을 읽어들입니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -852,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" "십시오." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -862,7 +867,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -875,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" "없습니다. 선택한 키보드 아키텍처에 대해 키맵을 올바르게 지정해야 합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -891,7 +896,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -903,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -915,13 +920,13 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "네트워크 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -936,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "라미터로 네트워크 설정을 건너 뛸 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -948,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "같이 부팅 파라미터를 사용하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -966,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "" "리 설정 파일을 읽어들인 후에 네트워크 설정을 다시 실행합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -976,7 +981,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -1059,13 +1064,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "미러 사이트 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1078,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1088,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1105,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>와 같습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1129,13 +1134,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1153,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" "크를 파티션할 수 없고 RAID를 설정할 수도 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1165,7 +1170,7 @@ msgstr "" "록 하십시오." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1291,13 +1296,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1308,7 +1313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1319,7 +1324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1328,7 +1333,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1380,13 +1385,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "시계 및 시간대 설정" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1404,13 +1409,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "APT 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1423,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "레파지토리를 지정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1458,13 +1463,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "계정 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1476,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>해시값</emphasis>을 쓸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1491,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "로 된 보안이라고 할 수 없습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1537,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1556,26 +1561,26 @@ msgstr "" "(예를 들어 SSH 키 인증을 쓰거나 sudo를 사용하는 방법)" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "열쇠글의 MD5 해시는 다음 명령으로 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "기본 시스템 설치" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1586,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr "" "쓸 부분은 커널 설치에 관한 질문입니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1597,13 +1602,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "부트 로더 설치" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1649,13 +1654,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "꾸러미 선택" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1665,73 +1670,73 @@ msgstr "" "점에 사용할 수 있는 작업은 다음과 같습니다:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "표준 시스템" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "데스크탑" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "웹 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "인쇄 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "파일 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "메일 서버" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "SQL 데이터베이스" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "노트북 컴퓨터" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1742,7 +1747,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. <userinput>표준 시스템</userinput> 작업은 항상 포함하시길 권장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1755,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 공백으로 구분할 수도 있으므로, 커널 명령행에 쉽게 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1785,13 +1790,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "첫번째 단계 설치 끝내기" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1809,13 +1814,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "메일 프로그램 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1825,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr "" "하면 건너뜁니다. 더 복잡한 미리 설정도 가능합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1841,13 +1846,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "X 설정" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1859,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1907,13 +1912,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "기타 꾸러미 미리 설정" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1932,19 +1937,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "고급 옵션" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "쉘 옵션" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1982,13 +1987,13 @@ msgstr "" "chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "미리설정 파일을 분리해서 사용하기" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2003,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "설정을 다른 파일에 집어 넣는 식으로 활용이 가능합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/ko/random-bits.po b/po/ko/random-bits.po index ae07e4f1a..ce9cd0237 100644 --- a/po/ko/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ko/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-07 19:00+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Seok-moon Jang <drssay97@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -446,16 +446,17 @@ msgstr "작업마다 필요한 디스크 공간" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "기본 2.4 커널을 사용해 i386에서 기본 설치를 하려면 표준 꾸러미를 모두 합쳐서 " "573MB의 디스크 공간을 차지합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "" "자를 합친 전체 크기보다는 작을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -483,203 +484,227 @@ msgstr "" "적으로) <filename>/var</filename>에 필요합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "작업" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "설치 크기 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "다운로드 크기 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "설치하는데 필요한 공간 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "데스크탑" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "웹 서버" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "웹 서버" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "인쇄 서버" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS 서버" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "파일 서버" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "메일 서버" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL 데이터베이스" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> 작업은 그놈과 KDE 데스크탑 환경을 모두 설치합니" "다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -693,13 +718,13 @@ msgstr "" "공간이 있어야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "유닉스/리눅스 시스템에서 &debian; 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -721,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 데비안 chroot에서 입력하는 명령어를 말합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -736,13 +761,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 동작하지 않는 하드웨어에 설치하는 쉬운 방법이기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -755,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 최소 150MB의 공간이 필요하고 X를 설치한다면 최소 300MB가 필요합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -773,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" "j</userinput> 옵션을 빼십시오." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -796,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "트 위치 이름은 마음대로 정한 것이고, 아래에서 계속 사용합니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -806,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -817,13 +842,13 @@ msgstr "" "로 넘어가기 전에 그 디렉토리를 수동으로 만들어서 마운트해야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -847,7 +872,7 @@ msgstr "" "오. 그리고 <command>debootstrap</command>을 내려 받고 설치하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -873,7 +898,7 @@ msgstr "" "한이 필요할 것입니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -885,13 +910,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> 실행" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -907,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "org/misc/README.mirror\"></ulink>에 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -919,7 +944,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -938,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>s390</userinput>, <userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -948,13 +973,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설정" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -964,19 +989,19 @@ msgstr "" "로 <command>chroot</command>하십시오:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "파티션 마운트하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1041,13 +1066,13 @@ msgstr "" "오." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1059,31 +1084,31 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "키보드 설정" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "키보드를 설정하려면:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1093,13 +1118,13 @@ msgstr "" "작한 다음에 설정합니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1198,13 +1223,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "로케일 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1229,13 +1254,13 @@ msgstr "" "하려면 그 전에 적당한 지역화 HOWTO를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "커널 설치" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1251,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 그리고 꾸러미 이름을 하나 골라서 설치하십시오." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1261,13 +1286,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1281,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 데비안 chroot 안에서 사용하면 부트로더를 설치할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1303,13 +1328,13 @@ msgstr "" "일을 사용하게 됩니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "다음은 기본적인 <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 예제입니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1329,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1347,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> 파일을 사용하게 됩니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1377,13 +1402,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 <userinput>hd:</userinput> 대신에 써야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "병렬 라인 IP를 (PLIP) 이용해 &debian; 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1397,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "어 인터넷에) 연결되어 있어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1412,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "에서 이 IP 주소는 사용하지 말아야 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1423,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있습니다. (<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 참고)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1436,13 +1461,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "요구 사항" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1450,13 +1475,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "데비안을 설치할 <emphasis>타겟</emphasis>이라고 하는 타겟 컴퓨터." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "시스템 설치 미디어. <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/> 참고." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1466,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" "합니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1478,13 +1503,13 @@ msgstr "" "시오." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "소스 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1494,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "" "예제입니다." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1537,13 +1562,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "타겟 설치" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1568,13 +1593,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 아래는 설치 단계에서 입력해야 할 사항들입니다." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "CD에서 설치 프로그램 구성 요소 읽어들이기" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1584,13 +1609,13 @@ msgstr "" "치 시스템에서 PLIP 드라이버를 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "네트워크 하드웨어 검색" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1604,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 표시하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1615,26 +1640,26 @@ msgstr "" "의 모듈을 설치합니다. <userinput>plip</userinput> 모듈을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "네트워크 설정" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "DHCP로 네트워크 자동 설정: 아니오" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "IP 주소: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1644,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1653,6 +1678,30 @@ msgstr "" "네임서버 주소: 소스에서 사용한 같은 주소를 입력합니다. (<filename>/etc/" "resolv.conf</filename> 파일 참고)" +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 26b8e0f82..94276f532 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 23:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -925,53 +925,14 @@ msgstr "" "keycap>키가 (대부분의 Mac 키보드에서는 'alt'라고 쓰여 있습니다) 대신합니다. " "이 두 키보드 배치에서 그 외의 부분은 비슷합니다." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Sun USB 키보드가 있는 시스템에 설치하는 경우, 기본 2.4 커널로 설치 프로그램" -"을 부팅하면 설치 시스템에서는 그 키보드를 인식하지 못합니다. 설치 프로그램에" -"서는 Sun용 키맵 목록이 표시되지만 그 키보드를 선택하면 동작하지 않습니다. " -"2.6 커널로 설치하면 문제가 없습니다." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"키보드가 동작하게 하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 파라미터로 " -"설치 프로그램을 부팅해야 합니다. 키보드를 선택할 때<footnote> <para> 기본 우" -"선순위로 설치하신다면, Sun용 키맵 목록이 나올 때 <userinput>뒤로 가기</" -"userinput> 단추를 사용해 설치 메뉴로 돌아가야 합니다. </para> </footnote>, 미" -"국식 (US) 키배치라면 <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>을 고르시고, 지역화된 " -"키보드라면 <quote>USB 키보드</quote>를 고르십시오. <quote>설정할 키보드 없음" -"</quote>은 커널 키맵을 그대로 놔두는 것이고, 이게 미국식 키보드에 맞습니다." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 ISO 이미지 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -985,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1013,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 끝나고, 아니면 다른 이미지를 찾습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1026,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 아니라, 모든 파일 시스템을 뒤져봅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1043,13 +1004,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 다시 시작하지 않고 두 번째 콘솔에서 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1069,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> 맨 페이지를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1090,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" "시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1113,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "" "으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1137,13 +1098,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1160,13 +1121,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "디스크 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1177,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1191,14 +1152,15 @@ msgstr "" "</guimenuitem>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#: using-d-i.xml:751 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "단계에 따라 파티션하는 경우, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다: 하드 디스크에서 직접 파" "티션을 만들거나 (전통적인 방법) 논리 볼륨 관리를 (LVM) 사용하는 것입니다. LVM" @@ -1208,7 +1170,14 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1225,7 +1194,18 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1237,7 +1217,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1249,7 +1229,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1260,7 +1240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1278,73 +1258,73 @@ msgstr "" "최소 용량은 다릅니다) 단계에 따른 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "한 파티션에 파일 모두" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "별도 /home 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "별도 /home, /usr, /var, /tmp 파티션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1354,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1367,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1380,7 +1360,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI 부팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1391,7 +1371,7 @@ msgstr "" "않은 파티션이 디스크 맨 앞 부분에 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1403,7 +1383,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1453,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "내하는 것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1472,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "만들어 준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 고칠 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1487,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1500,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" "이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1529,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하고 <command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1549,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1564,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1576,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1591,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1604,13 +1584,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1630,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1644,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1714,97 +1694,97 @@ msgstr "" "속도가 느립니다. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1812,7 +1792,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 빼기 1)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1822,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1837,7 +1817,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1854,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1875,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1886,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1904,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "렸다고 해도, 개수가 맞을 때까지는 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1914,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1932,7 +1912,7 @@ msgstr "" "있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1946,13 +1926,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "논리 볼륨 관리자 (LVM) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1967,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1986,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "러 개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2005,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2020,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2038,7 +2018,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2048,43 +2028,43 @@ msgstr "" "의 크기 등을 표시합니다" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 지우기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2094,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "갑니다" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2103,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2117,7 +2097,7 @@ msgstr "" "음부터 다시 시작할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2129,13 +2109,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2155,7 +2135,7 @@ msgstr "" "른 열쇠글을 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2180,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2193,7 +2173,7 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2212,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2228,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2241,13 +2221,13 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 이미 보안을 염두에 두고 결정되어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2271,13 +2251,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2290,13 +2270,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 사용할 수 있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2313,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" "화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2327,25 +2307,25 @@ msgstr "" "만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>열쇠글</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "열쇠글" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2358,13 +2338,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "랜덤한 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2381,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" "작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2399,13 +2379,13 @@ msgstr "" "된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2425,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 믿고 있습니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2436,13 +2416,13 @@ msgstr "" "를 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2454,25 +2434,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2485,19 +2465,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 열쇠글을 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 열쇠글을 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 랜덤한 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2510,7 +2490,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용한 볼륨만 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2527,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2542,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있으면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2564,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "드 배치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2585,7 +2565,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2614,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2632,7 +2612,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2640,13 +2620,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "시스템 준비 중" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2656,13 +2636,13 @@ msgstr "" "해 질문은 몇 가지 더 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "시간대 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2675,13 +2655,13 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2694,7 +2674,7 @@ msgstr "" "있는 지를 알아 봅니다. 이 경우 이 질문을 하지 않을 수도 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2712,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" "시간대를 선택하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2725,19 +2705,19 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root 열쇠글 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2751,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr "" "은 시간 동안만 사용되어야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2766,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "용은 피하시길 바랍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2778,13 +2758,13 @@ msgstr "" "알려주어서는 안됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2797,7 +2777,7 @@ msgstr "" "인에서 root 계정을 사용하면 <emphasis>안됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2816,7 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 이에 대한 책을 한 권 정도 읽어 보세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2829,7 +2809,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 기본 값이 될 것 입니다. 마지막으로 이 계정에 대한 열쇠글을 입력하세요." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2839,13 +2819,13 @@ msgstr "" "명령을 사용하세요." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2859,13 +2839,13 @@ msgstr "" "좀 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2881,7 +2861,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2892,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "메세지는 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> 파일에 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2905,13 +2885,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러가지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가적인 소프트웨어를 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2927,13 +2907,13 @@ msgstr "" "다 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2964,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr "" "상태 확인 등의 기능을 사용자 인터페이스에 내장하고 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2980,13 +2960,13 @@ msgstr "" "정이끝난 후 이 파일의 내용을 살펴보고 수정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어를 선택하고 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3003,7 +2983,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3036,7 +3016,7 @@ msgstr "" "습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3046,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3056,7 +3036,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3069,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" "시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3082,13 +3062,13 @@ msgstr "" "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "메일 배달 에이전트(Mail Transport Agent) 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3104,7 +3084,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3118,7 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "" "몇 시스템 유틸리티들은 당신에게 중요한 공지를 이메일을 통해 보낼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3128,13 +3108,13 @@ msgstr "" "다. 가장 당신의 환경과 유사한 것을 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "인터넷 사이트" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3147,13 +3127,13 @@ msgstr "" "등 기본적인 질문을 물어볼 것입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "스마트호스트에 의한 메일 보내기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3171,13 +3151,13 @@ msgstr "" "게 적합합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "로컬 배달" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3194,13 +3174,13 @@ msgstr "" "에 새로운 사용자에게도 편리합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "지금 설정 안함" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3214,7 +3194,7 @@ msgstr "" "오는 중요한 메시지들을 놓칠 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3229,13 +3209,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3249,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3264,13 +3244,13 @@ msgstr "" "관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3285,7 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "" "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3300,13 +3280,13 @@ msgstr "" "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3327,13 +3307,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3349,19 +3329,19 @@ msgstr "" "문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3373,7 +3353,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3385,7 +3365,7 @@ msgstr "" "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 매뉴얼을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3395,13 +3375,13 @@ msgstr "" "음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3417,7 +3397,7 @@ msgstr "" "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3430,7 +3410,7 @@ msgstr "" "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3440,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3455,13 +3435,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3472,13 +3452,13 @@ msgstr "" "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3496,7 +3476,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3514,13 +3494,13 @@ msgstr "" "하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3547,7 +3527,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3563,13 +3543,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3586,13 +3566,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3621,13 +3601,13 @@ msgstr "" "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3639,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3659,13 +3639,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3679,13 +3659,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3697,13 +3677,13 @@ msgstr "" "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3717,13 +3697,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3765,13 +3745,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3781,13 +3761,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3795,13 +3775,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3809,13 +3789,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3825,13 +3805,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3859,13 +3839,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3875,20 +3855,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3896,13 +3876,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3912,7 +3892,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3922,19 +3902,19 @@ msgstr "" "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3953,13 +3933,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3973,13 +3953,13 @@ msgstr "" "환품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3995,13 +3975,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4031,13 +4011,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4054,7 +4034,7 @@ msgstr "" "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4075,13 +4055,13 @@ msgstr "" "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4091,13 +4071,13 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4110,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "" "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4124,13 +4104,13 @@ msgstr "" "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4141,13 +4121,13 @@ msgstr "" "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4158,7 +4138,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4173,13 +4153,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4201,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4218,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "같은 훌륭한 기능도 좀 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4237,13 +4217,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4260,7 +4240,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4281,7 +4261,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4291,7 +4271,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4311,7 +4291,7 @@ msgstr "" "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4322,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr "" "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4352,7 +4332,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4369,7 +4349,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4388,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr "" "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4403,7 +4383,7 @@ msgstr "" "발생할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4413,6 +4393,40 @@ msgstr "" "를 바꾸지 말아야 합니다." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sun USB 키보드가 있는 시스템에 설치하는 경우, 기본 2.4 커널로 설치 프로그" +#~ "램을 부팅하면 설치 시스템에서는 그 키보드를 인식하지 못합니다. 설치 프로그" +#~ "램에서는 Sun용 키맵 목록이 표시되지만 그 키보드를 선택하면 동작하지 않습니" +#~ "다. 2.6 커널로 설치하면 문제가 없습니다." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "키보드가 동작하게 하려면, <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> 파라미터" +#~ "로 설치 프로그램을 부팅해야 합니다. 키보드를 선택할 때<footnote> <para> 기" +#~ "본 우선순위로 설치하신다면, Sun용 키맵 목록이 나올 때 <userinput>뒤로 가기" +#~ "</userinput> 단추를 사용해 설치 메뉴로 돌아가야 합니다. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, 미국식 (US) 키배치라면 <quote>설정할 키보드 없음</quote>을 고르" +#~ "시고, 지역화된 키보드라면 <quote>USB 키보드</quote>를 고르십시오. <quote>" +#~ "설정할 키보드 없음</quote>은 커널 키맵을 그대로 놔두는 것이고, 이게 미국" +#~ "식 키보드에 맞습니다." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " #~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." diff --git a/po/pot/boot-installer.pot b/po/pot/boot-installer.pot index dcdbedb50..0de9c3ea7 100644 --- a/po/pot/boot-installer.pot +++ b/po/pot/boot-installer.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1840,486 +1840,640 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>url</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>file</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image from. <informalexample><screen>\n" + "$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" + "a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" + "> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>` | \\\n" + "> md5sum\n" + "a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" + "262668+0 records in\n" + "262668+0 records out\n" + "134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> (use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" + "Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" + "hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" + "ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" + "hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" + "Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" + "</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" + "Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" + "$ grep dma settings\n" + "using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" + "</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" + "$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" + "</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." +msgid "Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" - "Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" + "Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -2327,23 +2481,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" - "Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" + "Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" - "Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" - "Configure network HW: [ ]\n" - "Config network: [ ]\n" + "Initial boot: [ ]\n" + "Detect network card: [ ]\n" + "Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" - "Create file systems: [ ]\n" - "Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" + "Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" + "User/password setup: [ ]\n" + "Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" - "Reboot: [ ]\n" + "Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot index 6784e69c5..b3007d84d 100644 --- a/po/pot/installation-howto.pot +++ b/po/pot/installation-howto.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -191,101 +191,101 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/partitioning.pot b/po/pot/partitioning.pot index 0e0ff072a..3db5390c4 100644 --- a/po/pot/partitioning.pot +++ b/po/pot/partitioning.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -635,142 +635,131 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" - "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# cd /dev\n" - "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" - "# chgrp disk hda21\n" - "# chmod 660 hda21\n" - "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "# cd /target/dev\n" - "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" - "# chgrp disk hda21\n" - "# chmod 660 hda21\n" - "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before <command>partman</command> can convert it to use a disk label." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> create the third partition as a <quote>whole disk</quote> partition (i.e. with start and end sectors to span the whole disk), as this renders the disk incompatible with the tools used to make it bootable with aboot. This means that the disk configured by the installer for use as the Debian boot disk will be inaccessible to the operating systems mentioned earlier." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally sufficient." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems are properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -785,97 +774,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/preseed.pot b/po/pot/preseed.pot index 3e3f2413d..8fbf77ec0 100644 --- a/po/pot/preseed.pot +++ b/po/pot/preseed.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." msgstr "" @@ -347,89 +347,89 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 #, no-c-format -msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another <quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto the target system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 +#: preseed.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." +msgid "Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic (crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -437,67 +437,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -505,13 +505,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -522,43 +522,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following lines:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -610,31 +610,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -649,25 +649,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -733,31 +733,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> if you run into problems." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or spare devices has only been tested lightly." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -808,13 +808,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -826,19 +826,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -859,25 +859,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -903,37 +903,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" @@ -941,13 +941,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -972,97 +972,97 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1080,13 +1080,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1098,19 +1098,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1121,19 +1121,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1159,13 +1159,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1178,19 +1178,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1212,19 +1212,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/pot/random-bits.pot b/po/pot/random-bits.pot index af9180681..dfd41571d 100644 --- a/po/pot/random-bits.pot +++ b/po/pot/random-bits.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -375,251 +375,275 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format -msgid "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +msgid "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by adding up the numbers." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" +msgid "1258" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 +#: random-bits.xml:227 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" +msgid "1676" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" +msgid "Laptop" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 +#: random-bits.xml:234 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:239 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 +#: random-bits.xml:247 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 +#: random-bits.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 +#: random-bits.xml:249 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 +#: random-bits.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 +#: random-bits.xml:268 +#, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>13</entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:269 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>13</entry>" +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 +#: random-bits.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 +#: random-bits.xml:277 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:283 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE desktop environments." +msgid "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the Debian chroot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly with various boot or installation media." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan to install X." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -628,7 +652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -639,7 +663,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -647,25 +671,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -675,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -684,31 +708,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -716,31 +740,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>Chroot</command> into it:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -768,55 +792,55 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -859,13 +883,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -875,13 +899,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -890,37 +914,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that <command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -933,13 +957,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -955,79 +979,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1048,13 +1072,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1063,61 +1087,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 210d06330..0fa122853 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -548,242 +548,242 @@ msgstr "" msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." msgstr "" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." -msgstr "" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#: using-d-i.xml:751 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -806,559 +806,559 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1371,577 +1371,577 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1954,61 +1954,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2017,247 +2017,247 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2266,25 +2266,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/boot-installer.po b/po/pt/boot-installer.po index a4da8f6ef..a5f338a3a 100644 --- a/po/pt/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/pt/boot-installer.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 19:36+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-25 21:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -3734,15 +3734,12 @@ msgstr "Parâmetros de instalação Debian" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "O sistema de instalação reconhece alguns parâmetros de arranque adicionais " "<footnote> <para> Note que o kernel 2.4 aceita um máximo de 8 opções de " @@ -3753,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr "" "footnote> que podem ser úteis." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3769,7 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "" "Forma resumida: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3783,7 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "encontrados problemas, o instalador ajusta a prioridade conforme necessário." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3803,13 +3800,13 @@ msgstr "" "críticas e tentará optar pelas opções correctas sem grande confusão." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3850,13 +3847,13 @@ msgstr "" "por ora isto não é muito útil." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3871,49 +3868,49 @@ msgstr "" "arranque.)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "Isto é por omissão" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "Mais detalhes que o habitual" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "Muita informação de eliminação de erros." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3923,13 +3920,13 @@ msgstr "" "permitir um debugging detalhado. Saia para a shell para continuar o arranque." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3941,7 +3938,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -3952,13 +3949,13 @@ msgstr "" "para apenas olhar para um dispositivo." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3976,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "uns minutos após o início da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3988,19 +3985,19 @@ msgstr "" "foram relatados num Dell Inspiron com uma placa Mobile Radeon." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Tais problemas foram reportados no amiga 1200 e SE/30." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "Tais problemas foram reportados em hppa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -4019,13 +4016,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>fb=true</userinput>, abreviado." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/theme" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -4043,13 +4040,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> ou <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -4059,13 +4056,13 @@ msgstr "" "durante o arranque, se isso causar problemas." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -4079,7 +4076,7 @@ msgstr "" "caso do probe DHCP falhar." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -4093,13 +4090,13 @@ msgstr "" "por DHCP e que a informação seja inserida manualmente." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -4110,13 +4107,13 @@ msgstr "" "conhecidos por este mau comportamento." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -4128,13 +4125,13 @@ msgstr "" "install\"/>. Forma resumida: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -4146,13 +4143,13 @@ msgstr "" "resumida: <userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -4171,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr "" "recarregar automaticamente." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -4183,13 +4180,13 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente a partir da drive optical após a instalação inicial." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" @@ -4197,13 +4194,13 @@ msgstr "" "&ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -4215,13 +4212,13 @@ msgstr "" "parãmetro para <userinput>true</userinput> quando arrancar o instalador." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -4231,19 +4228,218 @@ msgstr "" "em vez de efectuar uma instalação normal. Veja a <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "Diagnosticar Problemas no Processo de Instalação" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "Disquetes de confiança" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Disquetes de confiança" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -4253,7 +4449,7 @@ msgstr "" "parece ser a confiança na duração das disquetes." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -4271,15 +4467,14 @@ msgstr "" "muitas mensagens de erros I/O." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "Se está a enfrentar paragens da instalação numa disquete em particular, a " "primeira coisa que deve fazer é re-download da imagem da disquete e gravá-la " @@ -4288,7 +4483,16 @@ msgstr "" "tentar escrever a disquete num sistema diferente." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -4300,7 +4504,7 @@ msgstr "" "bem com a terceira disquete." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -4313,13 +4517,13 @@ msgstr "" "disquetes." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de arranque" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -4333,7 +4537,7 @@ msgstr "" "como foi visto na <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -4346,7 +4550,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4358,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" "dispositivos Plug-n-Play podem ser especialmente problemáticos.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4372,13 +4576,13 @@ msgstr "" "vê, tal como <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Problemas comuns de Instalação em &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4388,7 +4592,7 @@ msgstr "" "evitados passar alguns parâmetros de arranque ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4400,7 +4604,7 @@ msgstr "" "tente o parâmetro <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4420,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4434,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "" "desactiva este teste." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4455,13 +4659,13 @@ msgstr "" "Veja a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> para mais detalhes." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "Bloqueio do Sistema Durante a Fase de Configuração de PCMCIA" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4482,7 +4686,7 @@ msgstr "" "conflito." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4504,13 +4708,13 @@ msgstr "" "introduz estes valors no instalador." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "Bloqueio de Sistema durante o carregamento dos módulos USB" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4530,13 +4734,13 @@ msgstr "" "carregados." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "Interpretar as mensagens de arranque do kernel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4573,13 +4777,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"kernel-baking\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Relatório de Erros" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4598,7 +4802,7 @@ msgstr "" "esta informação ao relatório de erros." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4611,13 +4815,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalado." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Submeter Relatórios de Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4631,7 +4835,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível no maior número de configurações de hardware." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4645,8 +4849,8 @@ msgstr "" "comando <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " "report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" @@ -4655,7 +4859,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4663,23 +4867,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/pt/installation-howto.po b/po/pt/installation-howto.po index 074ad84d4..e355d8418 100644 --- a/po/pt/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/pt/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: howto 24602\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-19 20:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -170,8 +170,10 @@ msgid "" "You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." "img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." msgstr "" -"Se não consegue arrancar a partir de CD, pode efectuar o download das imagens de disquete para instalar o Debian. Precisa de <filename>floppy/boot.img</" -"filename>, de <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> e um ou mais discos de drivers." +"Se não consegue arrancar a partir de CD, pode efectuar o download das " +"imagens de disquete para instalar o Debian. Precisa de <filename>floppy/boot." +"img</filename>, de <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> e um ou mais discos " +"de drivers." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 @@ -195,7 +197,9 @@ msgid "" "floppy, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." msgstr "" "Se planeia fazer a instalação através da rede, precisará de <filename>floppy/" -"net-drivers.img</filename>. Para rede através de PCMCIA ou USB, e algumas placas de rede menos usuais, também irá necessitar de uma segunda disquete de drivers, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." +"net-drivers.img</filename>. Para rede através de PCMCIA ou USB, e algumas " +"placas de rede menos usuais, também irá necessitar de uma segunda disquete " +"de drivers, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:113 @@ -382,23 +386,21 @@ msgstr "Instalação" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "Assim que o instalador iniciar, você será saudado com um ecrã inicial. " "Carregue na tecla &enterkey; para arrancar, ou leia as instruções para os " "outros métodos de arranque e parâmetros (veja a <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/" ">). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Se quizer um kernel 2.4, escreva " -"<userinput>install24</userinput> na prompt <prompt>boot:</prompt>. " -"Por omissão, o kernel é o 2.6. </phrase>" +"<userinput>install24</userinput> na prompt <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Por " +"omissão, o kernel é o 2.6. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -414,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "nessa pequena lista, está disponível uma lista com todos os países do mundo." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -424,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "" "por omissão a menos que conheça melhor." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -434,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" "e carrega o resto da instalação a partir de CD, disquete, USB, etc." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -446,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "a oportunidade para configurar a rede manualmente." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -463,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> do menu." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -479,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "especifique um novo tamanho." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -501,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "informações acerca do particionamento." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -511,7 +513,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá levar algum tempo. Será seguido pela instalação do Kernel. " #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -529,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" "opção e instalar noutro sítio. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -543,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" "explicado no <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -553,13 +555,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Envie-nos um relatório de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -573,7 +575,7 @@ msgstr "" "e corra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -589,13 +591,13 @@ msgstr "" "completamente, veja a <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "E finalmente.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/pt/partitioning.po b/po/pt/partitioning.po index 4829eb79f..38c091100 100644 --- a/po/pt/partitioning.po +++ b/po/pt/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 21:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1058,50 +1058,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Se vai trabalhar com mais de 20 partições no seu disco ide, vai precisar de " -"criar dispositivos para a partição 21 e seguintes. O passo seguinte da " -"inicialização da partição falhará a menos que um dispositivo apropriado " -"esteja presente. Como exemplo, aqui estão os comandos que poderá utilizar no " -"<userinput>tty2</userinput> ou sob <guimenuitem>Executar uma Shell</" -"guimenuitem> para adicionar um dispositivo para que a 21ª partição possa ser " -"inicializada: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Arrancar para o novo sistema irá falhar a menos " -"que os dispositivos apropriados estejam presentes no sistema alvo. Após " -"instalar o kernel e os módulos, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Lembre-se de marcar a sua " -"partição de arranque como <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1119,14 +1080,14 @@ msgstr "" "deverá seguir se está a partilhar os seus discos com MacOS." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Particionar para &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1149,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "converter para utilizar uma disk label." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1162,7 +1123,7 @@ msgstr "" "tem de utilizar o comando <quote>b</quote> para entrar em modo de disk label." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1185,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" "operativos mencionados anteriormente." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1209,7 +1170,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aboot</command>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1229,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "tentar instalar o gestor de arranque." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1259,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "querer ter; 25–50MB geralmente é suficiente." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1271,10 +1232,15 @@ msgid "" "partition and change its size." msgstr "" "Se tem outro sistema operativo existente tal como o DOS ou Windows e quer " -"preservar esse sistema operativo enquanto instala Debian, poderá necessitar de redimensionar a sua partição de modo a libertar espaço para para a instalação de Debian. O instalador suporta o redimensionamento de ambos os sistemas de ficheiros FAT e NTFS; Quando chegar à etapa de particionamento no instalador, escolha a opção <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> e depois simplesmente escolha uma partição existente e altere o seu tamanho." +"preservar esse sistema operativo enquanto instala Debian, poderá necessitar " +"de redimensionar a sua partição de modo a libertar espaço para para a " +"instalação de Debian. O instalador suporta o redimensionamento de ambos os " +"sistemas de ficheiros FAT e NTFS; Quando chegar à etapa de particionamento " +"no instalador, escolha a opção <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> e depois " +"simplesmente escolha uma partição existente e altere o seu tamanho." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1296,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" "vista geral breve para ajudá-lo a planear a maioria das situações." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1316,7 +1282,7 @@ msgstr "" "estendida; contudo, apenas pode ter uma única partição estendida por disco. " #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1334,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "primeiro crie manualmente dispositivos para essas partições." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1351,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "tradução BIOS)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1379,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "" "que o Linux não utiliza a BIOS para acesso ao disco." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1402,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>traduzida</emphasis> dos primeiros 1024 cilindros." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1426,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "capacidade." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1443,13 +1409,13 @@ msgstr "" "no disco." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "Formatos reconhecidos EFI" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1467,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "ambas as tabelas GPT e MS-DOS." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1483,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de <emphasis>swap</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1532,13 +1498,13 @@ msgstr "" "devido ao scan feito ao disco para maus blocos." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "Requisitos para a Partição do Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1555,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "melhor opção." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1582,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1592,13 +1558,13 @@ msgstr "" "que o sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "Partições de Diagnóstico EFI" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1621,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1639,13 +1605,13 @@ msgstr "" "tamanho diferente. Note que o volume header tem de começar no sector 0." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "Particionar PowerMacs Recentes" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1669,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "usando o comando <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1682,7 +1648,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1701,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "manipular esta partição." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1723,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "a lógica da ordem do mapa, não a ordem do endereço físico." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1739,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "" "disco que não tenha partições MacOS activas e partições de dispositivos." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1753,7 +1719,7 @@ msgstr "" "é usada no <command>fdisk</command> para criar Sun disk labels." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1775,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" "tabela de partições e o bloco de arranque de parte." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1789,6 +1755,49 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> a manter-se." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se vai trabalhar com mais de 20 partições no seu disco ide, vai precisar " +#~ "de criar dispositivos para a partição 21 e seguintes. O passo seguinte da " +#~ "inicialização da partição falhará a menos que um dispositivo apropriado " +#~ "esteja presente. Como exemplo, aqui estão os comandos que poderá utilizar " +#~ "no <userinput>tty2</userinput> ou sob <guimenuitem>Executar uma Shell</" +#~ "guimenuitem> para adicionar um dispositivo para que a 21ª partição possa " +#~ "ser inicializada: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Arrancar para o novo sistema irá falhar a " +#~ "menos que os dispositivos apropriados estejam presentes no sistema alvo. " +#~ "Após instalar o kernel e os módulos, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Lembre-se de marcar a " +#~ "sua partição de arranque como <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "One of these programs will be run by default when you select " #~ "<guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. If the one which is run " #~ "by default isn't the one you want, quit the partitioner, go to the shell " diff --git a/po/pt/preseed.po b/po/pt/preseed.po index ae6829cea..051002c72 100644 --- a/po/pt/preseed.po +++ b/po/pt/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 21:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "i; para automatizar a sua instalação." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -605,12 +605,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "Um <quote>--</quote> nas opções de arranque tem um significado especial. Os " "parâmetros do kernel que aparecem após isso serão copiados para a " @@ -619,14 +625,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar presente nos parâmetros por omissão do gestor de arranque." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "O kernel da série 2.4 aceita um máximo de 8 argumentos pela linha de " "comandos e 8 variáveis de ambiente (incluído quaisquer escolhas adicionadas " @@ -636,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "" "pela linha de comandos e 32 variáveis de ambiente." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -649,7 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" "opções para o preseeding." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -659,13 +664,13 @@ msgstr "" "parâmetros de arranque, mesmo que os delimite com aspas." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "Criar um ficheiro de pré-configuração" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -677,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiro de pré-configuração é:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "<owner> <questão name> <questão type> <value>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." @@ -692,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "" "de pré-configuração." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -702,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionais serão interpretados como pertencendo ao valor." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -716,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" "entre o tipo e o valor." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -729,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizados os valores traduzidos." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -739,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "mostrado durante a instalação." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -750,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "base e trabalhar a partir daqui." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -764,7 +769,7 @@ msgstr "" "debconf e a base de dados de cdebconf do instalador para um ficheiro único:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -774,7 +779,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -786,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" "partida para a maioria dos utilizadores." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -801,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr "" "informação sensível, por omissão os ficheiros são apenas legíveis pelo root." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -813,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -830,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuídos às variáveis." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -842,13 +847,13 @@ msgstr "" "selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "Conteúdos do ficheiro de pré-configuração" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -864,13 +869,13 @@ msgstr "" "apropriados para a sua arquitectura." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localização" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -882,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "apenas ser carregado após estas questões terem sido colocadas." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -894,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -904,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -918,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr "" "de ser válido para a arquictectura de teclado escolhida." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -934,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -946,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "resultar em que o keymap do kernel continue activo." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -959,13 +964,13 @@ msgstr "" "(<userinput>at</userinput>)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Configuração de rede" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -981,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuração de rede utilizando parâmetros de arranque do kernel." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -994,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -1014,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> que contenha as seguintes linhas:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -1024,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -1109,13 +1114,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Parâmetros do mirror" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1128,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr "" "list</filename> para o sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1138,7 +1143,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1156,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> é o mesmo que o <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1180,13 +1185,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1205,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "vários discos utilizando o preseeding." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1218,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "preseeding." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1351,13 +1356,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "Particionamento utilizando RAID" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1373,7 +1378,7 @@ msgstr "" "veja <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1389,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador. Se tiver problemas veja <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1401,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrays' ou dispositivos de reserva foram apenas ligeiramente testados." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1501,13 +1506,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Configuração do relógio e fuso horário" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1525,13 +1530,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Configuração do Apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1545,7 +1550,7 @@ msgstr "" "acrescentar outros repositórios (locais)." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1582,13 +1587,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Configuração de contas" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1600,7 +1605,7 @@ msgstr "" "texto simples ou <emphasis>hashes</emphasis> MD5." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1616,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "segurança já que o acesso a hashes MD5 permite ataques \"à bruta\"." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1662,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1682,7 +1687,7 @@ msgstr "" "autenticação SSH ou <command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." @@ -1690,19 +1695,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pode ser gerada uma hash MD5 para uma password utilizando o seguinte comando." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Instalação do sistema base" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1713,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação. As únicas perguntas colocadas referem-se à instalação do kernel." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1725,13 +1730,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Instalação do gestor de arranque" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1779,13 +1784,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Selecção de pacotes" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1795,73 +1800,73 @@ msgstr "" "tarefas disponíveis neste momento incluem:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1873,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "inclusão da tarefa <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1887,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "espaços, pode também utiliza-lo na linha de comandos do kernel." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1917,13 +1922,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "A terminar a instalação da primeira etapa" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1941,13 +1946,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Configuração do servidor de email" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1957,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" "como evitar mesmo essas. É possível um preseed mais complicado." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1973,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Configuração do X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1991,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurador de X em Debian não faz a configuração automática de tudo." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -2041,13 +2046,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Preseed de outros pacotes" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -2070,19 +2075,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Opções avançadas" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Comandos da shell" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2121,13 +2126,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Carregamento em série dos ficheiros de pré-configuração" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2144,7 +2149,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/pt/random-bits.po b/po/pt/random-bits.po index f73dd877e..5c81772f5 100644 --- a/po/pt/random-bits.po +++ b/po/pt/random-bits.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 21:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -453,16 +453,17 @@ msgstr "Espaço em Disco Necessário para Tarefas" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "A instalação base do sarge para i386, utilizando o kernel 2.4 por omissão, " "incluindo todos os pacotes standard, necessita de 573MB de espaço em disco." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -476,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" "menor que o total obtido somando os números." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -493,203 +494,227 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Tarefa" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Espaço instalado (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Tamanho do download (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Espaço necessário para instalar (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Desktop" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "1258" +msgstr "2058" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 -#, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Servidor Web" +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Servidor Web" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>119</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Servidor de Impressão" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "Servidor de DNS" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Servidor de Ficheiros" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "Servidor de Mail" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "Base de Dados SQL" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>323</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "A tarefa <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> irá instalar ambos os ambientes de " "desktop GNOME e KDE." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -704,13 +729,13 @@ msgstr "" "download e instalação." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "Instalar &debian; a partir de um sistema Unix/Linux" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -732,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "" "<prompt>#</prompt> refere-se a comandos introduzidos no chroot Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -749,13 +774,13 @@ msgstr "" "arranque." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Começar" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -769,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação de apenas consola, ou pelo menos 300MB se planeia instalar o X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -787,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" "ext2, omita <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -811,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" "completamente arbitrário, é referenciado depois mais abaixo." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -821,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -833,13 +858,13 @@ msgstr "" "directórios antes de proceder para a próxima etapa." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Instalar <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -864,7 +889,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -887,10 +912,11 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua arquitectura). Faça o download do .deb <command>debootstrap</" "command> a partir do <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/" "debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, copie o pacote para o directório de trabalho, " -"e extraia dele os ficheiros. Você necessita ter privilégios de root para instalar os ficheiros." +"e extraia dele os ficheiros. Você necessita ter privilégios de root para " +"instalar os ficheiros." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -902,13 +928,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Corra <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -925,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -937,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -957,7 +983,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -967,13 +993,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -983,19 +1009,19 @@ msgstr "" "disco. Faça nele o <command>Chroot</command>:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Partições a Montar" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1060,13 +1086,13 @@ msgstr "" "antes de continuar." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1077,31 +1103,31 @@ msgstr "" "não-vazio. Se isto falhar, você pode montar o proc fora da chroot:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Configurar o Teclado" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "Para configurar o seu teclado:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1111,13 +1137,13 @@ msgstr "" "configurado após o próximo reboot." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Configurar a Rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1217,13 +1243,13 @@ msgstr "" "associada com um nome de interface (eth0, eth1, etc.) que você espera." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Configurar Locales" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1249,13 +1275,13 @@ msgstr "" "apropriado." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Instalar um Kernel" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1272,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "do pacote." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1282,13 +1308,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Configurar o Boot Loader" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1303,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "para o fazer." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1325,13 +1351,13 @@ msgstr "" "relativo ao sistema de onde o chama)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Aqui está um <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> simples como exemplo:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1351,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1370,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "você o chamar)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1400,13 +1426,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>ide0:</userinput> em vez de <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Instalar &debian; a partir de uma linha IP Paralela (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1420,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "estar ligado a uma rede que tenha um mirror Debian (e.g. à Internet)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1436,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "livres dentro do seu espaço de endereçamento de rede)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1447,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "após reiniciar para o sistema instalado (veja <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1461,13 +1487,13 @@ msgstr "" "literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Requisitos" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1477,14 +1503,14 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" "Media de instalação do sistema; veja <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1494,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" "irá funcionar como gateway." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1506,13 +1532,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Configurando a fonte" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1522,7 +1548,7 @@ msgstr "" "fonte como uma gateway para a Internet utilizando ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1564,13 +1590,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Instalar o alvo" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1597,13 +1623,13 @@ msgstr "" "durante as várias etapas da instalação." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Carregar os componentes do instalador a partir de CD" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1613,13 +1639,13 @@ msgstr "" "disponibilizar os drivers PLIP para o sistema de instalação." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Detectar hardware de rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1634,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "" "irá mostrar esta lista." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1646,19 +1672,19 @@ msgstr "" "partir de uma lista. Escolha o módulo <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Configurar a rede" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-configurar a rede com DHCP: Não" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1666,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "Endereço IP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1676,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1685,6 +1711,30 @@ msgstr "" "Endereços de servidor de nomes: você pode introduzir os mesmos endereços " "utilizados na fonte (veja <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " @@ -3533,23 +3583,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "<entry>521</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>521</entry>" -#~ msgid "2058" -#~ msgstr "2058" - #~ msgid "<entry>92</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>92</entry>" -#~ msgid "<entry>323</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>323</entry>" - #~ msgid "<entry>41</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>41</entry>" #~ msgid "<entry>53</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>53</entry>" -#~ msgid "<entry>119</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>119</entry>" - #~ msgid "<entry>141</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>141</entry>" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 48cb04859..61708fe7e 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 21:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -981,58 +981,14 @@ msgstr "" "(gravada com 'alt' na maioria dos teclados Mac). Nos outros aspectos os dois " "layouts são similares." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Se está a instalar num sistema que tem um teclado Sun USB e iniciou o " -"instalador com o kernel por omissão 2.4, o teclado não será correctamente " -"identificado pelo sistema de instalação. O instalador irá mostrar uma lista " -"com alguns keymaps do tipo Sun para escolher, mas escolher um desses irá " -"resultar num teclado que não funciona. Se está a instalar com o kernel 2.6, " -"não existe qualquer problema." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Para ter um teclado funcional, você deve iniciar o instalador com o " -"parâmetro <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Quando você chegar à " -"selecção de teclado<footnote> <para> Se você está a instalar com a " -"prioridade por omissão você deve utilizar o botão<userinput>Voltar Atrás</" -"userinput> para voltar ao menu do instalador quando lhe for mostrada uma " -"lista de keymaps do tipo Sun. </para> </footnote>, escolha <quote>sem " -"teclado para configurar</quote> se tem um teclado com uma disposição " -"Americana (US), ou escolha <quote>teclado USB</quote> se tem um teclado com " -"uma disposição localizada. Escolher <quote>Sem teclado para configurar</" -"quote> irá deixar o keymap do kernel, que é o correcto para teclados US." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Procurar a Imagem ISO do Instalador do Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1046,7 +1002,7 @@ msgstr "" "componente <command>iso-scan</command> faz exactamente isto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1077,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> procura por outra imagem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1092,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1110,13 +1066,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto na segunda consola, sem reiniciar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Configuração de Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1137,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1161,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "" "novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1185,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1210,13 +1166,13 @@ msgstr "" "pela configuração da rede." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1234,13 +1190,13 @@ msgstr "" "aspectos relacionados com dispositivos LVM e RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Particionar os Seus Discos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1252,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1267,14 +1223,15 @@ msgstr "" "partir do menu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "Se escolheu o particionamento guiado, poderá ter três opções: criar as " "partições directamente no disco rígido (método clássico), ou cria-las " @@ -1283,7 +1240,14 @@ msgstr "" "disponível em todas as arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1300,7 +1264,18 @@ msgstr "" "aos seus dados pessoais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1318,7 +1293,7 @@ msgstr "" "para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1336,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" "discos pode ajudar a identifica-los." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1352,7 +1327,7 @@ msgstr "" "(encriptado) isto não é possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1370,73 +1345,73 @@ msgstr "" "espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1446,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1460,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro da partição LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1475,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1487,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "reservar este espaço para o gestor de arranque aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1499,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1550,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1571,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1587,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1602,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1636,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1658,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainda apagar a partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1674,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1686,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1702,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1717,13 +1692,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar o Dispositivo Multidisk (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1743,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" "sua variante mais famosa <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1758,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1839,55 +1814,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir :" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1895,43 +1870,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1941,7 +1916,7 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1951,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "no <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1967,7 +1942,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1985,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "forma manual através da shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2008,7 +1983,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2020,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2041,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "erro seja corrigido." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2051,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessita de utilizar pelo menos <emphasis>três</emphasis> partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2062,14 +2037,14 @@ msgid "" "for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" "É perfeitamente possível ter vários tipos de MD ao mesmo tempo. Por exemplo " -"se tiver três discos rígidos de 200 GB dedicados a MD, cada uma contendo duas " -"partições de 100 GB, pode combinar as primeiras partições nos três discos em " -"RAID0 (partição rápida de 300GB para edição de vídeo) e usar as outras três " -"partições (2 activas e 1 sobresselente) para RAID1 (muito fiável para uma " -"partição <filename>/home</filename> de 100GB)." +"se tiver três discos rígidos de 200 GB dedicados a MD, cada uma contendo " +"duas partições de 100 GB, pode combinar as primeiras partições nos três " +"discos em RAID0 (partição rápida de 300GB para edição de vídeo) e usar as " +"outras três partições (2 activas e 1 sobresselente) para RAID1 (muito fiável " +"para uma partição <filename>/home</filename> de 100GB)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2084,13 +2059,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2107,7 +2082,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2127,7 +2102,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2148,7 +2123,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2165,7 +2140,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2185,7 +2160,7 @@ msgstr "" "contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2195,43 +2170,43 @@ msgstr "" "estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Criar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Apagar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2241,7 +2216,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2251,7 +2226,7 @@ msgstr "" "depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2266,7 +2241,7 @@ msgstr "" "começar do início." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2278,13 +2253,13 @@ msgstr "" "deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2307,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2335,7 +2310,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2350,7 +2325,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2371,7 +2346,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2388,7 +2363,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2402,13 +2377,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2434,13 +2409,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2454,13 +2429,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2478,7 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "" "repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2493,25 +2468,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2525,13 +2500,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2549,7 +2524,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2569,13 +2544,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2596,7 +2571,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2608,13 +2583,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2627,26 +2602,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2660,19 +2635,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a acima a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2686,7 +2661,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>frases-passe</emphasis> como chaves de encriptação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2705,7 +2680,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2722,7 +2697,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2747,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2770,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2804,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2824,7 +2799,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2834,13 +2809,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Configurar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2850,13 +2825,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizadas para configurar o sistema que vai ser instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Configurar O Seu Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2870,13 +2845,13 @@ msgstr "" "perguntado nada e o sistema assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2890,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2909,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" "GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2922,19 +2897,19 @@ msgstr "" "UTC você pode acertar o relógio para a hora actual depois de ter instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2949,7 +2924,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2966,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2979,13 +2954,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2999,7 +2974,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3020,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3035,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3045,13 +3020,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3064,13 +3039,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Instalação do Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -3086,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Alt esquerdo</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -3098,7 +3073,7 @@ msgstr "" "efectuada através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3112,13 +3087,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3134,13 +3109,13 @@ msgstr "" "base se tiver um computador ou uma rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3175,7 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "" "bom interface com o utilizador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3193,13 +3168,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar completa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3217,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3251,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3262,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "pacotes que seleccionou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3272,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3286,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "" "não instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3301,13 +3276,13 @@ msgstr "" "este processo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3323,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, que é relativamente pequeno, flexível, e fácil de aprender." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3338,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr "" "lhe avisos importantes por email." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3348,13 +3323,13 @@ msgstr "" "de mail. Escolha o que mais se adequa às suas necessidades:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "site de internet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3368,13 +3343,13 @@ msgstr "" "domínios para os quais deseja aceitar e encaminhar o correio." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "correio enviado por smarthost" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3393,13 +3368,13 @@ msgstr "" "telefónico." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "distribuição local apenas" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3418,13 +3393,13 @@ msgstr "" "pergunta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "sem configuração neste momento" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3439,7 +3414,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3455,13 +3430,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command> em <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3476,7 +3451,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3492,13 +3467,13 @@ msgstr "" "arranque para mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3514,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3531,13 +3506,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3559,13 +3534,13 @@ msgstr "" "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3582,19 +3557,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3606,7 +3581,7 @@ msgstr "" "quer para novatos quer para utilizadores experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3618,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3628,13 +3603,13 @@ msgstr "" "menu principal e a partir daí seleccione o gestor de arranque que desejar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3651,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3665,7 +3640,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3675,13 +3650,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3691,13 +3666,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3709,13 +3684,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3733,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3751,14 +3726,14 @@ msgstr "" "assunto leia por favor a <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3787,7 +3762,7 @@ msgstr "" "na realidade o arranque do kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3805,13 +3780,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3829,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "pode formatar a partição durante a instalação, apagando todo o seu conteúdo!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3865,13 +3840,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3883,13 +3858,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3903,13 +3878,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3924,13 +3899,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3943,13 +3918,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3963,13 +3938,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4013,13 +3988,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4029,13 +4004,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4044,13 +4019,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4059,13 +4034,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4075,13 +4050,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4110,13 +4085,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4126,13 +4101,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4140,7 +4115,7 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4149,13 +4124,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "nome" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4165,7 +4140,7 @@ msgstr "" "omissão <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4176,19 +4151,19 @@ msgstr "" "para a sua utilização." #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4209,13 +4184,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4230,13 +4205,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4253,13 +4228,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4291,13 +4266,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4316,7 +4291,7 @@ msgstr "" "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4338,13 +4313,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4354,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr "" "novo. Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4374,7 +4349,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4388,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4406,13 +4381,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4424,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4440,13 +4415,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4469,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bourne shell chamada de <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4487,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr "" "auto-completar e o histórico." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4507,13 +4482,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir a shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4531,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4554,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4564,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4587,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4599,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4631,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4649,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4669,7 +4644,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4685,7 +4660,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4696,6 +4671,45 @@ msgstr "" "terminada." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Se está a instalar num sistema que tem um teclado Sun USB e iniciou o " +#~ "instalador com o kernel por omissão 2.4, o teclado não será correctamente " +#~ "identificado pelo sistema de instalação. O instalador irá mostrar uma " +#~ "lista com alguns keymaps do tipo Sun para escolher, mas escolher um " +#~ "desses irá resultar num teclado que não funciona. Se está a instalar com " +#~ "o kernel 2.6, não existe qualquer problema." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Para ter um teclado funcional, você deve iniciar o instalador com o " +#~ "parâmetro <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Quando você chegar à " +#~ "selecção de teclado<footnote> <para> Se você está a instalar com a " +#~ "prioridade por omissão você deve utilizar o botão<userinput>Voltar Atrás</" +#~ "userinput> para voltar ao menu do instalador quando lhe for mostrada uma " +#~ "lista de keymaps do tipo Sun. </para> </footnote>, escolha <quote>sem " +#~ "teclado para configurar</quote> se tem um teclado com uma disposição " +#~ "Americana (US), ou escolha <quote>teclado USB</quote> se tem um teclado " +#~ "com uma disposição localizada. Escolher <quote>Sem teclado para " +#~ "configurar</quote> irá deixar o keymap do kernel, que é o correcto para " +#~ "teclados US." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " #~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index 440130b85..f0ebc8901 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-25 04:33+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -979,60 +979,14 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>Option</keycap> (inscripţionată cu 'alt' pe cele mai multe tastaturi " "Mac). În celelalte privinţe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare." -# XXX: 2.4 is no longer default! should this be abolished? -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Dacă instalaţi pe un sistem care are o tastatură Sun USB şi aţi pornit " -"programul de instalare cu nucleul implicit 2.4, tastatura nu va fi " -"identificată corect de sistemul de instalare. Programul de instalare vă va " -"afişa o listă de tastaturi de tip Sun din care să alegeţi, dar selectarea " -"uneia dintre acestea va duce la o tastatură nefuncţională. Dacă instalaţi cu " -"nucleul 2.6, nu va fi nici o problemă." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a obţine o tastatură funcţională, va trebui să porniţi programul de " -"instalare cu parametrul <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Când " -"ajungeţi la selectarea tastaturii<footnote> <para> Dacă instalaţi la " -"prioritatea implicită, va trebui să folosiţi butonul <userinput>Înapoi</" -"userinput> pentru a vă întoarce la meniul programului de instalare unde sunt " -"afişate lista de aranjamente de tastatură de tip Sun. </para> </footnote>, " -"alegeţi <quote>Nici o tastatură de configurat</quote> dacă aveţi o tastatură " -"cu aranjament American (US), sau alegeţi <quote>Tastatură USB</quote>, dacă " -"aveţi o tastatură cu aranjament localizat. Dacă selectaţi <quote>Nici o " -"tastatură de configurat</quote> harta tastaturii din nucleu va fi lăsată în " -"pace, lucru corect pentru tastaturile US." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Căutarea imaginii ISO a Programului de instalare al Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1046,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Componenta <command>iso-scan</command> face chiar acest lucru." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1076,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1090,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "chiar traversează întregul sistem de fişiere." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1108,13 +1062,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Configurarea reţelisticii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1135,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1159,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" "este cum trebuie, încercaţi din nou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1184,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: „address is the bitwise” does not fit quite well #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1210,13 +1164,13 @@ msgstr "" "de configurare a reţelei." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partiţionarea şi selectarea punctelor de montare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1236,13 +1190,13 @@ msgstr "" "RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Partiţionarea discurilor" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1254,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1269,14 +1223,15 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "Dacă alegeţi partiţionarea ghidată, aţi putea avea trei opţiuni: să creaţi " "partiţii direct pe discul fix (metoda clasică), să le creaţi folosind " @@ -1284,9 +1239,16 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>LVM</quote> criptat. Notă: este posibil ca opţiunea de a folosi LVM " "(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1304,7 +1266,18 @@ msgstr "" "pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1322,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "" "cere să confirmaţi aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1341,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificarea lor." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1357,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1376,73 +1349,73 @@ msgstr "" "eşua." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Schema de partiţionare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Spaţiu minim" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partiţii create" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Toate fişierele pe o partiţie" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partiţie /home separată" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partiţii /home, /usr, /var şi /tmp separate" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1452,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1466,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiţiei LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1481,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1493,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "a rezerva spaţiu pentru încărcătorul de sistem aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1506,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: NOTE??? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1557,7 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiţionarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1578,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" "propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiţionarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1594,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secţiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1609,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1644,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1666,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "şi să ştergeţi o partiţie." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1682,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "" "lăsa să continuaţi până nu corectaţi această problemă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1694,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuaţi până când nu alocaţi una." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1711,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1726,13 +1699,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemele de fişiere ar trebui create aşa cum s-a cerut." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1753,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</firstterm></quote>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1768,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" "montare, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1851,55 +1824,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipul" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minim de dispozitive" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Supravieţuieşte la un defect de disc?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Spaţiu disponibil" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -1907,43 +1880,43 @@ msgstr "" "RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opţional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>da</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiţii din RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1953,7 +1926,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1964,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1981,7 +1954,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2000,7 +1973,7 @@ msgstr "" "de instalare sau configurare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2022,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr "" "depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2034,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectaţi partiţiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2055,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr "" "problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2066,7 +2039,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiţii active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2084,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "(partiţie de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2099,13 +2072,13 @@ msgstr "" "precum punctele de montare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2116,7 +2089,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2129,7 +2102,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2142,7 +2115,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2153,7 +2126,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2166,7 +2139,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2174,43 +2147,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2218,7 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2226,7 +2199,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2236,7 +2209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2245,13 +2218,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2265,7 +2238,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2282,7 +2255,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2292,7 +2265,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2305,7 +2278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2316,7 +2289,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2326,13 +2299,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2348,13 +2321,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2364,13 +2337,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2382,7 +2355,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2392,25 +2365,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2420,13 +2393,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2438,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2451,13 +2424,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2471,7 +2444,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2480,13 +2453,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2495,25 +2468,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2523,19 +2496,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2545,7 +2518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2557,7 +2530,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2568,7 +2541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2583,7 +2556,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2597,7 +2570,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2617,7 +2590,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2630,7 +2603,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2638,13 +2611,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2652,13 +2625,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2668,13 +2641,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2684,7 +2657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2696,7 +2669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2706,19 +2679,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2728,7 +2701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2739,7 +2712,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2748,13 +2721,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2764,7 +2737,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2777,7 +2750,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2787,7 +2760,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2795,13 +2768,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2811,13 +2784,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2828,7 +2801,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2837,7 +2810,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2847,13 +2820,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2864,13 +2837,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2890,7 +2863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2902,13 +2875,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2920,7 +2893,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2940,7 +2913,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2948,7 +2921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2956,7 +2929,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2966,7 +2939,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2976,13 +2949,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2993,7 +2966,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3003,7 +2976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3011,13 +2984,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3027,13 +3000,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3045,13 +3018,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3063,13 +3036,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3079,7 +3052,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3090,13 +3063,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3106,7 +3079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3117,13 +3090,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3134,7 +3107,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3145,13 +3118,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3165,13 +3138,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3182,19 +3155,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3203,7 +3176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3212,7 +3185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3220,13 +3193,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3237,7 +3210,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3247,7 +3220,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3255,13 +3228,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3269,13 +3242,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3284,13 +3257,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3302,7 +3275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3314,13 +3287,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3337,7 +3310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3349,13 +3322,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3367,13 +3340,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3391,13 +3364,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3406,13 +3379,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3422,13 +3395,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3438,13 +3411,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3453,13 +3426,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3469,13 +3442,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3500,13 +3473,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3514,13 +3487,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3528,13 +3501,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3542,13 +3515,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3556,13 +3529,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3579,13 +3552,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3593,20 +3566,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3614,13 +3587,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3628,7 +3601,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3636,19 +3609,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3661,13 +3634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3677,13 +3650,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3694,13 +3667,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3718,13 +3691,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3736,7 +3709,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3750,13 +3723,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3764,13 +3737,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3780,7 +3753,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3790,13 +3763,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3805,13 +3778,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3820,7 +3793,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3831,13 +3804,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3851,7 +3824,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3863,7 +3836,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3876,13 +3849,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3894,7 +3867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3908,7 +3881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3916,7 +3889,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3930,7 +3903,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3939,7 +3912,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3958,7 +3931,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3970,7 +3943,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3983,7 +3956,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3994,13 +3967,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " "resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." msgstr "" +# XXX: 2.4 is no longer default! should this be abolished? +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Dacă instalaţi pe un sistem care are o tastatură Sun USB şi aţi pornit " +#~ "programul de instalare cu nucleul implicit 2.4, tastatura nu va fi " +#~ "identificată corect de sistemul de instalare. Programul de instalare vă " +#~ "va afişa o listă de tastaturi de tip Sun din care să alegeţi, dar " +#~ "selectarea uneia dintre acestea va duce la o tastatură nefuncţională. " +#~ "Dacă instalaţi cu nucleul 2.6, nu va fi nici o problemă." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pentru a obţine o tastatură funcţională, va trebui să porniţi programul " +#~ "de instalare cu parametrul <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Când " +#~ "ajungeţi la selectarea tastaturii<footnote> <para> Dacă instalaţi la " +#~ "prioritatea implicită, va trebui să folosiţi butonul <userinput>Înapoi</" +#~ "userinput> pentru a vă întoarce la meniul programului de instalare unde " +#~ "sunt afişate lista de aranjamente de tastatură de tip Sun. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, alegeţi <quote>Nici o tastatură de configurat</quote> dacă " +#~ "aveţi o tastatură cu aranjament American (US), sau alegeţi " +#~ "<quote>Tastatură USB</quote>, dacă aveţi o tastatură cu aranjament " +#~ "localizat. Dacă selectaţi <quote>Nici o tastatură de configurat</quote> " +#~ "harta tastaturii din nucleu va fi lăsată în pace, lucru corect pentru " +#~ "tastaturile US." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " diff --git a/po/ru/boot-installer.po b/po/ru/boot-installer.po index cdcb6af12..6724da3d5 100644 --- a/po/ru/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/ru/boot-installer.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 10:46+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:4 @@ -1031,7 +1032,8 @@ msgstr "" #: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1152 #: boot-installer.xml:1973 boot-installer.xml:2313 boot-installer.xml:2667 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." msgstr "" "При возникновении проблем с загрузкой смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-" "troubleshooting\"/>." @@ -1202,7 +1204,8 @@ msgstr "Загрузка с CD-ROM" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" msgstr "" "Загрузка из Linux с помощью <command>LILO</command> или <command>GRUB</" "command>" @@ -1401,10 +1404,10 @@ msgid "" "<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." msgstr "" "При установке с привода LS-120 (ATAPI версия), вам нужно задать виртуальный " -"путь к дисководу. Он указывается в параметре загрузки " -"<emphasis>root=</emphasis>, где указывается устройство, на которое драйвер ide-" -"floppy назначит привод. Например, если привод LS-120 подключён как первое " -"IDE устройство (мастер) на второй кабель, введите в приглашении к загрузке " +"путь к дисководу. Он указывается в параметре загрузки <emphasis>root=</" +"emphasis>, где указывается устройство, на которое драйвер ide-floppy " +"назначит привод. Например, если привод LS-120 подключён как первое IDE " +"устройство (мастер) на второй кабель, введите в приглашении к загрузке " "<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput>." #. Tag: para @@ -1504,7 +1507,8 @@ msgstr "Сетевая карта с сетевым BootROM" msgid "" "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " "functionality." -msgstr "Возможно, что сетевая карта (NIC) предоставляет возможность загрузки по TFTP." +msgstr "" +"Возможно, что сетевая карта (NIC) предоставляет возможность загрузки по TFTP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1045 @@ -3286,7 +3290,8 @@ msgstr "Загрузка с карты памяти USB" #: boot-installer.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." -msgstr "В настоящий момент системы NewWorld PowerMac можно загружать с USB устройств." +msgstr "" +"В настоящий момент системы NewWorld PowerMac можно загружать с USB устройств." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2445 @@ -3712,15 +3717,12 @@ msgstr "Параметры программы установки Debian" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "Система установки анализирует некоторые дополнительные параметры " "загрузки<footnote> <para>. Заметим, что ядро 2.4 позволяет задать только 8 " @@ -3731,13 +3733,13 @@ msgstr "" "переменных среды. </para> </footnote>, что может быть полезно." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3747,7 +3749,7 @@ msgstr "" "форма: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3762,7 +3764,7 @@ msgstr "" "приоритета." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3782,13 +3784,13 @@ msgstr "" "всё сделать правильно самостоятельно." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3829,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3850,49 +3852,49 @@ msgstr "" "продолжению процесса загрузки.)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "Значение по умолчанию." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "Подробней чем обычно." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "Много отладочной информации." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3903,13 +3905,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузка продолжится." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3921,7 +3923,7 @@ msgstr "" "floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -3932,13 +3934,13 @@ msgstr "" "дискету только на избранном устройстве." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3956,7 +3958,7 @@ msgstr "" "пустой экран или замирание на несколько минут в начале установки." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3968,19 +3970,19 @@ msgstr "" "картой Mobile Radeon." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Подобные проблемы замечены на Amiga 1200 и SE/30." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "Подобные проблемы замечены на hppa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -3999,13 +4001,13 @@ msgstr "" "для краткости <userinput>fb=true</userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/theme" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -4024,13 +4026,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -4040,13 +4042,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузке, если это вызывает проблемы." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -4060,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr "" "случае ошибок при работе с DHCP." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -4074,13 +4076,13 @@ msgstr "" "отключить настройку сети по DHCP и ввести информацию вручную." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -4091,13 +4093,13 @@ msgstr "" "ноутбуков." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -4109,13 +4111,13 @@ msgstr "" "форма: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -4127,13 +4129,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -4152,7 +4154,7 @@ msgstr "" "способны загружать носитель автоматически." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -4164,25 +4166,26 @@ msgstr "" "диска после начальной установки." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Если вы используете ядро 2.2.x, может потребоваться установить &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете ядро 2.2.x, может потребоваться установить &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -4194,13 +4197,13 @@ msgstr "" "равным <userinput>true</userinput> при загрузке программы установки." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -4210,19 +4213,218 @@ msgstr "" "вместо обычного режима установки. Смотрите <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "Диагностика проблем процесса установки" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "Надёжность дискет" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Надёжность дискет" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -4232,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливающих Debian." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -4250,15 +4452,14 @@ msgstr "" "сообщений об ошибках ввода-вывода (disk I/O error)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "Если установка замирает на какой-то дискете, сперва попробуйте загрузить " "заново образ дискеты и записать его на <emphasis>другую</emphasis> дискету. " @@ -4267,7 +4468,16 @@ msgstr "" "ошибок. Иногда полезно попробовать записать дискету на другой системе." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -4278,7 +4488,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> раза, прежде чем она заработала, и затем всё пошло нормально." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -4290,13 +4500,13 @@ msgstr "" "случается из-за плохо работающих дисководов и их микропрограмм." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Настройка загрузки" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -4309,7 +4519,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметры загрузки, как это обсуждается в <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -4322,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4335,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4349,13 +4559,13 @@ msgstr "" "— <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Распространённые проблемы установки на &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4366,7 +4576,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4379,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4400,7 +4610,7 @@ msgstr "" "секторов</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4414,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" "выключает этот тест." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4435,13 +4645,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "Система подвисает во время настройки PCMCIA" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4462,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" "проблемы." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4485,13 +4695,13 @@ msgstr "" "они есть." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "Система подвисает во время загрузки USB модулей" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4511,13 +4721,13 @@ msgstr "" "приглашении загрузки, который запрещает загрузку модулей." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "Интерпретация загрузочных сообщений ядра" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4553,13 +4763,13 @@ msgstr "" "собственное ядро (смотрите <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Отчёт об ошибках" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4577,7 +4787,7 @@ msgstr "" "то можете приложить эту информацию к отчёту." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4589,13 +4799,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> после того, как компьютер загрузит установленную систему." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Отправка отчётов об ошибках установки" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4608,7 +4818,7 @@ msgstr "" "получить побольше информации о разных аппаратных конфигурациях." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4622,8 +4832,8 @@ msgstr "" "команды <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " "report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" @@ -4632,7 +4842,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4640,23 +4850,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" @@ -4709,4 +4920,3 @@ msgstr "" "проблема, включая последние увиденные сообщения ядра в случае повисания " "ядра. Опишите шаги, которые вы делали, чтобы привести систему в проблемное " "состояние." - diff --git a/po/ru/installation-howto.po b/po/ru/installation-howto.po index 98b8d498a..302887093 100644 --- a/po/ru/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/ru/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 10:47+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:5 @@ -381,13 +382,11 @@ msgstr "Установка" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "После запуска программа установки выводит приветствие. Нажмите &enterkey; " "для загрузки, или прочитайте инструкции про другие методы загрузки и " @@ -397,7 +396,7 @@ msgstr "" "является ядром по умолчанию. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -412,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" "языке. Если её нет в коротком списке, то доступен список стран всего мира." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -422,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию, если не знаете какая лучше." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -433,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" "себя с CD, дискеты, USB и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -445,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "имеете DHCP, то вам будет предложено настроить сеть вручную." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -460,7 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы не хотите авторазметку, выберите меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -476,7 +475,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian; просто выберите нужный раздел и укажите его новый размер." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -498,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "" "рассказано более подробно о процедуре разметки." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -508,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "может занять некоторое время. Затем устанавливается ядро." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -526,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" "его в другое место. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -540,7 +539,7 @@ msgstr "" "который описан в <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -550,13 +549,13 @@ msgstr "" "посмотрите <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Отправьте нам отчёт об установке" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -570,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" "запуск команды <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -586,13 +585,13 @@ msgstr "" "вообще ничего не удалось, смотрите <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "И напоследок..." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " @@ -601,4 +600,3 @@ msgstr "" "Мы надеемся, что установка Debian была приятной и что вы найдёте Debian " "полезным. Вероятно, вам пригодится информация из <xref linkend=\"post-install" "\"/>." - diff --git a/po/ru/partitioning.po b/po/ru/partitioning.po index 6780c1cd3..4d8450781 100644 --- a/po/ru/partitioning.po +++ b/po/ru/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 21:43+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:5 @@ -647,13 +648,15 @@ msgstr "" #: partitioning.xml:317 #, no-c-format msgid "The first floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." -msgstr "Первый дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Первый дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:322 #, no-c-format msgid "The second floppy drive is named <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." -msgstr "Второй дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Второй дисковод гибких дисков называется <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:327 @@ -755,8 +758,10 @@ msgstr "Первое устройство DASD называется <filename>/d #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:397 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Второе устройство DASD называется <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>и так далее." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Второе устройство DASD называется <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>и так далее." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:405 @@ -1043,50 +1048,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Если вы будете работать с более чем 20 разделами на ide диске, то вам нужно " -"создать устройства для разделов начиная с 21-го и далее. Следующий шаг " -"инициализации раздела завершится неудачно, если устройства не будет. В " -"качестве примера здесь показаны команды, которые вы можете выполнить на " -"<userinput>tty2</userinput> или через <guimenuitem>Запуск оболочки</" -"guimenuitem> для добавления устройства 21 раздела: " -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Загрузка в новую систему завершится неудачно, " -"если в системе не будет нужных устройств. После установки ядра и модулей, " -"выполните: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Не забудьте пометить раздел " -"загрузки как <quote>Загрузочный</quote>.</phrase>" +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1106,14 +1072,14 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:612, index.docbook:670, index.docbook:694, index.docbook:782, index.docbook:903, index.docbook:980 #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Разметка для &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1135,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "её в disk label." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1148,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы войти в режим disk label." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1170,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки Debian будет недоступен операционным системам, упоминавшимся ранее." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1194,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> для удобства." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1214,7 +1180,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузчик." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1243,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" "которые вы хотите загрузить; 25–50МБ обычно хватает." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1258,11 +1224,11 @@ msgstr "" "хотите сохранить их, то может потребоваться изменить размеры их разделов, " "чтобы освободить больше пространства для Debian. Программа установки может " "изменять размеры файловых систем FAT и NTFS; на шаге разметки выберите " -"<guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem> и затем просто " -"выберите имеющийся раздел и измените его размер." +"<guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem> и затем просто выберите имеющийся раздел " +"и измените его размер." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1284,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" "которое поможет во многих ситуациях." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1304,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "иметь только один расширенный раздел на диске." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1322,7 +1288,7 @@ msgstr "" "создадите устройства для этих разделов." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1338,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" "BIOS трансляции)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1365,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "как Linux не использует BIOS для доступа к диску." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1387,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "в <emphasis>транслированное</emphasis> представление первых 1024-х цилиндров." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1410,7 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживает ли BIOS расширение для доступа к большим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1426,13 +1392,13 @@ msgstr "" "разметки используется программа <command>parted</command>." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "Распознаваемые EFI форматы" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1450,7 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" "она может работать корректно и с таблицами GPT и с MS-DOS." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1465,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "же способом, каким вы создавали раздел <emphasis>swap</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1516,13 +1482,13 @@ msgstr "" "сканируется на наличие плохих блоков." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "Требования к разделу системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1539,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr "" "лучше чтобы было 128МБ." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1565,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавления раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1575,13 +1541,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>корневой</emphasis> файловой системой." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "Разделы диагностики EFI" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1603,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузочный раздел EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1621,13 +1587,13 @@ msgstr "" "должен начинаться с нулевого сектора." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "Разметка новых PowerMac" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1651,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "команду <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1663,7 +1629,7 @@ msgstr "" "в OpenFirmware для автоматической загрузки." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1682,7 +1648,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>mkofboot</command>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1706,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "важно." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1722,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "" "содержат активных разделов MacOS и разделов драйверов." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1736,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "в <command>fdisk</command> используется клавиша <keycap>s</keycap>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1758,7 +1724,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделов и загрузочный блок." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1771,3 +1737,45 @@ msgstr "" "Это является простым соглашением в Sun disk label и помогает системному " "загрузчику<command>SILO</command> загружаться." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если вы будете работать с более чем 20 разделами на ide диске, то вам " +#~ "нужно создать устройства для разделов начиная с 21-го и далее. Следующий " +#~ "шаг инициализации раздела завершится неудачно, если устройства не будет. " +#~ "В качестве примера здесь показаны команды, которые вы можете выполнить на " +#~ "<userinput>tty2</userinput> или через <guimenuitem>Запуск оболочки</" +#~ "guimenuitem> для добавления устройства 21 раздела: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Загрузка в новую систему завершится неудачно, " +#~ "если в системе не будет нужных устройств. После установки ядра и модулей, " +#~ "выполните: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Не забудьте пометить " +#~ "раздел загрузки как <quote>Загрузочный</quote>.</phrase>" diff --git a/po/ru/preseed.po b/po/ru/preseed.po index ad11796e2..58ac1a929 100644 --- a/po/ru/preseed.po +++ b/po/ru/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 21:51+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:16 @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "" "используется &d-i; для автоматизации установки операционной системы." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -155,8 +156,10 @@ msgstr "netboot" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(включая usb-носители)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(включая usb-носители)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:86 @@ -287,7 +290,8 @@ msgstr "" #: preseed.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Using preseeding to change default values" -msgstr "Использование автоматической установки для изменения значений по умолчанию" +msgstr "" +"Использование автоматической установки для изменения значений по умолчанию" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:232 @@ -476,7 +480,8 @@ msgstr "" #: preseed.xml:318 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a DHCP server to specify preconfiguration files" -msgstr "Использование сервера DHCP для указания файлов автоматической конфигурации" +msgstr "" +"Использование сервера DHCP для указания файлов автоматической конфигурации" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:319 @@ -596,12 +601,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "Два символа <quote>--</quote> в параметрах загрузки имеют специальное " "значение. Параметры ядра, указанные после, будут скопированы в конфигурацию " @@ -610,14 +621,13 @@ msgstr "" "параметрах загрузки по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "Ядро версии 2.4 максимально может принять 8 параметров в командной строке и " "8 параметров через переменные окружения (сюда входят также все параметры, " @@ -627,7 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметра через переменные окружения." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -639,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" "удалить, что может позволить вам добавить больше параметров автоматизации." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -649,13 +659,13 @@ msgstr "" "если заключить их в кавычки." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "Создание файла ответов" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -666,19 +676,22 @@ msgstr "" "<command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Общая форма строки файла ответов:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" -msgstr "<владелец> <имя вопроса> <тип вопроса> <значение>" +msgstr "" +"<владелец> <имя вопроса> <тип вопроса> <значение>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "При написании файла ответов есть несколько правил, которые нужно помнить." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"При написании файла ответов есть несколько правил, которые нужно помнить." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -688,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительный пробельный символ будет включён в значение." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -701,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделять строку после имени вопроса; плохо — между типом и значением." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -713,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>), где нужно использовать ответы на родном языке." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -723,7 +736,7 @@ msgstr "" "который показывается во время установки." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -733,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> в качестве основы и изменить его." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -747,7 +760,7 @@ msgstr "" "debconf и базу данных программы установки cdebconf в один файл:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -757,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>файл</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -769,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей лучше использовать файл примера." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -785,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr "" "суперпользователю." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -797,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -813,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> — текущие значения и значения, назначенные переменным." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -825,13 +838,13 @@ msgstr "" "cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "Содержимое файла ответов" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -847,13 +860,13 @@ msgstr "" "этой архитектуры." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Локализация" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -865,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr "" "заданы." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -877,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -887,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string ru_RU" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -901,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "клавиатуры должна быть допустимой для выбранной архитектуры клавиатуры." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -917,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -929,7 +942,7 @@ msgstr "" "останется активной клавиатурная раскладка ядра." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -941,13 +954,13 @@ msgstr "" "раскладку <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>)." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -962,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" "указать конфигурацию сети через загрузочные параметры ядра." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -974,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -993,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> со следующими строчками:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -1003,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -1086,13 +1099,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Настройка сервера-зеркала" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1105,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "сервер-зеркало." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1115,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "для устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1134,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>mirror/suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1158,13 +1171,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Разметка дисков" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1176,14 +1189,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Использование настроек разметки жёсткого диска в автоматической установке " "очень ограничено; поддерживаются параметры только для <classname>partman-" -"auto</classname>. Вы можете выбрать или разметку свободного места на диске или " -"всего диска. Разметку диска можно выбрать из одного из имеющихся в программе " -"установки наборов, пользовательского набора из файла или набора из файла " -"ответов. В данный момент в автоматическом режиме не поддерживается разметка " -"нескольких дисков." +"auto</classname>. Вы можете выбрать или разметку свободного места на диске " +"или всего диска. Разметку диска можно выбрать из одного из имеющихся в " +"программе установки наборов, пользовательского набора из файла или набора из " +"файла ответов. В данный момент в автоматическом режиме не поддерживается " +"разметка нескольких дисков." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1195,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "как использовать автоматическую установку." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1326,13 +1339,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "Разметка с использованием RAID" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1348,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1364,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "возникают проблемы -- смотрите <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1376,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "(degraded arrays) или запасными устройствами тестировалась поверхносно." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1475,13 +1488,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Настройка времени и часового пояса" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1499,13 +1512,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Настройка Apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1519,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr "" "добавить другие (локальные) репозитории." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1556,13 +1569,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Настройка учётной записи" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1574,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "" "виде или в виде <emphasis>хешей</emphasis> MD5." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1590,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "пароль прямым перебором." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1636,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 хеш]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1657,25 +1670,26 @@ msgstr "" "<command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "MD5 хеш для пароля можно сгенерировать с помощью следующей команды." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1686,7 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "" "основном они касаются установки ядра." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1697,13 +1711,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Установка загрузчика" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1752,13 +1766,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Выбор пакетов" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1768,73 +1782,73 @@ msgstr "" "Доступные задачи:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard (стандартная система)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop (рабочий стол)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop (рабочий стол gnome)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop (рабочий стол kde)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server (веб сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server (сервер печати)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server (DNS-сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server (файловый сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server (почтовый сервер)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database (база данных SQL)" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop (для ноутбука)" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1846,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1861,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr "" "можно указать в командной строке ядра." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1891,13 +1905,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Завершение первого этапа установки" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1915,13 +1929,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Настройка почты" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1932,7 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматическая настройка." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1948,13 +1962,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Настройка X системы" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1967,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "оборудования." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -2017,13 +2031,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Автоматизация других пакетов" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -2046,19 +2060,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> файл" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Команды оболочки" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2098,13 +2112,13 @@ msgstr "" "zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Последовательная загрузка нескольких файлов ответов" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2120,7 +2134,7 @@ msgstr "" "конфигураций в другие файлы." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" @@ -2171,4 +2185,3 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге\n" "# откуда взят файл ответов, который запускает их.\n" "d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" - diff --git a/po/ru/random-bits.po b/po/ru/random-bits.po index 6873e37d6..1e55a3e0a 100644 --- a/po/ru/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ru/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 21:57+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:4 @@ -450,16 +451,17 @@ msgstr "Дисковое пространство, необходимое для #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "Для базовой установки на i386 с ядром версии 2.4 со всеми стандартными " "пакетами требуется 573 МБ дискового пространства." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -474,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "полученный сложением размеров." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -490,203 +492,227 @@ msgstr "" "занимает место в <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Задача" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Размер после установки (МБ)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Размер загрузки (МБ)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Требуемое место для установки (МБ)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "рабочий стол" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "веб сервер" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "веб сервер" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "сервер печати" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS-сервер" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "файловый сервер" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "почтовый сервер" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "база данных SQL" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "В задачу <emphasis>рабочий стол</emphasis> входит установка среды рабочего " "стола Gnome и KDE одновременно." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -700,13 +726,13 @@ msgstr "" "зависит от языка; добавьте около 200 МБ на загрузку и установку." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "Установка &debian; из системы Unix/Linux" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -729,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" "относится к команде, вводимой в Debian chroot." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -746,13 +772,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузочными или установочными носителями." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Начинаем" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -766,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" "300 МБ, если вы планируете установить X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -784,7 +810,7 @@ msgstr "" "указывайте параметр <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -808,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" "абсолютно произвольное." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -818,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -830,13 +856,13 @@ msgstr "" "перед тем как перейти к следующему этапу." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Установка <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -861,7 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -884,11 +910,11 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующий вашей архитектуре). Загрузите <command>debootstrap</" "command> .deb из <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/" "debootstrap/\">пула</ulink>, скопируйте пакет в каталог work и извлеките из " -"него файлы. Для установки файлов вам потребуются " -"привилегии суперпользователя (root)." +"него файлы. Для установки файлов вам потребуются привилегии " +"суперпользователя (root)." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -900,13 +926,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Запуск <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -922,7 +948,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -934,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr "" "URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -954,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -964,13 +990,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Настройка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -980,19 +1006,19 @@ msgstr "" "Выполните <command>Chroot</command> в неё:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Монтирование разделов" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1057,13 +1083,13 @@ msgstr "" "тем как продолжить, убедитесь, что proc смонтирована:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1075,31 +1101,31 @@ msgstr "" "chroot:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "Для настройки клавиатуры введите:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1109,13 +1135,13 @@ msgstr "" "chroot, но настройка будет произведена после следующей перезагрузки." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1214,13 +1240,13 @@ msgstr "" "интерфейса (eth0, eth1 и т.д.) как вы и хотели." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Настройка локалей" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1246,13 +1272,13 @@ msgstr "" "проконсультируйтесь с соответствующим HOWTO по локализации." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Установка ядра" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1268,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Затем установите нужное, указав имя пакета." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1278,13 +1304,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1299,7 +1325,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы сделать это." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1322,13 +1348,13 @@ msgstr "" "вызвали)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Вот простой <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> в качестве примера:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1348,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1368,7 +1394,7 @@ msgstr "" "которой его вызвали)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1398,13 +1424,13 @@ msgstr "" "использовать <userinput>ide0:</userinput> вместо <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Установка &debian; через Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1419,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" "Интернет)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1435,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" "не должны использоваться в вашем сетевом адресном пространстве)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1446,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагрузки в установленную систему (смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1459,13 +1485,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Требования" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1475,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет установлен Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -1483,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1493,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>, будет использоваться в качестве шлюза." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1504,13 +1530,13 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Настройка источника" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1520,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "источника в качестве шлюза в Интернет через ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1562,13 +1588,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Установка приёмника" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1594,13 +1620,13 @@ msgstr "" "различных этапах установки." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Загрузка компонентов программы установки с CD" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1610,13 +1636,13 @@ msgstr "" "доступным PLIP драйвера для программы установки." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Определение сетевой карты" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1631,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки не покажет этого списка." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1643,33 +1669,36 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Настроить сеть автоматически с помощью DHCP: нет" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" "userinput>" -msgstr "Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1678,3 +1707,26 @@ msgstr "" "Адреса DNS-серверов: можно указать те же адреса что и для источника " "(смотрите <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index a10c0450b..d10269e44 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 21:46+0400\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:5 @@ -354,7 +355,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске." #. Tag: term @@ -453,7 +455,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "" "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем " "установкам." @@ -558,7 +561,8 @@ msgstr "user-setup" #: using-d-i.xml:306 #, no-c-format msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." -msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:314 @@ -660,7 +664,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на " "второй консоли." @@ -964,58 +969,14 @@ msgstr "" "Mac клавиатур клавиша с надписью 'alt'). В остальном раскладки ничем не " "отличаются." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Если вы устанавливаете систему на машину с USB клавиатурой Sun и загружаете " -"программу установки с ядром по умолчанию версии 2.4, то клавиатура находится " -"неправильно. Программа установки предложит список клавиатурных раскладок " -"Sun, но выбор любой из них приведёт к неработоспособной клавиатуре. Если вы " -"производите установку с ядром версии 2.6, то этой проблемы нет." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы клавиатура работала, нужно загрузить программу установки с параметром " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Когда вам предложат выбор клавиатуры " -"<footnote> <para> Если вы производите установку с приоритетом по умолчанию " -"нужно использовать кнопку <userinput>Вернуться</userinput>, чтобы вернуться " -"в меню программы установки, когда будет предложен список клавиатурных " -"раскладок Sun. </para> </footnote>, выберите <quote>Настраиваемая клавиатура " -"отсутствует</quote>, если у вас клавиатура с американской (US) раскладкой, " -"или выберите <quote>Клавиатура USB</quote>, если у вас клавиатура с " -"национальными символами. Выбор <quote>Настраиваемая клавиатура отсутствует</" -"quote> оставит существующую раскладку ядра , что является корректной для " -"американских клавиатур." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Поиск ISO образа программы установки Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1029,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого существует компонента <command>iso-scan</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1059,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> будет искать другой образ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1072,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "этом случае будет произведён поиск по всей файловой системе." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1090,13 +1051,13 @@ msgstr "" "сделать со второй консоли без перезагрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1117,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1140,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы уверены, что всё в порядке, попробуйте ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1163,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "" "из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1187,13 +1148,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>, который поможет вам с настройкой сети." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1211,13 +1172,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройка LVM или устройств RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Разметка дисков" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1229,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1243,14 +1204,15 @@ msgstr "" "меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали направляющую разметку, то есть два пути: создавать разделы " "непосредственно на жёстком диске (классический метод), создавать их с " @@ -1259,7 +1221,14 @@ msgstr "" "некоторых архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1276,7 +1245,18 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1293,7 +1273,7 @@ msgstr "" "записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1311,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" "диски вам поможет их показанный размер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1326,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "самом конце; при использовании LVM (с шифрованием) это невозможно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1345,73 +1325,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1421,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1435,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "" "внутри раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1450,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1462,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" "предназначен для резервирования места под системный загрузчик aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1474,7 +1454,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1524,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1544,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1559,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1573,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "" "новая строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1606,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "обратно в главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1627,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1644,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1656,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1672,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1686,13 +1666,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройства Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1713,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1728,7 +1708,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1806,101 +1786,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1910,7 +1890,7 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1920,7 +1900,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1936,7 +1916,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1954,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1976,7 +1956,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1987,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2007,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2017,7 +1997,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2027,15 +2007,15 @@ msgid "" "partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " "for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" -"Можно иметь несколько типов MD одновременно. Например, если вы имеете " -"три жёстких диска по 200 ГБ выделенных под MD, каждый из которых разбит на два " +"Можно иметь несколько типов MD одновременно. Например, если вы имеете три " +"жёстких диска по 200 ГБ выделенных под MD, каждый из которых разбит на два " "100 ГБ раздела, можно объединить первые разделы трёх дисков в RAID0 (быстрый " -"300 ГБ раздел для редактирования видео) и использовать оставшиеся три раздела " -"(2 активных и 1 запасной) для RAID1 (вполне надёжный 100 ГБ раздел для " -"<filename>/home</filename>)." +"300 ГБ раздел для редактирования видео) и использовать оставшиеся три " +"раздела (2 активных и 1 запасной) для RAID1 (вполне надёжный 100 ГБ раздел " +"для <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2049,13 +2029,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2072,7 +2052,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2092,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2113,7 +2093,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2130,7 +2110,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2150,7 +2130,7 @@ msgstr "" "Возможные действия:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2160,43 +2140,43 @@ msgstr "" "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Создать группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Создание логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Удалить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Удаление логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Расширить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2206,7 +2186,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2216,7 +2196,7 @@ msgstr "" "логические тома." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2231,7 +2211,7 @@ msgstr "" "удалить их." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2243,13 +2223,13 @@ msgstr "" "они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2271,7 +2251,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2299,7 +2279,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2313,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" "процессора, выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2333,7 +2313,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2349,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2363,13 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2394,13 +2374,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2414,13 +2394,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2438,7 +2418,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2453,25 +2433,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2485,13 +2465,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2509,7 +2489,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2528,13 +2508,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2555,7 +2535,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2567,13 +2547,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2585,25 +2565,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2618,19 +2598,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2644,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr "" "фраз</emphasis> в качестве ключей шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2662,7 +2642,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2679,7 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2703,7 +2683,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2726,7 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2760,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2779,21 +2759,22 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " "installation." -msgstr "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." +msgstr "" +"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Настройка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2803,13 +2784,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2823,13 +2804,13 @@ msgstr "" "выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Настройка времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2843,7 +2824,7 @@ msgstr "" "установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2862,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "выберите локальное время вместо GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2875,19 +2856,19 @@ msgstr "" "неправильное или если оно раньше показывало время не по Гринвичу." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2902,7 +2883,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2918,7 +2899,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2931,13 +2912,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2952,7 +2933,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2973,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2986,7 +2967,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2996,13 +2977,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3016,13 +2997,13 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -3038,7 +3019,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -3050,7 +3031,7 @@ msgstr "" "файле <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3064,13 +3045,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3087,13 +3068,13 @@ msgstr "" "с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3127,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr "" "(поиск пакетов и отображение состояния) в отличном интерфейсе пользователя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3144,13 +3125,13 @@ msgstr "" "его по желаю после завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3167,7 +3148,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3202,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для возможных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3212,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> начнёт установку выбранных пакетов. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3222,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3236,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3251,13 +3232,13 @@ msgstr "" "этого процесса." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Настройка программы пересылки почты (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3273,7 +3254,7 @@ msgstr "" "маленькая, гибкая и лёгкая в освоении программа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3288,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронной почте." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3298,13 +3279,13 @@ msgstr "" "Выберите тот, который подходит вам больше всего:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "интернет-сайт" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3318,13 +3299,13 @@ msgstr "" "которых вы принимаете или передаёте почту." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "отправка почты через компьютер-шлюз (smarthost)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3343,13 +3324,13 @@ msgstr "" "подключение по телефонной линии." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "доставка только локальной почты" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3367,13 +3348,13 @@ msgstr "" "пользователям, потому что далее не задаётся больше никаких вопросов." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "в данный момент конфигурация отсутствует" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3387,7 +3368,7 @@ msgstr "" "пропустить некоторые важные сообщения от ваших системных утилит." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3403,13 +3384,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3423,7 +3404,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3439,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr "" "в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3461,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3477,13 +3458,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3505,13 +3486,13 @@ msgstr "" "установлен Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3527,19 +3508,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3551,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3564,7 +3546,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3575,13 +3557,14 @@ msgstr "" "использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3598,7 +3581,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3612,7 +3595,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3622,13 +3605,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3638,13 +3621,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "раздел, созданный для Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3656,13 +3639,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3680,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3698,13 +3681,14 @@ msgstr "" "читайте в <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3732,7 +3716,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3749,13 +3733,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3773,13 +3757,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки, стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3809,13 +3793,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3827,13 +3811,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3847,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3868,13 +3852,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3886,13 +3870,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3906,13 +3890,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3956,13 +3940,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3972,42 +3956,44 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " "installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" "filename> resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4017,13 +4003,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4051,13 +4037,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4068,33 +4054,36 @@ msgstr "" "встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " "resides" -msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" +msgstr "" +"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4104,7 +4093,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4114,19 +4103,20 @@ msgstr "" "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4146,13 +4136,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4167,13 +4158,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4189,13 +4180,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" +msgstr "" +"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4226,13 +4218,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4251,7 +4243,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4273,13 +4265,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4289,13 +4281,13 @@ msgstr "" "уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4309,7 +4301,7 @@ msgstr "" "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4323,13 +4315,13 @@ msgstr "" "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4341,13 +4333,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4359,7 +4351,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4375,13 +4367,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4404,7 +4396,7 @@ msgstr "" "называемый <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4422,7 +4414,7 @@ msgstr "" "такие как автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4443,13 +4435,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню для входа в режим командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4467,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4489,7 +4481,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4499,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4521,7 +4513,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4533,7 +4525,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4564,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4582,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4602,7 +4594,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4617,7 +4609,7 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4626,3 +4618,41 @@ msgstr "" "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять " "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Если вы устанавливаете систему на машину с USB клавиатурой Sun и " +#~ "загружаете программу установки с ядром по умолчанию версии 2.4, то " +#~ "клавиатура находится неправильно. Программа установки предложит список " +#~ "клавиатурных раскладок Sun, но выбор любой из них приведёт к " +#~ "неработоспособной клавиатуре. Если вы производите установку с ядром " +#~ "версии 2.6, то этой проблемы нет." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Чтобы клавиатура работала, нужно загрузить программу установки с " +#~ "параметром <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. Когда вам предложат " +#~ "выбор клавиатуры <footnote> <para> Если вы производите установку с " +#~ "приоритетом по умолчанию нужно использовать кнопку <userinput>Вернуться</" +#~ "userinput>, чтобы вернуться в меню программы установки, когда будет " +#~ "предложен список клавиатурных раскладок Sun. </para> </footnote>, " +#~ "выберите <quote>Настраиваемая клавиатура отсутствует</quote>, если у вас " +#~ "клавиатура с американской (US) раскладкой, или выберите <quote>Клавиатура " +#~ "USB</quote>, если у вас клавиатура с национальными символами. Выбор " +#~ "<quote>Настраиваемая клавиатура отсутствует</quote> оставит существующую " +#~ "раскладку ядра , что является корректной для американских клавиатур." diff --git a/po/sv/boot-installer.po b/po/sv/boot-installer.po index e742f98d7..5dba92a0e 100644 --- a/po/sv/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/sv/boot-installer.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 boot-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-19 19:08+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -35,56 +35,139 @@ msgstr "Konsollfirmware för Alpha" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" -msgstr "Konsollfirmware lagras i ett flash-rom och startas när ett Alpha-system slås på eller startas om. Det finns två olika konsollspecifikationer som används på Alpha-system och därav finns det två klasser av konsollfirmware tillgängliga:" +msgid "" +"Console firmware is stored in a flash ROM and started when an Alpha system " +"is powered up or reset. There are two different console specifications used " +"on Alpha systems, and hence two classes of console firmware available:" +msgstr "" +"Konsollfirmware lagras i ett flash-rom och startas när ett Alpha-system slås " +"på eller startas om. Det finns två olika konsollspecifikationer som används " +"på Alpha-system och därav finns det två klasser av konsollfirmware " +"tillgängliga:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:31 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX, and Linux operating systems." -msgstr "<emphasis>SRM-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Alpha Console Subsystem, som tillhandahåller ett operativmiljö för operativsystemen OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX och Linux." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>SRM console</emphasis>, based on the Alpha Console Subsystem " +"specification, which provides an operating environment for OpenVMS, Tru64 " +"UNIX, and Linux operating systems." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>SRM-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Alpha Console " +"Subsystem, som tillhandahåller ett operativmiljö för operativsystemen " +"OpenVMS, Tru64 UNIX och Linux." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating environment for Windows NT." -msgstr "<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS eller ARCSBIOS-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på specifikationen Advanced RISC Computing (ARC), som tillhandahåller en operativmiljö för Windows NT." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS, or ARCSBIOS console</emphasis>, based on the " +"Advanced RISC Computing (ARC) specification, which provides an operating " +"environment for Windows NT." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>ARC, AlphaBIOS eller ARCSBIOS-konsoll</emphasis>, baserad på " +"specifikationen Advanced RISC Computing (ARC), som tillhandahåller en " +"operativmiljö för Windows NT." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:47 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." -msgstr "Från användarens perspektiv är den mest viktiga skillnaden mellan SRM och ARC den att valet av konsoll begränsar den möjliga diskpartitionsplanen för hårddisken som du önskar starta upp från." +msgid "" +"From the user's perspective, the most important difference between SRM and " +"ARC is that the choice of console constrains the possible disk-partitioning " +"scheme for the hard disk which you wish to boot off of." +msgstr "" +"Från användarens perspektiv är den mest viktiga skillnaden mellan SRM och " +"ARC den att valet av konsoll begränsar den möjliga diskpartitionsplanen för " +"hårddisken som du önskar starta upp från." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:54 #, no-c-format -msgid "ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by <command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing Linux." -msgstr "ARC kräver att du använder en MS-DOS-partitionstabell (som skapas av <command>cfdisk</command>) för uppstartsdisken. Därför är MS-DOS-partitionstabeller det <quote>ursprungliga</quote> partitionsformatet vid uppstarter från ARC. Faktum är att eftersom AlphaBIOS innehåller ett diskpartitioneringsverktyg kanske du föredrar att partitionera dina diskar från firmwaremenyerna före installation av Linux." +msgid "" +"ARC requires that you use an MS-DOS partition table (as created by " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) for the boot disk. Therefore MS-DOS partition " +"tables are the <quote>native</quote> partition format when booting from ARC. " +"In fact, since AlphaBIOS contains a disk partitioning utility, you may " +"prefer to partition your disks from the firmware menus before installing " +"Linux." +msgstr "" +"ARC kräver att du använder en MS-DOS-partitionstabell (som skapas av " +"<command>cfdisk</command>) för uppstartsdisken. Därför är MS-DOS-" +"partitionstabeller det <quote>ursprungliga</quote> partitionsformatet vid " +"uppstarter från ARC. Faktum är att eftersom AlphaBIOS innehåller ett " +"diskpartitioneringsverktyg kanske du föredrar att partitionera dina diskar " +"från firmwaremenyerna före installation av Linux." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:63 #, no-c-format -msgid "Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for SRM installations." -msgstr "Motsatt är SRM <emphasis>inkompatibel</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifikt är formatet på uppstartssektorn som krävs av Console Subsystem Specification i konflikt med placeringen av DOS-partitionstabellen. </para> </footnote> med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller. Eftersom Tru64 Unix använder formatet för BSD-disketiketter, är det här det ursprungliga (<quote>native</quote>) partitionsformatet för SRM-installationer." +msgid "" +"Conversely, SRM is <emphasis>incompatible</emphasis><footnote> <para> " +"Specifically, the bootsector format required by the Console Subsystem " +"Specification conflicts with the placement of the DOS partition table. </" +"para> </footnote> with MS-DOS partition tables. Since Tru64 Unix uses the " +"BSD disklabel format, this is the <quote>native</quote> partition format for " +"SRM installations." +msgstr "" +"Motsatt är SRM <emphasis>inkompatibel</emphasis><footnote> <para> Specifikt " +"är formatet på uppstartssektorn som krävs av Console Subsystem Specification " +"i konflikt med placeringen av DOS-partitionstabellen. </para> </footnote> " +"med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller. Eftersom Tru64 Unix använder formatet för BSD-" +"disketiketter, är det här det ursprungliga (<quote>native</quote>) " +"partitionsformatet för SRM-installationer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:76 #, no-c-format -msgid "GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; &release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." -msgstr "GNU/Linux är det enda operativsystemet på Alpha som kan startas upp från båda konsolltyperna, men &debian; &release; har endast stöd för uppstart på SRM-baserade system. Om du har en Alpha som det inte finns någon SRM-version tillgänglig för, om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart tillsammans med Windows NT, eller om din uppstartsenhet kräver stöd för ARC-konsoll för initiering av BIOS kommer du inte kunna använda installeraren för &debian; &release;. Du kan fortfarande köra &debian; &release; på sådana system genom att använda andra installationsmedia, till exempel kan du installera Debian woody med MILO och uppgradera." +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is the only operating system on Alpha that can be booted from both " +"console types, but &debian; &release; only supports booting on SRM-based " +"systems. If you have an Alpha for which no version of SRM is available, if " +"you will be dual-booting the system with Windows NT, or if your boot device " +"requires ARC console support for BIOS initialization, you will not be able " +"to use the &debian; &release; installer. You can still run &debian; " +"&release; on such systems by using other install media; for instance, you " +"can install Debian woody with MILO and upgrade." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux är det enda operativsystemet på Alpha som kan startas upp från " +"båda konsolltyperna, men &debian; &release; har endast stöd för uppstart på " +"SRM-baserade system. Om du har en Alpha som det inte finns någon SRM-version " +"tillgänglig för, om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart tillsammans med Windows " +"NT, eller om din uppstartsenhet kräver stöd för ARC-konsoll för initiering " +"av BIOS kommer du inte kunna använda installeraren för &debian; &release;. " +"Du kan fortfarande köra &debian; &release; på sådana system genom att " +"använda andra installationsmedia, till exempel kan du installera Debian " +"woody med MILO och uppgradera." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:87 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when possible." -msgstr "På grund av att <command>MILO</command> inte finns tillgänglig för någon av Alpha-systemen för tillfället i produktion (i februari 2000), och på grund att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köra en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 Unix för att få SRM-firmware på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM om möjligt." +msgid "" +"Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha " +"systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no " +"longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM " +"firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM when " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"På grund av att <command>MILO</command> inte finns tillgänglig för någon av " +"Alpha-systemen för tillfället i produktion (i februari 2000), och på grund " +"att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köra en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 " +"Unix för att få SRM-firmware på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du " +"använder SRM om möjligt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:95 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." -msgstr "Följande tabell sammanställer tillgängliga och systemtyper/konsollkombinationer som stöds (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för namnen på systemtyperna). Ordet <quote>ARC</quote> nedan below indikerar någon av de ARC-godkända konsollerna." +msgid "" +"The following table summarizes available and supported system type/console " +"combinations (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> for the system type names). " +"The word <quote>ARC</quote> below denotes any of the ARC-compliant consoles." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell sammanställer tillgängliga och systemtyper/" +"konsollkombinationer som stöds (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/> för namnen " +"på systemtyperna). Ordet <quote>ARC</quote> nedan below indikerar någon av " +"de ARC-godkända konsollerna." #. Tag: entry #: boot-installer.xml:107 @@ -105,20 +188,11 @@ msgid "alcor" msgstr "alcor" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:115 -#: boot-installer.xml:118 -#: boot-installer.xml:124 -#: boot-installer.xml:130 -#: boot-installer.xml:133 -#: boot-installer.xml:136 -#: boot-installer.xml:139 -#: boot-installer.xml:145 -#: boot-installer.xml:148 -#: boot-installer.xml:151 -#: boot-installer.xml:160 -#: boot-installer.xml:169 -#: boot-installer.xml:184 -#: boot-installer.xml:187 +#: boot-installer.xml:115 boot-installer.xml:118 boot-installer.xml:124 +#: boot-installer.xml:130 boot-installer.xml:133 boot-installer.xml:136 +#: boot-installer.xml:139 boot-installer.xml:145 boot-installer.xml:148 +#: boot-installer.xml:151 boot-installer.xml:160 boot-installer.xml:169 +#: boot-installer.xml:184 boot-installer.xml:187 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC or SRM" msgstr "ARC eller SRM" @@ -136,15 +210,9 @@ msgid "book1" msgstr "book1" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:121 -#: boot-installer.xml:127 -#: boot-installer.xml:142 -#: boot-installer.xml:154 -#: boot-installer.xml:163 -#: boot-installer.xml:166 -#: boot-installer.xml:172 -#: boot-installer.xml:178 -#: boot-installer.xml:181 +#: boot-installer.xml:121 boot-installer.xml:127 boot-installer.xml:142 +#: boot-installer.xml:154 boot-installer.xml:163 boot-installer.xml:166 +#: boot-installer.xml:172 boot-installer.xml:178 boot-installer.xml:181 #, no-c-format msgid "SRM only" msgstr "Endast SRM" @@ -264,9 +332,7 @@ msgid "ruffian" msgstr "ruffian" #. Tag: entry -#: boot-installer.xml:175 -#: boot-installer.xml:190 -#: boot-installer.xml:193 +#: boot-installer.xml:175 boot-installer.xml:190 boot-installer.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "ARC only" msgstr "Endast ARC" @@ -310,70 +376,151 @@ msgstr "<entry>xlt</entry>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:200 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, <command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. För SRM-konsollen används <command>aboot</command>, en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare. Se (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. For the SRM console, " +"<command>aboot</command>, a small, platform-independent bootloader, is used. " +"See the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</" +"ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så " +"behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. För SRM-konsollen används " +"<command>aboot</command>, en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare. Se " +"(tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer " +"information om <command>aboot</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:209 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when Debian supports MILO-based installs again." -msgstr "Följande paragrafer kommer från installationshandboken för woody och inkluderas här som referens: de kan vara användbara för någon vid ett senare datum när Debian har stöd för MILO-baserade installationer igen." +msgid "" +"The following paragraphs are from the woody install manual, and are included " +"here for reference; they may be useful to someone at a later date when " +"Debian supports MILO-based installs again." +msgstr "" +"Följande paragrafer kommer från installationshandboken för woody och " +"inkluderas här som referens: de kan vara användbara för någon vid ett senare " +"datum när Debian har stöd för MILO-baserade installationer igen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:215 #, no-c-format -msgid "Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. Det finns två huvudsakliga Linux-inläsare: <command>MILO</command> och <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"Generally, none of these consoles can boot Linux directly, so the assistance " +"of an intermediary bootloader is required. There are two mainstream Linux " +"loaders: <command>MILO</command> and <command>aboot</command>." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett kan ingen av dessa konsoller starta upp Linux direkt, så " +"behovet av en mellanliggande starthanterare finns. Det finns två " +"huvudsakliga Linux-inläsare: <command>MILO</command> och <command>aboot</" +"command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "<command>MILO</command> är själv en konsoll, som ersätter ARC eller SRM i minnet. <command>MILO</command> kan startas upp från både ARC och SRM och är det enda sättet att bootstrapa Linux från ARC-konsollen. <command>MILO</command> är plattformsspecifik (olika <command>MILO</command> behövs för varje systemtyp) och existerar för de systemen, för vilka ARC-stöd visas i tabellen ovan.. Se även (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>MILO</command> is itself a console, which replaces ARC or SRM in " +"memory. <command>MILO</command> can be booted from both ARC and SRM and is " +"the only way to bootstrap Linux from the ARC console. <command>MILO</" +"command> is platform-specific (a different <command>MILO</command> is needed " +"for each system type) and exist only for those systems, for which ARC " +"support is shown in the table above. See also the (unfortunately outdated) " +"<ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<command>MILO</command> är själv en konsoll, som ersätter ARC eller SRM i " +"minnet. <command>MILO</command> kan startas upp från både ARC och SRM och är " +"det enda sättet att bootstrapa Linux från ARC-konsollen. <command>MILO</" +"command> är plattformsspecifik (olika <command>MILO</command> behövs för " +"varje systemtyp) och existerar för de systemen, för vilka ARC-stöd visas i " +"tabellen ovan.. Se även (tyvärr föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-milo-howto;" +"\">MILO HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</command>." -msgstr "<command>aboot</command> är en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare, som endast körs från SRM. Se (även den föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." +msgid "" +"<command>aboot</command> is a small, platform-independent bootloader, which " +"runs from SRM only. See the (also unfortunately outdated) <ulink url=\"&url-" +"srm-howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> for more information on <command>aboot</" +"command>." +msgstr "" +"<command>aboot</command> är en liten, plattformsoberoende starthanterare, " +"som endast körs från SRM. Se (även den föråldrad) <ulink url=\"&url-srm-" +"howto;\">SRM HOWTO</ulink> för mer information om <command>aboot</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Thus, three scenarios are generally possible, depending on the system's " +"console firmware and whether or not <command>MILO</command> is available: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" "SRM -> MILO\n" "ARC -> MILO\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." +"</screen></informalexample> Because <command>MILO</command> is not available " +"for any of the Alpha systems currently in production (as of February 2000), " +"and because it is no longer necessary to buy an OpenVMS or Tru64 Unix " +"license to have SRM firmware on your older Alpha, it is recommended that you " +"use SRM and <command>aboot</command> on new installations of GNU/Linux, " +"unless you wish to dual-boot with Windows NT." msgstr "" -"Därav är tre scenarion generellt sett möjliga, beroende på systemets konsollfirmware och huruvida <command>MILO</command> finns tillgänglig eller inte: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Därav är tre scenarion generellt sett möjliga, beroende på systemets " +"konsollfirmware och huruvida <command>MILO</command> finns tillgänglig eller " +"inte: <informalexample><screen>\n" "SRM -> aboot\n" "SRM -> MILO\n" "ARC -> MILO\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Därför att <command>MILO</command> inte finns tillgänglig för någon av de Alpha-system som för närvarande produceras (från och med februari 2000), och på grund av att det inte längre är nödvändigt att köpa en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 Unix för att få SRM-firmware på din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM och <command>aboot</command> på nyare installationer av GNU/Linux, om inte du önskar att även starta upp med Windows NT." +"</screen></informalexample> Därför att <command>MILO</command> inte finns " +"tillgänglig för någon av de Alpha-system som för närvarande produceras (från " +"och med februari 2000), och på grund av att det inte längre är nödvändigt " +"att köpa en licens för OpenVMS eller Tru64 Unix för att få SRM-firmware på " +"din äldre Alpha, rekommenderas det att du använder SRM och <command>aboot</" +"command> på nyare installationer av GNU/Linux, om inte du önskar att även " +"starta upp med Windows NT." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:253 #, no-c-format -msgid "The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk (using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." -msgstr "Majoriteten av de AlphaServer-modeller och alla nuvarande server- och arbetsstationsprodukter innehåller både SRM och AlphaBIOS i sina firmware. För <quote>half-flash</quote>-maskiner såsom de olika evalueringskorten, är det möjligt att byta från en version till en annan genom att skriva om firmware. När SRM har installerats, är det möjligt att köra ARC/AlphaBIOS från en diskett (med kommandot <command>arc</command>). Med anledningarna nämnda ovan, rekommenderar vi ett byte till SRM före installation av &debian;." +msgid "" +"The majority of AlphaServers and all current server and workstation products " +"contain both SRM and AlphaBIOS in their firmware. For <quote>half-flash</" +"quote> machines such as the various evaluation boards, it is possible to " +"switch from one version to another by reflashing the firmware. Also, once " +"SRM is installed, it is possible to run ARC/AlphaBIOS from a floppy disk " +"(using the <command>arc</command> command). For the reasons mentioned above, " +"we recommend switching to SRM before installing &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Majoriteten av de AlphaServer-modeller och alla nuvarande server- och " +"arbetsstationsprodukter innehåller både SRM och AlphaBIOS i sina firmware. " +"För <quote>half-flash</quote>-maskiner såsom de olika evalueringskorten, är " +"det möjligt att byta från en version till en annan genom att skriva om " +"firmware. När SRM har installerats, är det möjligt att köra ARC/AlphaBIOS " +"från en diskett (med kommandot <command>arc</command>). Med anledningarna " +"nämnda ovan, rekommenderar vi ett byte till SRM före installation av " +"&debian;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:264 #, no-c-format -msgid "As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." -msgstr "Som på andra arkitekturer, bör du installera de senaste tillgängliga revisionen av firmware<footnote> <para> Utom på Jensen, där Linux inte stöds på firmware-versioner senare än 1.7 — se <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-howto;\"></ulink> för mer information. </para> </footnote> före installation av &debian;. För Alpha, uppdateringar av firmware kan hämtas från <ulink url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgid "" +"As on other architectures, you should install the newest available revision " +"of the firmware<footnote> <para> Except on Jensen, where Linux is not " +"supported on firmware versions newer than 1.7 — see <ulink url=\"&url-" +"jensen-howto;\"></ulink> for more information. </para> </footnote> before " +"installing &debian;. For Alpha, firmware updates can be obtained from <ulink " +"url=\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Som på andra arkitekturer, bör du installera de senaste tillgängliga " +"revisionen av firmware<footnote> <para> Utom på Jensen, där Linux inte stöds " +"på firmware-versioner senare än 1.7 — se <ulink url=\"&url-jensen-" +"howto;\"></ulink> för mer information. </para> </footnote> före installation " +"av &debian;. För Alpha, uppdateringar av firmware kan hämtas från <ulink url=" +"\"&url-alpha-firmware;\">Alpha Firmware Updates</ulink>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 -#: boot-installer.xml:997 -#: boot-installer.xml:1488 -#: boot-installer.xml:1983 -#: boot-installer.xml:2065 -#: boot-installer.xml:2154 -#: boot-installer.xml:2498 -#: boot-installer.xml:2594 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:997 boot-installer.xml:1488 +#: boot-installer.xml:1983 boot-installer.xml:2065 boot-installer.xml:2154 +#: boot-installer.xml:2498 boot-installer.xml:2594 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" @@ -382,51 +529,86 @@ msgstr "Uppstart via TFTP" #: boot-installer.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"In SRM, Ethernet interfaces are named with the <userinput>ewa</userinput> " +"prefix, and will be listed in the output of the <userinput>show dev</" +"userinput> command, like this (edited slightly): <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You first need to set the boot protocol: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocols bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Then check the medium type is correct: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>mode</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> You can get a listing of valid modes with " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." msgstr "" -"I SRM är Ethernet-gränssnitten namngivna med prefixet <userinput>ewa</userinput>, och kommer att listas i utskriften från kommandot <userinput>show dev</userinput>, som denna (delvis redigerat): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"I SRM är Ethernet-gränssnitten namngivna med prefixet <userinput>ewa</" +"userinput>, och kommer att listas i utskriften från kommandot " +"<userinput>show dev</userinput>, som denna (delvis redigerat): " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" "ewa0.0.0.9.0 EWA0 08-00-2B-86-98-65\n" "ewb0.0.0.11.0 EWB0 08-00-2B-86-98-54\n" "ewc0.0.0.2002.0 EWC0 00-06-2B-01-32-B0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver först ställa in uppstartsprotokollet: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver först ställa in uppstartsprotokollet: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_protocol bootp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Kontrollera sedan att mediatypen är korrekt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Kontrollera sedan att mediatypen är korrekt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> set ewa0_mode <replaceable>läge</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan få en lista på giltiga lägen med <userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan få en lista på giltiga lägen med " +"<userinput>>>>set ewa0_mode</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Then, to boot from the first Ethernet interface, you would type: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel parameters as included in the netboot image." +"</screen></informalexample> This will boot using the default kernel " +"parameters as included in the netboot image." msgstr "" -"Sedan, för att starta upp från det första Ethernet-gränssnittet, kan du skriva: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Sedan, för att starta upp från det första Ethernet-gränssnittet, kan du " +"skriva: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot ewa0 -flags \"\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här kommer att starta upp med de kärnparametrar som är standard och som inkluderats i netboot-avbilden." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här kommer att starta upp med de " +"kärnparametrar som är standard och som inkluderats i netboot-avbilden." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the <userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" -msgstr "Om du önskar att använda en seriekonsoll, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du skicka med parametern <userinput>console=</userinput> till kärnan. Det kan göras med argumentet <userinput>-flags</userinput> till SRM-kommandot <userinput>boot</userinput>. Serieportarna har samma namn som sina motsvarande filer i <userinput>/dev</userinput>. När ytterligare kärnparametrar anges, måste du upprepa vissa standardalternativ som behövs av &d-i;-avbilderna. Till exempel, för att starta upp från <userinput>ewa0</userinput> och använda en konsoll på första serieporten, skulle du skriva:" +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a serial console, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> pass the " +"<userinput>console=</userinput> parameter to the kernel. This can be done " +"using the <userinput>-flags</userinput> argument to the SRM <userinput>boot</" +"userinput> command. The serial ports are named the same as their " +"corresponding files in <userinput>/dev</userinput>. Also, when specifying " +"additional kernel parameters, you must repeat certain default options that " +"are needed by the &d-i; images. For example, to boot from <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> and use a console on the first serial port, you would type:" +msgstr "" +"Om du önskar att använda en seriekonsoll, <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du " +"skicka med parametern <userinput>console=</userinput> till kärnan. Det kan " +"göras med argumentet <userinput>-flags</userinput> till SRM-kommandot " +"<userinput>boot</userinput>. Serieportarna har samma namn som sina " +"motsvarande filer i <userinput>/dev</userinput>. När ytterligare " +"kärnparametrar anges, måste du upprepa vissa standardalternativ som behövs " +"av &d-i;-avbilderna. Till exempel, för att starta upp från <userinput>ewa0</" +"userinput> och använda en konsoll på första serieporten, skulle du skriva:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" -msgstr ">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 console=ttyS0"" +msgid "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" +msgstr "" +">>> boot ewa0 -flags "root=/dev/ram ramdisk_size=16384 " +"console=ttyS0"" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:328 @@ -440,11 +622,13 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med SRM-konsoll" msgid "" "Type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-ROM drive in SRM notation." +"</screen></informalexample> where <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> is your CD-" +"ROM drive in SRM notation." msgstr "" "Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot xxxx -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> är din cd-rom-enhet i SRM-notation." +"</screen></informalexample> där <replaceable>xxxx</replaceable> är din cd-" +"rom-enhet i SRM-notation." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:341 @@ -455,8 +639,23 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:342 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name (see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." -msgstr "För att starta upp en cd-rom från ARC-konsollen, ta reda på kodnamnet för din underarkitektur (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), och ange sedan <filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> som starthanterare och <filename>\\milo\\<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable></filename> (där <replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable> är det korrekta namnet på underarkitekturen) som sökväg till operativsystemet i menyn \"OS Selection Setup\". Ett undantag för ägare av Ruffian-system: De måste använda <filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> som starthanterare." +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the ARC console, find your sub-architecture code name " +"(see <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), then enter <filename>\\milo\\linload." +"exe</filename> as the boot loader and <filename>\\milo" +"\\<replaceable>subarch</replaceable></filename> (where <replaceable>subarch</" +"replaceable> is the proper subarchitecture name) as the OS Path in the `OS " +"Selection Setup' menu. Ruffians make an exception: You need to use <filename>" +"\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> as boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp en cd-rom från ARC-konsollen, ta reda på kodnamnet för " +"din underarkitektur (se <xref linkend=\"alpha-cpus\"/>), och ange sedan " +"<filename>\\milo\\linload.exe</filename> som starthanterare och <filename>" +"\\milo\\<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable></filename> (där " +"<replaceable>underarkitektur</replaceable> är det korrekta namnet på " +"underarkitekturen) som sökväg till operativsystemet i menyn \"OS Selection " +"Setup\". Ett undantag för ägare av Ruffian-system: De måste använda " +"<filename>\\milo\\ldmilo.exe</filename> som starthanterare." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:358 @@ -468,35 +667,66 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med SRM-konsoll" #: boot-installer.xml:359 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"At the SRM prompt (<prompt>>>></prompt>), issue the following " +"command: <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> possibly replacing <filename>dva0</filename> " +"with the actual device name. Usually, <filename>dva0</filename> is the " +"floppy; type <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel boot." +"</screen></informalexample> to see the list of devices (e.g., if you want to " +"boot from a CD). Note that if you are booting via MILO, <command>-flags</" +"command> argument is ignored, so you can just type <command>boot dva0</" +"command>. If everything works OK, you will eventually see the Linux kernel " +"boot." msgstr "" -"På SRM-prompten (<prompt>>>></prompt>), ange följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"På SRM-prompten (<prompt>>>></prompt>), ange följande kommando: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> boot dva0 -flags 0\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ersätt möjligen <filename>dva0</filename> med det faktiska enhetsnamnet. Vanligtvis är <filename>dva0</filename> diskettenheten; skriv <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> ersätt möjligen <filename>dva0</filename> med " +"det faktiska enhetsnamnet. Vanligtvis är <filename>dva0</filename> " +"diskettenheten; skriv <informalexample><screen>\n" ">>> show dev\n" -"</screen></informalexample> för att se listan på enheter (alltså, om du vill starta upp från en cd). Observera att om du startar upp via MILO, ignoreras argumentet <command>-flags</command>, så du kan helt enkelt skriva <command>boot dva0</command>. Om allt fungerar som det ska kommer du till slut se Linux-kärnan starta upp." +"</screen></informalexample> för att se listan på enheter (alltså, om du vill " +"starta upp från en cd). Observera att om du startar upp via MILO, ignoreras " +"argumentet <command>-flags</command>, så du kan helt enkelt skriva " +"<command>boot dva0</command>. Om allt fungerar som det ska kommer du till " +"slut se Linux-kärnan starta upp." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>aboot</" +"command>, use the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (typed on one line), substituting, if necessary, " +"the actual SRM boot device name for <filename>dva0</filename>, the Linux " +"boot device name for <filename>fd0</filename>, and the desired kernel " +"parameters for <filename>arguments</filename>." msgstr "" -"Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>aboot</command>, använd följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" -">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> (angivet på en rad), som ersätter, om nödvändigt, det faktiska namnet på uppstartsenheten i SRM för <filename>dva0</filename>, namnet för uppstartsenheten för Linux för <filename>fd0</filename>, och de önskade kärnparametrarna för <filename>arguments</filename>." +"Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>aboot</command>, " +"använd följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" +">>> boot dva0 -file linux.bin.gz -flags \"root=/dev/fd0 " +"load_ramdisk=1 arguments\"\n" +"</screen></informalexample> (angivet på en rad), som ersätter, om " +"nödvändigt, det faktiska namnet på uppstartsenheten i SRM för " +"<filename>dva0</filename>, namnet för uppstartsenheten för Linux för " +"<filename>fd0</filename>, och de önskade kärnparametrarna för " +"<filename>arguments</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." -msgstr "Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>MILO</command>, måste du avbryta bootstrap när du kommit in i MILO. Se <xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you want to specify kernel parameters when booting via <command>MILO</" +"command>, you will have to interrupt bootstrap once you get into MILO. See " +"<xref linkend=\"booting-from-milo\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ange kärnparametrar vid uppstart med <command>MILO</command>, " +"måste du avbryta bootstrap när du kommit in i MILO. Se <xref linkend=" +"\"booting-from-milo\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:398 @@ -507,8 +737,14 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter med ARC eller AlphaBIOS-konsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:400 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the newly created entry." -msgstr "I valmenyn för operativsystem, ställ in <command>linload.exe</command> som starthanterare, och <command>milo</command> som \"OS Path\". Kör bootstrap med den nyligen skapade posten." +msgid "" +"In the OS Selection menu, set <command>linload.exe</command> as the boot " +"loader, and <command>milo</command> as the OS Path. Bootstrap using the " +"newly created entry." +msgstr "" +"I valmenyn för operativsystem, ställ in <command>linload.exe</command> som " +"starthanterare, och <command>milo</command> som \"OS Path\". Kör bootstrap " +"med den nyligen skapade posten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:409 @@ -519,20 +755,36 @@ msgstr "Uppstart med MILO" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:410 #, no-c-format -msgid "MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press space during MILO countdown." -msgstr "MILO som finns på bootstrap-mediumet är konfigurerad att automatiskt fortsätta direkt till Linux. Om du önskar att avbryta är allt du behöver göra att trycka på blanksteg under MILO-nedräkningen." +msgid "" +"MILO contained on the bootstrap media is configured to proceed straight to " +"Linux automatically. Should you wish to intervene, all you need is to press " +"space during MILO countdown." +msgstr "" +"MILO som finns på bootstrap-mediumet är konfigurerad att automatiskt " +"fortsätta direkt till Linux. Om du önskar att avbryta är allt du behöver " +"göra att trycka på blanksteg under MILO-nedräkningen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply additional parameters), you can use a command like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you want to specify all the bits explicitly (for example, to supply " +"additional parameters), you can use a command like this: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> command would give you a brief MILO command reference." +"</screen></informalexample> If you are booting from something other than a " +"floppy, substitute <filename>fd0</filename> in the above example with the " +"appropriate device name in Linux notation. The <command>help</command> " +"command would give you a brief MILO command reference." msgstr "" -"Om du vill uttryckligen ange alla bitar (till exempel, för att skicka med ytterligare parametrar), kan du använda ett kommando som denna: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du vill uttryckligen ange alla bitar (till exempel, för att skicka med " +"ytterligare parametrar), kan du använda ett kommando som denna: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "MILO> boot fd0:linux.bin.gz root=/dev/fd0 load_ramdisk=1 <!-- arguments -->\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du startar upp från något annat än en diskett, ersätt <filename>fd0</filename> i exemplet ovan med lämpligt enhetsnamn i Linux-notation. Kommandot <command>help</command> ger dig en kort referens på MILO-kommandon." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du startar upp från något annat än en " +"diskett, ersätt <filename>fd0</filename> i exemplet ovan med lämpligt " +"enhetsnamn i Linux-notation. Kommandot <command>help</command> ger dig en " +"kort referens på MILO-kommandon." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:435 @@ -541,37 +793,37 @@ msgid "Booting from TFTP" msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 -#: boot-installer.xml:1003 -#: boot-installer.xml:1506 -#: boot-installer.xml:1989 -#: boot-installer.xml:2504 -#: boot-installer.xml:2600 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:1003 boot-installer.xml:1506 +#: boot-installer.xml:1989 boot-installer.xml:2504 boot-installer.xml:2600 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." -msgstr "Uppstart från nätverket kräver att du har en nätverksanslutning och en TFTP-server konfigurerad för uppstarter (DHCP, RARP eller BOOTP)." +msgid "" +"Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " +"TFTP network boot server (DHCP, RARP, or BOOTP)." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från nätverket kräver att du har en nätverksanslutning och en TFTP-" +"server konfigurerad för uppstarter (DHCP, RARP eller BOOTP)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 -#: boot-installer.xml:1008 -#: boot-installer.xml:1511 -#: boot-installer.xml:1994 -#: boot-installer.xml:2509 -#: boot-installer.xml:2605 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:1008 boot-installer.xml:1511 +#: boot-installer.xml:1994 boot-installer.xml:2509 boot-installer.xml:2605 #, no-c-format -msgid "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server instead of a BOOTP server." -msgstr "Äldre system såsom 715 kan kräva att en RBOOT-server används istället för en BOOTP-server." +msgid "" +"Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " +"instead of a BOOTP server." +msgstr "" +"Äldre system såsom 715 kan kräva att en RBOOT-server används istället för en " +"BOOTP-server." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 -#: boot-installer.xml:1013 -#: boot-installer.xml:1516 -#: boot-installer.xml:1999 -#: boot-installer.xml:2514 -#: boot-installer.xml:2610 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:1013 boot-installer.xml:1516 +#: boot-installer.xml:1999 boot-installer.xml:2514 boot-installer.xml:2610 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Installationsmetoden som har stöd för nätverksuppstart finns beskriven i <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " +"linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Installationsmetoden som har stöd för nätverksuppstart finns beskriven i " +"<xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:459 @@ -582,62 +834,117 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NetWinder via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:460 #, no-c-format -msgid "Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card (which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the 100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." -msgstr "Netwinder har två nätverksgränssnitt: Ett 10Mbps NE2000-kompatibelt kort (som generellt sett refereras till som <literal>eth0</literal>) och ett 100Mbps Tulip-kort. Det kan uppstå problem vid inläsning av avbilden via TFTP med 100Mbps-kortet så det rekommenderas att du använder 10Mbps-gränssnittet (det som är märkt som <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." +msgid "" +"Netwinders have two network interfaces: A 10Mbps NE2000-compatible card " +"(which is generally referred to as <literal>eth0</literal>) and a 100Mbps " +"Tulip card. There may be problems loading the image via TFTP using the " +"100Mbps card so it is recommended that you use the 10Mbps interface (the one " +"labeled with <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." +msgstr "" +"Netwinder har två nätverksgränssnitt: Ett 10Mbps NE2000-kompatibelt kort " +"(som generellt sett refereras till som <literal>eth0</literal>) och ett " +"100Mbps Tulip-kort. Det kan uppstå problem vid inläsning av avbilden via " +"TFTP med 100Mbps-kortet så det rekommenderas att du använder 10Mbps-" +"gränssnittet (det som är märkt som <literal>10 Base-T</literal>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:469 #, no-c-format -msgid "You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version 2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Du behöver NeTTrom 2.2.1 eller senare för att starta upp installationssystemet, och version 2.3.3 rekommenderas. Tyvärr finns inte firmwarefilerna tillgängliga för hämtning för tillfället på grund av licensproblem. Om denna situation ändras, kan du hitta nya avbilder på <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"You need NeTTrom 2.2.1 or later to boot the installation system, and version " +"2.3.3 is recommended. Unfortunately, firmware files are currently not " +"available for download because of license issues. If this situation changes, " +"you may find new images at <ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver NeTTrom 2.2.1 eller senare för att starta upp " +"installationssystemet, och version 2.3.3 rekommenderas. Tyvärr finns inte " +"firmwarefilerna tillgängliga för hämtning för tillfället på grund av " +"licensproblem. Om denna situation ändras, kan du hitta nya avbilder på " +"<ulink url=\"http//www.netwinder.org/\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When you boot your Netwinder you have to interrupt the boot process during " +"the countdown. This allows you to set a number of firmware settings needed " +"in order to boot the installer. First of all, start by loading the default " +"settings: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Furthermore, you must configure the network, " +"either with a static address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> where 24 is the number of set bits in the " +"netmask, or a dynamic address: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the <userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You may also need to configure the " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> settings if the TFTP server is not on the " +"local subnet. Following these settings, you have to specify the TFTP server " +"and the location of the image. You can then store your settings to flash. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Now you have to tell the firmware that the TFTP " +"image should be booted: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" -" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you use a serial console to install your " +"Netwinder, you need to add the following setting: <informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Alternatively, for installations using a " +"keyboard and monitor you have to set: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> You can use the <command>printenv</command> " +"command to review your environment settings. After you have verified that " +"the settings are correct, you can load the image: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</ulink> is available." +"</screen></informalexample> In case you run into any problems, a <ulink url=" +"\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detailed HOWTO</" +"ulink> is available." msgstr "" -"När du startar upp din Netwinder måste du avbryta uppstartsprocessen under nedräkningen. Det här låter dig ställa in ett antal firmwareinställningar som behövs för att kunna starta upp installeraren. Börja först med att läsa in standardinställningarna: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"När du startar upp din Netwinder måste du avbryta uppstartsprocessen under " +"nedräkningen. Det här låter dig ställa in ett antal firmwareinställningar " +"som behövs för att kunna starta upp installeraren. Börja först med att läsa " +"in standardinställningarna: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> load-defaults\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Sedan måste du konfigurera nätverket, antingen med en statisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Sedan måste du konfigurera nätverket, antingen " +"med en statisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 flash\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv eth0_ip 192.168.0.10/24\n" -"</screen></informalexample> där 24 är antalet bitar i nätmasken, eller en dynamisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> där 24 är antalet bitar i nätmasken, eller en " +"dynamisk adress: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv netconfig_eth0 dhcp\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kanske även behöver konfigurera inställningen <userinput>route1</userinput> om TFTP-servern inte finns på det lokala subnätet. Om du följer dessa inställningar, måste du ange TFTP-servern och avbildens plats. Du kan sedan lagra dina inställningar till flashminnet. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kanske även behöver konfigurera inställningen " +"<userinput>route1</userinput> om TFTP-servern inte finns på det lokala " +"subnätet. Om du följer dessa inställningar, måste du ange TFTP-servern och " +"avbildens plats. Du kan sedan lagra dina inställningar till flashminnet. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpserver 192.168.0.1\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kerntftpfile boot.img\n" " NeTTrom command-> save-all\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du berätta för firmware att TFTP-avbilden ska användas för att starta upp: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nu måste du berätta för firmware att TFTP-" +"avbilden ska användas för att starta upp: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv kernconfig tftp\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv rootdev /dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du använder en seriekonsoll för att installera din Netwinder, behöver du lägga till följande inställning: <informalexample><screen>\n" -" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram console=ttyS0,115200\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Alternativt, för installationer med ett tangentbord och skärm måste du ställa in: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Om du använder en seriekonsoll för att " +"installera din Netwinder, behöver du lägga till följande inställning: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +" NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram " +"console=ttyS0,115200\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Alternativt, för installationer med ett " +"tangentbord och skärm måste du ställa in: <informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> setenv cmdappend root=/dev/ram\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan använda kommandot <command>printenv</command> för att granska dina miljöinställningar. Efter att du har validerat att inställningarna är korrekta kan du läsa in avbilden: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan använda kommandot <command>printenv</" +"command> för att granska dina miljöinställningar. Efter att du har validerat " +"att inställningarna är korrekta kan du läsa in avbilden: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " NeTTrom command-> boot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du springer på några problem, finns en <ulink url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detaljerad HOWTO</ulink> tillgänglig." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du springer på några problem, finns en <ulink " +"url=\"http://www.netwinder.org/howto/Firmware-HOWTO.html\">detaljerad HOWTO</" +"ulink> tillgänglig." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:529 @@ -648,8 +955,12 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från TFTP på CATS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone prompt." -msgstr "På CATS-maskiner, använd <command>boot de0:</command> eller liknande på Cyclone-prompten." +msgid "" +"On CATS machines, use <command>boot de0:</command> or similar at the Cyclone " +"prompt." +msgstr "" +"På CATS-maskiner, använd <command>boot de0:</command> eller liknande på " +"Cyclone-prompten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:540 @@ -658,54 +969,76 @@ msgid "Booting from CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från cd-rom" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 -#: boot-installer.xml:716 -#: boot-installer.xml:1125 -#: boot-installer.xml:1946 -#: boot-installer.xml:2286 -#: boot-installer.xml:2640 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:716 boot-installer.xml:1125 +#: boot-installer.xml:1946 boot-installer.xml:2286 boot-installer.xml:2640 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." -msgstr "Den enklaste vägen för de flesta personer är att använda en uppsättning Debian-cd-skivor. Om du har en cd-uppsättning och om din maskin har stöd för att starta upp direkt från cd, bra! Bara att <phrase arch=\"x86\"> konfigurera ditt system för att starta upp från en cd som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> mata in din cd-skiva, starta om och fortsätt till nästa kapitel." +msgid "" +"The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " +"have a CD set, and if your machine supports booting directly off the CD, " +"great! Simply <phrase arch=\"x86\"> configure your system for booting off a " +"CD as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> insert " +"your CD, reboot, and proceed to the next chapter." +msgstr "" +"Den enklaste vägen för de flesta personer är att använda en uppsättning " +"Debian-cd-skivor. Om du har en cd-uppsättning och om din maskin har stöd för " +"att starta upp direkt från cd, bra! Bara att <phrase arch=\"x86\"> " +"konfigurera ditt system för att starta upp från en cd som beskrivs i <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/>, </phrase> mata in din cd-skiva, starta om och " +"fortsätt till nästa kapitel." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 -#: boot-installer.xml:727 -#: boot-installer.xml:1136 -#: boot-installer.xml:1957 -#: boot-installer.xml:2297 -#: boot-installer.xml:2651 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:727 boot-installer.xml:1136 +#: boot-installer.xml:1957 boot-installer.xml:2297 boot-installer.xml:2651 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for you." -msgstr "Observera att vissa cd-enheter kan kräver speciella drivrutiner och kan därför vara otillgängliga i de tidiga stegen av installationen. Om det visar sig att det vanliga sättet att starta upp från en cd inte fungerar på din maskinvara, besök det här kapitlet igen och läs om alternativa kärnor och installationsmetoder som kan fungera för dig." +msgid "" +"Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " +"inaccessible in the early installation stages. If it turns out the standard " +"way of booting off a CD doesn't work for your hardware, revisit this chapter " +"and read about alternate kernels and installation methods which may work for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa cd-enheter kan kräver speciella drivrutiner och kan " +"därför vara otillgängliga i de tidiga stegen av installationen. Om det visar " +"sig att det vanliga sättet att starta upp från en cd inte fungerar på din " +"maskinvara, besök det här kapitlet igen och läs om alternativa kärnor och " +"installationsmetoder som kan fungera för dig." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 -#: boot-installer.xml:735 -#: boot-installer.xml:1144 -#: boot-installer.xml:1965 -#: boot-installer.xml:2305 -#: boot-installer.xml:2659 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:735 boot-installer.xml:1144 +#: boot-installer.xml:1965 boot-installer.xml:2305 boot-installer.xml:2659 #, no-c-format -msgid "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation system at the CD-ROM drive." -msgstr "Även om du inte kan starta upp från cd-rom kan du antagligen installera Debians systemkomponenter och de paket du vill från cd-rom. Starta helt enkelt upp på ett annat media, såsom disketter. När det är dags att installera operativsystemet, grundsystemet och eventuellt andra paket, peka installationssystemet till cd-rom-enheten." +msgid "" +"Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " +"system components and any packages you want from CD-ROM. Simply boot using a " +"different media, such as floppies. When it's time to install the operating " +"system, base system, and any additional packages, point the installation " +"system at the CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" +"Även om du inte kan starta upp från cd-rom kan du antagligen installera " +"Debians systemkomponenter och de paket du vill från cd-rom. Starta helt " +"enkelt upp på ett annat media, såsom disketter. När det är dags att " +"installera operativsystemet, grundsystemet och eventuellt andra paket, peka " +"installationssystemet till cd-rom-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 -#: boot-installer.xml:743 -#: boot-installer.xml:1152 -#: boot-installer.xml:1973 -#: boot-installer.xml:2313 -#: boot-installer.xml:2667 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:743 boot-installer.xml:1152 +#: boot-installer.xml:1973 boot-installer.xml:2313 boot-installer.xml:2667 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Om du har problem att starta upp, se <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem att starta upp, se <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/" +">." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" -msgstr "För att starta upp en cd-rom från Cyclones konsollprompt, använd kommandot <command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgid "" +"To boot a CD-ROM from the Cyclone console prompt, use the command " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp en cd-rom från Cyclones konsollprompt, använd kommandot " +"<command>boot cd0:cats.bin</command>" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:589 @@ -716,14 +1049,27 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från firmware" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:595 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will automatically start when you reboot your machines." -msgstr "Det finns ett ökande antal konsumentenheter som startar upp direkt från ett flashchip på enheten. Installeraren kan skrivas till flash så att den automatiskt startar upp när du startar om dina maskiner." +msgid "" +"There is an increasing number of consumer devices that directly boot from a " +"flash chip on the device. The installer can be written to flash so it will " +"automatically start when you reboot your machines." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett ökande antal konsumentenheter som startar upp direkt från ett " +"flashchip på enheten. Installeraren kan skrivas till flash så att den " +"automatiskt startar upp när du startar om dina maskiner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:601 #, no-c-format -msgid "In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and follow the steps precisely." -msgstr "I många fall gäller inte din garanti när firmware i inbäddade enheter ändras. Ibland kan du inte heller återhämta din enhet om det inträffar problem under flashningsprocessen. Var därför försiktig och följ stegen noga." +msgid "" +"In many cases, changing the firmware of an embedded device voids your " +"warranty. Sometimes you are also not able to recover your device if there " +"are problems during the flashing process. Therefore, please take care and " +"follow the steps precisely." +msgstr "" +"I många fall gäller inte din garanti när firmware i inbäddade enheter " +"ändras. Ibland kan du inte heller återhämta din enhet om det inträffar " +"problem under flashningsprocessen. Var därför försiktig och följ stegen noga." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:612 @@ -735,7 +1081,8 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NSLU2" #: boot-installer.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "There are three ways how to put the installer firmware into flash:" -msgstr "Det finns tre sätt hur man lägger in installerarens firmware i flash-minnet:" +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre sätt hur man lägger in installerarens firmware i flash-minnet:" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:619 @@ -746,8 +1093,18 @@ msgstr "Använda webbgränssnittet i NSLU2" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:620 #, no-c-format -msgid "Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will then boot straight into the installer." -msgstr "Gå till administrationsavsnittet och välj menyposten <literal>Upgrade</literal>. Du kan sedan bläddra på din disk efter installationsavbilden du tidigare hämtade ner. Tryck sedan på knappen <literal>Start Upgrade</literal>, bekräfta, vänta ett par minuter och bekräfta igen. Systemet kommer sedan att starta upp direkt in i installeraren." +msgid "" +"Go to the administration section and choose the menu item <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. You can then browse your disk for the installer image you have " +"previously downloaded. Then press the <literal>Start Upgrade</literal> " +"button, confirm, wait for a few minutes and confirm again. The system will " +"then boot straight into the installer." +msgstr "" +"Gå till administrationsavsnittet och välj menyposten <literal>Upgrade</" +"literal>. Du kan sedan bläddra på din disk efter installationsavbilden du " +"tidigare hämtade ner. Tryck sedan på knappen <literal>Start Upgrade</" +"literal>, bekräfta, vänta ett par minuter och bekräfta igen. Systemet kommer " +"sedan att starta upp direkt in i installeraren." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:631 @@ -759,13 +1116,53 @@ msgstr "Via nätverket med Linux/Unix" #: boot-installer.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You can use <command>upslug2</command> from any Linux or Unix machine to " +"upgrade the machine via the network. This software is packaged for Debian. " +"First, you have to put your NSLU2 in upgrade mode: <orderedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Disconnect any disks and/or devices from the USB ports. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Power off the NSLU2 </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and hold the reset button (accessible through the " +"small hole on the back just above the power input). </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Press and release the power button to power on the NSLU2. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Wait for 10 seconds watching the ready/" +"status LED. After 10 seconds it will change from amber to red. Immediately " +"release the reset button. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> The NSLU2 " +"ready/status LED will flash alternately red/green (there is a 1 second delay " +"before the first green). The NSLU2 is now in upgrade mode. </para></" +"listitem> </orderedlist> See the <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/" +"wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux pages</ulink> if you have " +"problems with this. Once your NSLU2 is in upgrade mode, you can flash the " +"new image: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the installer won't be able to find it." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the tool also shows the MAC address of " +"your NSLU2, which may come in handy to configure your DHCP server. After the " +"whole image has been written and verified, the system will automatically " +"reboot. Make sure you connect your USB disk again now, otherwise the " +"installer won't be able to find it." msgstr "" -"Du kan använda <command>upslug2</command> från valfri Linux- eller Unix-maskin för att uppgradera maskinen via nätverket. Den här programvaran är paketerad för Debian. Först måste du försätta din NSLU2 i uppgraderingsläge: <orderedlist> <listitem><para> Koppla loss alla diskar och/eller enheter från USB-portarna. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Stäng av din NSLU2 </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och håll nere omstartsknappen (tillgänglig genom ett litet hål på baksidan ovanför strömanslutningen). </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och släpp strömknappen för att starta upp NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Vänta 10 sekunder och se på ready-/status-lampan. Efter 10 sekunder kommer en att ändra färg från orange till röd. Släpp omedelbart omstartsknappen. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Lampan på NSLU2 för ready/status kommer att blinka rött och grönt (det är en sekunds fördröjning före den första gröna). NSLU2 är nu i uppgraderingsläge. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Se <ulink url=\"http://www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux-sidor</ulink> om du har problem med det här. När din NSLU2 är i uppgraderingsläge, kan du lägga in den nya flashavbilden: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du kan använda <command>upslug2</command> från valfri Linux- eller Unix-" +"maskin för att uppgradera maskinen via nätverket. Den här programvaran är " +"paketerad för Debian. Först måste du försätta din NSLU2 i uppgraderingsläge: " +"<orderedlist> <listitem><para> Koppla loss alla diskar och/eller enheter " +"från USB-portarna. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Stäng av din NSLU2 </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och håll nere omstartsknappen " +"(tillgänglig genom ett litet hål på baksidan ovanför strömanslutningen). </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Tryck och släpp strömknappen för att " +"starta upp NSLU2. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Vänta 10 sekunder och " +"se på ready-/status-lampan. Efter 10 sekunder kommer en att ändra färg från " +"orange till röd. Släpp omedelbart omstartsknappen. </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> Lampan på NSLU2 för ready/status kommer att blinka rött och " +"grönt (det är en sekunds fördröjning före den första gröna). NSLU2 är nu i " +"uppgraderingsläge. </para></listitem> </orderedlist> Se <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.nslu2-linux.org/wiki/OpenSlug/UsingTheBinary\">NSLU2-Linux-sidor</ulink> " +"om du har problem med det här. När din NSLU2 är i uppgraderingsläge, kan du " +"lägga in den nya flashavbilden: <informalexample><screen>\n" "sudo upslug2 -i di-nslu2.bin\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att verktyget även visar MAC-adressen på din NSLU2, vilket kan vara användbart för att konfigurera din DHCP-server. Efter att hela avbilden har skrivits och validerats kommer systemet att automatiskt starta om. Se till att du ansluter din USB-disk igen nu, annars kommer installeraren inte att kunna hitta den." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att verktyget även visar MAC-adressen " +"på din NSLU2, vilket kan vara användbart för att konfigurera din DHCP-" +"server. Efter att hela avbilden har skrivits och validerats kommer systemet " +"att automatiskt starta om. Se till att du ansluter din USB-disk igen nu, " +"annars kommer installeraren inte att kunna hitta den." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:693 @@ -776,15 +1173,18 @@ msgstr "Via nätverket med Windows" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:694 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware via the network." -msgstr "Det finns <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/all_router_utility.zip\">ett verktyg</ulink> för Windows för att uppgradera firmware via nätverket." +msgid "" +"There is <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">a tool</ulink> for Windows to upgrade the firmware " +"via the network." +msgstr "" +"Det finns <ulink url=\"http://www.everbesthk.com/8-download/sercomm/firmware/" +"all_router_utility.zip\">ett verktyg</ulink> för Windows för att uppgradera " +"firmware via nätverket." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:710 -#: boot-installer.xml:1119 -#: boot-installer.xml:1934 -#: boot-installer.xml:2280 -#: boot-installer.xml:2634 +#: boot-installer.xml:710 boot-installer.xml:1119 boot-installer.xml:1934 +#: boot-installer.xml:2280 boot-installer.xml:2634 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "Uppstart från en cd-rom" @@ -792,32 +1192,73 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från en cd-rom" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:848 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" -msgstr "Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" +msgid "" +"Booting from Linux Using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</command>" +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från Linux med <command>LILO</command> eller <command>GRUB</command>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:851 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du första hämta och placera de nödvändiga filerna som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you must first download and place the " +"needed files as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du första hämta och " +"placera de nödvändiga filerna som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot the installer, although you should do so with care." -msgstr "Om du bara tänkte använda hårddisken för att starta upp och sedan hämta allt över nätverket, bör du hämta filen <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> och dess motsvarande kärna. Den låter dig partionera om hårddisken från vilken du startar upp installeraren, fastän du bör göra det med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use the hard drive only for booting and then download " +"everything over the network, you should download the <filename>netboot/" +"debian-installer/i386/initrd.gz</filename> file and its corresponding " +"kernel. This will allow you to repartition the hard disk from which you boot " +"the installer, although you should do so with care." +msgstr "" +"Om du bara tänkte använda hårddisken för att starta upp och sedan hämta allt " +"över nätverket, bör du hämta filen <filename>netboot/debian-installer/i386/" +"initrd.gz</filename> och dess motsvarande kärna. Den låter dig partionera om " +"hårddisken från vilken du startar upp installeraren, fastän du bör göra det " +"med försiktighet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:864 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive (make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, without needing the network." -msgstr "Alternativt, om du tänker behålla en existerande partition på hårddisken i oförändrat skick under installationen, kan du hämta filen <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename> och dess kärna, såväl som en kopia av en cd-avbild till enheten (se till att filens namn slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>). Installeraren kan sedan starta upp från enheten och installera från cd-avbilden, utan behov av nätverk." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you intend to keep an existing partition on the hard drive " +"unchanged during the install, you can download the <filename>hd-media/initrd." +"gz</filename> file and its kernel, as well as copy a CD iso to the drive " +"(make sure the file is named ending in <literal>.iso</literal>). The " +"installer can then boot from the drive and install from the CD image, " +"without needing the network." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt, om du tänker behålla en existerande partition på hårddisken i " +"oförändrat skick under installationen, kan du hämta filen <filename>hd-media/" +"initrd.gz</filename> och dess kärna, såväl som en kopia av en cd-avbild till " +"enheten (se till att filens namn slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>). " +"Installeraren kan sedan starta upp från enheten och installera från cd-" +"avbilden, utan behov av nätverk." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:873 #, no-c-format -msgid "For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" -msgstr "För <command>LILO</command>, behöver du konfigurera två viktiga saker i <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> för att läsa in <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installeraren vid uppstart; </para></listitem> <listitem><para> få kärnan <filename>vmlinuz</filename> att använda en RAM-disk som sin rotpartition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" +msgid "" +"For <command>LILO</command>, you will need to configure two essential things " +"in <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> to " +"load the <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installer at boot time; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> have the <filename>vmlinuz</filename> kernel use " +"a RAM disk as its root partition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Here is " +"a <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> example:" +msgstr "" +"För <command>LILO</command>, behöver du konfigurera två viktiga saker i " +"<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> för att " +"läsa in <filename>initrd.gz</filename> installeraren vid uppstart; </para></" +"listitem> <listitem><para> få kärnan <filename>vmlinuz</filename> att " +"använda en RAM-disk som sin rotpartition. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> " +"Här är ett exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:894 @@ -838,20 +1279,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:894 #, no-c-format -msgid "For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and reboot." -msgstr "För fler detaljer, referera till manualsidorna <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> och <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Kör nu <userinput>lilo</userinput> och starta om." +msgid "" +"For more details, refer to the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> man pages. Now run <userinput>lilo</userinput> and " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"För fler detaljer, referera till manualsidorna " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>initrd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>4</" +"manvolnum></citerefentry> och <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lilo.conf</" +"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Kör nu " +"<userinput>lilo</userinput> och starta om." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:903 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your <filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"directory (sometimes in the <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), add the " +"following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" "</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" -"Proceduren för <command>GRUB</command> är ganska lik. Leta upp din <filename>menu.lst</filename> i katalogen <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> (ibland finns den i <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), lägg till följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Proceduren för <command>GRUB</command> är ganska lik. Leta upp din " +"<filename>menu.lst</filename> i katalogen <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " +"(ibland finns den i <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>), lägg till " +"följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" "title Ny installation\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" @@ -860,8 +1317,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." -msgstr "Observera att värden för <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva justeras efter initrd-avbildens storlek. Från och med nu bör det inte vara några skillnader mellan <command>GRUB</command> och <command>LILO</command>." +msgid "" +"Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " +"be adjusted for the size of the initrd image. From here on, there should be " +"no difference between <command>GRUB</command> or <command>LILO</command>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att värden för <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> kan behöva " +"justeras efter initrd-avbildens storlek. Från och med nu bör det inte vara " +"några skillnader mellan <command>GRUB</command> och <command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:925 @@ -872,60 +1335,120 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:926 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Anslut ditt USB-minne i någon ledig USB-kontakt och starta om datorn. Systemet bör starta upp och du bör se prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument eller bara trycka &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select\"/> and <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Now just plug your USB " +"stick into some free USB connector and reboot the computer. The system " +"should boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select" +"\"/> och <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. Anslut ditt USB-minne i någon " +"ledig USB-kontakt och starta om datorn. Systemet bör starta upp och du bör " +"se prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>. Här kan du ange ytterligare " +"uppstartsargument eller bara trycka &enterkey;." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:939 -#: boot-installer.xml:2046 -#: boot-installer.xml:2540 +#: boot-installer.xml:939 boot-installer.xml:2046 boot-installer.xml:2540 #: boot-installer.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:940 -#: boot-installer.xml:2548 +#: boot-installer.xml:940 boot-installer.xml:2548 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." -msgstr "Du ska redan ha hämtat diskettavbilderna du behövde och skapat disketterna från avbilderna i <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgid "" +"You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " +"floppies from the images in <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du ska redan ha hämtat diskettavbilderna du behövde och skapat disketterna " +"från avbilderna i <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." -msgstr "För att starta upp från installerarens startdiskett, placera den i primära diskettenheten, stäng ner systemet som vanligt och starta upp det igen." +msgid "" +"To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " +"drive, shut down the system as you normally would, then turn it back on." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp från installerarens startdiskett, placera den i primära " +"diskettenheten, stäng ner systemet som vanligt och starta upp det igen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:953 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." -msgstr "För att installera från en LS-120-enhet (ATAPI-version) med en uppsättning disketter, behöver du ange den virtuella platsen för diskettenheten. Det här gör man med uppstartsargumentet <emphasis>root=</emphasis>, som anger enheten som drivrutinen kan binda enheten till. Till exempel, om din LS-120-enhet är ansluten som första IDE-enhet (master) på andra kabeln, anger du <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> på uppstartsprompten." +msgid "" +"For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " +"you need to specify the virtual location for the floppy device. This is done " +"with the <emphasis>root=</emphasis> boot argument, giving the device that " +"the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " +"is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." +msgstr "" +"För att installera från en LS-120-enhet (ATAPI-version) med en uppsättning " +"disketter, behöver du ange den virtuella platsen för diskettenheten. Det här " +"gör man med uppstartsargumentet <emphasis>root=</emphasis>, som anger " +"enheten som drivrutinen kan binda enheten till. Till exempel, om din LS-120-" +"enhet är ansluten som första IDE-enhet (master) på andra kabeln, anger du " +"<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> på uppstartsprompten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." -msgstr "Observera att på vissa maskiner, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> återställer inte korrekt maskinen, så en <quote>hård</quote> omstart rekommenderas. Om du installerar från ett existerande operativsystem (exempelvis från en DOS-burk) har du inget val. Om inte, gör en hård omstart vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> does not properly reset the " +"machine, so a <quote>hard</quote> reboot is recommended. If you are " +"installing from an existing operating system (e.g., from a DOS box) you " +"don't have a choice. Otherwise, please do a hard reboot when booting." +msgstr "" +"Observera att på vissa maskiner, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> återställer inte " +"korrekt maskinen, så en <quote>hård</quote> omstart rekommenderas. Om du " +"installerar från ett existerande operativsystem (exempelvis från en DOS-" +"burk) har du inget val. Om inte, gör en hård omstart vid uppstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:972 #, no-c-format -msgid "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." -msgstr "Disketten kommer att läsas från och du bör sedan se en skärm som introducerar startdisketten och slutar med prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>." +msgid "" +"The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " +"introduces the boot floppy and ends with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt." +msgstr "" +"Disketten kommer att läsas från och du bör sedan se en skärm som " +"introducerar startdisketten och slutar med prompten <prompt>boot:</prompt>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:978 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." -msgstr "När du trycker &enterkey;, bör du se meddelandet <computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, följt av <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, och sedan en skärm full av information om maskinvaran i ditt system. Mer information angående den här fasen i uppstartsprocessen kan hittas under i <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgid "" +"Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " +"<computeroutput>Loading...</computeroutput>, followed by " +"<computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</computeroutput>, and then a " +"screenfull or so of information about the hardware in your system. More " +"information on this phase of the boot process can be found below in <xref " +"linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." +msgstr "" +"När du trycker &enterkey;, bör du se meddelandet <computeroutput>Loading...</" +"computeroutput>, följt av <computeroutput>Uncompressing Linux...</" +"computeroutput>, och sedan en skärm full av information om maskinvaran i " +"ditt system. Mer information angående den här fasen i uppstartsprocessen kan " +"hittas under i <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically launched." -msgstr "Efter uppstart från startdisketten kommer rotdisketten att efterfrågas. Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;, och dess innehåll kommer att läsas in i minnet. Installeringsprogrammet <command>debian-installer</command> startas automatiskt." +msgid "" +"After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " +"root floppy and press &enterkey;, and the contents are loaded into memory. " +"The installer program <command>debian-installer</command> is automatically " +"launched." +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstart från startdisketten kommer rotdisketten att efterfrågas. Mata " +"in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;, och dess innehåll kommer att läsas in " +"i minnet. Installeringsprogrammet <command>debian-installer</command> " +"startas automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1021 @@ -942,8 +1465,16 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskort eller moderkort med stöd för PXE" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1028 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS to boot from the network." -msgstr "Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort eller moderkort erbjuder funktionalitet för uppstart via PXE. Det är en återimplementation av TFTP-uppstart från <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark>. Om så är fallet kan du konfigurera ditt BIOS att starta upp från nätverket." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " +"boot functionality. This is a <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark> " +"re-implementation of TFTP boot. If so you may be able to configure your BIOS " +"to boot from the network." +msgstr "" +"Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort eller moderkort erbjuder " +"funktionalitet för uppstart via PXE. Det är en återimplementation av TFTP-" +"uppstart från <trademark class=\"trade\">Intel</trademark>. Om så är fallet " +"kan du konfigurera ditt BIOS att starta upp från nätverket." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1039 @@ -954,14 +1485,22 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskort med Network BootROM" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1040 #, no-c-format -msgid "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot functionality." -msgstr "Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort erbjuder funktionalitet för att starta upp via TFTP." +msgid "" +"It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " +"functionality." +msgstr "" +"Det kan vara så att ditt nätverkskort erbjuder funktionalitet för att starta " +"upp via TFTP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1045 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. Please refer to this document." -msgstr "Låt oss (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) veta hur du gjorde det. Referera till det här dokumentet." +msgid "" +"Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " +"Please refer to this document." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) veta hur du gjorde det. " +"Referera till det här dokumentet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1053 @@ -972,8 +1511,12 @@ msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1054 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">Etherboot-projektet</ulink> erbjuder startdisketter och även ROM-filer som kan göra uppstarter via TFTP." +msgid "" +"The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " +"provides bootdiskettes and even bootroms that do a TFTPboot." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">Etherboot-projektet</ulink> erbjuder " +"startdisketter och även ROM-filer som kan göra uppstarter via TFTP." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1063 @@ -985,25 +1528,73 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsprompten" #: boot-installer.xml:1064 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " +"screen showing the Debian logo and the boot prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press &enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." +"</screen></informalexample> At the boot prompt you can either just press " +"&enterkey; to boot the installer with default options or enter a specific " +"boot method and, optionally, boot parameters." msgstr "" -"När installeraren startar upp bör du presenteras med en snäll grafisk skärm som visar Debians logotyp och en uppstartsprompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"När installeraren startar upp bör du presenteras med en snäll grafisk skärm " +"som visar Debians logotyp och en uppstartsprompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "Press F1 for help, or ENTER to boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vid uppstartsprompten kan du antingen bara trycka &enterkey; för att starta upp installeraren med standardalternativ eller ange en specifik uppstartsmetod och, valfritt, uppstartsparametrar." +"</screen></informalexample> Vid uppstartsprompten kan du antingen bara " +"trycka &enterkey; för att starta upp installeraren med standardalternativ " +"eller ange en specifik uppstartsmetod och, valfritt, uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." -msgstr "Information om tillgängliga uppstartsmetoder och om uppstartsparametrar som kan vara användbara kan hittas genom att trycka <keycap>F2</keycap> till <keycap>F8</keycap>. Om du lägger till några parametrar till kommandoraden, tänk på att ange uppstartsmetoden (standard är <userinput>linux</userinput>) och ett blanksteg före den första parametern (exempelvis <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgid "" +"Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux fb=false</userinput>)." +msgstr "" +"Information om tillgängliga uppstartsmetoder och om uppstartsparametrar som " +"kan vara användbara kan hittas genom att trycka <keycap>F2</keycap> till " +"<keycap>F8</keycap>. Om du lägger till några parametrar till kommandoraden, " +"tänk på att ange uppstartsmetoden (standard är <userinput>linux</userinput>) " +"och ett blanksteg före den första parametern (exempelvis <userinput>linux " +"fb=false</userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1085 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in the help text." -msgstr "Om du installerar systemet via en fjärrhanteringsenhet som tillhandahåller ett textgränssnitt till VGA-konsollen, kan du inte se den initiala grafiska uppstartsskärmen under uppstarten av installeraren; du kanske inte heller kan se uppstartsprompten. Exempel på de här enheterna inkluderar textkonsollen för Compaqs <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) och HP:s <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). Du kan helt blint trycka F1<footnote> <para> I vissa fall kräver de här enheterna en speciell tangentsekvens för att göra den här tangenttryckningen, till exempel använder IRA <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> för att komma förbi den här skärmen och visa hjälptexten. När du har kommit förbi uppstartsskärmen och är vid hjälptexten kommer dina tangenttryckningar att ekas vid prompten som förväntat. För att förhindra att installeraren använder grafikkortet i resten av installationen, kan du också lägga till <userinput>fb=false</userinput> till uppstartsprompten, som beskrivs i hjälptexten." +msgid "" +"If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " +"provides a text interface to the VGA console, you may not be able to see the " +"initial graphical splash screen upon booting the installer; you may even not " +"see the boot prompt. Examples of these devices include the text console of " +"Compaq's <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) and HP's " +"<quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). You can blindly press " +"F1<footnote> <para> In some cases these devices will require special escape " +"sequences to enact this keypress, for example the IRA uses <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycap>1</" +"keycap>. </para> </footnote> to bypass this screen and view the help text. " +"Once you are past the splash screen and at the help text your keystrokes " +"will be echoed at the prompt as expected. To prevent the installer from " +"using the framebuffer for the rest of the installation, you will also want " +"to add <userinput>fb=false</userinput> to the boot prompt, as described in " +"the help text." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar systemet via en fjärrhanteringsenhet som tillhandahåller " +"ett textgränssnitt till VGA-konsollen, kan du inte se den initiala grafiska " +"uppstartsskärmen under uppstarten av installeraren; du kanske inte heller " +"kan se uppstartsprompten. Exempel på de här enheterna inkluderar " +"textkonsollen för Compaqs <quote>integrated Lights Out</quote> (iLO) och HP:" +"s <quote>Integrated Remote Assistant</quote> (IRA). Du kan helt blint trycka " +"F1<footnote> <para> I vissa fall kräver de här enheterna en speciell " +"tangentsekvens för att göra den här tangenttryckningen, till exempel " +"använder IRA <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>," +" <keycap>1</keycap>. </para> </footnote> för att komma förbi den här " +"skärmen och visa hjälptexten. När du har kommit förbi uppstartsskärmen och " +"är vid hjälptexten kommer dina tangenttryckningar att ekas vid prompten som " +"förväntat. För att förhindra att installeraren använder grafikkortet i " +"resten av installationen, kan du också lägga till <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput> till uppstartsprompten, som beskrivs i hjälptexten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1160 @@ -1014,32 +1605,115 @@ msgstr "Cd-innehåll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1162 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The <emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of packages without needing access to the network." -msgstr "Det finns tre enkla variationer av Debians installationsskivor. Cd-skivan <emphasis>Visitkort</emphasis> innehåller en minimal installation som passar på ett minimalt cd-media. Den kräver en nätverksanslutning för att installera resten av grundinstallationen och skapa ett användbart system. Cd-skivan <emphasis>Nätinstallation</emphasis> har alla paket för en grundinstallation men kräver en nätverksanslutningen till en Debian-spegel för att installera de extra paket som man vill ha för ett komplett system. Uppsättningen av Debian-cd-skivor kan installera ett komplett system från en mängd olika paket utan behov av tillgång till nätverket." +msgid "" +"There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " +"<emphasis>Business Card</emphasis> CD has a minimal installation that will " +"fit on the small form factor CD media. It requires a network connection in " +"order to install the rest of the base installation and make a usable system. " +"The <emphasis>Network Install</emphasis> CD has all of the packages for a " +"base install but requires a network connection to a Debian mirror site in " +"order to install the extra packages one would want for a complete system . " +"The set of Debian CDs can install a complete system from the wide range of " +"packages without needing access to the network." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre enkla variationer av Debians installationsskivor. Cd-skivan " +"<emphasis>Visitkort</emphasis> innehåller en minimal installation som passar " +"på ett minimalt cd-media. Den kräver en nätverksanslutning för att " +"installera resten av grundinstallationen och skapa ett användbart system. Cd-" +"skivan <emphasis>Nätinstallation</emphasis> har alla paket för en " +"grundinstallation men kräver en nätverksanslutningen till en Debian-spegel " +"för att installera de extra paket som man vill ha för ett komplett system. " +"Uppsättningen av Debian-cd-skivor kan installera ett komplett system från en " +"mängd olika paket utan behov av tillgång till nätverket." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1178 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more conventional systems." -msgstr "Arkitekturen IA-64 använder nästa generations Extensible Firmware Interface (EFI) från Intel. Olik det traditionella x86 BIOS som inte känner till mer om uppstartsenheten annat än partitionstabellen och huvudstartsektorn (MBR), EFI kan läsa och skriva filer från FAT16- eller FAT32-formaterade diskpartitioner. Det här förenklar den ofta mystiska processen hur ett system startas upp. Starthanteraren och EFI-firmware som har stöd för det har ett helt filsystem att lagra nödvändiga filer för att starta upp maskinen. Det betyder att systemdisken på ett IA-64-system har ytterligare en diskpartition som är dedicerad till EFI istället för den enkla MBR eller uppstartsblock på mer konventionella system." +msgid "" +"The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " +"Interface (EFI) from Intel. Unlike the traditional x86 BIOS which knows " +"little about the boot device other than the partition table and Master Boot " +"Record (MBR), EFI can read and write files from FAT16 or FAT32 formatted " +"disk partitions. This simplifies the often arcane process of starting a " +"system. The system boot loader and the EFI firmware that supports it have a " +"full filesystem to store the files necessary for booting the machine. This " +"means that the system disk on an IA-64 system has an additional disk " +"partition dedicated to EFI instead of the simple MBR or boot block on more " +"conventional systems." +msgstr "" +"Arkitekturen IA-64 använder nästa generations Extensible Firmware Interface " +"(EFI) från Intel. Olik det traditionella x86 BIOS som inte känner till mer " +"om uppstartsenheten annat än partitionstabellen och huvudstartsektorn (MBR), " +"EFI kan läsa och skriva filer från FAT16- eller FAT32-formaterade " +"diskpartitioner. Det här förenklar den ofta mystiska processen hur ett " +"system startas upp. Starthanteraren och EFI-firmware som har stöd för det " +"har ett helt filsystem att lagra nödvändiga filer för att starta upp " +"maskinen. Det betyder att systemdisken på ett IA-64-system har ytterligare " +"en diskpartition som är dedicerad till EFI istället för den enkla MBR eller " +"uppstartsblock på mer konventionella system." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1194 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the <command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." -msgstr "Debian Installer-cd-skivan innehåller en liten EFI-partition där starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command>, dess konfigurationsfil, installerarens kärna, och initiala filsystem (initrd) finns. Det körande systemet innehåller även en EFI-partition där de nödvändiga filerna för uppstart av systemet finns. De här filerna är läsbara från EFI-skalet som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " +"<command>ELILO</command> bootloader, its configuration file, the installer's " +"kernel, and initial filesystem (initrd) are located. The running system also " +"contains an EFI partition where the necessary files for booting the system " +"reside. These files are readable from the EFI Shell as described below." +msgstr "" +"Debian Installer-cd-skivan innehåller en liten EFI-partition där " +"starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command>, dess konfigurationsfil, " +"installerarens kärna, och initiala filsystem (initrd) finns. Det körande " +"systemet innehåller även en EFI-partition där de nödvändiga filerna för " +"uppstart av systemet finns. De här filerna är läsbara från EFI-skalet som " +"beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1203 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." -msgstr "De flesta detaljer för hur <command>ELILO</command> faktiskt läser in och startar ett system är inte synliga för systeminstalleraren. Dock, installeraren måste ställa in en EFI-partition före installation av grundsystemet. Annars kommer installationen av <command>ELILO</command> att misslyckas som resulterar i att systemet inte kan startas upp. EFI-partitionen allokeras och formateras i partitioneringssteget av installationen före inläsningen av paketen på systemdisken. Partitioneringsfunktionen verifierar även att en lämplig EFI-partition finns före den tillåter installationen att fortsätta." +msgid "" +"Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " +"starts a system are transparent to the system installer. However, the " +"installer must set up an EFI partition prior to installing the base system. " +"Otherwise, the installation of <command>ELILO</command> will fail, rendering " +"the system un-bootable. The EFI partition is allocated and formatted in the " +"partitioning step of the installation prior to loading any packages on the " +"system disk. The partitioning task also verifies that a suitable EFI " +"partition is present before allowing the installation to proceed." +msgstr "" +"De flesta detaljer för hur <command>ELILO</command> faktiskt läser in och " +"startar ett system är inte synliga för systeminstalleraren. Dock, " +"installeraren måste ställa in en EFI-partition före installation av " +"grundsystemet. Annars kommer installationen av <command>ELILO</command> att " +"misslyckas som resulterar i att systemet inte kan startas upp. EFI-" +"partitionen allokeras och formateras i partitioneringssteget av " +"installationen före inläsningen av paketen på systemdisken. " +"Partitioneringsfunktionen verifierar även att en lämplig EFI-partition finns " +"före den tillåter installationen att fortsätta." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1215 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second option." -msgstr "EFI Boot Manager visas som sista steget för initiering av firmware. Den visar en menylista från vilken användaren kan välja ett alternativ. Beroende på systemmodellen och vilken annan programvara som har lästs in på systemet kan den här menyn skilja sig från system till system. Det bör finnas åtminstone två menyposter, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> och <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Första alternativet föredras, dock, om det alternativet inte finns tillgängligt eller att cd-skivan av någon anledning inte startar upp med den, använd det andra alternativet." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " +"initialization. It displays a menu list from which the user can select an " +"option. Depending on the model of system and what other software has been " +"loaded on the system, this menu may be different from one system to another. " +"There should be at least two menu items displayed, <command>Boot Option " +"Maintenance Menu</command> and <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. " +"Using the first option is preferred, however, if that option is not " +"available or the CD for some reason does not boot with it, use the second " +"option." +msgstr "" +"EFI Boot Manager visas som sista steget för initiering av firmware. Den " +"visar en menylista från vilken användaren kan välja ett alternativ. Beroende " +"på systemmodellen och vilken annan programvara som har lästs in på systemet " +"kan den här menyn skilja sig från system till system. Det bör finnas " +"åtminstone två menyposter, <command>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</command> " +"och <command>EFI Shell (Built-in)</command>. Första alternativet föredras, " +"dock, om det alternativet inte finns tillgängligt eller att cd-skivan av " +"någon anledning inte startar upp med den, använd det andra alternativet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1234 @@ -1050,8 +1724,22 @@ msgstr "VIKTIGT" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1235 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the shell prompt." -msgstr "EFI Boot Manager kommer att välja en standardåtgärd för uppstart, vanligtvis det första menyvalet, inom ett förinställt antal sekunder. Det här indikeras av en nedräkning i nedre delen av skärmen. När räknaren har räknat ned och systemet startar standardåtgärden, kanske du måste starta om maskinen för att fortsätta installationen. Om standardåtgärden är EFI-skalet kan du återvända till Boot Manager genom att köra <command>exit</command> vid skalprompten." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " +"menu choice, within a pre-set number of seconds. This is indicated by a " +"countdown at the bottom of the screen. Once the timer expires and the " +"systems starts the default action, you may have to reboot the machine in " +"order to continue the installation. If the default action is the EFI Shell, " +"you can return to the Boot Manager by running <command>exit</command> at the " +"shell prompt." +msgstr "" +"EFI Boot Manager kommer att välja en standardåtgärd för uppstart, vanligtvis " +"det första menyvalet, inom ett förinställt antal sekunder. Det här indikeras " +"av en nedräkning i nedre delen av skärmen. När räknaren har räknat ned och " +"systemet startar standardåtgärden, kanske du måste starta om maskinen för " +"att fortsätta installationen. Om standardåtgärden är EFI-skalet kan du " +"återvända till Boot Manager genom att köra <command>exit</command> vid " +"skalprompten." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1247 @@ -1062,38 +1750,89 @@ msgstr "Alternativ 1: Starta upp från Boot Option Maintenance Menu" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1254 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system initialization." -msgstr "Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställt sin systeminitiering." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes its system " +"initialization." +msgstr "" +"Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer " +"att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställt sin " +"systeminitiering." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1260 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." -msgstr "Välj <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en ny meny." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " +"keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a new menu." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> från menyn med piltangenterna " +"och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en ny meny." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1266 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice that the device and controller information should be the same." -msgstr "Välj <command>Boot From a File</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en lista på enheter som firmware har sökt efter. Du bör se två menyrader som innehåller antingen etiketten <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> eller <command>Removable Media Boot</command>. Om du undersöker resten av menyraden kommer du att se att informationen för enheten och kontrollern är samma." +msgid "" +"Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " +"and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will display a list of devices " +"probed by the firmware. You should see two menu lines containing either the " +"label <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> or <command>Removable Media " +"Boot</command>. If you examine the rest of the menu line, you will notice " +"that the device and controller information should be the same." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>Boot From a File</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och " +"tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att visa en lista på enheter " +"som firmware har sökt efter. Du bör se två menyrader som innehåller antingen " +"etiketten <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> eller <command>Removable " +"Media Boot</command>. Om du undersöker resten av menyraden kommer du att se " +"att informationen för enheten och kontrollern är samma." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1277 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." -msgstr "Du kan välja någon av posterna som refererar till cd/dvd-enheten. Välj med piltangenterna och tryck sedan <command>ENTER</command>. Om du väljer <command>Removable Media Boot</command> kommer maskinen att omedelbart påbörja uppstartssekvensen. Om du istället väljer <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>, kommer den att visa en kataloglistning på den startbara delen av cd-skivan, som kräver att du fortsätter till nästa (ytterligare) steg." +msgid "" +"You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " +"your choice with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. If you " +"choose <command>Removable Media Boot</command> the machine will immediately " +"start the boot load sequence. If you choose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command> instead, it will display a directory listing of the bootable " +"portion of the CD, requiring you to proceed to the next (additional) step." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja någon av posterna som refererar till cd/dvd-enheten. Välj med " +"piltangenterna och tryck sedan <command>ENTER</command>. Om du väljer " +"<command>Removable Media Boot</command> kommer maskinen att omedelbart " +"påbörja uppstartssekvensen. Om du istället väljer <command>Debian Inst " +"[Acpi ...</command>, kommer den att visa en kataloglistning på den startbara " +"delen av cd-skivan, som kräver att du fortsätter till nästa (ytterligare) " +"steg." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1288 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." -msgstr "Du behöver endast det här steget om du valde <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</command>. Kataloglistningen kommer även att visa <command>[Treat like Removable Media Boot]</command> på den näst sista raden. Välj den raden med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att starta inläsningssekvensen för uppstarten." +msgid "" +"You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. The directory listing will also show <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> on the next to the last line. Select this " +"line with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start " +"the boot load sequence." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver endast det här steget om du valde <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" +"command>. Kataloglistningen kommer även att visa <command>[Treat like " +"Removable Media Boot]</command> på den näst sista raden. Välj den raden med " +"piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det här kommer att starta " +"inläsningssekvensen för uppstarten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1300 #, no-c-format -msgid "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." -msgstr "Dessa steg startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida för dig att välja en uppstartskärna och flaggor. Fortsätt till valet av uppstartskärna och flaggor." +msgid "" +"These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " +"you to select a boot kernel and options. Proceed to selecting the boot " +"kernel and options." +msgstr "" +"Dessa steg startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida " +"för dig att välja en uppstartskärna och flaggor. Fortsätt till valet av " +"uppstartskärna och flaggor." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1310 @@ -1104,44 +1843,104 @@ msgstr "Alternativ 2: Starta upp från EFI-skalet" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1311 #, no-c-format -msgid "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with the following steps:" -msgstr "Om, av någon anledning, alternativ 1 inte lyckas, starta om maskinen och när EFI Boot Manager-skärmen visas bör det finnas ett alternativ kallat <command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Starta upp Debian Installer-skivan med följande steg:" +msgid "" +"If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " +"the EFI Boot Manager screen appears there should be one option called " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Boot the Debian Installer CD with " +"the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Om, av någon anledning, alternativ 1 inte lyckas, starta om maskinen och när " +"EFI Boot Manager-skärmen visas bör det finnas ett alternativ kallat " +"<command>EFI Shell [Built-in]</command>. Starta upp Debian Installer-skivan " +"med följande steg:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1322 #, no-c-format -msgid "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system initialization." -msgstr "Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställer systeminitieringen." +msgid "" +"Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " +"display the EFI Boot Manager page and menu after it completes system " +"initialization." +msgstr "" +"Mata in cd-skivan i dvd/cd-enheten och starta om maskinen. Firmware kommer " +"att visa EFI Boot Manager-sidan och menyn efter den färdigställer " +"systeminitieringen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1328 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable devices and display them to the console before displaying its command prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." -msgstr "Välj <command>EFI Shell</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck <command>ENTER</command>. EFI-skalet kommer att söka av alla startbara enheter och visa dem i konsollen före den visar sin kommandoprompt. De kända partitioner som är startbara på enheterna kommer att visa enhetsnamnet <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Alla andra kända partitioner kommer att namnges som <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Om du matade in cd-skivan precis innan du gick in i skalet kommer det ta några extra sekunder när den initierar cd-enheten." +msgid "" +"Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " +"press <command>ENTER</command>. The EFI Shell will scan all of the bootable " +"devices and display them to the console before displaying its command " +"prompt. The recognized bootable partitions on devices will show a device " +"name of <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. All other " +"recognized partitions will be named <filename>blk<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:</filename>. If you inserted the CD just before entering the " +"shell, this may take a few extra seconds as it initializes the CD drive." +msgstr "" +"Välj <command>EFI Shell</command> från menyn med piltangenterna och tryck " +"<command>ENTER</command>. EFI-skalet kommer att söka av alla startbara " +"enheter och visa dem i konsollen före den visar sin kommandoprompt. De kända " +"partitioner som är startbara på enheterna kommer att visa enhetsnamnet " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</filename>. Alla andra kända " +"partitioner kommer att namnges som <filename>blk<replaceable>n</replaceable>:" +"</filename>. Om du matade in cd-skivan precis innan du gick in i skalet " +"kommer det ta några extra sekunder när den initierar cd-enheten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1342 #, no-c-format -msgid "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." -msgstr "Undersök utskriften från skalet som letar efter cd-rom-enheten. Det är antagligen enheten <filename>fs0:</filename> även om andra enheter med startbara partitioner också kommer att visas som <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>." +msgid "" +"Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " +"likely the <filename>fs0:</filename> device although other devices with " +"bootable partitions will also show up as <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." +msgstr "" +"Undersök utskriften från skalet som letar efter cd-rom-enheten. Det är " +"antagligen enheten <filename>fs0:</filename> även om andra enheter med " +"startbara partitioner också kommer att visas som <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable></filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1349 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press <command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now display the partition number as its prompt." -msgstr "Ange <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command> för att välja den enhet där <replaceable>n</replaceable> är partitionsnumret för cd-rom. Skalet kommer nu att visa partitionsnumret som sin prompt." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " +"<command>ENTER</command> to select that device where <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> is the partition number for the CDROM. The shell will now " +"display the partition number as its prompt." +msgstr "" +"Ange <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> och tryck på " +"<command>ENTER</command> för att välja den enhet där <replaceable>n</" +"replaceable> är partitionsnumret för cd-rom. Skalet kommer nu att visa " +"partitionsnumret som sin prompt." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1356 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will start the boot load sequence." -msgstr "Ange <command>elilo</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att påbörja uppstartssekvensen." +msgid "" +"Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " +"start the boot load sequence." +msgstr "" +"Ange <command>elilo</command> och tryck på <command>ENTER</command>. Det " +"kommer att påbörja uppstartssekvensen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1363 #, no-c-format -msgid "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel and options." -msgstr "Som med alternativ 1, de här stegen startar Debians starthanterare som kommer att visa en menysida för dig där du kan välja en uppstartskärna och alternativ. Du kan även ange det kortare kommandot <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> vid skalprompten. Fortsätt till att välja uppstartskärna och alternativ." +msgid "" +"As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " +"display a menu page for you to select a boot kernel and options. You can " +"also enter the shorter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</" +"command> command at the shell prompt. Proceed to selecting the boot kernel " +"and options." +msgstr "" +"Som med alternativ 1, de här stegen startar Debians starthanterare som " +"kommer att visa en menysida för dig där du kan välja en uppstartskärna och " +"alternativ. Du kan även ange det kortare kommandot " +"<command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:elilo</command> vid skalprompten. " +"Fortsätt till att välja uppstartskärna och alternativ." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1377 @@ -1152,32 +1951,86 @@ msgstr "Installation med en seriekonsoll" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1379 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the ttyS0 device are preconfigured." -msgstr "Du kan välja att genomföra en installation med en skärm och tangentbord eller genom att använda en serieanslutning. För att använda skärm/tangentbord, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [VGA console]. För att installera över en serieanslutning, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], där <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> är hastigheten för din seriekonsoll. Menyposter för de mest vanliga hastigheterna för ttyS0-enheten är förkonfigurerade." +msgid "" +"You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " +"serial connection. To use a monitor/keyboard setup, select an option " +"containing the string [VGA console]. To install over a serial connection, " +"choose an option containing the string [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud " +"serial console], where <replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> is the speed of your " +"serial console. Menu items for the most typical baud rate settings on the " +"ttyS0 device are preconfigured." +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att genomföra en installation med en skärm och tangentbord " +"eller genom att använda en serieanslutning. För att använda skärm/" +"tangentbord, välj ett alternativ som innehåller strängen [VGA console]. För " +"att installera över en serieanslutning, välj ett alternativ som innehåller " +"strängen [<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> baud serial console], där " +"<replaceable>BAUD</replaceable> är hastigheten för din seriekonsoll. " +"Menyposter för de mest vanliga hastigheterna för ttyS0-enheten är " +"förkonfigurerade." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1390 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI shell." -msgstr "I de flesta fall kommer att du vilja att installeraren använder samma bithastighet som din anslutning till EFI-konsollen. Om du inte är säker på vad den här inställningen är inställd till kan du hämta den med kommandot <command>baud</command> i EFI-skalet." +msgid "" +"In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " +"as your connection to the EFI console. If you aren't sure what this setting " +"is, you can obtain it using the command <command>baud</command> at the EFI " +"shell." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall kommer att du vilja att installeraren använder samma " +"bithastighet som din anslutning till EFI-konsollen. Om du inte är säker på " +"vad den här inställningen är inställd till kan du hämta den med kommandot " +"<command>baud</command> i EFI-skalet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1397 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." -msgstr "Om det inte finns ett alternativ tillgängligt som är konfigurerad för serieenheten eller den hastighet du vill använda kan du åsidosätta inställningarna för konsollen för en av de existerande menyalternativen. Till exempel för att använda en konsoll på 57600 baud över enheten ttyS1, ange <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> i textfönstret<classname>Boot:</classname>." +msgid "" +"If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " +"or baud rate you would like to use, you may override the console setting for " +"one of the existing menu options. For example, to use a 57600 baud console " +"over the ttyS1 device, enter <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> into " +"the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window." +msgstr "" +"Om det inte finns ett alternativ tillgängligt som är konfigurerad för " +"serieenheten eller den hastighet du vill använda kan du åsidosätta " +"inställningarna för konsollen för en av de existerande menyalternativen. " +"Till exempel för att använda en konsoll på 57600 baud över enheten ttyS1, " +"ange <command>console=ttyS1,57600n8</command> i textfönstret<classname>Boot:" +"</classname>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1408 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." -msgstr "De flesta IA-64-maskiner skeppas med en standardinställning för konsollen på 9600 baud. Den här inställningen är ganska långsam, och den normala installationsprocessen kommer att ta mycket längre tid att rita upp varje skärm. Du bör tänka på att antingen öka hastigheten som används för att genomföra installationen, eller genomföra en installation i textläget. Se hjälpmenyn <classname>Params</classname> för instruktioner för hur man startar installeraren i textläge." +msgid "" +"Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " +"setting is rather slow, and the normal installation process will take a " +"significant time to draw each screen. You should consider either increasing " +"the baud rate used for performing the installation, or performing a Text " +"Mode installation. See the <classname>Params</classname> help menu for " +"instructions on starting the installer in Text Mode." +msgstr "" +"De flesta IA-64-maskiner skeppas med en standardinställning för konsollen på " +"9600 baud. Den här inställningen är ganska långsam, och den normala " +"installationsprocessen kommer att ta mycket längre tid att rita upp varje " +"skärm. Du bör tänka på att antingen öka hastigheten som används för att " +"genomföra installationen, eller genomföra en installation i textläget. Se " +"hjälpmenyn <classname>Params</classname> för instruktioner för hur man " +"startar installeraren i textläge." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1417 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the installation." -msgstr "Om du väljer fel konsolltyp kommer du kunna välja kärna och ange parametrar men både skärmen och din inmatning kommer att försvinna så snart som kärnan startat och kräver att du startar om före du kan påbörjar installationen." +msgid "" +"If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " +"and enter parameters but both the display and your input will go dead as " +"soon as the kernel starts, requiring you to reboot before you can begin the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer fel konsolltyp kommer du kunna välja kärna och ange parametrar " +"men både skärmen och din inmatning kommer att försvinna så snart som kärnan " +"startat och kräver att du startar om före du kan påbörjar installationen." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1426 @@ -1188,50 +2041,125 @@ msgstr "Välj uppstartskärna och inställningar" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1428 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen explains the common command line options." -msgstr "Starthanteraren kommer att visa ett formulär med en menylista och ett textfönster med en <classname>Boot:</classname>-prompt. Piltangenterna väljer en post från menyn och all text som skrivs på tangentbordet visas i textfönstret. Det finns även hjälpskärmar som kan visas genom att tryck på lämplig funktionstangent. Hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> förklarar menyvalet och skärmen <classname>Params</classname> förklarar de vanliga kommandoradsflaggorna." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " +"a <classname>Boot:</classname> prompt. The arrow keys select an item from " +"the menu and any text typed at the keyboard will appear in the text window. " +"There are also help screens which can be displayed by pressing the " +"appropriate function key. The <classname>General</classname> help screen " +"explains the menu choices and the <classname>Params</classname> screen " +"explains the common command line options." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren kommer att visa ett formulär med en menylista och ett " +"textfönster med en <classname>Boot:</classname>-prompt. Piltangenterna " +"väljer en post från menyn och all text som skrivs på tangentbordet visas i " +"textfönstret. Det finns även hjälpskärmar som kan visas genom att tryck på " +"lämplig funktionstangent. Hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> " +"förklarar menyvalet och skärmen <classname>Params</classname> förklarar de " +"vanliga kommandoradsflaggorna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1440 #, no-c-format -msgid "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will select and start the install:" -msgstr "Konsultera hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> för beskrivningen av vilka kärnor och installationslägen som är mest lämpliga för din installation. Du bör även konsultera <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> nedan för ytterligare parametrar som du kanske vill ställa in i textfönstret <classname>Boot:</classname>. Kärnversionen du väljer kommer att välja den kärnversion som kommer att användas för både installationsprocessen och det installerade systemet. Om du påträffar problem med kärnan under installationen, kommer du även att få de samma problem med systemet du installerar. De följande två stegen kommer att välja och påbörja installationen:" +msgid "" +"Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " +"of the kernels and install modes most appropriate for your installation. You " +"should also consult <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> below for any additional " +"parameters that you may want to set in the <classname>Boot:</classname> text " +"window. The kernel version you choose selects the kernel version that will " +"be used for both the installation process and the installed system. If you " +"encounter kernel problems with the installation, you may also have those " +"same problems with the system you install. The following two steps will " +"select and start the install:" +msgstr "" +"Konsultera hjälpskärmen <classname>General</classname> för beskrivningen av " +"vilka kärnor och installationslägen som är mest lämpliga för din " +"installation. Du bör även konsultera <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> nedan " +"för ytterligare parametrar som du kanske vill ställa in i textfönstret " +"<classname>Boot:</classname>. Kärnversionen du väljer kommer att välja den " +"kärnversion som kommer att användas för både installationsprocessen och det " +"installerade systemet. Om du påträffar problem med kärnan under " +"installationen, kommer du även att få de samma problem med systemet du " +"installerar. De följande två stegen kommer att välja och påbörja " +"installationen:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1458 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your needs with the arrow keys." -msgstr "Välj kärnversionen och installationsläget som är mest lämplig för dina behov med piltangenterna." +msgid "" +"Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " +"needs with the arrow keys." +msgstr "" +"Välj kärnversionen och installationsläget som är mest lämplig för dina behov " +"med piltangenterna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1463 #, no-c-format -msgid "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such as serial console settings) are specified." -msgstr "Ange valfri uppstartsparameter genom att skriva på tangentbordet. Texten kommer att visas direkt i textfönstret. Det är här som kärnparametrar (såsom inställningar för seriekonsoll) anges." +msgid "" +"Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " +"displayed directly in the text window. This is where kernel parameters (such " +"as serial console settings) are specified." +msgstr "" +"Ange valfri uppstartsparameter genom att skriva på tangentbordet. Texten " +"kommer att visas direkt i textfönstret. Det är här som kärnparametrar (såsom " +"inställningar för seriekonsoll) anges." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1470 #, no-c-format -msgid "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first screen of the Debian Installer." -msgstr "Tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att läsa in och starta kärnan. Kärnan kommer att visa dess vanliga initieringsmeddelanden följt av första skärmen av Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " +"kernel will display its usual initialization messages followed by the first " +"screen of the Debian Installer." +msgstr "" +"Tryck <command>ENTER</command>. Det kommer att läsa in och starta kärnan. " +"Kärnan kommer att visa dess vanliga initieringsmeddelanden följt av första " +"skärmen av Debian Installer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1479 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." -msgstr "Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitioner." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer " +"att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitioner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1490 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." -msgstr "Starta upp ett IA64-system från nätverket är likt en uppstart från cd. Den enda skillnaden är hur installationskärnan läses in. EFI Boot Manager kan läsas in och starta program från en server på nätverket. När installationskärnan är inläst och startar kommer systeminstallationen att fortsätta genom samma steg som för cd-installationen med undantaget av att paketen för grundinstallationen kommer att läsas från nätverket istället för cd-enheten." +msgid "" +"Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " +"difference is how the installation kernel is loaded. The EFI Boot Manager " +"can load and start programs from a server on the network. Once the " +"installation kernel is loaded and starts, the system install will proceed " +"thru the same steps as the CD install with the exception that the packages " +"of the base install will be loaded from the network rather than the CD drive." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp ett IA64-system från nätverket är likt en uppstart från cd. Den " +"enda skillnaden är hur installationskärnan läses in. EFI Boot Manager kan " +"läsas in och starta program från en server på nätverket. När " +"installationskärnan är inläst och startar kommer systeminstallationen att " +"fortsätta genom samma steg som för cd-installationen med undantaget av att " +"paketen för grundinstallationen kommer att läsas från nätverket istället för " +"cd-enheten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1524 #, no-c-format -msgid "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver <command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." -msgstr "Nätverksuppstart för ia64-system kräver två arkitekturspecifika åtgärder. På uppstartsservern måste DHCP och TFTP konfigureras för att leverera <command>elilo</command>. På klienten måste ett nytt uppstartsalternativ definieras i EFI-uppstartshanteraren för att aktivera inläsning över ett nätverk." +msgid "" +"Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " +"On the boot server, DHCP and TFTP must be configured to deliver " +"<command>elilo</command>. On the client a new boot option must be defined in " +"the EFI boot manager to enable loading over a network." +msgstr "" +"Nätverksuppstart för ia64-system kräver två arkitekturspecifika åtgärder. På " +"uppstartsservern måste DHCP och TFTP konfigureras för att leverera " +"<command>elilo</command>. På klienten måste ett nytt uppstartsalternativ " +"definieras i EFI-uppstartshanteraren för att aktivera inläsning över ett " +"nätverk." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1535 @@ -1243,27 +2171,41 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av servern" #: boot-installer.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something " +"like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</command> running on the client." +"</screen></informalexample> Note that the goal is to get <command>elilo.efi</" +"command> running on the client." msgstr "" -"En lämplig TFTP-post för att starta upp via nätverket på ett ia64-system ser ut ungefär som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"En lämplig TFTP-post för att starta upp via nätverket på ett ia64-system ser " +"ut ungefär som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" "host mcmuffin {\n" " hardware ethernet 00:30:6e:1e:0e:83;\n" " fixed-address 10.0.0.21;\n" " filename \"debian-installer/ia64/elilo.efi\";\n" "}\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Observera att målet är att få <command>elilo.efi</command> att köra på klienten." +"</screen></informalexample> Observera att målet är att få <command>elilo." +"efi</command> att köra på klienten." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1546 #, no-c-format -msgid "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." -msgstr "Packa upp filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> i katalogen som används som rot för din tftp-server. Vanliga rotkataloger för tftp är <filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> och <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Det kommer att skapas en <filename>debian-installer</filename>-katalog som innehåller uppstartsfilerna för ett IA-64-system." +msgid "" +"Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " +"as the root for your tftp server. Typical tftp root directories include " +"<filename>/var/lib/tftp</filename> and <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. This " +"will create a <filename>debian-installer</filename> directory tree " +"containing the boot files for an IA-64 system." +msgstr "" +"Packa upp filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> i katalogen som används " +"som rot för din tftp-server. Vanliga rotkataloger för tftp är <filename>/var/" +"lib/tftp</filename> och <filename>/tftpboot</filename>. Det kommer att " +"skapas en <filename>debian-installer</filename>-katalog som innehåller " +"uppstartsfilerna för ett IA-64-system." #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:1556 @@ -1286,8 +2228,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1556 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the <classname>elilo</classname> package for details." -msgstr "Filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> innehåller en fil kallad <filename>elilo.conf</filename> som bör fungera för de flesta konfigurationer. Dock, om du behöver göra ändringar i denna fil kan du hitta den i katalogen <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename>. Det är möjligt att ha olika konfigurationsfiler för olika klienter genom att namnge dem med klientens IP-adress hexadecimalt och ändelsen <filename>.conf</filename> istället för <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. Se dokumentationen som tillhandahålls av paketet <classname>elilo</classname> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" +"filename> file that should work for most configurations. However, should you " +"need to make changes to this file, you can find it in the <filename>debian-" +"installer/ia64/</filename> directory. It is possible to have different " +"config files for different clients by naming them using the client's IP " +"address in hex with the suffix <filename>.conf</filename> instead of " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename>. See documentation provided in the " +"<classname>elilo</classname> package for details." +msgstr "" +"Filen <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> innehåller en fil kallad " +"<filename>elilo.conf</filename> som bör fungera för de flesta " +"konfigurationer. Dock, om du behöver göra ändringar i denna fil kan du hitta " +"den i katalogen <filename>debian-installer/ia64/</filename>. Det är möjligt " +"att ha olika konfigurationsfiler för olika klienter genom att namnge dem med " +"klientens IP-adress hexadecimalt och ändelsen <filename>.conf</filename> " +"istället för <filename>elilo.conf</filename>. Se dokumentationen som " +"tillhandahålls av paketet <classname>elilo</classname> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1573 @@ -1298,20 +2256,59 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av klienten" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1574 #, no-c-format -msgid "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." -msgstr "För att konfigurera stöd för klienten att starta upp via TFTP, börja genom att starta upp till EFI och gå in i <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Lägg till ett uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Du bör se en eller flera rader med texten <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. Om fler än en av de här raderna finns, välj den som innehåller MAC-adressen för gränssnittet från vilket du kommer att starta upp. Använd piltangenterna för att markera ditt val, tryck sedan Enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> Namnge posten <userinput>Netboot</userinput> eller något liknande, spara, och gå tillbaka till menyn med uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Du bör se det nya uppstartsalternativet som du nyss skapade, och att välja det för initiera en DHCP-fråga som leder till en inläsning av <filename>elilo.efi</filename> från TFTP-servern." +msgid "" +"To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " +"entering the <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</guimenu>. <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem><para> Add a boot option. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> You " +"should see one or more lines with the text <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi" +"()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. If more than one of these entries exist, choose " +"the one containing the MAC address of the interface from which you'll be " +"booting. Use the arrow keys to highlight your choice, then press enter. </" +"para></listitem> <listitem><para> Name the entry <userinput>Netboot</" +"userinput> or something similar, save, and exit back to the boot options " +"menu. </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> You should see the new boot option " +"you just created, and selecting it should initiate a DHCP query, leading to " +"a TFTP load of <filename>elilo.efi</filename> from the server." +msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera stöd för klienten att starta upp via TFTP, börja genom " +"att starta upp till EFI och gå in i <guimenu>Boot Option Maintenance Menu</" +"guimenu>. <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> Lägg till ett uppstartsalternativ. " +"</para></listitem> <listitem><para> Du bör se en eller flera rader med " +"texten <guimenuitem>Load File [Acpi()/.../Mac()]</guimenuitem>. Om fler än " +"en av de här raderna finns, välj den som innehåller MAC-adressen för " +"gränssnittet från vilket du kommer att starta upp. Använd piltangenterna för " +"att markera ditt val, tryck sedan Enter. </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " +"Namnge posten <userinput>Netboot</userinput> eller något liknande, spara, " +"och gå tillbaka till menyn med uppstartsalternativ. </para></listitem> </" +"itemizedlist> Du bör se det nya uppstartsalternativet som du nyss skapade, " +"och att välja det för initiera en DHCP-fråga som leder till en inläsning av " +"<filename>elilo.efi</filename> från TFTP-servern." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1606 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will start the Debian Installer." -msgstr "Starthanteraren kommer att visa sin prompt efter den har hämtat och bearbetat sin konfigurationsfil. Vid denna punkt, fortsätter installationen med samma steg som en cd-installation. Välj ett uppstartsalternativ som ovan och när kärnan har installerat sig själv från nätverket, kommer den att starta Debian Installer." +msgid "" +"The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " +"processed its configuration file. At this point, the installation proceeds " +"with the same steps as a CD install. Select a boot option as in above and " +"when the kernel has completed installing itself from the network, it will " +"start the Debian Installer." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren kommer att visa sin prompt efter den har hämtat och " +"bearbetat sin konfigurationsfil. Vid denna punkt, fortsätter installationen " +"med samma steg som en cd-installation. Välj ett uppstartsalternativ som ovan " +"och när kärnan har installerat sig själv från nätverket, kommer den att " +"starta Debian Installer." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1615 #, no-c-format -msgid "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." -msgstr "Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitionerna." +msgid "" +"Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " +"up the language locale, network, and the disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"Fortsätt till nästa kapitel för att fortsätta installationen där du kommer " +"att ställa in språkanpassning, nätverk och diskpartitionerna." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1628 @@ -1322,26 +2319,48 @@ msgstr "Välja en installationsmetod" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1630 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses tmpfs." -msgstr "Vissa underarkitekturer av &arch-title; har alternativet att starta upp med antingen en Linuxkärna av version 2.4.x eller 2.2.x. När en sådan valmöjlighet finns, prova 2.4.x-kärnan. Installeraren bör även kräva mindre minne när 2.4.x-kärnan används eftersom 2.2.x kräver en fast storlek på ramdisken och 2.4.x använder tmpfs." +msgid "" +"Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " +"or 2.2.x linux kernel. When such a choice exists, try the 2.4.x linux " +"kernel. The installer should also require less memory when using a 2.4.x " +"linux kernel as 2.2.x support requires a fixed-sized ramdisk and 2.4.x uses " +"tmpfs." +msgstr "" +"Vissa underarkitekturer av &arch-title; har alternativet att starta upp med " +"antingen en Linuxkärna av version 2.4.x eller 2.2.x. När en sådan " +"valmöjlighet finns, prova 2.4.x-kärnan. Installeraren bör även kräva mindre " +"minne när 2.4.x-kärnan används eftersom 2.2.x kräver en fast storlek på " +"ramdisken och 2.4.x använder tmpfs." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1638 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the &ramdisksize; kernel parameter." -msgstr "Om du använder en Linux-kärna med version 2.2.x, behöver du använda kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." +msgid "" +"If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " +"&ramdisksize; kernel parameter." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en Linux-kärna med version 2.2.x, behöver du använda " +"kärnparametern &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1643 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel parameters." -msgstr "Se till att <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> är en av dina kärnparametrar." +msgid "" +"Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Se till att <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> är en av dina " +"kärnparametrar." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1648 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du får problem, ta en titt i <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's &arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du får problem, ta en titt i <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " +"&arch-title; debian-installer FAQ</ulink>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1665 @@ -1352,14 +2371,24 @@ msgstr "Amiga" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1666 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Den enda installationsmetoden tillgänglig för amiga är via hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Den enda installationsmetoden tillgänglig för amiga är via hårddisken (se " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är " +"inte startbar.</emphasis>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1672 #, no-c-format -msgid "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "Amiga fungerar för tillfället inte med bogl, så om du ser fel från bogl behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Amiga fungerar för tillfället inte med bogl, så om du ser fel från bogl " +"behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1681 @@ -1370,14 +2399,25 @@ msgstr "Atari" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1682 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Installeraren för atari kan startas från antingen hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) eller från disketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) or from floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Installeraren för atari kan startas från antingen hårddisken (se <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>) eller från disketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-" +"from-floppies\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</" +"emphasis>" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1689 #, no-c-format -msgid "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." -msgstr "Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " +"you need to include the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Atari fungerar för närvarande inte med bogl så om du ser fel från bogl " +"behöver du inkludera uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1698 @@ -1388,8 +2428,14 @@ msgstr "BVME6000" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1699 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." -msgstr "Installeraren för BVME6000 kan behöva startas från en cd-rom (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>), eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" +"\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/" +">), or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren för BVME6000 kan behöva startas från en cd-rom (se <xref " +"linkend=\"m68k-boot-cdrom\"/>), startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-" +"floppies\"/>), eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1709 @@ -1400,14 +2446,36 @@ msgstr "Macintosh" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1710 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." -msgstr "Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för mac är från hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis> Mac har ingen fungerande 2.4.x-kärna." +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " +"<xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not " +"bootable.</emphasis> Macs do not have a working 2.4.x kernel." +msgstr "" +"Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för mac är från hårddisken " +"(se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är " +"inte startbar.</emphasis> Mac har ingen fungerande 2.4.x-kärna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1717 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system will run faster if you do not specify it." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara använder en 53c9x-baserad scsi-buss, behöver du kanske inkludera kärnparametern <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Maskinvara med två sådana scsi-bussar, såsom Quadra 950, behöver istället <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput>. Alternativt kan parametern anges som <userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> som lämnar automatisk identifiering påslagen, men som inaktiverar SCSI-nedkopplingar. Observera att den här parametern endast behöver anges om du har fler än en hårddisk; i annat fall kommer systemet att köra snabbare än om du inte angav det." +msgid "" +"If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " +"the kernel parameter <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Hardware with two " +"such scsi buses, such as the Quadra 950, will need <userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</" +"userinput> instead. Alternatively, the parameter can be specified as " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> which will leave autodetection on, but " +"which will disable SCSI disconnects. Note that specifying this parameter is " +"only necessary if you have more than one hard disk; otherwise, the system " +"will run faster if you do not specify it." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara använder en 53c9x-baserad scsi-buss, behöver du kanske " +"inkludera kärnparametern <userinput>mac53c9x=1,0</userinput>. Maskinvara med " +"två sådana scsi-bussar, såsom Quadra 950, behöver istället " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=2,0</userinput>. Alternativt kan parametern anges som " +"<userinput>mac53c9x=-1,0</userinput> som lämnar automatisk identifiering " +"påslagen, men som inaktiverar SCSI-nedkopplingar. Observera att den här " +"parametern endast behöver anges om du har fler än en hårddisk; i annat fall " +"kommer systemet att köra snabbare än om du inte angav det." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1732 @@ -1418,8 +2486,16 @@ msgstr "MVME147 och MVME16x" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1733 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies (see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Installeraren för MVME147 och MVME16x kan behöva startas från antingen startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) eller via nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord är inte cd-skivan startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " +"(see <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) or the net (see <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Installeraren för MVME147 och MVME16x kan behöva startas från antingen " +"startdisketter (se <xref linkend=\"boot-from-floppies\"/>) eller via " +"nätverket (se <xref linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord är " +"inte cd-skivan startbar.</emphasis>" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1743 @@ -1430,8 +2506,14 @@ msgstr "Q40/Q60" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1744 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive (see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom is not bootable.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för Q40/Q60 är från hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " +"(see <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>In other words the cdrom " +"is not bootable.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Den enda installationsmetoden som är tillgänglig för Q40/Q60 är från " +"hårddisken (se <xref linkend=\"m68k-boot-hd\"/>). <emphasis>Med andra ord, " +"cd-skivan är inte startbar.</emphasis>" #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1755 @@ -1440,30 +2522,59 @@ msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "Starta upp från en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1761 -#: boot-installer.xml:2359 +#: boot-installer.xml:1761 boot-installer.xml:2359 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for some systems it is the only supported method of installation." -msgstr "Uppstart från ett existerande operativsystem är ofta ett bekvämt alternativ, för vissa system är det den enda installationsmetoden som stöds." +msgid "" +"Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " +"some systems it is the only supported method of installation." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från ett existerande operativsystem är ofta ett bekvämt alternativ, " +"för vissa system är det den enda installationsmetoden som stöds." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1767 -#: boot-installer.xml:2365 +#: boot-installer.xml:1767 boot-installer.xml:2365 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." -msgstr "För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du redan ha hämtat och placerat de filer som behövs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " +"downloading and placing the needed files in <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp installeraren från hårddisk måste du redan ha hämtat och " +"placerat de filer som behövs i <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1776 #, no-c-format -msgid "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel (see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." -msgstr "Åtminstone sex olika ramdiskar kan användas för att starta upp från hårddisken, tre olika typer vardera med och utan stöd för en Linuxkärna version 2.2.x (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> för detaljer)." +msgid "" +"At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " +"three different types each with and without support for a 2.2.x linux kernel " +"(see <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/" +"MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> for details)." +msgstr "" +"Åtminstone sex olika ramdiskar kan användas för att starta upp från " +"hårddisken, tre olika typer vardera med och utan stöd för en Linuxkärna " +"version 2.2.x (se <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/" +"current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> för detaljer)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1784 #, no-c-format -msgid "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The <filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the <filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." -msgstr "De tre olika typer av ramdiskar är <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-media</filename> och <filename>nativehd</filename>. De här ramdiskarna skiljer sig endast i sin källkod för installationspaketen. Ramdisken <filename>cdrom</filename> använder en cd-rom för att hämta paket för debian-installer. Ramdisken <filename>hd-media</filename> använder en iso-avbild av en cd-rom som för närvarande ligger på en hårddisk. Till slut, ramdisken <filename>nativehd</filename> använder nätet för att installera paket." +msgid "" +"The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " +"<filename>hd-media</filename>, and <filename>nativehd</filename>. These " +"ramdisks differ only in their source for installation packages. The " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> ramdisk uses a cdrom to get debian-installer " +"packages. The <filename>hd-media</filename> ramdisk uses an iso image file " +"of a cdrom currently residing on a hard disk. Finally, the " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk uses the net to install packages." +msgstr "" +"De tre olika typer av ramdiskar är <filename>cdrom</filename>, <filename>hd-" +"media</filename> och <filename>nativehd</filename>. De här ramdiskarna " +"skiljer sig endast i sin källkod för installationspaketen. Ramdisken " +"<filename>cdrom</filename> använder en cd-rom för att hämta paket för debian-" +"installer. Ramdisken <filename>hd-media</filename> använder en iso-avbild av " +"en cd-rom som för närvarande ligger på en hårddisk. Till slut, ramdisken " +"<filename>nativehd</filename> använder nätet för att installera paket." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1805 @@ -1474,14 +2585,36 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från AmigaOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1806 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory." -msgstr "I <command>Workbench</command>, start Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> i katalogen <filename>debian</filename>." +msgid "" +"In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " +"double-clicking on the <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>debian</filename> directory." +msgstr "" +"I <command>Workbench</command>, start Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>StartInstall</guiicon> i katalogen " +"<filename>debian</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1812 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten två gånger efter att Amiga-installationsprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " +"program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the " +"screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black " +"screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel " +"debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to " +"read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program " +"should start automatically, so you can continue down at <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten två gånger efter att Amiga-" +"installationsprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett " +"fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders " +"fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar " +"alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla " +"förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska " +"installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på " +"<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1827 @@ -1492,14 +2625,37 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från Atari TOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1828 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program options dialog box." -msgstr "I skrivbordsmiljön GEM, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen <filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i programmets inställningsruta." +msgid "" +"At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " +"on the <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> icon in the <filename>debian</" +"filename> directory and clicking <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> at the program " +"options dialog box." +msgstr "" +"I skrivbordsmiljön GEM, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på ikonen <guiicon>bootstra.prg</guiicon> i katalogen " +"<filename>debian</filename> och klicka <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> i " +"programmets inställningsruta." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1835 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten efter att Atari-bootstrapprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " +"has output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen " +"will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with " +"white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging " +"information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but " +"that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start " +"automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske måste trycka på &enterkey;-tangenten efter att Atari-" +"bootstrapprogrammet har skrivit ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett " +"fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders " +"fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar " +"alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla " +"förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska " +"installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på " +"<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1850 @@ -1510,38 +2666,112 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1851 #, no-c-format -msgid "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is <emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." -msgstr "Du måste bibehålla original Mac-systemet och starta upp från det. Det är <emphasis>viktigt</emphasis> att starta upp MacOS för att förbereda en uppstart av starthanteraren Penguin, att du håller ned tangenten <keycap>shift</keycap> för att förhindra att utökningar läses in. Om du inte använder MacOS annat än för att läsa in Linux, kan du åstadkomma samma sak genom att ta bort alla utökningar och kontrollpaneler från Macens System-mapp. Annars kan körande utökningar lämnas kvar och orsaka diverse problem för den körande Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " +"<emphasis>essential</emphasis> that, when booting MacOS in preparation for " +"booting the Penguin linux loader, you hold the <keycap>shift</keycap> key " +"down to prevent extensions from loading. If you don't use MacOS except for " +"loading linux, you can accomplish the same thing by removing all extensions " +"and control panels from the Mac's System Folder. Otherwise extensions may be " +"left running and cause random problems with the running linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Du måste bibehålla original Mac-systemet och starta upp från det. Det är " +"<emphasis>viktigt</emphasis> att starta upp MacOS för att förbereda en " +"uppstart av starthanteraren Penguin, att du håller ned tangenten " +"<keycap>shift</keycap> för att förhindra att utökningar läses in. Om du inte " +"använder MacOS annat än för att läsa in Linux, kan du åstadkomma samma sak " +"genom att ta bort alla utökningar och kontrollpaneler från Macens System-" +"mapp. Annars kan körande utökningar lämnas kvar och orsaka diverse problem " +"för den körande Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1862 #, no-c-format -msgid "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." -msgstr "Mac kräver starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command>. Om du inte har verktygen för att hantera ett <command>Stuffit</command>-arkiv, &penguin19.hfs; är en hfs-diskavbild med en uppackad <command>Penguin</command>. <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> beskriver hur man kopierar den här avbilden till en diskett." +msgid "" +"Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " +"the tools to handle a <command>Stuffit</command> archive, &penguin19.hfs; is " +"an hfs disk image with <command>Penguin</command> unpacked. <xref linkend=" +"\"create-floppy\"/> describes how to copy this image to a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Mac kräver starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command>. Om du inte har " +"verktygen för att hantera ett <command>Stuffit</command>-arkiv, &penguin19." +"hfs; är en hfs-diskavbild med en uppackad <command>Penguin</command>. <xref " +"linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> beskriver hur man kopierar den här avbilden till " +"en diskett." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1871 #, no-c-format -msgid "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the <filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." -msgstr "På MacOS-skrivbordet, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att dubbelklicka på <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon>-ikonen i katalogen <filename>Penguin</filename>. Uppstartaren <command>Penguin</command> kommer att startas upp. Gå till posten <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> i menyn <guimenu>File</guimenu>, klicka på fliken <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel>. Välj kärnavbilden (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) och ramdisk (<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) i katalogen <filename>install</filename> genom att klicka på motsvarande knappar i övre högra hörnet, och navigera fram till filerna i dialogrutan." +msgid "" +"At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" +"clicking on the <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon> icon in the " +"<filename>Penguin</filename> directory. The <command>Penguin</command> " +"booter will start up. Go to the <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> item in " +"the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, click the <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel> tab. " +"Select the kernel (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) and ramdisk " +"(<filename>initrd.gz</filename>) images in the <filename>install</filename> " +"directory by clicking on the corresponding buttons in the upper right " +"corner, and navigating the file select dialogs to locate the files." +msgstr "" +"På MacOS-skrivbordet, starta Linux-installationsprocessen genom att " +"dubbelklicka på <guiicon>Penguin Prefs</guiicon>-ikonen i katalogen " +"<filename>Penguin</filename>. Uppstartaren <command>Penguin</command> kommer " +"att startas upp. Gå till posten <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> i menyn " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu>, klicka på fliken <guilabel>Kernel</guilabel>. Välj " +"kärnavbilden (<filename>vmlinuz</filename>) och ramdisk (<filename>initrd." +"gz</filename>) i katalogen <filename>install</filename> genom att klicka på " +"motsvarande knappar i övre högra hörnet, och navigera fram till filerna i " +"dialogrutan." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1886 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "För att ställa in uppstartsparametrarna i Penguin, välj <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, växla sedan till fliken <guilabel>Options</guilabel>. Uppstartsparametrar kan anges i textrutan. Om du alltid vill använda de här inställningarna, välj <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " +"<guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, then switch to the " +"<guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab. Boot parameters may be typed in to the " +"text entry area. If you will always want to use these settings, select " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in uppstartsparametrarna i Penguin, välj <guimenu>File</" +"guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem>, växla sedan till " +"fliken <guilabel>Options</guilabel>. Uppstartsparametrar kan anges i " +"textrutan. Om du alltid vill använda de här inställningarna, välj " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>Save Settings as Default</" +"guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1895 #, no-c-format -msgid "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." -msgstr "Stäng <guilabel>Settings</guilabel>-dialogen, spara inställningarna och starta bootstrap med posten <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> i <guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn." +msgid "" +"Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " +"the bootstrap using the <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> item in the " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu." +msgstr "" +"Stäng <guilabel>Settings</guilabel>-dialogen, spara inställningarna och " +"starta bootstrap med posten <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> i " +"<guimenu>File</guimenu>-menyn." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1902 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command> kommer att skriva ut viss felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " +"into a window. After this, the screen will go grey, there will be a few " +"seconds' delay. Next, a black screen with white text should come up, " +"displaying all kinds of kernel debugging information. These messages may " +"scroll by too fast for you to read, but that's OK. After a couple of " +"seconds, the installation program should start automatically, so you can " +"continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren <command>Penguin</command> kommer att skriva ut viss " +"felsökningsinformation i ett fönster. Efter det här kommer skärmen att bli " +"grå, sedan ett par sekunders fördröjning. Härnäst kommer en svart skärm med " +"vit text att visas, som visar alla sorters felsökningsinformation för " +"kärnan. De här meddelanden kan rulla förbi för snabbt för dig att läsa, men " +"det är OK. Efter ett par sekunder ska installationsprogrammet startas " +"automatiskt, så att du kan fortsätta på <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:1917 @@ -1558,26 +2788,43 @@ msgstr "FIXME" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1923 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Installationsprogrammet ska starta automatiskt, så du kan fortsätta nedan i <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " +"below at <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Installationsprogrammet ska starta automatiskt, så du kan fortsätta nedan i " +"<xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:1935 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM booting is the BVME6000." -msgstr "För närvarande, den enda underarkitekturen av &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart via cd-rom är BVME6000." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " +"booting is the BVME6000." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande, den enda underarkitekturen av &arch-title; som har stöd för " +"uppstart via cd-rom är BVME6000." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2007 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO <prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 terminal emulation:" -msgstr "Efter uppstarten av VMEbus-systemen kommer du bli presenterad med LILO-prompten <prompt>Boot:</prompt>. Vid prompten, ange en av följande för att starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran med terminalemuleringen vt102." +msgid "" +"After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " +"<prompt>Boot:</prompt> prompt. At that prompt enter one of the following to " +"boot Linux and begin installation proper of the Debian software using vt102 " +"terminal emulation:" +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstarten av VMEbus-systemen kommer du bli presenterad med LILO-" +"prompten <prompt>Boot:</prompt>. Vid prompten, ange en av följande för att " +"starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran med " +"terminalemuleringen vt102." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" -msgstr "ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" +msgstr "" +"ange <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en BVME4000/6000" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2023 @@ -1589,29 +2836,42 @@ msgstr "ange <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME162" #: boot-installer.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" -msgstr "ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" +msgstr "" +"ange <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> för att installera en MVME166/167" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2035 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." -msgstr "Du kan även lägga till strängen <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> för att använda terminalemuleringen vt100, exempelvis <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgid "" +"You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " +"vt100 terminal emulation, e.g., <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även lägga till strängen <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> för att använda " +"terminalemuleringen vt100, exempelvis <screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</" +"screen>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2047 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the recommended method." -msgstr "För de flesta &arch-title;-arkitekturer är uppstart från ett lokalt filsystem den metod som rekommenderas." +msgid "" +"For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " +"recommended method." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta &arch-title;-arkitekturer är uppstart från ett lokalt " +"filsystem den metod som rekommenderas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2052 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." -msgstr "Uppstart från startdisketten stöds endast på Atari och VME (med en SCSI-diskettenhet på VME) för tillfället." +msgid "" +"Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " +"SCSI floppy drive on VME) at this time." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från startdisketten stöds endast på Atari och VME (med en SCSI-" +"diskettenhet på VME) för tillfället." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2068 -#: boot-installer.xml:2115 +#: boot-installer.xml:2068 boot-installer.xml:2115 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för SGI via TFTP" @@ -1622,46 +2882,63 @@ msgstr "Uppstart för SGI via TFTP" msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> on SGI machines to boot linux and to begin " +"installation of the Debian Software. In order to make this work you may have " +"to unset the <envar>netaddr</envar> environment variable. Type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> in the command monitor to do this." msgstr "" "Efter man gått in i kommandomonitorn, använd <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():\n" -"</screen></informalexample> på SGI-maskiner för att starta upp Linux och påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran. För att det här ska fungera måste du rensa miljövariabeln <envar>netaddr</envar>. Ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> på SGI-maskiner för att starta upp Linux och " +"påbörja installationen av Debian-programvaran. För att det här ska fungera " +"måste du rensa miljövariabeln <envar>netaddr</envar>. Ange " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "unsetenv netaddr\n" "</screen></informalexample> i kommandomonitorn för att göra det." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2088 -#: boot-installer.xml:2137 -#: boot-installer.xml:2192 +#: boot-installer.xml:2088 boot-installer.xml:2137 boot-installer.xml:2192 #: boot-installer.xml:2231 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B TFTP Booting" msgstr "Uppstart för Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B via TFTP" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2089 -#: boot-installer.xml:2193 +#: boot-installer.xml:2089 boot-installer.xml:2193 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"On the Broadcom BCM91250A and BCM91480B evaluation boards, you have to load " +"the SiByl boot loader via TFTP which will then load and start the Debian " +"installer. In most cases, you will first obtain an IP address via DHCP but " +"it is also possible to configure a static address. In order to use DHCP, you " +"can enter the following command on the CFE prompt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Once you have obtained an IP address, you can " +"load SiByl with the following command: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." +"</screen></informalexample> You need to substitute the IP address listed in " +"this example with either the name or the IP address of your TFTP server. " +"Once you issue this command, the installer will be loaded automatically." msgstr "" -"På evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B, måste du läsa in starthanteraren SiByl via TFTP som sedan kommer att läsa in och starta Debian-installer. I de flesta fall kommer du första att ta emot en IP-adress via DHCP men det är även möjligt att konfigurera en statisk adress. För att använda DHCP kan du ange följande kommando på CFE-prompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"På evalueringskorten Broadcom BCM91250A och BCM91480B, måste du läsa in " +"starthanteraren SiByl via TFTP som sedan kommer att läsa in och starta " +"Debian-installer. I de flesta fall kommer du första att ta emot en IP-adress " +"via DHCP men det är även möjligt att konfigurera en statisk adress. För att " +"använda DHCP kan du ange följande kommando på CFE-prompten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "ifconfig eth0 -auto\n" -"</screen></informalexample> När du har tagit emot en IP-adress, kan du läsa in SiByl med följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> När du har tagit emot en IP-adress, kan du läsa " +"in SiByl med följande kommando: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot 192.168.1.1:/boot/sibyl\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ersätta IP-adressen som listas i exemplet med antingen namnet eller IP-adressen för din TFTP-server. När du kört det här kommandot kommer installeraren att läsas in automatiskt." +"</screen></informalexample> Du behöver ersätta IP-adressen som listas i " +"exemplet med antingen namnet eller IP-adressen för din TFTP-server. När du " +"kört det här kommandot kommer installeraren att läsas in automatiskt." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2112 -#: boot-installer.xml:2216 -#: boot-installer.xml:2739 +#: boot-installer.xml:2112 boot-installer.xml:2216 boot-installer.xml:2739 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" @@ -1669,20 +2946,30 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2116 #, no-c-format -msgid "On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</command> command in the command monitor." -msgstr "På SGI-maskiner kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar till kommandot <command>bootp():</command> i kommandomonitorn." +msgid "" +"On SGI machines you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" +"command> command in the command monitor." +msgstr "" +"På SGI-maskiner kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar till kommandot " +"<command>bootp():</command> i kommandomonitorn." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " +"name of the file to boot if you did not give an explicit name via your bootp/" +"dhcp server. Example: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Further kernel parameters can be passed via " +"<command>append</command>:" msgstr "" -"Efter kommandot <command>bootp():</command> kan du ange sökvägen och namnet på filen som ska starta upp om du inte har angivit ett namn via din bootp/dhcpserver. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Efter kommandot <command>bootp():</command> kan du ange sökvägen och namnet " +"på filen som ska starta upp om du inte har angivit ett namn via din bootp/" +"dhcpserver. Exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "bootp():/boot/tftpboot.img\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ytterligare kärnparametrar kan skickas med via <command>append</command>:" +"</screen></informalexample> Ytterligare kärnparametrar kan skickas med via " +"<command>append</command>:" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2131 @@ -1691,15 +2978,21 @@ msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2138 -#: boot-installer.xml:2232 +#: boot-installer.xml:2138 boot-installer.xml:2232 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> variable." -msgstr "Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt från CFE-prompten. Istället kan du redigera filen <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> på TFTP-servern och lägga till din parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable>." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " +"you have to edit the <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> file on the TFTP " +"server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>extra_args</replaceable> " +"variable." +msgstr "" +"Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt från CFE-prompten. " +"Istället kan du redigera filen <filename>/boot/sibyl.conf</filename> på TFTP-" +"servern och lägga till din parametrar till variabeln " +"<replaceable>extra_args</replaceable>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2157 -#: boot-installer.xml:2219 +#: boot-installer.xml:2157 boot-installer.xml:2219 #, no-c-format msgid "Cobalt TFTP Booting" msgstr "Starta upp Cobalt via TFTP" @@ -1707,26 +3000,62 @@ msgstr "Starta upp Cobalt via TFTP" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There are the following two installation methods:" -msgstr "Ärligt talat använder Cobalt inte TFTP utan NFS för att starta upp. Du behöver installera en NFS-server och lägga installerarens filer i <filename>/nfsroot</filename>. När du startar upp din Cobalt måste du trycka ned vänstra och högra piltangenterna samtidigt för att maskinen ska starta upp via nätverket. Den kommer då att visa flera alternativ på skärmen. Det finns följande installationsmetoder:" +msgid "" +"Strictly speaking, Cobalt does not use TFTP but NFS to boot. You need to " +"install an NFS server and put the installer files in <filename>/nfsroot</" +"filename>. When you boot your Cobalt, you have to press the left and the " +"right cursor buttons at the same time and the machine will boot via the " +"network from NFS. It will then display several options on the display. There " +"are the following two installation methods:" +msgstr "" +"Ärligt talat använder Cobalt inte TFTP utan NFS för att starta upp. Du " +"behöver installera en NFS-server och lägga installerarens filer i <filename>/" +"nfsroot</filename>. När du startar upp din Cobalt måste du trycka ned " +"vänstra och högra piltangenterna samtidigt för att maskinen ska starta upp " +"via nätverket. Den kommer då att visa flera alternativ på skärmen. Det finns " +"följande installationsmetoder:" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2168 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the installation." -msgstr "Via SSH (standard): I det här fallet kommer installeraren att konfigurera nätverket via DHCP och starta en SSH-server. Den kommer sedan att visa ett slumpat lösenord och annan inloggningsinformation (som IP-adress) på Cobalts LCD-skärm. När du ansluter till maskinen med en SSH-klient kan du påbörja installationen." +msgid "" +"Via SSH (default): In this case, the installer will configure the network " +"via DHCP and start an SSH server. It will then display a random password and " +"other login information (such as the IP address) on the Cobalt LCD. When you " +"connect to the machine with an SSH client you can start with the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Via SSH (standard): I det här fallet kommer installeraren att konfigurera " +"nätverket via DHCP och starta en SSH-server. Den kommer sedan att visa ett " +"slumpat lösenord och annan inloggningsinformation (som IP-adress) på Cobalts " +"LCD-skärm. När du ansluter till maskinen med en SSH-klient kan du påbörja " +"installationen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2177 #, no-c-format -msgid "Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since they have no serial port." -msgstr "Via seriekonsoll: Med en nollmodem-kabel kan du ansluta till serieporten på din Cobalt-maskin (med 115200 bps) och genomföra installationen på detta sätt. Detta alternativ är inte tillgängligt för Qube 2700-maskiner (Qube1) eftersom de inte har en serieport." +msgid "" +"Via serial console: Using a null modem cable, you can connect to the serial " +"port of your Cobalt machine (using 115200 bps) and perform the installation " +"this way. This option is not available on Qube 2700 (Qube1) machines since " +"they have no serial port." +msgstr "" +"Via seriekonsoll: Med en nollmodem-kabel kan du ansluta till serieporten på " +"din Cobalt-maskin (med 115200 bps) och genomföra installationen på detta " +"sätt. Detta alternativ är inte tillgängligt för Qube 2700-maskiner (Qube1) " +"eftersom de inte har en serieport." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2220 #, no-c-format -msgid "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." -msgstr "Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt. Istället ska du redigera filen <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> på NFS-servern och lägga till dina parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>args</replaceable>." +msgid "" +"You cannot pass any boot parameters directly. Instead, you have to edit the " +"<filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> file on the NFS server and add " +"your parameters to the <replaceable>args</replaceable> variable." +msgstr "" +"Du kan inte skicka med några uppstartsparametrar direkt. Istället ska du " +"redigera filen <filename>/nfsroot/default.colo</filename> på NFS-servern och " +"lägga till dina parametrar till variabeln <replaceable>args</replaceable>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2248 @@ -1737,14 +3066,26 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar för s390" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2249 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh session is needed on S/390." -msgstr "För att kunna köra installationssystemet på S/390 behövs en fungerande nätverkskonfiguration och en ssh-session." +msgid "" +"In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " +"session is needed on S/390." +msgstr "" +"För att kunna köra installationssystemet på S/390 behövs en fungerande " +"nätverkskonfiguration och en ssh-session." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2254 #, no-c-format -msgid "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation system." -msgstr "Uppstartsprocessen startar med en nätverkskonfiguration som frågar dig efter flera nätverksparametrar. Om konfigurationen lyckas kommer du kunna logga in på systemet genom att starta en ssh-session som kommer att starta standardinstallationssystemet." +msgid "" +"The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " +"network parameters. If the setup is successful, you will login to the system " +"by starting an ssh session which will launch the standard installation " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsprocessen startar med en nätverkskonfiguration som frågar dig efter " +"flera nätverksparametrar. Om konfigurationen lyckas kommer du kunna logga in " +"på systemet genom att starta en ssh-session som kommer att starta " +"standardinstallationssystemet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2265 @@ -1755,26 +3096,67 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för s390" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2266 #, no-c-format -msgid "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more information about S/390-specific boot parameters." -msgstr "På S/390 kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar i parm-filen. Denna fil kan antingen vara i ASCII- eller EBCDIC-format. Läs <ulink url=\"&url-s390-devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> för mer information om S/390-specifika uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " +"either be in ASCII or EBCDIC format. Please read <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for more " +"information about S/390-specific boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"På S/390 kan du lägga till uppstartsparametrar i parm-filen. Denna fil kan " +"antingen vara i ASCII- eller EBCDIC-format. Läs <ulink url=\"&url-s390-" +"devices;\">Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> för mer " +"information om S/390-specifika uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2320 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." -msgstr "För närvarande är PReP och New World PowerMac de enda underarkitekturerna för &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom. På PowerMac, håll ned <keycap>c</keycap>-tangenten, eller annars tangentkombinationen <keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap> och <keycap>Delete</keycap> tillsammans vid uppstart för att starta upp från cd-rom." +msgid "" +"Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " +"booting are PReP and New World PowerMacs. On PowerMacs, hold the <keycap>c</" +"keycap> key, or else the combination of <keycap>Command</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap>, and <keycap>Delete</keycap> " +"keys together while booting to boot from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande är PReP och New World PowerMac de enda underarkitekturerna " +"för &arch-title; som har stöd för uppstart från cd-rom. På PowerMac, håll " +"ned <keycap>c</keycap>-tangenten, eller annars tangentkombinationen " +"<keycap>Command</keycap>, <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"och <keycap>Delete</keycap> tillsammans vid uppstart för att starta upp från " +"cd-rom." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2329 #, no-c-format -msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then point the installer to the CD for the needed files." -msgstr "OldWorld PowerMac kommer inte att starta upp på en Debian-cd på grund av att OldWorld-datorer förlitade sig på att en Mac OS ROM cd-uppstartsdrivrutin skulle finnas på cd-skivan, och en fri version av den här drivrutinen finns inte tillgänglig. Alla OldWorld-system har diskettenheter, så använd diskettenheten för att starta installeraren, och peka sedan installeraren till cd-enheten för de nödvändiga filerna." +msgid "" +"OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " +"relied on a Mac OS ROM CD boot driver to be present on the CD, and a free-" +"software version of this driver is not available. All OldWorld systems have " +"floppy drives, so use the floppy drive to launch the installer, and then " +"point the installer to the CD for the needed files." +msgstr "" +"OldWorld PowerMac kommer inte att starta upp på en Debian-cd på grund av att " +"OldWorld-datorer förlitade sig på att en Mac OS ROM cd-uppstartsdrivrutin " +"skulle finnas på cd-skivan, och en fri version av den här drivrutinen finns " +"inte tillgänglig. Alla OldWorld-system har diskettenheter, så använd " +"diskettenheten för att starta installeraren, och peka sedan installeraren " +"till cd-enheten för de nödvändiga filerna." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2338 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" -msgstr "Om ditt system inte startar upp direkt från cd-rom, kan du fortfarande använda cd-enheten för att installera systemet. På NewWorld kan du även använde ett OpenFirmware-kommando för att manuellt starta upp från cd-rom. Följ instruktionerna i <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> för att starta upp från hårddisken, använd dock sökvägen till <command>yaboot</command> på cd-skivan vid OF-prompten, såsom" +msgid "" +"If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" +"ROM to install the system. On NewWorlds, you can also use an OpenFirmware " +"command to boot from the CD-ROM manually. Follow the instructions in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> for booting from the hard disk, except use the " +"path to <command>yaboot</command> on the CD at the OF prompt, such as" +msgstr "" +"Om ditt system inte startar upp direkt från cd-rom, kan du fortfarande " +"använda cd-enheten för att installera systemet. På NewWorld kan du även " +"använde ett OpenFirmware-kommando för att manuellt starta upp från cd-rom. " +"Följ instruktionerna i <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/> för att starta upp " +"från hårddisken, använd dock sökvägen till <command>yaboot</command> på cd-" +"skivan vid OF-prompten, såsom" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:2347 @@ -1809,8 +3191,25 @@ msgstr "Starta upp OldWorld PowerMac från MacOS" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2384 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut down MacOS and launch the installer." -msgstr "Om du ställer in en BootX i <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, kan du använda den för att starta upp installationssystemet. Dubbelklicka på programikonen <guiicon>BootX</guiicon>. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Options</guibutton> och välj <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. Det här kommer att ge dig chansen att välja filen <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename>. Du kan behöva att kryssa i rutan <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel>, beroende på din maskinvara. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> för att stänga ner MacOS och starta upp installeraren." +msgid "" +"If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " +"boot into the installation system. Double click the <guiicon>BootX</guiicon> " +"application icon. Click on the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button and " +"select <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</guilabel>. This will give you the " +"chance to select the <filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename> file. You may " +"need to select the <guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel> checkbox, depending " +"on your hardware. Then click the <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> button to shut " +"down MacOS and launch the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om du ställer in en BootX i <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, kan du " +"använda den för att starta upp installationssystemet. Dubbelklicka på " +"programikonen <guiicon>BootX</guiicon>. Klicka på knappen " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> och välj <guilabel>Use Specified RAM Disk</" +"guilabel>. Det här kommer att ge dig chansen att välja filen " +"<filename>ramdisk.image.gz</filename>. Du kan behöva att kryssa i rutan " +"<guilabel>No Video Driver</guilabel>, beroende på din maskinvara. Klicka " +"sedan på knappen <guibutton>Linux</guibutton> för att stänga ner MacOS och " +"starta upp installeraren." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2402 @@ -1822,17 +3221,49 @@ msgstr "Starta upp NewWorld Mac från OpenFirmware" #: boot-installer.xml:2403 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and <keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " +"<filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename>, and " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> files at the root level of your HFS " +"partition in <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Restart the computer, and " +"immediately (during the chime) hold down the <keycap>Option</keycap>, " +"<keycap>Command (cloverleaf/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap>, and " +"<keycap>f</keycap> keys all together. After a few seconds you will be " +"presented with the Open Firmware prompt. At the prompt, type " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> replacing <replaceable>x</replaceable> with the " +"partition number of the HFS partition where the kernel and yaboot files were " +"placed, followed by a &enterkey;. On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>. In a few " +"more seconds you will see a yaboot prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." +"</screen></informalexample> At yaboot's <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt, type " +"either <userinput>install</userinput> or <userinput>install video=ofonly</" +"userinput> followed by a &enterkey;. The <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> " +"argument is for maximum compatibility; you can try it if <userinput>install</" +"userinput> doesn't work. The Debian installation program should start." msgstr "" -"Du har redan placerat filerna <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename> och <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> i rotnivån av din HFS-partition i <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/>. Starta om datorn, och omedelbart (under klockljudet) håll ned tangenterna <keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (klöverblad/Apple)</keycap>, <keycap>o</keycap> och <keycap>f</keycap> samtidigt. Efter ett par sekunder kommer du att komma till Open Firmware-prompten. Vid prompten, ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Du har redan placerat filerna <filename>vmlinux</filename>, <filename>initrd." +"gz</filename>, <filename>yaboot</filename> och <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> i rotnivån av din HFS-partition i <xref linkend=\"files-newworld\"/" +">. Starta om datorn, och omedelbart (under klockljudet) håll ned tangenterna " +"<keycap>Option</keycap>, <keycap>Command (klöverblad/Apple)</keycap>, " +"<keycap>o</keycap> och <keycap>f</keycap> samtidigt. Efter ett par sekunder " +"kommer du att komma till Open Firmware-prompten. Vid prompten, ange " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "0 > boot hd:<replaceable>x</replaceable>,yaboot\n" -"</screen></informalexample> ersätt <replaceable>x</replaceable> med partitionsnumret för HFS-partitionen där kärnan och yaboot-filerna placerades, följt av &enterkey;. På vissa maskiner kan du behöva använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>. Om ett par sekunder kommer du att se en yaboot-prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> ersätt <replaceable>x</replaceable> med " +"partitionsnumret för HFS-partitionen där kärnan och yaboot-filerna " +"placerades, följt av &enterkey;. På vissa maskiner kan du behöva använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>. Om ett " +"par sekunder kommer du att se en yaboot-prompt <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot:\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Vid yaboots <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, ange antingen <userinput>install</userinput> eller <userinput>install video=ofonly</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. Argumentet <userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> är för maximal kompatibilitet; du kan prova den om <userinput>install</userinput> inte fungerar. Debians installationprogram ska nu starta." +"</screen></informalexample> Vid yaboots <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt, ange " +"antingen <userinput>install</userinput> eller <userinput>install " +"video=ofonly</userinput> följt av &enterkey;. Argumentet " +"<userinput>video=ofonly</userinput> är för maximal kompatibilitet; du kan " +"prova den om <userinput>install</userinput> inte fungerar. Debians " +"installationprogram ska nu starta." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2438 @@ -1844,79 +3275,178 @@ msgstr "Starta upp från USB-minne" #: boot-installer.xml:2439 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." -msgstr "För närvarande är NewWorld PowerMac-system kända att ha stöd för uppstart via USB." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande är NewWorld PowerMac-system kända att ha stöd för uppstart " +"via USB." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2445 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." -msgstr "Se till att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. För att starta upp ett Macintosh-system från ett USB-minne behöver du använda Open Firmware-prompten, eftersom Open Firmware inte söker efter USB-lagringsenheter som standard. För att komma till prompten, håll ned <keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> samtidigt vid uppstart (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgid "" +"Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" +">. To boot a Macintosh system from a USB stick, you will need to use the " +"Open Firmware prompt, since Open Firmware does not search USB storage " +"devices by default. To get to the prompt, hold down " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> all together while booting (see <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Se till att du har förberett allt från <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>. " +"För att starta upp ett Macintosh-system från ett USB-minne behöver du " +"använda Open Firmware-prompten, eftersom Open Firmware inte söker efter USB-" +"lagringsenheter som standard. För att komma till prompten, håll ned " +"<keycombo><keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>o</" +"keycap> <keycap>f</keycap></keycombo> samtidigt vid uppstart (se <xref " +"linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2457 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." -msgstr "Du behöver ta reda på var USB-lagringsenheten visas i enhetsträdet, eftersom <command>ofpath</command> för tillfället inte kan ta reda på det automatiskt. Ange <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> och <userinput>devalias</userinput> vid Open Firmware-prompten för att gå en lista på alla kända enheter och enhetsalias. På upphovsmannens system med olika typer av USB-minnen, fungerar sökvägar såsom <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename> och <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename>." +msgid "" +"You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " +"tree, since at the moment <command>ofpath</command> cannot work that out " +"automatically. Type <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> and <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> at the Open Firmware prompt to get a list of all known devices " +"and device aliases. On the author's system with various types of USB stick, " +"paths such as <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, <filename>usb0/hub/disk</" +"filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</filename>, and " +"<filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename> work." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver ta reda på var USB-lagringsenheten visas i enhetsträdet, eftersom " +"<command>ofpath</command> för tillfället inte kan ta reda på det " +"automatiskt. Ange <userinput>dev / ls</userinput> och <userinput>devalias</" +"userinput> vid Open Firmware-prompten för att gå en lista på alla kända " +"enheter och enhetsalias. På upphovsmannens system med olika typer av USB-" +"minnen, fungerar sökvägar såsom <filename>usb0/disk</filename>, " +"<filename>usb0/hub/disk</filename>, <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/disk@1</" +"filename> och <filename>/pci@f2000000/usb@1b,1/hub@1/disk@1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2469 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. <command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " +"installer: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The <replaceable>2</replaceable> matches the " +"Apple_HFS or Apple_Bootstrap partition onto which you copied the boot image " +"earlier, and the <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> part instructs Open " +"Firmware to boot from the file with an HFS file type of \"tbxi\" (i.e. " +"<command>yaboot</command>) in the directory previously blessed with " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." msgstr "" -"Efter att enhetssökvägen har fastställts, använd ett kommando liknande den här för att starta upp installeraren: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:tbxi\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <replaceable>2</replaceable> matchar den Apple_HFS- eller Apple_Bootstrap-partition på vilken du tidigare kopierade in uppstartsavbilden, och delen <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> instruerar Open Firmware att starta upp från filen med HFS-filtypen \"tbxi\" (alltså, <command>yaboot</command>) i katalogen som tidigare välsignats med <command>hattrib -b</command>." +"Efter att enhetssökvägen har fastställts, använd ett kommando liknande den " +"här för att starta upp installeraren: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"boot <replaceable>usb0/disk</replaceable>:<replaceable>2</replaceable>,\\\\:" +"tbxi\n" +"</screen></informalexample> <replaceable>2</replaceable> matchar den " +"Apple_HFS- eller Apple_Bootstrap-partition på vilken du tidigare kopierade " +"in uppstartsavbilden, och delen <userinput>,\\\\:tbxi</userinput> instruerar " +"Open Firmware att starta upp från filen med HFS-filtypen \"tbxi\" (alltså, " +"<command>yaboot</command>) i katalogen som tidigare välsignats med " +"<command>hattrib -b</command>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2483 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, or just hit &enterkey;." -msgstr "Systemet ska nu starta upp, och du ska se en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt. Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument, eller bara trycka &enterkey;." +msgid "" +"The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. Here you can enter optional boot arguments, " +"or just hit &enterkey;." +msgstr "" +"Systemet ska nu starta upp, och du ska se en <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompt. " +"Här kan du ange ytterligare uppstartsargument, eller bara trycka &enterkey;." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2489 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." -msgstr "Denn uppstartsmetod är ny, och kan vara svårt att få att fungera på vissa NewWorld-system. Om du har problem, skriv en installationsrapport, som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgid "" +"This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " +"NewWorld systems. If you have problems, please file an installation report, " +"as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Denn uppstartsmetod är ny, och kan vara svårt att få att fungera på vissa " +"NewWorld-system. Om du har problem, skriv en installationsrapport, som " +"förklaras i <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2522 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." -msgstr "För närvarande har PReP- och NewWorld PowerMac-systemen stöd för uppstart via nätverk." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande har PReP- och NewWorld PowerMac-systemen stöd för uppstart " +"via nätverk." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>,<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "På maskiner med Open Firmware, såsom NewWorld Power Mac, gå in i uppstartsmonitorn (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) och använd kommandot <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP- och CHRP-maskiner kan ha olika sätt att adressera nätverket. På en PReP-maskin bör du prova med <userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipadr</replaceable>,<replaceable>fil</replaceable>,<replaceable>klient_ipadr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " +"monitor (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) and use the command " +"<command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP and CHRP boxes may have different ways " +"of addressing the network. On a PReP machine, you should try <userinput>boot " +"<replaceable>server_ipaddr</replaceable>,<replaceable>file</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>client_ipaddr</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"På maskiner med Open Firmware, såsom NewWorld Power Mac, gå in i " +"uppstartsmonitorn (se <xref linkend=\"invoking-openfirmware\"/>) och använd " +"kommandot <command>boot enet:0</command>. PReP- och CHRP-maskiner kan ha " +"olika sätt att adressera nätverket. På en PReP-maskin bör du prova med " +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>server_ipadr</replaceable>,<replaceable>fil</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>klient_ipadr</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2541 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not supported for booting." -msgstr "Uppstart från disketter stöds för &arch-title;, fast det generellt sett endast gäller för OldWorld-system. NewWorld-system är inte utrustade med diskettenheter, och USB-diskettenheter stöds inte för uppstart." +msgid "" +"Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " +"generally only applicable for OldWorld systems. NewWorld systems are not " +"equipped with floppy drives, and attached USB floppy drives are not " +"supported for booting." +msgstr "" +"Uppstart från disketter stöds för &arch-title;, fast det generellt sett " +"endast gäller för OldWorld-system. NewWorld-system är inte utrustade med " +"diskettenheter, och USB-diskettenheter stöds inte för uppstart." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2553 #, no-c-format -msgid "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the power-on button." -msgstr "För att starta upp från disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename>, placera den i diskettenheten efter att systemet har stängts ned, och slå sedan på systemet." +msgid "" +"To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " +"in floppy drive after shutting the system down, and before pressing the " +"power-on button." +msgstr "" +"För att starta upp från disketten <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename>, " +"placera den i diskettenheten efter att systemet har stängts ned, och slå " +"sedan på systemet." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2559 #, no-c-format -msgid "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." -msgstr "För de som inte känner till hur Macintosh-disketter hanteras: en diskett som placeras i maskinen före uppstart kommer att vara första prioritet för systemet att starta upp från. En diskett utan ett giltigt uppstartssystem kommer att matas ut, och maskinen kommer sedan att leta efter startbara hårddiskpartitioner." +msgid "" +"For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " +"the machine prior to boot will be the first priority for the system to boot " +"from. A floppy without a valid boot system will be ejected, and the machine " +"will then check for bootable hard disk partitions." +msgstr "" +"För de som inte känner till hur Macintosh-disketter hanteras: en diskett som " +"placeras i maskinen före uppstart kommer att vara första prioritet för " +"systemet att starta upp från. En diskett utan ett giltigt uppstartssystem " +"kommer att matas ut, och maskinen kommer sedan att leta efter startbara " +"hårddiskpartitioner." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2566 #, no-c-format -msgid "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." -msgstr "Efter uppstart kommer disketten <filename>root.bin</filename> att begäras. Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;. Installeringsprogrammet startas automatiskt efter att rotsystemet har lästs in i minnet." +msgid "" +"After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " +"the root floppy and press &enterkey;. The installer program is automatically " +"launched after the root system has been loaded into memory." +msgstr "" +"Efter uppstart kommer disketten <filename>root.bin</filename> att begäras. " +"Mata in rotdisketten och tryck &enterkey;. Installeringsprogrammet startas " +"automatiskt efter att rotsystemet har lästs in i minnet." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2577 @@ -1927,20 +3457,58 @@ msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar för PowerPC" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2578 #, no-c-format -msgid "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." -msgstr "Många äldre Apple-skärmar använde läget 640x480 67Hz. Om din bild verkar vara sned på en äldre Apple-skärm, prova att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , som kommer att välja det läget för de flesta Mach64- och Rage-grafikmaskinvara. För Rage 128-maskinvara, skall <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> användas." +msgid "" +"Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " +"skewed on an older Apple monitor, try appending the boot argument " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , which will select that mode for " +"most Mach64 and Rage video hardware. For Rage 128 hardware, this changes to " +"<userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> ." +msgstr "" +"Många äldre Apple-skärmar använde läget 640x480 67Hz. Om din bild verkar " +"vara sned på en äldre Apple-skärm, prova att lägga till uppstartsargumentet " +"<userinput>video=atyfb:vmode:6</userinput> , som kommer att välja det läget " +"för de flesta Mach64- och Rage-grafikmaskinvara. För Rage 128-maskinvara, " +"skall <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> användas." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2618 #, no-c-format -msgid "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." -msgstr "På maskiner med OpenBoot, gå helt enkelt in i uppstartsmonitorn på maskinen som ska installeras (ee <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Använd kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP- och RARP-server, eller prova <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> eller <userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP och BOOTP eller DHCP-server. Vissa äldre OpenBoot-revisioner kräver att man använder enhetsnamnet, såsom <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; de har antagligen inte stöd för BOOTP eller DHCP." +msgid "" +"On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " +"which is being installed (see <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Use " +"the command <userinput>boot net</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and RARP " +"server, or try <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> or <userinput>boot net:" +"dhcp</userinput> to boot from a TFTP and BOOTP or DHCP server. Some older " +"OpenBoot revisions require using the device name, such as <userinput>boot le" +"()</userinput>; these probably don't support BOOTP nor DHCP." +msgstr "" +"På maskiner med OpenBoot, gå helt enkelt in i uppstartsmonitorn på maskinen " +"som ska installeras (ee <xref linkend=\"invoking-openboot\"/>). Använd " +"kommandot <userinput>boot net</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP- " +"och RARP-server, eller prova <userinput>boot net:bootp</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>boot net:dhcp</userinput> för att starta upp från en TFTP och " +"BOOTP eller DHCP-server. Vissa äldre OpenBoot-revisioner kräver att man " +"använder enhetsnamnet, såsom <userinput>boot le()</userinput>; de har " +"antagligen inte stöd för BOOTP eller DHCP." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2674 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc 10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." -msgstr "De flesta OpenBoot-versioner stöder kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> som helt enkelt är ett alias för att starta upp från SCSI-enheten på ID 6 (eller sekundär master för IDE-baserade system). Du kanske måste använda det faktiska enhetsnamnet för äldre OpenBoot-versioner som inte har stöd för det här speciella kommandot. Observera att vissa problem har rapporterats på Sun4m-system (alltså Sparc 10 och Sparc 20) vid uppstart från cd-rom." +msgid "" +"Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " +"which is simply an alias to boot from the SCSI device on ID 6 (or the " +"secondary master for IDE based systems). You may have to use the actual " +"device name for older OpenBoot versions that don't support this special " +"command. Note that some problems have been reported on Sun4m (e.g., Sparc " +"10s and Sparc 20s) systems booting from CD-ROM." +msgstr "" +"De flesta OpenBoot-versioner stöder kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</" +"userinput> som helt enkelt är ett alias för att starta upp från SCSI-enheten " +"på ID 6 (eller sekundär master för IDE-baserade system). Du kanske måste " +"använda det faktiska enhetsnamnet för äldre OpenBoot-versioner som inte har " +"stöd för det här speciella kommandot. Observera att vissa problem har " +"rapporterats på Sun4m-system (alltså Sparc 10 och Sparc 20) vid uppstart " +"från cd-rom." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2689 @@ -1948,31 +3516,53 @@ msgstr "De flesta OpenBoot-versioner stöder kommandot <userinput>boot cdrom</us msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are not supported." +"</screen></informalexample> Be warned that the newer Sun4u (ultra) " +"architecture does not support floppy booting. A typical error message is " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Furthermore, a number of Sun4c models (such as the " +"IPX) do not support the compressed images found on the disks, so also are " +"not supported." msgstr "" -"För att starta upp från en diskett på en Sparc, använd <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att starta upp från en diskett på en Sparc, använd " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Stop-A -> OpenBoot: \"boot floppy\"\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Tänk på att nyare Sun4u-arkitekturen (ultra) inte har stöd för uppstart på diskett. Ett typiskt felmeddelande är <computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label package</computeroutput>. Vidare stöder inte ett antal Sun4c-modeller (såsom IPX) komprimerade avbilder som finns på disketter." +"</screen></informalexample> Tänk på att nyare Sun4u-arkitekturen (ultra) " +"inte har stöd för uppstart på diskett. Ett typiskt felmeddelande är " +"<computeroutput>Bad magic number in disk label - Can't open disk label " +"package</computeroutput>. Vidare stöder inte ett antal Sun4c-modeller (såsom " +"IPX) komprimerade avbilder som finns på disketter." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2701 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." -msgstr "Ett flertal Sparc (exempelvis Ultra 10) har ett OBP-fel som förhindrar dem från att starta upp (istället för att inte stöda uppstart alls). Den lämpliga uppdateringen för OBP kan hämtas som produkt-id 106121 från <ulink url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " +"booting (instead of not supporting booting at all). The appropriate OBP " +"update can be downloaded as product ID 106121 from <ulink url=\"http://" +"sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Ett flertal Sparc (exempelvis Ultra 10) har ett OBP-fel som förhindrar dem " +"från att starta upp (istället för att inte stöda uppstart alls). Den " +"lämpliga uppdateringen för OBP kan hämtas som produkt-id 106121 från <ulink " +"url=\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" "Illegal or malformed device name\n" -"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is simply not supported on your machine." +"</screen></informalexample> then it is possible that floppy booting is " +"simply not supported on your machine." msgstr "" -"Om du startar upp från disketten, och du ser meddelanden såsom <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du startar upp från disketten, och du ser meddelanden såsom " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "Fatal error: Cannot read partition\n" "Illegal or malformed device name\n" -"</screen></informalexample> är det möjligt att uppstart via diskett inte stöds på din maskin." +"</screen></informalexample> är det möjligt att uppstart via diskett inte " +"stöds på din maskin." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2720 @@ -1983,50 +3573,125 @@ msgstr "IDPROM-meddelanden" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2721 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with <quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more information." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta upp på grund av att får meddelanden om ett problem med <quote>IDPROM</quote>, är det möjligt att ditt NVRAM-batteri, som tillhandahåller konfigurationsinformation för ditt firmware, har slut på ström. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> för mer information." +msgid "" +"If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, then it's possible that your NVRAM battery, which " +"holds configuration information for you firmware, has run out. See the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta upp på grund av att får meddelanden om ett problem med " +"<quote>IDPROM</quote>, är det möjligt att ditt NVRAM-batteri, som " +"tillhandahåller konfigurationsinformation för ditt firmware, har slut på " +"ström. Se <ulink url=\"&url-sun-nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM FAQ</ulink> för mer " +"information." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2740 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases you'll have to help the kernel a bit." -msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar är parametrar för Linux-kärnan som generellt sett används för att se till att kringutrustning hanteras korrekt. För det mesta kan kärnan automatiskt identifiera information om din kringutrustning. Dock, i vissa fall, behöver du hjälpa kärnan en bit på vägen." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " +"sure that peripherals are dealt with properly. For the most part, the kernel " +"can auto-detect information about your peripherals. However, in some cases " +"you'll have to help the kernel a bit." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsparametrar är parametrar för Linux-kärnan som generellt sett " +"används för att se till att kringutrustning hanteras korrekt. För det mesta " +"kan kärnan automatiskt identifiera information om din kringutrustning. Dock, " +"i vissa fall, behöver du hjälpa kärnan en bit på vägen." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2747 #, no-c-format -msgid "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." -msgstr "Om det här är första gången du startar upp systemet kan du prova de uppstartsparametrar som är standard (alltså, ställ inte in några parametrar) och se om det fungerar korrekt. Det kommer säkert att göra det. Om inte, kan du starta om senare och leta efter några speciella parametrar som informerar systemet om din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " +"parameters (i.e., don't try setting parameters) and see if it works " +"correctly. It probably will. If not, you can reboot later and look for any " +"special parameters that inform the system about your hardware." +msgstr "" +"Om det här är första gången du startar upp systemet kan du prova de " +"uppstartsparametrar som är standard (alltså, ställ inte in några parametrar) " +"och se om det fungerar korrekt. Det kommer säkert att göra det. Om inte, kan " +"du starta om senare och leta efter några speciella parametrar som informerar " +"systemet om din maskinvara." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2754 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." -msgstr "Information om många uppstartsparametrar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, inklusive tips för obskyr maskinvara. Det här avsnittet innehåller endast en del av de mest vanliga parametrarna. Vissa vanliga problem finns beskrivna i <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgid "" +"Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"including tips for obscure hardware. This section contains only a sketch of " +"the most salient parameters. Some common gotchas are included below in <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Information om många uppstartsparametrar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/BootPrompt-HOWTO.html\"> Linux BootPrompt HOWTO</ulink>, " +"inklusive tips för obskyr maskinvara. Det här avsnittet innehåller endast en " +"del av de mest vanliga parametrarna. Vissa vanliga problem finns beskrivna i " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. <replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." +"Memory:<replaceable>avail</replaceable>k/<replaceable>total</replaceable>k " +"available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> should be emitted early in the process. " +"<replaceable>total</replaceable> should match the total amount of RAM, in " +"kilobytes. If this doesn't match the actual amount of RAM you have " +"installed, you need to use the <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</" +"replaceable></userinput> parameter, where <replaceable>ram</replaceable> is " +"set to the amount of memory, suffixed with <quote>k</quote> for kilobytes, " +"or <quote>m</quote> for megabytes. For example, both <userinput>mem=65536k</" +"userinput> and <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> mean 64MB of RAM." msgstr "" "När kärnan startar upp bör meddelandet<informalexample><screen>\n" -"Memory:<replaceable>tillgängligt</replaceable>k/<replaceable>totalt</replaceable>k available\n" -"</screen></informalexample> visas tidigt i processen. <replaceable>totalt</replaceable> bör stämma med totalt RAM-minne i kilobyte. Om det inte stämmer med den faktiska mängden RAM-minne du har installerad behöver du använda parametern <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>ram</replaceable> är inställd till mängden minne och ändelsen <quote>k</quote> för kilobyte eller <quote>m</quote> för megabyte. Till exempel, både <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> och <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> betyder 64MB RAM-minne." +"Memory:<replaceable>tillgängligt</replaceable>k/<replaceable>totalt</" +"replaceable>k available\n" +"</screen></informalexample> visas tidigt i processen. <replaceable>totalt</" +"replaceable> bör stämma med totalt RAM-minne i kilobyte. Om det inte stämmer " +"med den faktiska mängden RAM-minne du har installerad behöver du använda " +"parametern <userinput>mem=<replaceable>ram</replaceable></userinput>, där " +"<replaceable>ram</replaceable> är inställd till mängden minne och ändelsen " +"<quote>k</quote> för kilobyte eller <quote>m</quote> för megabyte. Till " +"exempel, både <userinput>mem=65536k</userinput> och <userinput>mem=64m</" +"userinput> betyder 64MB RAM-minne." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2779 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." -msgstr "Om du startar upp på en seriekonsoll kommer generellt sett kärnan att autodetektera det<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (dock inte på DECstation)</phrase>. Om du har ett grafikkort (framebuffer) och ett tangentbord anslutet till datorn som du önskar starta upp via seriekonsoll, kan du skicka med följande argument <userinput>console=<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></userinput> till kärnan, där <replaceable>enhet</replaceable> är din serieenhet, som vanligtvis är något liknande <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " +"autodetect this<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (although not on DECstations)</" +"phrase>. If you have a videocard (framebuffer) and a keyboard also attached " +"to the computer which you wish to boot via serial console, you may have to " +"pass the <userinput>console=<replaceable>device</replaceable></userinput> " +"argument to the kernel, where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is your " +"serial device, which is usually something like <filename>ttyS0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du startar upp på en seriekonsoll kommer generellt sett kärnan att " +"autodetektera det<phrase arch=\"mipsel\"> (dock inte på DECstation)</" +"phrase>. Om du har ett grafikkort (framebuffer) och ett tangentbord anslutet " +"till datorn som du önskar starta upp via seriekonsoll, kan du skicka med " +"följande argument <userinput>console=<replaceable>enhet</replaceable></" +"userinput> till kärnan, där <replaceable>enhet</replaceable> är din " +"serieenhet, som vanligtvis är något liknande <filename>ttyS0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2792 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to <filename>ttya</filename>." -msgstr "För &arch-title; heter serieenheterna <filename>ttya</filename> eller <filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternativt, ställ in OpenPROM-variablerna <envar>input-device</envar> och <envar>output-device</envar> till <filename>ttya</filename>." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternatively, set the <envar>input-device</" +"envar> and <envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM variables to " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." +msgstr "" +"För &arch-title; heter serieenheterna <filename>ttya</filename> eller " +"<filename>ttyb</filename>. Alternativt, ställ in OpenPROM-variablerna " +"<envar>input-device</envar> och <envar>output-device</envar> till " +"<filename>ttya</filename>." #. Tag: title #: boot-installer.xml:2803 @@ -2036,488 +3701,1133 @@ msgstr "Parametrar för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." -msgstr "Installationssystemet känner igen ytterligare ett antal uppstartsparametrar<footnote> <para> Observera att 2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här siffrorna överstigs kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta de flaggor som överstiger gränsen. Med kärnan 2.6.9 eller senare kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor eller 32 miljöflaggor. </para> </footnote> som kan vara användbara." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +msgstr "" +"Installationssystemet känner igen ytterligare ett antal " +"uppstartsparametrar<footnote> <para> Observera att 2.4-kärnan accepterar " +"maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som " +"läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här siffrorna överstigs " +"kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta de flaggor som överstiger gränsen. Med kärnan " +"2.6.9 eller senare kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor eller 32 " +"miljöflaggor. </para> </footnote> som kan vara användbara." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format -msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" -msgstr "Den här parametern ställer in så att meddelanden med lägst prioritet visas. Kort form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgid "" +"This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " +"form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Den här parametern ställer in så att meddelanden med lägst prioritet visas. " +"Kort form: <userinput>priority</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format -msgid "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the installer adjusts the priority as needed." -msgstr "Standardinstallationen använder <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Det betyder att både meddelanden med prioriteterna hög och kritisk visas, men meddelanden med prioriteterna medium och låg hoppas över. Om problem påträffas justerar installeraren prioriteten efter behov." +msgid "" +"The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " +"means that both high and critical priority messages are shown, but medium " +"and low priority messages are skipped. If problems are encountered, the " +"installer adjusts the priority as needed." +msgstr "" +"Standardinstallationen använder <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. Det " +"betyder att både meddelanden med prioriteterna hög och kritisk visas, men " +"meddelanden med prioriteterna medium och låg hoppas över. Om problem " +"påträffas justerar installeraren prioriteten efter behov." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing without fuss." -msgstr "Om du lägger till <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> som uppstartsparameter kommer du att få se installationsmenyn och få mer kontroll över installationen. När <userinput>priority=low</userinput> används kommer alla meddelanden visas (det här är likvärdigt med uppstartsmetoden <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Med <userinput>priority=critical</userinput> kommer installationssystemet endast att visa kritiska meddelanden och försöka göra det rätta utan att krångla till det." +msgid "" +"If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " +"will be shown the installation menu and gain more control over the " +"installation. When <userinput>priority=low</userinput> is used, all messages " +"are shown (this is equivalent to the <emphasis>expert</emphasis> boot " +"method). With <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>, the installation " +"system will display only critical messages and try to do the right thing " +"without fuss." +msgstr "" +"Om du lägger till <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> som " +"uppstartsparameter kommer du att få se installationsmenyn och få mer " +"kontroll över installationen. När <userinput>priority=low</userinput> " +"används kommer alla meddelanden visas (det här är likvärdigt med " +"uppstartsmetoden <emphasis>expert</emphasis>). Med " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput> kommer installationssystemet endast " +"att visa kritiska meddelanden och försöka göra det rätta utan att krångla " +"till det." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format -msgid "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." -msgstr "Den här uppstartsparametern kontrollerar den typ av användargränssnitt som används för installeraren. De för närvarande möjliga parametervärdena är: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Standardgränssnitt är <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. <userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> kan föredras för installationer via seriekonsoll. Generellt sett är endast gränssnittet <userinput>newt</userinput> tillgängligt på standardinstallationsmedia så den här parametern är inte så användbar just nu." +msgid "" +"This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " +"installer. The current possible parameter settings are: <itemizedlist> " +"<listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></" +"para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> The default front end is " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> may be preferable for serial " +"console installs. Generally only the <userinput>newt</userinput> frontend is " +"available on default install media, so this is not very useful right now." +msgstr "" +"Den här uppstartsparametern kontrollerar den typ av användargränssnitt som " +"används för installeraren. De för närvarande möjliga parametervärdena är: " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=slang</userinput></" +"para> </listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=ncurses</" +"userinput></para> </listitem><listitem> " +"<para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=bogl</userinput></para> </" +"listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=gtk</userinput></para> " +"</listitem><listitem> <para><userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=corba</userinput></" +"para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> Standardgränssnitt är " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=newt</userinput>. " +"<userinput>DEBIAN_FRONTEND=text</userinput> kan föredras för installationer " +"via seriekonsoll. Generellt sett är endast gränssnittet <userinput>newt</" +"userinput> tillgängligt på standardinstallationsmedia så den här parametern " +"är inte så användbar just nu." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot process.)" -msgstr "Ställ in den här uppstartsparametern till 2 innebär att installerarens uppstartsprocess kommer att loggas på ett informativt sätt. Ställ in den till 3 och felsökningsloggar blir tillgängliga på strategiska punkter i uppstartsprocessen. (Avsluta skalen för att fortsätta uppstartsprocessen.)" +msgid "" +"Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " +"be verbosely logged. Setting it to 3 makes debug shells available at " +"strategic points in the boot process. (Exit the shells to continue the boot " +"process.)" +msgstr "" +"Ställ in den här uppstartsparametern till 2 innebär att installerarens " +"uppstartsprocess kommer att loggas på ett informativt sätt. Ställ in den " +"till 3 och felsökningsloggar blir tillgängliga på strategiska punkter i " +"uppstartsprocessen. (Avsluta skalen för att fortsätta uppstartsprocessen.)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "Det här är standardinställningen." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "Mer information än normalt." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "Mycket felsökningsinformation." #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." -msgstr "Skal kommer att köras på olika punkter i uppstartsprocessen för detaljerad felsökning. Avsluta skalet för att fortsätta uppstarten." +msgid "" +"Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " +"debugging. Exit the shell to continue the boot." +msgstr "" +"Skal kommer att köras på olika punkter i uppstartsprocessen för detaljerad " +"felsökning. Avsluta skalet för att fortsätta uppstarten." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format -msgid "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" -msgstr "Värdet för parametern är sökvägen till enheten som Debian Installer ska läsas in från. Till exempel, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" +msgid "" +"The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " +"installer from. For example, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Värdet för parametern är sökvägen till enheten som Debian Installer ska " +"läsas in från. Till exempel, <userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." -msgstr "Startdisketten, som normalt sett söker av alla disketter den kan hitta efter rotdisketten, kan åsidosättas av den här parametern för att endast söka på en enhet." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " +"floppy, can be overridden by this parameter to only look at the one device." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten, som normalt sett söker av alla disketter den kan hitta efter " +"rotdisketten, kan åsidosättas av den här parametern för att endast söka på " +"en enhet." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" # Framebuffer. Bättre ord! #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." -msgstr "Vissa arkitekturer använder kärnans framebuffer för att erbjuda en installation på ett antal olika språk. Om framebuffer orsakar ett problem på ditt system kan du inaktivera funktionen genom parametern <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=false</userinput> i kort form. Symptom på problemet är felmeddelanden om bterm eller bogl, en blank skärm, eller en frysning inom ett par minuter efter påbörjad installation." +msgid "" +"Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " +"number of languages. If framebuffer causes a problem on your system you can " +"disable the feature by the parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=false</userinput>, or <userinput>fb=false</userinput> for short. " +"Problem symptoms are error messages about bterm or bogl, a blank screen, or " +"a freeze within a few minutes after starting the install." +msgstr "" +"Vissa arkitekturer använder kärnans framebuffer för att erbjuda en " +"installation på ett antal olika språk. Om framebuffer orsakar ett problem på " +"ditt system kan du inaktivera funktionen genom parametern <userinput>debian-" +"installer/framebuffer=false</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=false</" +"userinput> i kort form. Symptom på problemet är felmeddelanden om bterm " +"eller bogl, en blank skärm, eller en frysning inom ett par minuter efter " +"påbörjad installation." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." -msgstr "Argumentet <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> kan också användas för att inaktivera kärnans användning av framebuffer. Sådana problem har rapporterats på en Dell Inspiron med Mobile Radeon-kort." +msgid "" +"The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " +"disable the kernel's use of the framebuffer. Such problems have been " +"reported on a Dell Inspiron with Mobile Radeon card." +msgstr "" +"Argumentet <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> kan också användas för att " +"inaktivera kärnans användning av framebuffer. Sådana problem har " +"rapporterats på en Dell Inspiron med Mobile Radeon-kort." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Liknande problem har rapporterats för Amiga 1200 och SE/30." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "Liknande problem har blivit rapporterats för hppa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is <emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." -msgstr "På grund av displayproblem på vissa system är stöd för framebuffer <emphasis>inaktiverat som standard</emphasis> för &arch-title;. Det kan resultera i en mindre vacker display på system som korrekt sett har stöd för framebuffer, såsom de med ATI-grafikkort. Om du upplever displayproblem i installeraren kan du försöka att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=true</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " +"<emphasis>disabled by default</emphasis> for &arch-title;. This can result " +"in ugly display on systems that do properly support the framebuffer, like " +"those with ATI graphical cards. If you see display problems in the " +"installer, you can try booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/" +"framebuffer=true</userinput> or <userinput>fb=true</userinput> for short." +msgstr "" +"På grund av displayproblem på vissa system är stöd för framebuffer " +"<emphasis>inaktiverat som standard</emphasis> för &arch-title;. Det kan " +"resultera i en mindre vacker display på system som korrekt sett har stöd för " +"framebuffer, såsom de med ATI-grafikkort. Om du upplever displayproblem i " +"installeraren kan du försöka att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-" +"installer/framebuffer=true</userinput> eller <userinput>fb=true</userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/theme" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format -msgid "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Ett tema bestämmer hur användargränssnittet för installeraren ser ut (färger, ikoner, etc). Vilka teman som finns tillgängliga beror på gränssnittet. För närvarande har endast gränssnitten newt och gtk ett <quote>mörkt</quote> tema som blev designat för användare med nedsatt syn. Ställ in temat genom att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> eller <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " +"icons, etc.). What themes are available differs per frontend. Currently both " +"the newt and gtk frontends only have a <quote>dark</quote> theme that was " +"designed for visually impaired users. Set the theme by booting with " +"parameter <userinput>debian-installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></" +"userinput> or <userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ett tema bestämmer hur användargränssnittet för installeraren ser ut " +"(färger, ikoner, etc). Vilka teman som finns tillgängliga beror på " +"gränssnittet. För närvarande har endast gränssnitten newt och gtk ett " +"<quote>mörkt</quote> tema som blev designat för användare med nedsatt syn. " +"Ställ in temat genom att starta upp med parametern <userinput>debian-" +"installer/theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> eller " +"<userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if that causes problems." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra sökning efter USB vid uppstart, om det orsakar problem." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " +"that causes problems." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra sökning efter " +"USB vid uppstart, om det orsakar problem." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case the DHCP probe fails." -msgstr "Som standard söker &d-i; automatiskt efter nätverkskonfiguration via DHCP. Om sökningen lyckas, har du ingen chans att granska och ändra de mottagna inställningarna. Du kan komma åt de manuellt inställningarna endast om DHCP-sökningen misslyckas." +msgid "" +"By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " +"DHCP. If the probe succeeds, you won't have a chance to review and change " +"the obtained settings. You can get to the manual network setup only in case " +"the DHCP probe fails." +msgstr "" +"Som standard söker &d-i; automatiskt efter nätverkskonfiguration via DHCP. " +"Om sökningen lyckas, har du ingen chans att granska och ändra de mottagna " +"inställningarna. Du kan komma åt de manuellt inställningarna endast om DHCP-" +"sökningen misslyckas." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." -msgstr "Om du har en DHCP-server på ditt lokala nätverk men du vill undvika den på grund av att den, exempelvis ger fel svar, kan du använda parametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> för att förhindra att nätverket konfigureras med DHCP och att informationen matas in manuellt." +msgid "" +"If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " +"because e.g. it gives wrong answers, you can use the parameter " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> to prevent configuring the " +"network with DHCP and to enter the information manually." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en DHCP-server på ditt lokala nätverk men du vill undvika den på " +"grund av att den, exempelvis ger fel svar, kan du använda parametern " +"<userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> för att förhindra att " +"nätverket konfigureras med DHCP och att informationen matas in manuellt." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra att PCMCIA-tjänster startas, om det orsakar problem. Vissa bärbara datorer är kända för det här problemet." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " +"that causes problems. Some laptops are well known for this misbehavior." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att förhindra att PCMCIA-" +"tjänster startas, om det orsakar problem. Vissa bärbara datorer är kända för " +"det här problemet." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>url</userinput>" -msgstr "Ange URL:en till en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta och användas för att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort form: <userinput>url</userinput>" +msgid "" +"Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " +"the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>url</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ange URL:en till en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta och användas för att " +"automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort " +"form: <userinput>url</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format -msgid "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: <userinput>file</userinput>" -msgstr "Ange sökvägen till en förkonfigurationsfil att läsa in för att automatisera installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort form: <userinput>file</userinput>" +msgid "" +"Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " +"install. See <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Short form: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Ange sökvägen till en förkonfigurationsfil att läsa in för att automatisera " +"installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Kort form: " +"<userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy style drives cannot reload media automatically." -msgstr "Som standard, före omstart, matar &d-i; automatiskt ut det optiska mediat som användes under installationen. Det kan vara onödigt om systemet inte startar upp automatiskt på cd. I vissa fall kan det inte vara önskvärt, till exempel om den optiska enheten inte kan mata in mediat själv om användaren inte finns där för att göra det manuellt. Många cd-läsare kan inte mata in media automatiskt." +msgid "" +"By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " +"used during the installation. This can be unnecessary if the system does not " +"automatically boot off the CD. In some cases it may even be undesirable, for " +"example if the optical drive cannot reinsert the media itself and the user " +"is not there to do it manually. Many slot loading, slim-line, and caddy " +"style drives cannot reload media automatically." +msgstr "" +"Som standard, före omstart, matar &d-i; automatiskt ut det optiska mediat " +"som användes under installationen. Det kan vara onödigt om systemet inte " +"startar upp automatiskt på cd. I vissa fall kan det inte vara önskvärt, till " +"exempel om den optiska enheten inte kan mata in mediat själv om användaren " +"inte finns där för att göra det manuellt. Många cd-läsare kan inte mata in " +"media automatiskt." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att inaktivera automatisk utmatning och tänk på att du kan behöva se till att systemet inte startar upp automatiskt från den optiska enheten efter den initiala installationen." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " +"aware that you may need to ensure that the system does not automatically " +"boot from the optical drive after the initial installation." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>false</userinput> för att inaktivera automatisk " +"utmatning och tänk på att du kan behöva se till att systemet inte startar " +"upp automatiskt från den optiska enheten efter den initiala installationen." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." -msgstr "Om du använder en 2.2.x-kärna, kan du behöva att ställa in &ramdisksize;." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder en 2.2.x-kärna, kan du behöva att ställa in &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to <userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." -msgstr "Hårdvaruaccelerering för gtk-gränssnittet (grafiska installeraren) i directfb är inaktiverat som standard. Ställ in den här parametern till <userinput>true</userinput> när installeraren startar upp för att aktivera det." +msgid "" +"For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " +"directfb is disabled by default. To enable it, set this parameter to " +"<userinput>true</userinput> when booting the installer." +msgstr "" +"Hårdvaruaccelerering för gtk-gränssnittet (grafiska installeraren) i " +"directfb är inaktiverat som standard. Ställ in den här parametern till " +"<userinput>true</userinput> när installeraren startar upp för att aktivera " +"det." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format -msgid "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." -msgstr "Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att gå in i räddningsläget istället för att genomföra en normal installation. Se <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgid "" +"Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " +"performing a normal installation. See <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Ställ in till <userinput>true</userinput> för att gå in i räddningsläget " +"istället för att genomföra en normal installation. Se <xref linkend=\"rescue" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "Felsök installationsprocessen" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "Tillförlitlighet för disketter" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Tillförlitlighet för disketter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format -msgid "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to be floppy disk reliability." -msgstr "Det största problemet för personer som använder disketter för att installera Debian verkar vara pålitligheten för disketterna." +msgid "" +"The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " +"be floppy disk reliability." +msgstr "" +"Det största problemet för personer som använder disketter för att installera " +"Debian verkar vara pålitligheten för disketterna." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a flood of messages about disk I/O errors." -msgstr "Startdisketten är den diskett med värsta problemen på grund av att den läses av maskinvaran direkt, före Linux startar upp. Ofta läser maskinvaran inte så tillförlitligt som Linux egna drivrutin för diskettenheten och kan bara stoppa upp utan att skriva ut något felmeddelande om den läser felaktig data. Det kan också bli fel i drivrutinsdisketterna som visar sig som massor av meddelanden om disk in/ut-fel." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " +"the hardware directly, before Linux boots. Often, the hardware doesn't read " +"as reliably as the Linux floppy disk driver, and may just stop without " +"printing an error message if it reads incorrect data. There can also be " +"failures in the Driver Floppies most of which indicate themselves with a " +"flood of messages about disk I/O errors." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är den diskett med värsta problemen på grund av att den läses " +"av maskinvaran direkt, före Linux startar upp. Ofta läser maskinvaran inte " +"så tillförlitligt som Linux egna drivrutin för diskettenheten och kan bara " +"stoppa upp utan att skriva ut något felmeddelande om den läser felaktig " +"data. Det kan också bli fel i drivrutinsdisketterna som visar sig som massor " +"av meddelanden om disk in/ut-fel." + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." +msgstr "" +"Om du får installationen att stanna upp på en speciell diskett, första saken " +"du bör göra är att hämta ned diskettavbilden igen och skriva den till en " +"<emphasis>annan</emphasis> diskett. Bara omformatering av gamla disketten " +"kanske inte räcker, även om det verkar som om disketten blev omformaterad " +"och skriven utan fel. Det är användbart ibland att prova skriva disketten på " +"ett annat system." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." -msgstr "Om du får installationen att stanna upp på en speciell diskett, första saken du bör göra är att hämta ned diskettavbilden igen och skriva den till en <emphasis>annan</emphasis> diskett. Bara omformatering av gamla disketten kanske inte räcker, även om det verkar som om disketten blev omformaterad och skriven utan fel. Det är användbart ibland att prova skriva disketten på ett annat system." +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format -msgid "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the third floppy." -msgstr "En användare rapporterar att han måste skriva avbilderna till disketten <emphasis>tre</emphasis> gånger före en fungerade och sedan var allt bra med den tredje disketten." +msgid "" +"One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" +"emphasis> times before one worked, and then everything was fine with the " +"third floppy." +msgstr "" +"En användare rapporterar att han måste skriva avbilderna till disketten " +"<emphasis>tre</emphasis> gånger före en fungerade och sedan var allt bra med " +"den tredje disketten." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." -msgstr "Andra användare har rapporterat att helt enkelt starta om ett par gånger med samma diskett i diskettenheten kan leda till en lyckad uppstart. Det är på grund av felaktig maskinvara eller drivrutinen för diskettenheten i firmware." +msgid "" +"Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " +"floppy in the floppy drive can lead to a successful boot. This is all due to " +"buggy hardware or firmware floppy drivers." +msgstr "" +"Andra användare har rapporterat att helt enkelt starta om ett par gånger med " +"samma diskett i diskettenheten kan leda till en lyckad uppstart. Det är på " +"grund av felaktig maskinvara eller drivrutinen för diskettenheten i firmware." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Uppstartskonfiguration" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." -msgstr "Om du har problem och kärnan hänger sig under uppstartsprocessen, inte känner igen kringutrustning som du faktiskt har, eller enheter som inte korrekt känns igen är uppstartsparametrarna den första saken att kontrollera, det diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " +"recognize peripherals you actually have, or drives are not recognized " +"properly, the first thing to check is the boot parameters, as discussed in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har problem och kärnan hänger sig under uppstartsprocessen, inte " +"känner igen kringutrustning som du faktiskt har, eller enheter som inte " +"korrekt känns igen är uppstartsparametrarna den första saken att " +"kontrollera, det diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du startar upp med din egna kärna istället för den som skickas med installeraren, se till att <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> är inställd i din kärna. Installeraren kräver <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " +"installer, be sure that <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> is set in your " +"kernel. The installer requires <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du startar upp med din egna kärna istället för den som skickas med " +"installeraren, se till att <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput> är inställd i " +"din kärna. Installeraren kräver <userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format -msgid "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" -msgstr "Ofta kan problemen lösas genom att ta bort tillägg och kringutrustning och sedan försöka starta upp igen. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Interna modem, ljudkort och enheter med plug-n-play kan vara speciellt problematiska.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " +"trying booting again. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Internal modems, sound cards, and " +"Plug-n-Play devices can be especially problematic.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Ofta kan problemen lösas genom att ta bort tillägg och kringutrustning och " +"sedan försöka starta upp igen. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Interna modem, ljudkort " +"och enheter med plug-n-play kan vara speciellt problematiska.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than 512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." -msgstr "Om du har en stor mängd minne installerad i din maskin, mer än 512MB, och installeraren hänger sig när kärnan startar upp, kan du behöva inkludera ett uppstartsargument för att begränsa mängden minne som kärnan ser, såsom <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " +"512M, and the installer hangs when booting the kernel, you may need to " +"include a boot argument to limit the amount of memory the kernel sees, such " +"as <userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor mängd minne installerad i din maskin, mer än 512MB, och " +"installeraren hänger sig när kärnan startar upp, kan du behöva inkludera ett " +"uppstartsargument för att begränsa mängden minne som kärnan ser, såsom " +"<userinput>mem=512m</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Vanliga installationsproblem på &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by passing certain boot parameters to the installer." -msgstr "Det finns några vanliga installationsproblem som kan lösas eller undvikas genom att skicka med vissa uppstartsparametrar till installeraren." +msgid "" +"There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " +"passing certain boot parameters to the installer." +msgstr "" +"Det finns några vanliga installationsproblem som kan lösas eller undvikas " +"genom att skicka med vissa uppstartsparametrar till installeraren." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." -msgstr "Vissa system har disketter med <quote>omvänd DCL</quote>. Om du upptäcker fel vid inläsning från disketten även om disketten är bra, prova med parametern <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " +"errors reading from the floppy, even when you know the floppy is good, try " +"the parameter <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa system har disketter med <quote>omvänd DCL</quote>. Om du upptäcker " +"fel vid inläsning från disketten även om disketten är bra, prova med " +"parametern <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format -msgid "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>,<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "På vissa system, såsom IBM PS/1 eller ValuePoint (som har ST-506-hårddiskar), kanske IDE-disken inte kan identifieras korrekt. Igen, prova den först utan parametrar och se om IDE-disken identifieras korrekt. Om inte, ta reda på geometrin för din hårddisk (cylindrar, huvuden och sektorer), och använd parametern <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylindrar</replaceable>,<replaceable>huvuden</replaceable>,<replaceable>sektorer</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " +"drivers), the IDE drive may not be properly recognized. Again, try it first " +"without the parameters and see if the IDE drive is recognized properly. If " +"not, determine your drive geometry (cylinders, heads, and sectors), and use " +"the parameter <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylinders</replaceable>," +"<replaceable>heads</replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></" +"userinput>." +msgstr "" +"På vissa system, såsom IBM PS/1 eller ValuePoint (som har ST-506-" +"hårddiskar), kanske IDE-disken inte kan identifieras korrekt. Igen, prova " +"den först utan parametrar och se om IDE-disken identifieras korrekt. Om " +"inte, ta reda på geometrin för din hårddisk (cylindrar, huvuden och " +"sektorer), och använd parametern <userinput>hd=<replaceable>cylindrar</" +"replaceable>,<replaceable>huvuden</replaceable>,<replaceable>sektorer</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables this test." -msgstr "Om du har en mycket gammal maskin, och kärnan hänger sig efter den sagt <computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, så ska du prova uppstartsargumentet <userinput>no-hlt</userinput>, som inaktiverar det här testet." +msgid "" +"If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, then you " +"should try the <userinput>no-hlt</userinput> boot argument, which disables " +"this test." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en mycket gammal maskin, och kärnan hänger sig efter den sagt " +"<computeroutput>Checking 'hlt' instruction...</computeroutput>, så ska du " +"prova uppstartsargumentet <userinput>no-hlt</userinput>, som inaktiverar det " +"här testet." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the English language will be available during the installation due to limited console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." -msgstr "Om din skärm börjar visa en konstig bild vid uppstart av kärnan, exempelvis vitt, svart eller färgat pixelskräp, kan ditt system innehålla ett problematiskt grafikkort som inte kan byta till framebuffer-läget korrekt. Då kan du använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</userinput> för att inaktivera framebuffer-konsollen. Endast det engelska språket kommer att vara tillgängligt under installationen på grund av begränsade konsollfunktioner. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " +"pure white, pure black or colored pixel garbage, your system may contain a " +"problematic video card which does not switch to the framebuffer mode " +"properly. Then you can use the boot parameter <userinput>fb=false " +"video=vga16:off</userinput> to disable the framebuffer console. Only the " +"English language will be available during the installation due to limited " +"console features. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Om din skärm börjar visa en konstig bild vid uppstart av kärnan, exempelvis " +"vitt, svart eller färgat pixelskräp, kan ditt system innehålla ett " +"problematiskt grafikkort som inte kan byta till framebuffer-läget korrekt. " +"Då kan du använda uppstartsparametern <userinput>fb=false video=vga16:off</" +"userinput> för att inaktivera framebuffer-konsollen. Endast det engelska " +"språket kommer att vara tillgängligt under installationen på grund av " +"begränsade konsollfunktioner. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för detaljer." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "Systemet fryser under konfigurationsfasen för PCMCIA" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the resource range causing the problems." -msgstr "Vissa modeller av bärbara datorer producerade av Dell är kända att krascha när identifiering av PCMCIA-enheter försöker komma åt vissa maskinvaruadresser. Andra bärbara kan visa liknande problem. Om du upplever sådana problem och du inte behöver PCMCIA-stöd under installationen kan du inaktivera PCMCIA med uppstartsparametern <userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput>. Du kan då konfigurera PCMCIA efter installationen är genomförd och undanta resursintervallet som orsakar problemen." +msgid "" +"Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " +"detection tries to access some hardware addresses. Other laptops may display " +"similar problems. If you experience such a problem and you don't need PCMCIA " +"support during the installation, you can disable PCMCIA using the " +"<userinput>hw-detect/start_pcmcia=false</userinput> boot parameter. You can " +"then configure PCMCIA after the installation is completed and exclude the " +"resource range causing the problems." +msgstr "" +"Vissa modeller av bärbara datorer producerade av Dell är kända att krascha " +"när identifiering av PCMCIA-enheter försöker komma åt vissa " +"maskinvaruadresser. Andra bärbara kan visa liknande problem. Om du upplever " +"sådana problem och du inte behöver PCMCIA-stöd under installationen kan du " +"inaktivera PCMCIA med uppstartsparametern <userinput>hw-detect/" +"start_pcmcia=false</userinput>. Du kan då konfigurera PCMCIA efter " +"installationen är genomförd och undanta resursintervallet som orsakar " +"problemen." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format -msgid "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." -msgstr "Alternativt kan du starta upp installeraren i expertläget. Du kommer då att bli frågad att ange inställningar för resursintervall som din maskinvara behöver. Till exempel, om du har en av Dells bärbara datorer som nämndes ovan, bör du ange <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> här. Det finns också en lista på några vanliga resursintervall i <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Observera att du måste ta bort eventuella kommatecken när du anger det här värdet i installeraren." +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " +"asked to enter the resource range options your hardware needs. For example, " +"if you have one of the Dell laptops mentioned above, you should enter " +"<userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> here. There is also a list " +"of some common resource range options in the <ulink url=\"http://pcmcia-cs." +"sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System resource " +"settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Note that you have to omit the " +"commas, if any, when you enter this value in the installer." +msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du starta upp installeraren i expertläget. Du kommer då att " +"bli frågad att ange inställningar för resursintervall som din maskinvara " +"behöver. Till exempel, om du har en av Dells bärbara datorer som nämndes " +"ovan, bör du ange <userinput>exclude port 0x800-0x8ff</userinput> här. Det " +"finns också en lista på några vanliga resursintervall i <ulink url=\"http://" +"pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/ftp/doc/PCMCIA-HOWTO-1.html#ss1.12\">System " +"resource settings section of the PCMCIA HOWTO</ulink>. Observera att du " +"måste ta bort eventuella kommatecken när du anger det här värdet i " +"installeraren." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "Systemet fryser vid inläsning av USB-moduler" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format -msgid "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from being loaded." -msgstr "Kärnan försöker normalt sett att installera USB-moduler och drivrutinen för USB-tangentbord för att ge stöd för icke-standardiserade USB-tangentbord. Dock, det finns några trasiga USB-system där drivrutinen hänger sig vid inläsning. Ett möjligt sätt att komma runt problemet är att inaktivera USB-kontrollern i BIOS-inställningen på ditt moderkort. Ett annat alternativ är att skicka med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten, som kommer att förhindra att modulerna läses in." +msgid "" +"The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " +"in order to support some non-standard USB keyboards. However, there are some " +"broken USB systems where the driver hangs on loading. A possible workaround " +"may be disabling the USB controller in your mainboard BIOS setup. Another " +"option is passing the <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> parameter at the boot prompt, which will prevent the modules from " +"being loaded." +msgstr "" +"Kärnan försöker normalt sett att installera USB-moduler och drivrutinen för " +"USB-tangentbord för att ge stöd för icke-standardiserade USB-tangentbord. " +"Dock, det finns några trasiga USB-system där drivrutinen hänger sig vid " +"inläsning. Ett möjligt sätt att komma runt problemet är att inaktivera USB-" +"kontrollern i BIOS-inställningen på ditt moderkort. Ett annat alternativ är " +"att skicka med parametern <userinput>debian-installer/probe/usb=false</" +"userinput> vid uppstartsprompten, som kommer att förhindra att modulerna " +"läses in." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "Tolkning av kärnans uppstartsmeddelanden" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." -msgstr "Under uppstartssekvensen kan du se många meddelanden i formen <computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller <computeroutput> <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller till och med <computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>. De flesta av de här meddelandena är harmlösa. Du ser dem för att kärnan för installationssystemet är byggd för att köras på datorer med många olika kringutrustningsenheter. Så klart, ingen dator kommer att ha alla möjliga kringutrustningsenheter, så operativsystemet kan klaga en hel del när den letar efter kringutrustning som du inte har. Du kan också se att systemet pausar en stund. Det händer när det väntar på att en enhet ska svara, och den enheten finns inte på ditt system. Om du tycker att tiden det tar att starta upp systemet är på tok för lång, kan du skapa en anpassad kärna senare (se <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgid "" +"During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>something</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, or <computeroutput> <replaceable>something</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>something</replaceable> </computeroutput>, or even " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>something</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. Most of these messages are harmless. You see " +"them because the kernel for the installation system is built to run on " +"computers with many different peripheral devices. Obviously, no one computer " +"will have every possible peripheral device, so the operating system may emit " +"a few complaints while it looks for peripherals you don't own. You may also " +"see the system pause for a while. This happens when it is waiting for a " +"device to respond, and that device is not present on your system. If you " +"find the time it takes to boot the system unacceptably long, you can create " +"a custom kernel later (see <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Under uppstartssekvensen kan du se många meddelanden i formen " +"<computeroutput>can't find <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </" +"computeroutput>, eller <computeroutput> <replaceable>någonting</replaceable> " +"not present</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>can't initialize " +"<replaceable>någonting</replaceable> </computeroutput>, eller till och med " +"<computeroutput>this driver release depends on <replaceable>någonting</" +"replaceable> </computeroutput>. De flesta av de här meddelandena är " +"harmlösa. Du ser dem för att kärnan för installationssystemet är byggd för " +"att köras på datorer med många olika kringutrustningsenheter. Så klart, " +"ingen dator kommer att ha alla möjliga kringutrustningsenheter, så " +"operativsystemet kan klaga en hel del när den letar efter kringutrustning " +"som du inte har. Du kan också se att systemet pausar en stund. Det händer " +"när det väntar på att en enhet ska svara, och den enheten finns inte på " +"ditt system. Om du tycker att tiden det tar att starta upp systemet är på " +"tok för lång, kan du skapa en anpassad kärna senare (se <xref linkend=" +"\"kernel-baking\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Felrapporterare" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you may want to attach this information to the bug report." -msgstr "Om du kommer igenom den initiala uppstartsfasen men inte kan färdigställa installationen, kan menyvalet för felrapportering vara till hjälp. Den låter dig lagra felloggar från systemet och information om konfigurationen från installeraren till en diskett, eller hämta dem i en webbläsare. Den informationen kan innehålla ledtrådar till vad som gick fel och hur man löser det. Om du skickar in en felrapport kan du bifoga den här informationen i felrapporten." +msgid "" +"If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " +"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error " +"logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or " +"download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to " +"what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you " +"may want to attach this information to the bug report." +msgstr "" +"Om du kommer igenom den initiala uppstartsfasen men inte kan färdigställa " +"installationen, kan menyvalet för felrapportering vara till hjälp. Den låter " +"dig lagra felloggar från systemet och information om konfigurationen från " +"installeraren till en diskett, eller hämta dem i en webbläsare. Den " +"informationen kan innehålla ledtrådar till vad som gick fel och hur man " +"löser det. Om du skickar in en felrapport kan du bifoga den här " +"informationen i felrapporten." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format -msgid "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Andra relevanta installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen, och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter datorn har startats om till det nyligen installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" +"filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Andra relevanta installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</" +"filename> under installationen, och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> " +"efter datorn har startats om till det nyligen installerade systemet." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Skicka installationsrapporter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the largest number of hardware configurations." -msgstr "Om du fortfarande har problem, skicka in en installationsrapport. Vi uppmuntrar att installationsrapporter skickas in även om installationen lyckats, så att vi kan få så mycket information som möjligt på flest antal olika maskinvarukonfigurationer." +msgid "" +"If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " +"encourage installation reports to be sent even if the installation is " +"successful, so that we can get as much information as possible on the " +"largest number of hardware configurations." +msgstr "" +"Om du fortfarande har problem, skicka in en installationsrapport. Vi " +"uppmuntrar att installationsrapporter skickas in även om installationen " +"lyckats, så att vi kan få så mycket information som möjligt på flest antal " +"olika maskinvarukonfigurationer." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Om du har ett fungerande Debian-system är det enklaste sättet att skicka in en installationsrapport att installera paketen installation-report och reportbug (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) och kör kommandot <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " +"report is to install the installation-report and reportbug packages " +"(<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) and run " +"the command <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ett fungerande Debian-system är det enklaste sättet att skicka in " +"en installationsrapport att installera paketen installation-report och " +"reportbug (<command>apt-get install installation-report reportbug</command>) " +"och kör kommandot <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " +"report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" +"classname> pseudo package, by sending it to <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</" +"email>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -2525,34 +4835,42 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" "<Description of the install, in prose, and any thoughts, comments\n" " and ideas you had during the initial install.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem state." +"</screen></informalexample> In the bug report, describe what the problem is, " +"including the last visible kernel messages in the event of a kernel hang. " +"Describe the steps that you did which brought the system into the problem " +"state." msgstr "" -"Använd den här mallen när du fyller i installationsrapporter och skicka sedan rapporten som en felrapport mot pseudopaketet <classname>installation-reports</classname>, genom att skicka det till <email>submit@bugs.debian.org</email> (skriv på engelska). <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Använd den här mallen när du fyller i installationsrapporter och skicka " +"sedan rapporten som en felrapport mot pseudopaketet <classname>installation-" +"reports</classname>, genom att skicka det till <email>submit@bugs.debian." +"org</email> (skriv på engelska). <informalexample><screen>\n" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" -"Boot method: <Hur startade du upp installeraren? Cd? Diskett? Nätverk?>\n" +"Boot method: <Hur startade du upp installeraren? Cd? Diskett? Nätverk?" +">\n" "Image version: <Fyll i datum och var du fick tag på avbilden>\n" "Date: <Datum och tid för installationen>\n" "\n" @@ -2581,9 +4899,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" -"<Beskrivning av installationen, i prosa och eventuella tankar, kommentarer\n" +"<Beskrivning av installationen, i prosa och eventuella tankar, " +"kommentarer\n" " och idéer du hade under installationen.>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Beskriv i felrapporten vad problemet är, inklusive de sista meddelandena från kärnan om problemet var att kärnan hängde sig. Beskriv de steg du tog som slutade i att systemet fick problem." +"</screen></informalexample> Beskriv i felrapporten vad problemet är, " +"inklusive de sista meddelandena från kärnan om problemet var att kärnan " +"hängde sig. Beskriv de steg du tog som slutade i att systemet fick problem." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, " @@ -2599,10 +4920,12 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<xref linkend=\"floppy-boot\"/>; kärnan på startdisketten ska automatiskt " #~ "identifiera ditt USB-minne. När den frågar efter rotdisketten, tryck bara " #~ "&enterkey;. Du bör nu se &d-i; starta." + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3-3.armv4l.rpm" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3-3.armv4l.rpm" + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3.3.bin" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin" + #~ msgid "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" #~ msgstr "nettrom-2.3.3.bin.md5sum" - diff --git a/po/sv/installation-howto.po b/po/sv/installation-howto.po index 2fab2c3a0..c08e13ff2 100644 --- a/po/sv/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/sv/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 installation howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-19 19:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -23,8 +23,21 @@ msgstr "Installationshjälp" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:7 #, no-c-format -msgid "This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the information you will need for most installs. When more information can be useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." -msgstr "Det här dokumentet beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för &arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Det här är en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i <link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;</link>." +msgid "" +"This document describes how to install &debian; &releasename; for the &arch-" +"title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) with the new &d-i;. It is a quick " +"walkthrough of the installation process which should contain all the " +"information you will need for most installs. When more information can be " +"useful, we will link to more detailed explanations in the <link linkend=" +"\"debian_installation_guide\">&debian; Installation Guide</link>." +msgstr "" +"Det här dokumentet beskriver hur man installerar &debian; &releasename; för " +"&arch-title; (<quote>&architecture;</quote>) med den nya &d-i;. Det här är " +"en snabb genomgång av installationsprocessen vilken bör innehålla all " +"information du behöver för de flesta installationer. När mer information kan " +"vara av användning kommer vi att länka till mer detaljerade förklarningar i " +"<link linkend=\"debian_installation_guide\">Installationsguiden för &debian;" +"</link>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:20 @@ -35,8 +48,20 @@ msgstr "Förberedelser" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:21 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installer är fortfarande i ett beta-tillstånd. </phrase> Om du påträffar fel under din installation, referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om hur man rapporterar dem. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av det här dokumentet, skicka dem gärna till sändlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på OFTC-nätverket)." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The debian-installer is still in a " +"beta state. </phrase> If you encounter bugs during your install, please " +"refer to <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> for instructions on how to report " +"them. If you have questions which cannot be answered by this document, " +"please direct them to the debian-boot mailing list (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) or ask on IRC (#debian-boot on the OFTC network)." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Debian-installer är fortfarande i " +"ett beta-tillstånd. </phrase> Om du påträffar fel under din installation, " +"referera till <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> för instruktioner om hur man " +"rapporterar dem. Om du har frågor som inte kan bli besvarade av det här " +"dokumentet, skicka dem gärna till sändlistan debian-boot (&email-debian-boot-" +"list;) eller fråga på IRC (#debian-boot på OFTC-nätverket)." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:37 @@ -47,20 +72,43 @@ msgstr "Starta upp installeraren" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:38 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." -msgstr "<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-avbilder, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbilder med &d-i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgid "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> For some quick links to CD images, " +"check out the <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; home page</ulink>. </phrase> " +"The debian-cd team provides builds of CD images using &d-i; on the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian CD page</ulink>. For more information on " +"where to get CDs, see <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> För några snabba länkar till cd-" +"avbilder, ta en titt på webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\"> &d-i; </" +"ulink>. </phrase> Debian-cd-teamet ger ut byggnationer av cd-avbilder med &d-" +"i; på sidan <ulink url=\"&url-debian-cd;\">Debian GNU/Linux på cd</ulink>. " +"För mer information om var man får tag på cd-skivor, se <xref linkend=" +"\"official-cdrom\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." -msgstr "Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbilder än cd-avbilder. <phrase condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </ulink> har länkar till andra avbilder. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbilder på Debian-speglar." +msgid "" +"Some installation methods require other images than CD images. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> The <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; home " +"page</ulink> has links to other images. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> explains how to find images on Debian mirrors." +msgstr "" +"Vissa installationsmetoder kräver andra avbilder än cd-avbilder. <phrase " +"condition=\"unofficial-build\"> Webbplatsen <ulink url=\"&url-d-i;\">&d-i; </" +"ulink> har länkar till andra avbilder. </phrase> <xref linkend=\"where-files" +"\"/> förklarar hur man hittar avbilder på Debian-speglar." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:58 #, no-c-format -msgid "The subsections below will give the details about which images you should get for each possible means of installation." -msgstr "Underavsnitten nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbilder du bör hämta för varje tänkbar installation." +msgid "" +"The subsections below will give the details about which images you should " +"get for each possible means of installation." +msgstr "" +"Underavsnitten nedan ger detaljer om vilka avbilder du bör hämta för varje " +"tänkbar installation." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:66 @@ -71,14 +119,42 @@ msgstr "Cd-rom" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install &releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the first CD of the set." -msgstr "Det finns två olika cd-avbilder för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder visitkortsavbilden måste du hämta dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." +msgid "" +"There are two different netinst CD images which can be used to install " +"&releasename; with the &d-i;. These images are intended to boot from CD and " +"install additional packages over a network, hence the name 'netinst'. The " +"difference between the two images is that on the full netinst image the base " +"packages are included, whereas you have to download these from the web if " +"you are using the business card image. If you'd rather, you can get a full " +"size CD image which will not need the network to install. You only need the " +"first CD of the set." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika cd-avbilder för nätinstallation (netinst) som kan " +"användas för installation av &releasename; med &d-i;. Dessa avbilder är " +"tänkta att starta från cd och installera ytterligare paket över ett nätverk, " +"därav namnet \"netinst\". Skillnaden mellan de två avbilderna är att på den " +"fulla netinst-avbilden är grundpaketen inkluderade och om du använder " +"visitkortsavbilden måste du hämta dessa från webbplatsen. Om du hellre vill " +"kan du hämta en fullstorleks cd-avbild som inte behöver nätverk för att " +"installeras. Du behöver endast den första cd-skivan i uppsättningen." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:79 #, no-c-format -msgid "Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </phrase>" -msgstr "Hämta den typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"x86\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd-skiva, tryck <keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"Download whichever type you prefer and burn it to a CD. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">To boot the CD, you may need to change your BIOS configuration, as " +"explained in <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"powerpc" +"\"> To boot a PowerMac from CD, press the <keycap>c</keycap> key while " +"booting. See <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> for other ways to boot from CD. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Hämta den typ du föredrar och bränn den till en cd-skiva. <phrase arch=\"x86" +"\">För att starta cd-skivan kanske du behöver att ändra din BIOS-" +"konfiguration som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"bios-setup\"/>.</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"powerpc\"> För att starta en PowerMac från cd-skiva, tryck " +"<keycap>c</keycap>-knappen under uppstart. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-cd\"/> " +"för andra sätt att starta från en cd-skiva. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:93 @@ -89,32 +165,71 @@ msgstr "Diskett" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:94 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." -msgstr "Om du inte kan starta från en cd, kan du hämta diskettavbilder för att installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, <filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en eller flera av drivrutinsdisketterna." +msgid "" +"If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " +"You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." +"img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan starta från en cd, kan du hämta diskettavbilder för att " +"installera Debian. Du behöver <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, " +"<filename>floppy/root.img</filename> och möjligen en eller flera av " +"drivrutinsdisketterna." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." -msgstr "Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När den här disketten startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett — använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." +msgid "" +"The boot floppy is the one with <filename>boot.img</filename> on it. This " +"floppy, when booted, will prompt you to insert a second floppy — use " +"the one with <filename>root.img</filename> on it." +msgstr "" +"Startdisketten är den med <filename>boot.img</filename> på sig. När den här " +"disketten startas kommer den att fråga dig att mata in en andra diskett " +"— använd den med <filename>root.img</filename> på sig." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:106 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. For PCMCIA or USB networking, and some less common network cards, you will also need a second driver floppy, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." -msgstr "Om du planerar att installera över nätverket behöver du vanligtvis <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. För PCMCIA- eller USB-nätverk, och vissa mindre vanliga nätverkskort, behöver du även en andra drivrutinsdiskett, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you're planning to install over the network, you will usually need the " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. For PCMCIA or USB networking, " +"and some less common network cards, you will also need a second driver " +"floppy, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att installera över nätverket behöver du vanligtvis " +"<filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. För PCMCIA- eller USB-" +"nätverk, och vissa mindre vanliga nätverkskort, behöver du även en andra " +"drivrutinsdiskett, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:113 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the install using the CD." -msgstr "Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installationen med cd-skivan." +msgid "" +"If you have a CD, but cannot boot from it, then boot from floppies and use " +"<filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> on a driver disk to complete the " +"install using the CD." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en cd-skiva men inte kan starta upp från den kan du starta upp " +"från startdisketter och använda <filename>floppy/cd-drivers.img</filename> " +"på en drivrutinsdiskett för att färdigställa installationen med cd-skivan." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:119 #, no-c-format -msgid "Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each <filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." -msgstr "Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje <filename>.img</filename>-fil du hämtar får plats på en diskett; du kan använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se <xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dem." +msgid "" +"Floppy disks are one of the least reliable media around, so be prepared for " +"lots of bad disks (see <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Each " +"<filename>.img</filename> file you downloaded goes on a single floppy; you " +"can use the dd command to write it to /dev/fd0 or some other means (see " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> for details). Since you'll have more than " +"one floppy, it's a good idea to label them." +msgstr "" +"Disketter är en av de minst pålitliga medium så var beredd på en hel del " +"dåliga disketter (se <xref linkend=\"unreliable-floppies\"/>). Varje " +"<filename>.img</filename>-fil du hämtar får plats på en diskett; du kan " +"använda kommandot dd för att skriva dem till /dev/fd0 eller andra sätt (se " +"<xref linkend=\"create-floppy\"/> för detaljer). Eftersom du har mer än en " +"diskett är det en bra idé att etikettera dem." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:132 @@ -125,32 +240,74 @@ msgstr "USB-minne" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:133 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can take with you anywhere." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to install from removable USB storage devices. For " +"example a USB keychain can make a handy Debian install medium that you can " +"take with you anywhere." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att installera från en flyttbar USB-lagringsenhet. Till " +"exempel kan en USB-nyckelring vara ett händigt medium att installera Debian " +"från och som du kan ta med dig överallt." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:139 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>.iso</literal>." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att hämta <filename>hd-media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp den 256 MB stora avbilden från den filen. Skriv den här avbilden direkt till ditt minne, som måste vara minst 256 MB stor. Så klart kommer det här att förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Hämta sedan en Debian netinst cd-avbild och kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to prepare your USB memory stick is to download <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename>, and use gunzip to extract the 256 MB image " +"from that file. Write this image directly to your memory stick, which must " +"be at least 256 mb in size. Of course this will destroy anything already on " +"the memory stick. Then mount the memory stick, which will now have a FAT " +"filesystem on it. Next, download a Debian netinst CD image, and copy that " +"file to the memory stick; any filename is ok as long as it ends in <literal>." +"iso</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att förbereda ditt USB-minne är att hämta <filename>hd-" +"media/boot.img.gz</filename> och använda gunzip för att packa upp den 256 MB " +"stora avbilden från den filen. Skriv den här avbilden direkt till ditt " +"minne, som måste vara minst 256 MB stor. Så klart kommer det här att " +"förstöra allt som redan finns på minnet. Montera sedan minnet, som nu har " +"ett FAT-filsystem på sig. Hämta sedan en Debian netinst cd-avbild och " +"kopiera den filen till minnet; vilket filnamn som helst är ok så länge det " +"slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:150 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." -msgstr "Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av Debian-installer och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgid "" +"There are other, more flexible ways to set up a memory stick to use the " +"debian-installer, and it's possible to get it to work with smaller memory " +"sticks. For details, see <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns andra, mer flexibla sätt att ställa in ett minne för användning av " +"Debian-installer och det är möjligt att få det att fungera med mindre " +"minnen. För detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:156 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Vissa BIOS kan starta upp på USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en <quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. För hjälpfulla tips och detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Some BIOSes can boot USB storage directly, and some cannot. You may need to " +"configure your BIOS to boot from a <quote>removable drive</quote> or even a " +"<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> to get it to boot from the USB device. For helpful " +"hints and details, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa BIOS kan starta upp på USB-minnen direkt och vissa kan det inte. Du " +"kanske behöver konfigurera ditt BIOS för att starta upp från en " +"<quote>flyttbar enhet</quote> eller till och med en <quote>USB-ZIP</quote> " +"för att få den att starta upp från USB-enheten. För hjälpfulla tips och " +"detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:163 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." -msgstr "Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manuell användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgid "" +"Booting Macintosh systems from USB storage devices involves manual use of " +"Open Firmware. For directions, see <xref linkend=\"usb-boot\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp Macintosh-system från USB-lagringsenheter innebär manuell " +"användning av Open Firmware. För instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"usb-boot" +"\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:172 @@ -161,14 +318,32 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från nätverk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:173 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to boot &d-i; completely from the net. The various " +"methods to netboot depend on your architecture and netboot setup. The files " +"in <filename>netboot/</filename> can be used to netboot &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att starta upp &d-i; helt från nätverket. De olika " +"metoderna att nätstarta beror på din arkitektur och nätstartskonfiguration. " +"Filerna i <filename>netboot/</filename> kan användas för att nätstarta &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:179 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." -msgstr "Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgid "" +"The easiest thing to set up is probably PXE netbooting. Untar the file " +"<filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> into <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> or wherever is appropriate for your tftp server. Set up " +"your DHCP server to pass filename <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> to " +"clients, and with luck everything will just work. For detailed instructions, " +"see <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Det lättaste sättet att ställa in är antagligen nätstart via PXE. Packa upp " +"filen <filename>netboot/pxeboot.tar.gz</filename> till <filename>/var/lib/" +"tftpboot</filename> eller där det är lämpligast för din tftp-server. Ställ " +"in din DHCP-server att skicka filnamnet <filename>/pxelinux.0</filename> " +"till klienterna och med lite tur bör allt fungera. För detaljerade " +"instruktioner, se <xref linkend=\"install-tftp\"/>." #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:193 @@ -179,8 +354,23 @@ msgstr "Uppstart från hårddisk" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:194 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Hämta <filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till toppnivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"It's possible to boot the installer using no removable media, but just an " +"existing hard disk, which can have a different OS on it. Download " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename>, and a Debian CD image to the top-level directory of the hard " +"disk. Make sure that the CD image has a filename ending in <literal>.iso</" +"literal>. Now it's just a matter of booting linux with the initrd. <phrase " +"arch=\"x86\"> <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> explains one way to do it. </" +"phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att starta installeraren utan flyttbar media men bara en " +"existerande hårddisk som kan ha ett annat operativsystem på sig. Hämta " +"<filename>hd-media/initrd.gz</filename>, <filename>hd-media/vmlinuz</" +"filename> och en Debian cd-avbild till toppnivåkatalogen av hårddisken. Se " +"till att cd-avbilden har ett filnamn som slutar på <literal>.iso</literal>. " +"Nu är det bara att starta linux med initrd. <phrase arch=\"x86\"> <xref " +"linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/> förklarar ett sätt att göra det på. </phrase>" #. Tag: title #: installation-howto.xml:211 @@ -190,105 +380,227 @@ msgstr "Installation" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press &enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" -msgstr "När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck &enterkey; för uppstart, eller läs instruktionerna för andra uppstartsmetoder och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux24</userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. 2.6-kärnan är standardvalet. </phrase>" +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " +"&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"När installeraren har startat kommer du bli hälsad med en startskärm. Tryck " +"&enterkey; för uppstart, eller läs instruktionerna för andra " +"uppstartsmetoder och parametrar (se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase " +"arch=\"i386\"> Om du vill ha en 2.4-kärna, skriv <userinput>linux24</" +"userinput> vid <prompt>boot:</prompt>-prompten. 2.6-kärnan är standardvalet. " +"</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to select your country, with the choices including countries where your language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the countries in the world is available." -msgstr "Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." +msgid "" +"After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " +"to pick a language and press &enterkey; to continue. Next you'll be asked to " +"select your country, with the choices including countries where your " +"language is spoken. If it's not on the short list, a list of all the " +"countries in the world is available." +msgstr "" +"Efter ett tag kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt språk. Använd " +"piltangenterna för att välja ett språk och tryck &enterkey; för att " +"fortsätta. Efter det kommer du bli frågad att välja ditt land med de val som " +"inkluderar länder där ditt språk talas. Om det är inte är på den korta " +"listan finns en lista över att länder i världen tillgänglig." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless you know better." -msgstr "Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den förvalda om du är osäker." +msgid "" +"You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " +"you know better." +msgstr "" +"Du kan bli frågad att bekräfta ditt tangentbordarrangemang. Välj den " +"förvalda om du är osäker." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." -msgstr "Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka under tiden Debian-installer identifierar din maskinvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, startdiskett, USB etc." +msgid "" +"Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " +"the rest of itself from CD, floppy, USB, etc." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det bara att luta sig tillbaka under tiden Debian-installer " +"identifierar din maskinvara och läser in resten av sig själv från cd-skiva, " +"startdiskett, USB etc." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." -msgstr "Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din nätverksmaskinvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att konfigurera nätverket manuellt." +msgid "" +"Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " +"networking by DHCP. If you are not on a network or do not have DHCP, you " +"will be given the opportunity to configure the network manually." +msgstr "" +"Efter det kommer installeraren att försöka att identifiera din " +"nätverksmaskinvara och ställa in nätverket via DHCP. Om du inte är ansluten " +"till ett nätverk eller inte har DHCP har du getts möjligheten att " +"konfigurera nätverket manuellt." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk (guidad partitionering). Det här rekommenderas för nya användare eller de som har bråttom. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " +"opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available " +"free space on a drive (guided partitioning). This is recommended for new " +"users or anyone in a hurry. If you do not want to autopartition, choose " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags att partitionera dina diskar. Först kommer du få möjligheten " +"att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en " +"disk (guidad partitionering). Det här rekommenderas för nya användare eller " +"de som har bråttom. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj " +"<guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the partition and specify its new size." -msgstr "Om du har en existerande DOS- eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manuell partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " +"be very careful with automatic partitioning. If you choose manual " +"partitioning, you can use the installer to resize existing FAT or NTFS " +"partitions to create room for the Debian install: simply select the " +"partition and specify its new size." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en existerande DOS- eller Windows-partition som du vill behålla, " +"var väldigt försiktig med automatisk partitionering. Om du väljer manuell " +"partitionering kan du använda installeraren för att ändra storlek på " +"existerande FAT eller NTFS-partitioner för att skapa plats åt Debian-" +"installationen: välj helt enkelt partitionen och ange dess nya storlek." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about partitioning." -msgstr "På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som ställts in. Kom ihåg att tilldela åtminstone en partition som växlingsutrymme och att montera en partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har mer information om partitionering." +msgid "" +"On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " +"will be formatted, and where they will be mounted. Select a partition to " +"modify or delete it. If you did automatic partitioning, you should just be " +"able to choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</" +"guimenuitem> from the menu to use what it set up. Remember to assign at " +"least one partition for swap space and to mount a partition on <filename>/</" +"filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> has more information about " +"partitioning." +msgstr "" +"På nästa skärm kan du se din partitionstabell, hur partitionerna kommer att " +"formateras och var de kommer att monteras. Välj en partition att modifiera " +"eller ta bort. Om du använde automatisk partitionering bör du kunna välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</" +"guimenuitem> från menyn för att använda det som ställts in. Kom ihåg att " +"tilldela åtminstone en partition som växlingsutrymme och att montera en " +"partition på <filename>/</filename>. <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> har " +"mer information om partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." -msgstr "Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Det här följs av installation av kärnan." +msgid "" +"Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " +"which can take a while. That is followed by installing a kernel." +msgstr "" +"Nu kommer &d-i; att formatera dina partitioner och börja installera " +"grundsystemet, vilket kan ta lite tid. Det här följs av installation av " +"kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it elsewhere. </phrase>" -msgstr "Det sista steget är att installera en starthanterare. Om installeraren identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till de i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Som standard kommer GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken som normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att åsidosätta det valet och installera den någon annanstans. </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " +"operating systems on your computer, it will add them to the boot menu and " +"let you know. <phrase arch=\"x86\">By default GRUB will be installed to the " +"master boot record of the first harddrive, which is generally a good choice. " +"You'll be given the opportunity to override that choice and install it " +"elsewhere. </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det sista steget är att installera en starthanterare. Om installeraren " +"identifierar andra operativsystem på din dator kommer den att lägga till de " +"i uppstartsmenyn och informera dig. <phrase arch=\"x86\">Som standard kommer " +"GRUB att installeras på huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på första hårddisken som " +"normalt sett är ett bra val. Du kommer att ges möjligheten att åsidosätta " +"det valet och installera den någon annanstans. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." -msgstr "&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgid "" +"&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " +"or other boot media and hit &enterkey; to reboot your machine. It should " +"boot up into the next stage of the install process, which is explained in " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; kommer nu att berätta för dig att installation är färdigställd. Mata " +"ut cd-skivan eller andra uppstartsmedia och tryck &enterkey; för att starta " +"om din maskin. Den bör starta upp till nästa steg i installationsprocessen " +"vilken förklaras i <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." -msgstr "Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" +"intro\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver mer information om installationsprocessen, se <xref linkend=" +"\"d-i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Sänd oss en installationsrapport" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." -msgstr "Om du lyckades göra en installation med &d-i;, ta dig tid att skicka oss en rapport. Det enklaste sättet att göra det här är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgid "" +"If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." +msgstr "" +"Om du lyckades göra en installation med &d-i;, ta dig tid att skicka oss en " +"rapport. Det enklaste sättet att göra det här är att installera paketet " +"reportbug (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>) och köra " +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte färdigställde installation har du möjligen hittat ett fel i Debian-installer. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi känner till dessa fel, så ta dig tid att rapportera dem. Du kan använda en installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte färdigställde installation har du möjligen hittat ett fel i " +"Debian-installer. För att förbättra installeraren är det nödvändigt att vi " +"känner till dessa fel, så ta dig tid att rapportera dem. Du kan använda en " +"installationsrapport för att rapportera problem; om installationen totalt " +"misslyckades, se <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Och till slut.." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format -msgid "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." -msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgid "" +"We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " +"useful. You might want to read <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att Debian " +"är användbar. Du kanske även vill läsa <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time " @@ -312,4 +624,3 @@ msgstr "Vi hoppas att din Debian-installation känns bra och att du tycker att D #~ "sättet att göra detta är att installera paketet reportbug (<command>apt-" #~ "get install reportbug</command>) och köra <command>reportbug installation-" #~ "report</command>. </phrase>" - diff --git a/po/sv/partitioning.po b/po/sv/partitioning.po index 287ccaaf0..879f18219 100644 --- a/po/sv/partitioning.po +++ b/po/sv/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 22:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,26 +29,89 @@ msgstr "Bestämma Debian-partitioner och storlekar" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:14 #, no-c-format -msgid "At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." -msgstr "Som ett absolut minimum behöver GNU/Linux en partition för sig själv. Du kan ha en enstaka partition som innehåller hela operativsystemet, program och dina personliga filer. De flesta personer tycker att en separat partition för växlingsutrymme också är nödvändig, även om det inte helt är sant. <quote>Växlingsutrymme</quote> är ett utrymme för ett operativsystem som låter systemet använda disklagring som <quote>virtuellt minne</quote>. Genom att lägga växlingsutrymmet på en separat partition kan Linux använda det mer effektivt. Det är möjligt att tvinga Linux att använda en vanlig fil som växlingsutrymme, men det är inte rekommenderat." +msgid "" +"At a bare minimum, GNU/Linux needs one partition for itself. You can have a " +"single partition containing the entire operating system, applications, and " +"your personal files. Most people feel that a separate swap partition is also " +"a necessity, although it's not strictly true. <quote>Swap</quote> is scratch " +"space for an operating system, which allows the system to use disk storage " +"as <quote>virtual memory</quote>. By putting swap on a separate partition, " +"Linux can make much more efficient use of it. It is possible to force Linux " +"to use a regular file as swap, but it is not recommended." +msgstr "" +"Som ett absolut minimum behöver GNU/Linux en partition för sig själv. Du kan " +"ha en enstaka partition som innehåller hela operativsystemet, program och " +"dina personliga filer. De flesta personer tycker att en separat partition " +"för växlingsutrymme också är nödvändig, även om det inte helt är sant. " +"<quote>Växlingsutrymme</quote> är ett utrymme för ett operativsystem som " +"låter systemet använda disklagring som <quote>virtuellt minne</quote>. Genom " +"att lägga växlingsutrymmet på en separat partition kan Linux använda det mer " +"effektivt. Det är möjligt att tvinga Linux att använda en vanlig fil som " +"växlingsutrymme, men det är inte rekommenderat." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:26 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from scratch." -msgstr "De flesta personer väljer att ge GNU/Linux fler än det minimala antalet partitioner. Det finns två skäl för att du vill dela upp filsystemet till ett antal mindre partitioner. Först är det av säkerhetsskäl. Om något händer och filsystemet blir skadat, påverkas oftast endast en partition. Även om du endast behöver ersätta (från de säkerhetskopior du noga har gjort) en del av ditt system. På ett minimum, du bör tänka över att skapa vad som normallt sett kallas en <quote>rotpartition</quote>. Den här innehåller de mest nödvändiga komponenterna i systemet. Om några andra partitioner blir skadade, kan du fortfarande starta upp GNU/Linux för att rätta till systemet. Det här kan göra att du slipper installera om systemet från början." +msgid "" +"Most people choose to give GNU/Linux more than the minimum number of " +"partitions, however. There are two reasons you might want to break up the " +"file system into a number of smaller partitions. The first is for safety. If " +"something happens to corrupt the file system, generally only one partition " +"is affected. Thus, you only have to replace (from the backups you've been " +"carefully keeping) a portion of your system. At a bare minimum, you should " +"consider creating what is commonly called a <quote>root partition</quote>. " +"This contains the most essential components of the system. If any other " +"partitions get corrupted, you can still boot into GNU/Linux to fix the " +"system. This can save you the trouble of having to reinstall the system from " +"scratch." +msgstr "" +"De flesta personer väljer att ge GNU/Linux fler än det minimala antalet " +"partitioner. Det finns två skäl för att du vill dela upp filsystemet till " +"ett antal mindre partitioner. Först är det av säkerhetsskäl. Om något händer " +"och filsystemet blir skadat, påverkas oftast endast en partition. Även om du " +"endast behöver ersätta (från de säkerhetskopior du noga har gjort) en del av " +"ditt system. På ett minimum, du bör tänka över att skapa vad som normallt " +"sett kallas en <quote>rotpartition</quote>. Den här innehåller de mest " +"nödvändiga komponenterna i systemet. Om några andra partitioner blir " +"skadade, kan du fortfarande starta upp GNU/Linux för att rätta till " +"systemet. Det här kan göra att du slipper installera om systemet från början." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:40 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." -msgstr "Det andra skälet är att generellt sett mer viktigt i en företagsmiljö, men det är beroende på din användning av maskinen. Till exempel, en e-postserver får in ett stort antal spam via e-post som lätt kan fylla upp en partition. Om du gjorde <filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition på e-postservern, kommer det mesta av systemet fortfarande fungera även om du blir spammad." +msgid "" +"The second reason is generally more important in a business setting, but it " +"really depends on your use of the machine. For example, a mail server " +"getting spammed with e-mail can easily fill a partition. If you made " +"<filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition on the mail server, most " +"of the system will remain working even if you get spammed." +msgstr "" +"Det andra skälet är att generellt sett mer viktigt i en företagsmiljö, men " +"det är beroende på din användning av maskinen. Till exempel, en e-postserver " +"får in ett stort antal spam via e-post som lätt kan fylla upp en partition. " +"Om du gjorde <filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition på e-" +"postservern, kommer det mesta av systemet fortfarande fungera även om du " +"blir spammad." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:48 #, no-c-format -msgid "The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, but why throw your money away?" -msgstr "Den enda riktiga nackdelen med att använda fler partitioner är att det ofta är svårt att veta i förväg vilka dina behov kommer att vara. Om du gör en partition för liten så behöver du antingen installera om systemet eller så kommer du få flytta runt saker hela tiden för att skapa plats på partitionen. På andra sidan, om du gör partitionen för stor, kommer du att slösa utrymme som kunde användas någon annanstans. Diskutrymme är billigt nuförtiden, men varför kasta bort dina pengar?" +msgid "" +"The only real drawback to using more partitions is that it is often " +"difficult to know in advance what your needs will be. If you make a " +"partition too small then you will either have to reinstall the system or you " +"will be constantly moving things around to make room in the undersized " +"partition. On the other hand, if you make the partition too big, you will be " +"wasting space that could be used elsewhere. Disk space is cheap nowadays, " +"but why throw your money away?" +msgstr "" +"Den enda riktiga nackdelen med att använda fler partitioner är att det ofta " +"är svårt att veta i förväg vilka dina behov kommer att vara. Om du gör en " +"partition för liten så behöver du antingen installera om systemet eller så " +"kommer du få flytta runt saker hela tiden för att skapa plats på " +"partitionen. På andra sidan, om du gör partitionen för stor, kommer du att " +"slösa utrymme som kunde användas någon annanstans. Diskutrymme är billigt " +"nuförtiden, men varför kasta bort dina pengar?" #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:67 @@ -59,8 +122,18 @@ msgstr "Katalogträdet" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:68 #, no-c-format -msgid "&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" -msgstr "&debian; följer <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</ulink> för namngivning av kataloger och filer. Den här standarden låter användarna och programvaror att förutse platsen för filer och kataloger. Rotnivåkatalogen representeras helt enkelt av ett snedstreck, <filename>/</filename>. På rotnivån, alla inkluderar Debian-system dessa kataloger:" +msgid "" +"&debian; adheres to the <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy " +"Standard</ulink> for directory and file naming. This standard allows users " +"and software programs to predict the location of files and directories. The " +"root level directory is represented simply by the slash <filename>/</" +"filename>. At the root level, all Debian systems include these directories:" +msgstr "" +"&debian; följer <ulink url=\"&url-fhs-home;\">Filesystem Hierarchy Standard</" +"ulink> för namngivning av kataloger och filer. Den här standarden låter " +"användarna och programvaror att förutse platsen för filer och kataloger. " +"Rotnivåkatalogen representeras helt enkelt av ett snedstreck, <filename>/</" +"filename>. På rotnivån, alla inkluderar Debian-system dessa kataloger:" #. Tag: entry #: partitioning.xml:82 @@ -281,38 +354,120 @@ msgstr "Tilläggsprogrampaket" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:142 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." -msgstr "Följande är en lista på viktiga beaktanden angående kataloger och partitioner. Observera att diskanvändning varierar stort beroende på systemkonfiguration och specifika användningsmönster. Rekommendationerna här är allmänna riktlinjer och ge en startpunkt för partitionering." +msgid "" +"The following is a list of important considerations regarding directories " +"and partitions. Note that disk usage varies widely given system " +"configuration and specific usage patterns. The recommendations here are " +"general guidelines and provide a starting point for partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Följande är en lista på viktiga beaktanden angående kataloger och " +"partitioner. Observera att diskanvändning varierar stort beroende på " +"systemkonfiguration och specifika användningsmönster. Rekommendationerna här " +"är allmänna riktlinjer och ge en startpunkt för partitionering." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:152 #, no-c-format -msgid "The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250MB is needed for the root partition." -msgstr "Rotpartitionen <filename>/</filename> måste alltid fysiskt innehålla <filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> och <filename>/dev</filename>, annars kommer du inte kunna starta upp. Normalt sett behövs 150–250 MB för rotpartitionen." +msgid "" +"The root partition <filename>/</filename> must always physically contain " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> and <filename>/dev</filename>, " +"otherwise you won't be able to boot. Typically 150–250MB is needed for " +"the root partition." +msgstr "" +"Rotpartitionen <filename>/</filename> måste alltid fysiskt innehålla " +"<filename>/etc</filename>, <filename>/bin</filename>, <filename>/sbin</" +"filename>, <filename>/lib</filename> och <filename>/dev</filename>, annars " +"kommer du inte kunna starta upp. Normalt sett behövs 150–250 MB för " +"rotpartitionen." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:161 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500MB of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server installation should allow 4–6GB." -msgstr "<filename>/usr</filename>: innehåller alla användarprogram (<filename>/usr/bin</filename>), bibliotek (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), dokumentation (<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. Det här är den del av filsystemet som generellt sett tar upp mest plats. Du bör ge den minst 500 MB diskutrymme. Den här mängden bör ökas beroende på antalet och typ av paket du planerar att installera. En generöst installerad arbetsstation eller serverinstallation använder 4–6 GB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: contains all user programs (<filename>/usr/bin</" +"filename>), libraries (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), documentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. This is the part of the file " +"system that generally takes up most space. You should provide at least 500MB " +"of disk space. This amount should be increased depending on the number and " +"type of packages you plan to install. A generous workstation or server " +"installation should allow 4–6GB." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/usr</filename>: innehåller alla användarprogram (<filename>/usr/" +"bin</filename>), bibliotek (<filename>/usr/lib</filename>), dokumentation " +"(<filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>), etc. Det här är den del av " +"filsystemet som generellt sett tar upp mest plats. Du bör ge den minst 500 " +"MB diskutrymme. Den här mängden bör ökas beroende på antalet och typ av " +"paket du planerar att installera. En generöst installerad arbetsstation " +"eller serverinstallation använder 4–6 GB." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:174 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 GB of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." -msgstr "<filename>/var</filename>: variabel data såsom nyhetsartiklar, e-post, webbplatser, databaser, cache för paketsystemet, etc. kommer att placeras under den här katalogen. Storleken på den här katalogen beror mycket på användningen av ditt system men för de flesta personer kommer det här att bestämmas av pakethanteringsverktygets behov. Om du tänker göra en full installation av i stort sett allt som Debian kan erbjuda, på en enda gång, bör 2 eller 3 GB utrymme för <filename>/var</filename> vara tillräckligt. Om du tänker installera i omgångar (så att säga, installera tjänster och verktyg, följt av textprogram, sedan X, ...), kan du komma runt med 300–500 MB. Om hårddiskutrymme är begränsat och du inte planerar att göra några större systemuppdateringar, kan du klara dig med så lite som 30 eller 40 MB." +msgid "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variable data like news articles, e-mails, web " +"sites, databases, the packaging system cache, etc. will be placed under this " +"directory. The size of this directory depends greatly on the usage of your " +"system, but for most people will be dictated by the package management " +"tool's overhead. If you are going to do a full installation of just about " +"everything Debian has to offer, all in one session, setting aside 2 or 3 GB " +"of space for <filename>/var</filename> should be sufficient. If you are " +"going to install in pieces (that is to say, install services and utilities, " +"followed by text stuff, then X, ...), you can get away with 300–500 " +"MB. If hard drive space is at a premium and you don't plan on doing major " +"system updates, you can get by with as little as 30 or 40 MB." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/var</filename>: variabel data såsom nyhetsartiklar, e-post, " +"webbplatser, databaser, cache för paketsystemet, etc. kommer att placeras " +"under den här katalogen. Storleken på den här katalogen beror mycket på " +"användningen av ditt system men för de flesta personer kommer det här att " +"bestämmas av pakethanteringsverktygets behov. Om du tänker göra en full " +"installation av i stort sett allt som Debian kan erbjuda, på en enda gång, " +"bör 2 eller 3 GB utrymme för <filename>/var</filename> vara tillräckligt. Om " +"du tänker installera i omgångar (så att säga, installera tjänster och " +"verktyg, följt av textprogram, sedan X, ...), kan du komma runt med " +"300–500 MB. Om hårddiskutrymme är begränsat och du inte planerar att " +"göra några större systemuppdateringar, kan du klara dig med så lite som 30 " +"eller 40 MB." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:190 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most likely go in this directory. 40–100MB should usually be enough. Some applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." -msgstr "<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporärdata som skapats av program kommer sannolikt att hamna i den här katalogen. 40–100 MB bör nog vara tillräckligt. Vissa program — inklusive arkivhanterare, verktyg för cd/dvd-tillverkning och multimediaprogram — kan använda <filename>/tmp</filename> för att temporärt lagra bildfiler. Om du planerar att använda sådana program bör du justera tillgängligt utrymme för <filename>/tmp</filename> på lämpligt sätt." +msgid "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporary data created by programs will most " +"likely go in this directory. 40–100MB should usually be enough. Some " +"applications — including archive manipulators, CD/DVD authoring tools, " +"and multimedia software — may use <filename>/tmp</filename> to " +"temporarily store image files. If you plan to use such applications, you " +"should adjust the space available in <filename>/tmp</filename> accordingly." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/tmp</filename>: temporärdata som skapats av program kommer " +"sannolikt att hamna i den här katalogen. 40–100 MB bör nog vara " +"tillräckligt. Vissa program — inklusive arkivhanterare, verktyg för cd/" +"dvd-tillverkning och multimediaprogram — kan använda <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> för att temporärt lagra bildfiler. Om du planerar att använda " +"sådana program bör du justera tillgängligt utrymme för <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> på lämpligt sätt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:201 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100MB for each user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home directory." -msgstr "<filename>/home</filename>: varje användare komma att lägga sin personliga data i en underkatalog till den här katalogen. Dess storlek beror på hur många användare som kommer att använda systemet och vilka filer som lagras i deras kataloger. Beroende på din planerade användning bör du reservera omkring 100 MB för varje användare, men anpassa det här värdet till dina behov. Reservera mycket mer utrymme om du planerar att spara en hel del multimediafiler (bilder, MP3, filmer) i din hemkatalog." +msgid "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: every user will put his personal data into a " +"subdirectory of this directory. Its size depends on how many users will be " +"using the system and what files are to be stored in their directories. " +"Depending on your planned usage you should reserve about 100MB for each " +"user, but adapt this value to your needs. Reserve a lot more space if you " +"plan to save a lot of multimedia files (pictures, MP3, movies) in your home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"<filename>/home</filename>: varje användare komma att lägga sin personliga " +"data i en underkatalog till den här katalogen. Dess storlek beror på hur " +"många användare som kommer att använda systemet och vilka filer som lagras i " +"deras kataloger. Beroende på din planerade användning bör du reservera " +"omkring 100 MB för varje användare, men anpassa det här värdet till dina " +"behov. Reservera mycket mer utrymme om du planerar att spara en hel del " +"multimediafiler (bilder, MP3, filmer) i din hemkatalog." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:222 @@ -323,56 +478,148 @@ msgstr "Rekommenderad partitionstabell" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:223 #, no-c-format -msgid "For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during booting when the partition is large." -msgstr "För nya användare, personliga Debianburkar, hemsystem och andra en-användarkonfigurationer, en enda <filename>/</filename>-partition (plus växlingsutrymme) är antagligen det lättaste, enklaste sättet att köra. Dock, om din partition är större än omkring 6GB, välj ext3 som din partitionstyp. Ext2-partitioner behöver periodiska integritetskontroller av filsystemet, och det här kan orsaka fördröjningar under uppstart när partitionen är större." +msgid "" +"For new users, personal Debian boxes, home systems, and other single-user " +"setups, a single <filename>/</filename> partition (plus swap) is probably " +"the easiest, simplest way to go. However, if your partition is larger than " +"around 6GB, choose ext3 as your partition type. Ext2 partitions need " +"periodic file system integrity checking, and this can cause delays during " +"booting when the partition is large." +msgstr "" +"För nya användare, personliga Debianburkar, hemsystem och andra en-" +"användarkonfigurationer, en enda <filename>/</filename>-partition (plus " +"växlingsutrymme) är antagligen det lättaste, enklaste sättet att köra. Dock, " +"om din partition är större än omkring 6GB, välj ext3 som din partitionstyp. " +"Ext2-partitioner behöver periodiska integritetskontroller av filsystemet, " +"och det här kan orsaka fördröjningar under uppstart när partitionen är " +"större." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." -msgstr "För fleranvändarsystem eller system med massor av diskutrymme, är det bäst att lägga <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, och <filename>/home</filename> på egna partitioner, separerade från partitionen <filename>/</filename>." +msgid "" +"For multi-user systems or systems with lots of disk space, it's best to put " +"<filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</" +"filename>, and <filename>/home</filename> each on their own partitions " +"separate from the <filename>/</filename> partition." +msgstr "" +"För fleranvändarsystem eller system med massor av diskutrymme, är det bäst " +"att lägga <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/" +"tmp</filename>, och <filename>/home</filename> på egna partitioner, " +"separerade från partitionen <filename>/</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:240 #, no-c-format -msgid "You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</filename> on its own partition, for instance 20–50MB, is a good idea. If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer depending on its uses." -msgstr "Du kan behöva en separat <filename>/usr/local</filename>-partition om du planerar att installera många program som inte är en del av Debian-utgåvan. Om din maskin ska vara en e-postserver behöver du kanske göra <filename>/var/mail</filename> till en separat partition. Ofta är det en bra idé att lägga <filename>/tmp</filename> på sin egen partition, till exempel 20–50MB stor. Om du sätter upp en server med många användarkonton är det generellt sett bra att ha en separat, stor <filename>/home</filename>-partition. Generellt sett skiljer sig partitionering från dator till dator beroende på dess användning." +msgid "" +"You might need a separate <filename>/usr/local</filename> partition if you " +"plan to install many programs that are not part of the Debian distribution. " +"If your machine will be a mail server, you might need to make <filename>/var/" +"mail</filename> a separate partition. Often, putting <filename>/tmp</" +"filename> on its own partition, for instance 20–50MB, is a good idea. " +"If you are setting up a server with lots of user accounts, it's generally " +"good to have a separate, large <filename>/home</filename> partition. In " +"general, the partitioning situation varies from computer to computer " +"depending on its uses." +msgstr "" +"Du kan behöva en separat <filename>/usr/local</filename>-partition om du " +"planerar att installera många program som inte är en del av Debian-utgåvan. " +"Om din maskin ska vara en e-postserver behöver du kanske göra <filename>/var/" +"mail</filename> till en separat partition. Ofta är det en bra idé att lägga " +"<filename>/tmp</filename> på sin egen partition, till exempel 20–50MB " +"stor. Om du sätter upp en server med många användarkonton är det generellt " +"sett bra att ha en separat, stor <filename>/home</filename>-partition. " +"Generellt sett skiljer sig partitionering från dator till dator beroende på " +"dess användning." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:252 #, no-c-format -msgid "For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." -msgstr "För mycket komplexa system, bör du se <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. Den innehåller fördjupad information, mestadels av intresse för Internetleverantörer och personer som installerar servrar." +msgid "" +"For very complex systems, you should see the <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-" +"howto;\"> Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. This contains in-depth information, " +"mostly of interest to ISPs and people setting up servers." +msgstr "" +"För mycket komplexa system, bör du se <ulink url=\"&url-multidisk-howto;\"> " +"Multi Disk HOWTO</ulink>. Den innehåller fördjupad information, mestadels av " +"intresse för Internetleverantörer och personer som installerar servrar." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a gigabyte (or more) of swap." -msgstr "Med tanke på frågan om storleken för växlingsutrymmet, finns det många synsätt. En tumregel som fungerar bra är att använda så mycket växlingsutrymme som du har systemminne. Den bör heller inte vara mindre än 16MB, i de flesta fall. Så klart, det finns ett antal undantag till dessa regler. Om du försöker lösa 10000 simultana uträkningar på en maskin med 256MB minne, behöver du kanske en gigabyte (eller mer) växlingsutrymme." +msgid "" +"With respect to the issue of swap partition size, there are many views. One " +"rule of thumb which works well is to use as much swap as you have system " +"memory. It also shouldn't be smaller than 16MB, in most cases. Of course, " +"there are exceptions to these rules. If you are trying to solve 10000 " +"simultaneous equations on a machine with 256MB of memory, you may need a " +"gigabyte (or more) of swap." +msgstr "" +"Med tanke på frågan om storleken för växlingsutrymmet, finns det många " +"synsätt. En tumregel som fungerar bra är att använda så mycket " +"växlingsutrymme som du har systemminne. Den bör heller inte vara mindre än " +"16MB, i de flesta fall. Så klart, det finns ett antal undantag till dessa " +"regler. Om du försöker lösa 10000 simultana uträkningar på en maskin med " +"256MB minne, behöver du kanske en gigabyte (eller mer) växlingsutrymme." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:268 #, no-c-format -msgid "On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." -msgstr "På andra sidan, Atari Falcon och MacIntosh känner smärta vid användandet av växlingsutrymmet, så istället för en stor partition för växling, skaffa så mycket RAM-minne som möjligt." +msgid "" +"On the other hand, Atari Falcons and Macs feel pain when swapping, so " +"instead of making a large swap partition, get as much RAM as possible." +msgstr "" +"På andra sidan, Atari Falcon och MacIntosh känner smärta vid användandet av " +"växlingsutrymmet, så istället för en stor partition för växling, skaffa så " +"mycket RAM-minne som möjligt." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:273 #, no-c-format -msgid "On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called <quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving better performance." -msgstr "På 32-bitars arkitekturer (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC och PowerPC), maximal storlek för en växlingspartition är 2GB. Det bör vara tillräckligt för nästan alla installationer. Dock, om dina krav för växlingsutrymme är så här höga, bör du kanske försöka att sprida växlingen över olika diskar (kallas också <quote>spindles</quote>) och, om möjligt, olika SCSI- eller IDE-kanaler. Kärnan kommer att balansera växlingsanvändningen mellan flera växlingspartitioner, som ger bättre prestanda." +msgid "" +"On 32-bit architectures (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC, and PowerPC), the maximum " +"size of a swap partition is 2GB. That should be enough for nearly any " +"installation. However, if your swap requirements are this high, you should " +"probably try to spread the swap across different disks (also called " +"<quote>spindles</quote>) and, if possible, different SCSI or IDE channels. " +"The kernel will balance swap usage between multiple swap partitions, giving " +"better performance." +msgstr "" +"På 32-bitars arkitekturer (i386, m68k, 32-bit SPARC och PowerPC), maximal " +"storlek för en växlingspartition är 2GB. Det bör vara tillräckligt för " +"nästan alla installationer. Dock, om dina krav för växlingsutrymme är så här " +"höga, bör du kanske försöka att sprida växlingen över olika diskar (kallas " +"också <quote>spindles</quote>) och, om möjligt, olika SCSI- eller IDE-" +"kanaler. Kärnan kommer att balansera växlingsanvändningen mellan flera " +"växlingspartitioner, som ger bättre prestanda." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:283 #, no-c-format -msgid "As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." -msgstr "Som ett exempel, en äldre hemdator kan ha 32MB RAM-minne och en 1.7GB stor IDE-disk på <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Det kan finns en 500MB stor partition för ett annat operativsystem på <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, en 32MB stor växlingspartition på <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> och ungefär 1.2GB på <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> som Linux-partitionen." +msgid "" +"As an example, an older home machine might have 32MB of RAM and a 1.7GB IDE " +"drive on <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. There might be a 500MB partition for " +"another operating system on <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, a 32MB swap " +"partition on <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> and about 1.2GB on <filename>/" +"dev/hda2</filename> as the Linux partition." +msgstr "" +"Som ett exempel, en äldre hemdator kan ha 32MB RAM-minne och en 1.7GB stor " +"IDE-disk på <filename>/dev/hda</filename>. Det kan finns en 500MB stor " +"partition för ett annat operativsystem på <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>, en " +"32MB stor växlingspartition på <filename>/dev/hda3</filename> och ungefär " +"1.2GB på <filename>/dev/hda2</filename> som Linux-partitionen." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:292 #, no-c-format -msgid "For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." -msgstr "Som en idé för utrymmet som tas upp av de funktioner som du kanske är intresserade av att lägga in efter din systeminstallation är klar, se på <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." +msgid "" +"For an idea of the space taken by tasks you might be interested in adding " +"after your system installation is complete, check <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" +"size-list\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Som en idé för utrymmet som tas upp av de funktioner som du kanske är " +"intresserade av att lägga in efter din systeminstallation är klar, se på " +"<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/>." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:308 @@ -383,8 +630,14 @@ msgstr "Enhetsnamn i Linux" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:309 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" -msgstr "Namnen på Linux diskar och partitioner kan vara olika från andra operativsystem. Du behöver veta namnen som Linux använder när du skapar och monterar partitioner. Här är de grundläggande benämningarna:" +msgid "" +"Linux disks and partition names may be different from other operating " +"systems. You need to know the names that Linux uses when you create and " +"mount partitions. Here's the basic naming scheme:" +msgstr "" +"Namnen på Linux diskar och partitioner kan vara olika från andra " +"operativsystem. Du behöver veta namnen som Linux använder när du skapar och " +"monterar partitioner. Här är de grundläggande benämningarna:" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:317 @@ -401,38 +654,69 @@ msgstr "Den andra diskettenheten kallas <filename>/dev/fd1</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:327 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Den första SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI disk (SCSI ID address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sda</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:333 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Den andra SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The second SCSI disk (address-wise) is named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename>, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" +"Den andra SCSI-disken (enligt SCSI ID-adress) kallas <filename>/dev/sdb</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." -msgstr "Den första SCSI Cd-rom kallas <filename>/dev/scd0</filename> också känd som <filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first SCSI CD-ROM is named <filename>/dev/scd0</filename>, also known as " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första SCSI Cd-rom kallas <filename>/dev/scd0</filename> också känd som " +"<filename>/dev/sr0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:345 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." -msgstr "Masterdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." +msgid "" +"The master disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Masterdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:351 #, no-c-format -msgid "The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." -msgstr "Slavdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The slave disk on IDE primary controller is named <filename>/dev/hdb</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Slavdisken på primära IDE-kontrollern kallas <filename>/dev/hdb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> in Debian). </phrase>" -msgstr "Master- och slavdiskar för sekundära kontrollern kan kallas <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> och <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respektive. Nyare IDE-kontrollrar kan faktiskt ha två kanaler, och fungera som två kontrollrar. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Bokstäverna kan skilja sig från vad som visas i Mac-programmet pdisk (alltså, vad som visas som <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> i pdisk kan visas som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> i Debian). </phrase>" +msgid "" +"The master and slave disks of the secondary controller can be called " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> and <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, " +"respectively. Newer IDE controllers can actually have two channels, " +"effectively acting like two controllers. <phrase arch=\"m68k\"> The letters " +"may differ from what shows in the mac program pdisk (i.e. what shows up as " +"<filename>/dev/hdc</filename> on pdisk may show up as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> in Debian). </phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Master- och slavdiskar för sekundära kontrollern kan kallas <filename>/dev/" +"hdc</filename> och <filename>/dev/hdd</filename>, respektive. Nyare IDE-" +"kontrollrar kan faktiskt ha två kanaler, och fungera som två kontrollrar. " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\"> Bokstäverna kan skilja sig från vad som visas i Mac-" +"programmet pdisk (alltså, vad som visas som <filename>/dev/hdc</filename> i " +"pdisk kan visas som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> i Debian). </phrase>" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:372 @@ -449,8 +733,12 @@ msgstr "Den andra XT-disken kallas <filename>/dev/xdb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:382 #, no-c-format -msgid "The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." -msgstr "Den första ACSI-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, den andra kallas <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgid "" +"The first ACSI device is named <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, the second is " +"named <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Den första ACSI-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/ada</filename>, den andra " +"kallas <filename>/dev/adb</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:391 @@ -461,50 +749,122 @@ msgstr "Den första DASD-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/dasda</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:397 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." -msgstr "Den andra DASD-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, och så vidare." +msgid "" +"The second DASD device is named <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, and so on." +msgstr "" +"Den andra DASD-enheten kallas <filename>/dev/dasdb</filename>, och så vidare." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:405 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in your system." -msgstr "Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av lägga till ett decimaltal till disknamnet: <filename>sda1</filename> och <filename>sda2</filename> representerar den första och andra partitionen på första SCSI-disken i ditt system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>sda1</filename> and <filename>sda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first SCSI disk drive in " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av lägga till ett decimaltal till " +"disknamnet: <filename>sda1</filename> och <filename>sda2</filename> " +"representerar den första och andra partitionen på första SCSI-disken i ditt " +"system." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:412 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk (at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second <filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." -msgstr "Här är ett exempel från dagliga livet. Låt oss anta att du har ett system med 2 SCSI-diskar, en på SCSI-adress 2 och den andra på SCSI-adress 4. Den första disken (på adress 2) kallas för <filename>sda</filename>, och den andra <filename>sdb</filename>. Om <filename>sda</filename>-disken har 3 partitioner på sig, kommer dessa att kallas <filename>sda1</filename>, <filename>sda2</filename>, och <filename>sda3</filename>. Det samma gäller för <filename>sdb</filename>-disken och dess partitioner." +msgid "" +"Here is a real-life example. Let's assume you have a system with 2 SCSI " +"disks, one at SCSI address 2 and the other at SCSI address 4. The first disk " +"(at address 2) is then named <filename>sda</filename>, and the second " +"<filename>sdb</filename>. If the <filename>sda</filename> drive has 3 " +"partitions on it, these will be named <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, and <filename>sda3</filename>. The same applies " +"to the <filename>sdb</filename> disk and its partitions." +msgstr "" +"Här är ett exempel från dagliga livet. Låt oss anta att du har ett system " +"med 2 SCSI-diskar, en på SCSI-adress 2 och den andra på SCSI-adress 4. Den " +"första disken (på adress 2) kallas för <filename>sda</filename>, och den " +"andra <filename>sdb</filename>. Om <filename>sda</filename>-disken har 3 " +"partitioner på sig, kommer dessa att kallas <filename>sda1</filename>, " +"<filename>sda2</filename>, och <filename>sda3</filename>. Det samma gäller " +"för <filename>sdb</filename>-disken och dess partitioner." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:423 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or capacities." -msgstr "Observera att om du har två SCSI-värdbussadaptrar (alltså, kontrollrar), ordningen på diskarna kan vara förvirrande. Den bästa lösningen i det här fallet är att se på uppstartsmeddelandena, och antagligen känner du till diskmodellerna och/eller storlekarna." +msgid "" +"Note that if you have two SCSI host bus adapters (i.e., controllers), the " +"order of the drives can get confusing. The best solution in this case is to " +"watch the boot messages, assuming you know the drive models and/or " +"capacities." +msgstr "" +"Observera att om du har två SCSI-värdbussadaptrar (alltså, kontrollrar), " +"ordningen på diskarna kan vara förvirrande. Den bästa lösningen i det här " +"fallet är att se på uppstartsmeddelandena, och antagligen känner du till " +"diskmodellerna och/eller storlekarna." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:430 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers 1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." -msgstr "Linux representerar de primära partitionerna som disknamnet, plus siffrorna 1 till 4. Till exempel, den första primära partitionen på första IDE-disken är <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. De logiska partitionerna är numrerade från 5 och uppåt, så den första logiska partitionen på den disken är <filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Kom ihåg att den utökade partitionen, alltså, den primära partitionen som tillhandahåller de logiska partitionerna, inte är användbar. Det här gäller för SCSI-diskar såväl som för IDE-diskar." +msgid "" +"Linux represents the primary partitions as the drive name, plus the numbers " +"1 through 4. For example, the first primary partition on the first IDE drive " +"is <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. The logical partitions are numbered " +"starting at 5, so the first logical partition on that same drive is " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Remember that the extended partition, that " +"is, the primary partition holding the logical partitions, is not usable by " +"itself. This applies to SCSI disks as well as IDE disks." +msgstr "" +"Linux representerar de primära partitionerna som disknamnet, plus siffrorna " +"1 till 4. Till exempel, den första primära partitionen på första IDE-disken " +"är <filename>/dev/hda1</filename>. De logiska partitionerna är numrerade " +"från 5 och uppåt, så den första logiska partitionen på den disken är " +"<filename>/dev/hda5</filename>. Kom ihåg att den utökade partitionen, " +"alltså, den primära partitionen som tillhandahåller de logiska " +"partitionerna, inte är användbar. Det här gäller för SCSI-diskar såväl som " +"för IDE-diskar." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." -msgstr "VMEbus-system som använder TEAC FC-1 SCSI-diskettenhet kommer att se den som en normal SCSI-disk. För att göra identifieringen av enheten lättare kommer installationsprogramvaran att skapa en symbolisk länk till lämplig enhet och namnge den <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgid "" +"VMEbus systems using the TEAC FC-1 SCSI floppy drive will see it as normal " +"SCSI disk. To make identification of the drive simpler the installation " +"software will create a symbolic link to the appropriate device and name it " +"<filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." +msgstr "" +"VMEbus-system som använder TEAC FC-1 SCSI-diskettenhet kommer att se den som " +"en normal SCSI-disk. För att göra identifieringen av enheten lättare kommer " +"installationsprogramvaran att skapa en symbolisk länk till lämplig enhet och " +"namnge den <filename>/dev/sfd0</filename>." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:448 #, no-c-format -msgid "Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." -msgstr "Sun-diskpartitioner tillåter 8 separata partitioner (eller \"slices\"). Den tredje partitionen är normalt sett (och föredras att vara där) en partition för <quote>hela disken</quote>. Den här partitionen refererar till alla sektorer på disken, och används av starthanteraren (antingen SILO eller Suns egna)." +msgid "" +"Sun disk partitions allow for 8 separate partitions (or slices). The third " +"partition is usually (and is preferred to have) the <quote>Whole Disk</" +"quote> partition. This partition references all of the sectors of the disk, " +"and is used by the boot loader (either SILO, or Sun's)." +msgstr "" +"Sun-diskpartitioner tillåter 8 separata partitioner (eller \"slices\"). Den " +"tredje partitionen är normalt sett (och föredras att vara där) en partition " +"för <quote>hela disken</quote>. Den här partitionen refererar till alla " +"sektorer på disken, och används av starthanteraren (antingen SILO eller Suns " +"egna)." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:455 #, no-c-format -msgid "The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your system." -msgstr "Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av att lägga till ett decimaltal tll diskens namn: <filename>dasda1</filename> och <filename>dasda2</filename> representerar första och andra partitionen på första DASD-enheten i ditt system." +msgid "" +"The partitions on each disk are represented by appending a decimal number to " +"the disk name: <filename>dasda1</filename> and <filename>dasda2</filename> " +"represent the first and second partitions of the first DASD device in your " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerna på varje disk representeras av att lägga till ett decimaltal " +"tll diskens namn: <filename>dasda1</filename> och <filename>dasda2</" +"filename> representerar första och andra partitionen på första DASD-enheten " +"i ditt system." #. Tag: title #: partitioning.xml:470 @@ -515,8 +875,16 @@ msgstr "Debians partitioneringsprogram" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:471 #, no-c-format -msgid "Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your architecture." -msgstr "Flera varianter av partitioneringsprogram har anpassats av Debians utvecklare för att fungera på olika typer av hårddiskar och datorarkitekturer. Följande är en listan på de program som lämpar sig för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Several varieties of partitioning programs have been adapted by Debian " +"developers to work on various types of hard disks and computer " +"architectures. Following is a list of the program(s) applicable for your " +"architecture." +msgstr "" +"Flera varianter av partitioneringsprogram har anpassats av Debians " +"utvecklare för att fungera på olika typer av hårddiskar och " +"datorarkitekturer. Följande är en listan på de program som lämpar sig för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:483 @@ -527,8 +895,15 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:484 #, no-c-format -msgid "Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>format</quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." -msgstr "Rekommenderat partitioneringsverktyg i Debian. Den här schweiziska armékniven kan också ändra storlek på partitioner, skapa filsystem <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>formatera</quote> på Windows-språk)</phrase> och tilldela dem monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"Recommended partitioning tool in Debian. This Swiss army knife can also " +"resize partitions, create filesystems <phrase arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>format</" +"quote> in Windows speak)</phrase> and assign them to the mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Rekommenderat partitioneringsverktyg i Debian. Den här schweiziska " +"armékniven kan också ändra storlek på partitioner, skapa filsystem <phrase " +"arch=\"x86\"> (<quote>formatera</quote> på Windows-språk)</phrase> och " +"tilldela dem monteringspunkter." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:495 @@ -545,8 +920,18 @@ msgstr "Den originella diskpartitioneraren för Linux, bra för experter." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:500 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that <command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Var försiktig om du har existerande FreeBSD-partitioner på din maskin. Installationskärnorna inkluderar stöd för dessa partitioner, men sättet som <command>fdisk</command> representerar dem på (eller inte) kan göra att enhetsnamnen skiljer sig. Se <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Be careful if you have existing FreeBSD partitions on your machine. The " +"installation kernels include support for these partitions, but the way that " +"<command>fdisk</command> represents them (or not) can make the device names " +"differ. See the <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux+FreeBSD HOWTO</" +"ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Var försiktig om du har existerande FreeBSD-partitioner på din maskin. " +"Installationskärnorna inkluderar stöd för dessa partitioner, men sättet som " +"<command>fdisk</command> representerar dem på (eller inte) kan göra att " +"enhetsnamnen skiljer sig. Se <ulink url=\"&url-linux-freebsd;\">Linux" +"+FreeBSD HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:512 @@ -558,13 +943,18 @@ msgstr "cfdisk" #: partitioning.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "A simple-to-use, full-screen disk partitioner for the rest of us." -msgstr "En diskpartitionerare i helskärm som är enkel att använda för resten av oss." +msgstr "" +"En diskpartitionerare i helskärm som är enkel att använda för resten av oss." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:517 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." -msgstr "Observera att <command>cfdisk</command> inte förstår FreeBSD-partitioner alls, och, igen, som ett resultat av det kan enhetsnamnen skilja sig." +msgid "" +"Note that <command>cfdisk</command> doesn't understand FreeBSD partitions at " +"all, and, again, device names may differ as a result." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <command>cfdisk</command> inte förstår FreeBSD-partitioner " +"alls, och, igen, som ett resultat av det kan enhetsnamnen skilja sig." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:526 @@ -611,8 +1001,12 @@ msgstr "pmac-fdisk" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:554 #, no-c-format -msgid "PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems." -msgstr "PowerMac-medveten version av <command>fdisk</command>, används också av BVM och Motorola VMEbus-system." +msgid "" +"PowerMac-aware version of <command>fdisk</command>, also used by BVM and " +"Motorola VMEbus systems." +msgstr "" +"PowerMac-medveten version av <command>fdisk</command>, används också av BVM " +"och Motorola VMEbus-system." #. Tag: command #: partitioning.xml:563 @@ -623,173 +1017,434 @@ msgstr "fdasd" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:564 #, no-c-format -msgid "&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> for details." -msgstr "&arch-title;-versionen av <command>fdisk</command>; Läs manualsidan för fdasd eller kapitel 13 i <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and Installation Commands</ulink> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"&arch-title; version of <command>fdisk</command>; Please read the fdasd " +"manual page or chapter 13 in <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " +"Installation Commands</ulink> for details." +msgstr "" +"&arch-title;-versionen av <command>fdisk</command>; Läs manualsidan för " +"fdasd eller kapitel 13 i <ulink url=\"http://oss.software.ibm.com/" +"developerworks/opensource/linux390/docu/l390dd08.pdf\"> Device Drivers and " +"Installation Commands</ulink> för detaljer." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:575 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of these programs will be run by default when you select <guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this is not recommended." -msgstr "Ett av dessa program kommer att köras som standard när du väljer <guimenuitem>Partitionera diskar</guimenuitem> (eller liknande). Det kan vara möjligt att använda ett annat partitioneringsverktyg från kommandoraden på VT2, men det är inte rekommenderat." +msgid "" +"One of these programs will be run by default when you select " +"<guimenuitem>Partition disks</guimenuitem> (or similar). It may be possible " +"to use a different partitioning tool from the command line on VT2, but this " +"is not recommended." +msgstr "" +"Ett av dessa program kommer att köras som standard när du väljer " +"<guimenuitem>Partitionera diskar</guimenuitem> (eller liknande). Det kan " +"vara möjligt att använda ett annat partitioneringsverktyg från kommandoraden " +"på VT2, men det är inte rekommenderat." #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:585 +#, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Om du kommer att arbeta med mer än 20 partitioner på din ide-disk behöver du skapa enheter för partitionerna 21 och högre. Nästa steg av initiering av partitionen kommer att misslyckas om det inte finns en korrekt enhet. Som ett exempel, här är de kommandon du kan använda i <userinput>tty2</userinput> eller under <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> för att lägga till en enhet så att 21:a partitionen kan initieras: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Starta upp i det nya systemet kommer att misslyckas om inte korrekta enheter finns på målsystemet. Efter installering av kärnan och moduler, kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Kom ihåg att markera din uppstartspartition som <quote>Startbar</quote>.</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 -#, no-c-format -msgid "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." -msgstr "En nyckelpunkt när Mac-diskar partitioneras är att växlingspartitionen identifieras med dess namn; den måste namnges som <quote>swap</quote>. Alla Mac-Linux-partitioner har samma partitionstyp, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Läs handboken noga. Vi föreslår även att du läser <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, som inkluderar de steg du bör ta om du delar din disk med MacOS." +"One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " +"partition is identified by its name; it must be named <quote>swap</quote>. " +"All Mac linux partitions are the same partition type, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. " +"Please read the fine manual. We also suggest reading the <ulink url=\"&url-" +"mac-fdisk-tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, which includes steps you " +"should take if you are sharing your disk with MacOS." +msgstr "" +"En nyckelpunkt när Mac-diskar partitioneras är att växlingspartitionen " +"identifieras med dess namn; den måste namnges som <quote>swap</quote>. Alla " +"Mac-Linux-partitioner har samma partitionstyp, Apple_UNIX_SRV2. Läs " +"handboken noga. Vi föreslår även att du läser <ulink url=\"&url-mac-fdisk-" +"tutorial;\">mac-fdisk Tutorial</ulink>, som inkluderar de steg du bör ta om " +"du delar din disk med MacOS." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 -#: partitioning.xml:678 -#: partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 -#: partitioning.xml:913 -#: partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Partitionera för &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format -msgid "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by &releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on &architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the existing partitions will need to be deleted before <command>partman</command> can convert it to use a disk label." -msgstr "Starta upp Debian från SRM-konsollen (den enda diskuppstartsmetoden som stöds av &releasename;) kräver att du har en BSD-disketikett, inte en DOS-partitionstabell, på din uppstartsdisk. (Kom ihåg att SRM-startblocket är inte kompatibelt med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller — se <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) Som ett resultat av det, skapar <command>partman</command> BSD-disketiketter vid körning på &architecture;, men om din disk redan har en DOS-partitionstabell kommer de existerande partitionerna att behöva tas bort innan <command>partman</command> kan konvertera den till att använda en disketikett." +msgid "" +"Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " +"&releasename;) requires you to have a BSD disk label, not a DOS partition " +"table, on your boot disk. (Remember, the SRM boot block is incompatible with " +"MS-DOS partition tables — see <xref linkend=\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) As " +"a result, <command>partman</command> creates BSD disk labels when running on " +"&architecture;, but if your disk has an existing DOS partition table the " +"existing partitions will need to be deleted before <command>partman</" +"command> can convert it to use a disk label." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp Debian från SRM-konsollen (den enda diskuppstartsmetoden som " +"stöds av &releasename;) kräver att du har en BSD-disketikett, inte en DOS-" +"partitionstabell, på din uppstartsdisk. (Kom ihåg att SRM-startblocket är " +"inte kompatibelt med MS-DOS-partitionstabeller — se <xref linkend=" +"\"alpha-firmware\"/>.) Som ett resultat av det, skapar <command>partman</" +"command> BSD-disketiketter vid körning på &architecture;, men om din disk " +"redan har en DOS-partitionstabell kommer de existerande partitionerna att " +"behöva tas bort innan <command>partman</command> kan konvertera den till att " +"använda en disketikett." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter disk label mode." -msgstr "Om du har valt att använda <command>fdisk</command> för att partitionera din disk, och disken som du har valt för partitionering inte innehåller en BSD-disketikett, måste du använda kommandot <quote>b</quote> för att gå in i disketikettläge." +msgid "" +"If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " +"and the disk that you have selected for partitioning does not already " +"contain a BSD disk label, you must use the <quote>b</quote> command to enter " +"disk label mode." +msgstr "" +"Om du har valt att använda <command>fdisk</command> för att partitionera din " +"disk, och disken som du har valt för partitionering inte innehåller en BSD-" +"disketikett, måste du använda kommandot <quote>b</quote> för att gå in i " +"disketikettläge." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format -msgid "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or NetBSD), you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> create the third partition as a <quote>whole disk</quote> partition (i.e. with start and end sectors to span the whole disk), as this renders the disk incompatible with the tools used to make it bootable with aboot. This means that the disk configured by the installer for use as the Debian boot disk will be inaccessible to the operating systems mentioned earlier." -msgstr "Såvida du önskar att använda disken du partitionerar i Tru64 Unix eller ett av de fria 4.4BSD-Lite-derivaten (FreeBSD, OpenBSD eller NetBSD), bör du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> skapa den tredje partitionen som en <quote>hel disk</quote>-partition (alltså att partitionen spänner över hela disken), eftersom detta gör att disken inte blir kompatibel med de verktyg som används för att göra den startbar med aboot. Detta betyder att disken som är konfigurerad av installeraren, för användning som Debians uppstartsdisk, inte kommer att vara åtkomlig till de tidigare nämnda operativsystemen." +msgid "" +"Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " +"of the free 4.4BSD-Lite derived operating systems (FreeBSD, OpenBSD, or " +"NetBSD), you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> create the third partition as a " +"<quote>whole disk</quote> partition (i.e. with start and end sectors to span " +"the whole disk), as this renders the disk incompatible with the tools used " +"to make it bootable with aboot. This means that the disk configured by the " +"installer for use as the Debian boot disk will be inaccessible to the " +"operating systems mentioned earlier." +msgstr "" +"Såvida du önskar att använda disken du partitionerar i Tru64 Unix eller ett " +"av de fria 4.4BSD-Lite-derivaten (FreeBSD, OpenBSD eller NetBSD), bör du " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> skapa den tredje partitionen som en <quote>hel " +"disk</quote>-partition (alltså att partitionen spänner över hela disken), " +"eftersom detta gör att disken inte blir kompatibel med de verktyg som " +"används för att göra den startbar med aboot. Detta betyder att disken som är " +"konfigurerad av installeraren, för användning som Debians uppstartsdisk, " +"inte kommer att vara åtkomlig till de tidigare nämnda operativsystemen." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format -msgid "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you <emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience reasons." -msgstr "Också, på grund av att <command>aboot</command> skrivs till de första sektorerna på disken (för närvarande ockuperar den ungefär 70 kilobyte, eller 150 sektorer), <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du lämna kvar tillräckligt med ledigt utrymme i början av disken för det. Tidigare föreslogs det att du skapade en liten partition i början av disken som lämnades kvar oformaterad. Av samma anledning som nämns ovan, föreslår vi nu att du inte gör det på diskar som endast används av GNU/Linux. När <command>partman</command> används, kommer en liten partition fortfarande att skapas åt <command>aboot</command> av bekvämlighetsskäl." +msgid "" +"Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " +"of the disk (currently it occupies about 70 kilobytes, or 150 sectors), you " +"<emphasis>must</emphasis> leave enough empty space at the beginning of the " +"disk for it. In the past, it was suggested that you make a small partition " +"at the beginning of the disk, to be left unformatted. For the same reason " +"mentioned above, we now suggest that you do not do this on disks that will " +"only be used by GNU/Linux. When using <command>partman</command>, a small " +"partition will still be created for <command>aboot</command> for convenience " +"reasons." +msgstr "" +"Också, på grund av att <command>aboot</command> skrivs till de första " +"sektorerna på disken (för närvarande ockuperar den ungefär 70 kilobyte, " +"eller 150 sektorer), <emphasis>måste</emphasis> du lämna kvar tillräckligt " +"med ledigt utrymme i början av disken för det. Tidigare föreslogs det att du " +"skapade en liten partition i början av disken som lämnades kvar oformaterad. " +"Av samma anledning som nämns ovan, föreslår vi nu att du inte gör det på " +"diskar som endast används av GNU/Linux. När <command>partman</command> " +"används, kommer en liten partition fortfarande att skapas åt <command>aboot</" +"command> av bekvämlighetsskäl." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format -msgid "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install the boot loader." -msgstr "För ARC-installationer, bör du göra en liten FAT-partition i början av disken som ska innehålla <command>MILO</command> och <command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabyte bör räcka, se <xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Tyvärr kan man inte göra FAT-filsystem från menyn, så du får göra det manuellt från skalet med <command>mkdosfs</command> innan försöket att installera starthanteraren." +msgid "" +"For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " +"beginning of the disk to contain <command>MILO</command> and " +"<command>linload.exe</command> — 5 megabytes should be sufficient, see " +"<xref linkend=\"non-debian-partitioning\"/>. Unfortunately, making FAT file " +"systems from the menu is not yet supported, so you'll have to do it manually " +"from the shell using <command>mkdosfs</command> before attempting to install " +"the boot loader." +msgstr "" +"För ARC-installationer, bör du göra en liten FAT-partition i början av " +"disken som ska innehålla <command>MILO</command> och <command>linload.exe</" +"command> — 5 megabyte bör räcka, se <xref linkend=\"non-debian-" +"partitioning\"/>. Tyvärr kan man inte göra FAT-filsystem från menyn, så du " +"får göra det manuellt från skalet med <command>mkdosfs</command> innan " +"försöket att installera starthanteraren." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally sufficient." -msgstr "PALO, starthanteraren för HPPA, kräver en partition av typen <quote>F0</quote> någonstans inom de första 2 GB. Det är där starthanteraren, en valfri kärna och ramdisken kommer att lagras, så gör den tillräckligt stor för det — åtminstone 4 Mb (8–16MB föreslås). Ett ytterligare krav på firmware är att Linux-kärnan måste finns inom de första 2 GB av disken. Det här kan normalt sett göras genom att göra så rotpartitionen (ext2) passar in helt inom de första 2 GB av disken. Alternativt kan du skapa en liten ext2-partition nära början av disken och montera den på <filename>/boot</filename>, eftersom det är den katalogen som Linux-kärnan kommer att lagras. Partitionen <filename>/boot</filename> behöver vara tillräckligt stor för att innehåla de olika kärnor du kanske vill läsa in; 25–50MB är oftast tillräckligt." - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +msgid "" +"PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " +"somewhere in the first 2GB. This is where the boot loader and an optional " +"kernel and RAMdisk will be stored, so make it big enough for that — at " +"least 4Mb (I like 8–16MB). An additional requirement of the firmware " +"is that the Linux kernel must reside within the first 2GB of the disk. This " +"is typically achieved by making the root ext2 partition fit entirely within " +"the first 2GB of the disk. Alternatively you can create a small ext2 " +"partition near the start of the disk and mount that on <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be " +"stored. <filename>/boot</filename> needs to be big enough to hold whatever " +"kernels (and backups) you might wish to load; 25–50MB is generally " +"sufficient." +msgstr "" +"PALO, starthanteraren för HPPA, kräver en partition av typen <quote>F0</" +"quote> någonstans inom de första 2 GB. Det är där starthanteraren, en valfri " +"kärna och ramdisken kommer att lagras, så gör den tillräckligt stor för det " +"— åtminstone 4 Mb (8–16MB föreslås). Ett ytterligare krav på " +"firmware är att Linux-kärnan måste finns inom de första 2 GB av disken. Det " +"här kan normalt sett göras genom att göra så rotpartitionen (ext2) passar in " +"helt inom de första 2 GB av disken. Alternativt kan du skapa en liten ext2-" +"partition nära början av disken och montera den på <filename>/boot</" +"filename>, eftersom det är den katalogen som Linux-kärnan kommer att lagras. " +"Partitionen <filename>/boot</filename> behöver vara tillräckligt stor för " +"att innehåla de olika kärnor du kanske vill läsa in; 25–50MB är oftast " +"tillräckligt." + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> and then simply select an existing partition and change its size." -msgstr "Om du har ett redan existerande operativsystem såsom DOS eller Windows installerat och du vill behålla det efter installationen av Debian, kan du behöva förändra partitionsstorleken för att få mer ledigt diskutrymme för Debian-installationen. Installeraren har stöd för att förändra storleken på både FAT- och NTFS-filsystem; när du kommer till installerarens partitioneringssteg, välj alternativet <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> och välj sedan helt enkelt en existerande partition och ändra dess storlek." +msgid "" +"If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " +"you want to preserve that operating system while installing Debian, you may " +"need to resize its partition to free up space for the Debian installation. " +"The installer supports resizing of both FAT and NTFS filesystems; when you " +"get to the installer's partitioning step, select the option " +"<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> and then simply select an existing " +"partition and change its size." +msgstr "" +"Om du har ett redan existerande operativsystem såsom DOS eller Windows " +"installerat och du vill behålla det efter installationen av Debian, kan du " +"behöva förändra partitionsstorleken för att få mer ledigt diskutrymme för " +"Debian-installationen. Installeraren har stöd för att förändra storleken på " +"både FAT- och NTFS-filsystem; när du kommer till installerarens " +"partitioneringssteg, välj alternativet <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> " +"och välj sedan helt enkelt en existerande partition och ändra dess storlek." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief overview to help you plan most situations." -msgstr "Generellt sett lägger PC BIOS till ytterligare begränsningar för diskpartitionering. Det finns en gräns för hur många <quote>primära</quote> och <quote>logiska</quote> partitioner en enhet kan innehålla. Ytterligare, med BIOS före 1994–98, finns det gränser för var på enheten som BIOS kan starta från. Mer information kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, men det här avsnittet kommer att inkludera en enkel översikt för att hjälpa dig att planera de flesta situationer." +msgid "" +"The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " +"There is a limit to how many <quote>primary</quote> and <quote>logical</" +"quote> partitions a drive can contain. Additionally, with pre 1994–98 " +"BIOSes, there are limits to where on the drive the BIOS can boot from. More " +"information can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-partition-howto;\">Linux " +"Partition HOWTO</ulink> and the <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-faq-large-" +"disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, but this section will include a brief " +"overview to help you plan most situations." +msgstr "" +"Generellt sett lägger PC BIOS till ytterligare begränsningar för " +"diskpartitionering. Det finns en gräns för hur många <quote>primära</quote> " +"och <quote>logiska</quote> partitioner en enhet kan innehålla. Ytterligare, " +"med BIOS före 1994–98, finns det gränser för var på enheten som BIOS " +"kan starta från. Mer information kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-partition-" +"howto;\">Linux Partition HOWTO</ulink> och <ulink url=\"&url-phoenix-bios-" +"faq-large-disk;\">Phoenix BIOS FAQ</ulink>, men det här avsnittet kommer att " +"inkludera en enkel översikt för att hjälpa dig att planera de flesta " +"situationer." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format -msgid "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." -msgstr "<quote>Primära</quote> partitioner är den originella partitioneringsplanen för PC-diskar. Dock, det kan endast finnas fyra av dem. För att komma runt den här begränsningen, uppfanns <quote>utökade</quote> och <quote>logiska</quote> partitioner. Genom att ställa in en av dina primära partitioner som en utökad partition, kan du dela upp utrymmet som allokerats till den partitionen in i logiska partitioner. Du kan skapa upp till 60 logiska partitioner per utökad partition; dock, kan du endast ha en utökad partition per enhet." +msgid "" +"<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " +"PC disks. However, there can only be four of them. To get past this " +"limitation, <quote>extended</quote> and <quote>logical</quote> partitions " +"were invented. By setting one of your primary partitions as an extended " +"partition, you can subdivide all the space allocated to that partition into " +"logical partitions. You can create up to 60 logical partitions per extended " +"partition; however, you can only have one extended partition per drive." +msgstr "" +"<quote>Primära</quote> partitioner är den originella partitioneringsplanen " +"för PC-diskar. Dock, det kan endast finnas fyra av dem. För att komma runt " +"den här begränsningen, uppfanns <quote>utökade</quote> och <quote>logiska</" +"quote> partitioner. Genom att ställa in en av dina primära partitioner som " +"en utökad partition, kan du dela upp utrymmet som allokerats till den " +"partitionen in i logiska partitioner. Du kan skapa upp till 60 logiska " +"partitioner per utökad partition; dock, kan du endast ha en utökad partition " +"per enhet." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format -msgid "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create devices for those partitions." -msgstr "Linux begränsar antalet partitioner per disk till 15 partitioner för SCSI-diskar (3 användbara primära partitioner, 12 logiska partitioner), och 63 partitioner på en IDE-disk (3 användbara primära partitioner, 60 logiska partitioner). Dock ger det normala &debian;-systemet endast 20 enheter för partitioner, så du kan inte installera på partitioner högre än 20 om du inte manuellt skapar enheterna för dessa partitioner först." +msgid "" +"Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " +"usable primary partitions, 12 logical partitions), and 63 partitions on an " +"IDE drive (3 usable primary partitions, 60 logical partitions). However the " +"normal &debian; system provides only 20 devices for partitions, so you may " +"not install on partitions higher than 20 unless you first manually create " +"devices for those partitions." +msgstr "" +"Linux begränsar antalet partitioner per disk till 15 partitioner för SCSI-" +"diskar (3 användbara primära partitioner, 12 logiska partitioner), och 63 " +"partitioner på en IDE-disk (3 användbara primära partitioner, 60 logiska " +"partitioner). Dock ger det normala &debian;-systemet endast 20 enheter för " +"partitioner, så du kan inte installera på partitioner högre än 20 om du inte " +"manuellt skapar enheterna för dessa partitioner först." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 megabytes, without BIOS translation)." -msgstr "Om du har en stor IDE-disk, och varken använder LBA-adressering eller överliggande drivrutiner (kommer ibland från hårddisktillverkarna), måste uppstartspartition (den partition som innehåller din kärnavbild) placeras inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (normalt sett runt 524 megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning)." +msgid "" +"If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " +"overlay drivers (sometimes provided by hard disk manufacturers), then the " +"boot partition (the partition containing your kernel image) must be placed " +"within the first 1024 cylinders of your hard drive (usually around 524 " +"megabytes, without BIOS translation)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor IDE-disk, och varken använder LBA-adressering eller " +"överliggande drivrutiner (kommer ibland från hårddisktillverkarna), måste " +"uppstartspartition (den partition som innehåller din kärnavbild) placeras " +"inom de första 1024 cylindrarna på din hårddisk (normalt sett runt 524 " +"megabyte, utan BIOS-översättning)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format -msgid "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around 1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk access." -msgstr "Den här begränsningen gäller inte om du har ett BIOS som är nyare än runt 1995–98 (beroende på tillverkaren) som har stöd för <quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Både Lilo, Linux-starthanteraren och Debians alternativa <command>mbr</command> måste använda BIOS för att läsa kärnan från disken till RAM-minnet. Om BIOS int 0x13, utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar, hittas, kommer de att användas. Annars kommer det gamla diskåtkomstgränssnittet att fallas tillbaka på och användas, och det kan inte användas för att adressera en plats på disken högre än 1023:e cylindern. När Linux har startats upp, oavsett vilket BIOS din dator har, gäller dessa begränsningar inte längre, eftersom Linux inte använder BIOS för diskåtkomst." +msgid "" +"This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " +"1995–98 (depending on the manufacturer) that supports the " +"<quote>Enhanced Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Both Lilo, the " +"Linux loader, and Debian's alternative <command>mbr</command> must use the " +"BIOS to read the kernel from the disk into RAM. If the BIOS int 0x13 large " +"disk access extensions are found to be present, they will be utilized. " +"Otherwise, the legacy disk access interface is used as a fall-back, and it " +"cannot be used to address any location on the disk higher than the 1023rd " +"cylinder. Once Linux is booted, no matter what BIOS your computer has, these " +"restrictions no longer apply, since Linux does not use the BIOS for disk " +"access." +msgstr "" +"Den här begränsningen gäller inte om du har ett BIOS som är nyare än runt " +"1995–98 (beroende på tillverkaren) som har stöd för <quote>Enhanced " +"Disk Drive Support Specification</quote>. Både Lilo, Linux-starthanteraren " +"och Debians alternativa <command>mbr</command> måste använda BIOS för att " +"läsa kärnan från disken till RAM-minnet. Om BIOS int 0x13, utökningar för " +"åtkomst till stora diskar, hittas, kommer de att användas. Annars kommer det " +"gamla diskåtkomstgränssnittet att fallas tillbaka på och användas, och det " +"kan inte användas för att adressera en plats på disken högre än 1023:e " +"cylindern. När Linux har startats upp, oavsett vilket BIOS din dator har, " +"gäller dessa begränsningar inte längre, eftersom Linux inte använder BIOS " +"för diskåtkomst." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA (Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the <emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." -msgstr "Om du har en stor disk, måste du kanske använda tekniker för cylinderöversättning, som du kan ställa in från ditt BIOS-konfigurationsprogram, såsom LBA (Logisk blockadressering) eller CHS-översättningsläget (<quote>Large</quote>). Mer information om problem med stora diskar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. Om du använder ett cylinderöversättningsschema, och BIOS inte har stöd för utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar, måste din uppstartspartition passa inom den <emphasis>översatta</emphasis> representationen av 1024:de cylindern." +msgid "" +"If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " +"techniques, which you can set from your BIOS setup program, such as LBA " +"(Logical Block Addressing) or CHS translation mode (<quote>Large</quote>). " +"More information about issues with large disks can be found in the <ulink " +"url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk HOWTO</ulink>. If you are using a " +"cylinder translation scheme, and the BIOS does not support the large disk " +"access extensions, then your boot partition has to fit within the " +"<emphasis>translated</emphasis> representation of the 1024th cylinder." +msgstr "" +"Om du har en stor disk, måste du kanske använda tekniker för " +"cylinderöversättning, som du kan ställa in från ditt BIOS-" +"konfigurationsprogram, såsom LBA (Logisk blockadressering) eller CHS-" +"översättningsläget (<quote>Large</quote>). Mer information om problem med " +"stora diskar kan hittas i <ulink url=\"&url-large-disk-howto;\">Large Disk " +"HOWTO</ulink>. Om du använder ett cylinderöversättningsschema, och BIOS inte " +"har stöd för utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar, måste din " +"uppstartspartition passa inom den <emphasis>översatta</emphasis> " +"representationen av 1024:de cylindern." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format -msgid "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small (25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access extensions." -msgstr "Det rekommenderade sättet att göra det här på är att skapa en liten (25–50MB bör räcka) partition i början av disken för att användas som uppstartspartition, och sedan skapa de andra partitioner som du önskar att ha, på återstående plats. Den här uppstartspartitionen <emphasis>måste</emphasis> monteras på <filename>/boot</filename>, eftersom den här är katalogen där Linux kärna/kärnor kommer att lagras. Denna konfiguration kommer att fungera på alla system, oavsett om LBA eller CHS-översättning för stora diskar används, och oavsett om ditt BIOS har stöd för utökningar för åtkomst till stora diskar." +msgid "" +"The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " +"(25–50MB should suffice) partition at the beginning of the disk to be " +"used as the boot partition, and then create whatever other partitions you " +"wish to have, in the remaining area. This boot partition <emphasis>must</" +"emphasis> be mounted on <filename>/boot</filename>, since that is the " +"directory where the Linux kernel(s) will be stored. This configuration will " +"work on any system, regardless of whether LBA or large disk CHS translation " +"is used, and regardless of whether your BIOS supports the large disk access " +"extensions." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderade sättet att göra det här på är att skapa en liten " +"(25–50MB bör räcka) partition i början av disken för att användas som " +"uppstartspartition, och sedan skapa de andra partitioner som du önskar att " +"ha, på återstående plats. Den här uppstartspartitionen <emphasis>måste</" +"emphasis> monteras på <filename>/boot</filename>, eftersom den här är " +"katalogen där Linux kärna/kärnor kommer att lagras. Denna konfiguration " +"kommer att fungera på alla system, oavsett om LBA eller CHS-översättning för " +"stora diskar används, och oavsett om ditt BIOS har stöd för utökningar för " +"åtkomst till stora diskar." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount points to ensure that the disks and filesystems are properly configured for a successful installation. It actually uses <command>parted</command> to do the on-disk partitioning." -msgstr "Diskpartitioneraren <command>partman</command> är standardverktyget för partitionering för installeraren. Den hanterar uppsättningen av partitioner och deras monteringspunkter för att se till att diskarna och filsystemen är korrekt konfigurerade för en lyckad installation. Den använder faktiskt <command>parted</command> för att göra själva diskpartitioneringen." +msgid "" +"The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " +"tool for the installer. It manages the set of partitions and their mount " +"points to ensure that the disks and filesystems are properly configured for " +"a successful installation. It actually uses <command>parted</command> to do " +"the on-disk partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Diskpartitioneraren <command>partman</command> är standardverktyget för " +"partitionering för installeraren. Den hanterar uppsättningen av partitioner " +"och deras monteringspunkter för att se till att diskarna och filsystemen är " +"korrekt konfigurerade för en lyckad installation. Den använder faktiskt " +"<command>parted</command> för att göra själva diskpartitioneringen." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "Kända format av EFI" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format -msgid "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides <command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-DOS tables correctly." -msgstr "IA64 EFI-firmware har stöd för två format av partitionstabeller (eller disketikett), GPT och MS-DOS. MS-DOS-formatet som normalt sett används på i386 PC-datorer, rekommenderas inte längre för IA64-system. Även om installeraren även erbjuder <command>cfdisk</command> bör du endast använda <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> för att den kan korrekt hantera både GPT- och MS-DOS-tabeller." +msgid "" +"The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " +"GPT and MS-DOS. MS-DOS, the format typically used on i386 PCs, is no longer " +"recommended for IA64 systems. Although the installer also provides " +"<command>cfdisk</command>, you should only use <ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> " +"<command>parted</command></ulink> because only it can manage both GPT and MS-" +"DOS tables correctly." +msgstr "" +"IA64 EFI-firmware har stöd för två format av partitionstabeller (eller " +"disketikett), GPT och MS-DOS. MS-DOS-formatet som normalt sett används på " +"i386 PC-datorer, rekommenderas inte längre för IA64-system. Även om " +"installeraren även erbjuder <command>cfdisk</command> bör du endast använda " +"<ulink url=\"parted.txt\"> <command>parted</command></ulink> för att den kan " +"korrekt hantera både GPT- och MS-DOS-tabeller." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format -msgid "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition." -msgstr "Det automatiska partitioneringsreceptet för <command>partman</command> allokerar en EFI-partition som första partitionen på disken. Du kan också ställa in partitionen under <guimenuitem>Guidad partitionering</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn på ett sätt som liknar när man ställer in en <emphasis>växlingspartition</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " +"an EFI partition as the first partition on the disk. You can also set up the " +"partition under the <guimenuitem>Guided partitioning</guimenuitem> from the " +"main menu in a manner similar to setting up a <emphasis>swap</emphasis> " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Det automatiska partitioneringsreceptet för <command>partman</command> " +"allokerar en EFI-partition som första partitionen på disken. Du kan också " +"ställa in partitionen under <guimenuitem>Guidad partitionering</guimenuitem> " +"från huvudmenyn på ett sätt som liknar när man ställer in en " +"<emphasis>växlingspartition</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then something similar to the following command sequence could be used: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " +"For those rare cases where it is necessary to manually set up a disk, you " +"can use the shell as described above and run the <command>parted</command> " +"utility directly using its command line interface. Assuming that you want to " +"erase your whole disk and create a GPT table and some partitions, then " +"something similar to the following command sequence could be used: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" @@ -797,9 +1452,22 @@ msgid "" " set 1 boot on\n" " print\n" " quit\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it scans the partition for bad blocks." +"</screen></informalexample> This creates a new partition table, and three " +"partitions to be used as an EFI boot partition, swap space, and a root file " +"system. Finally it sets the boot flag on the EFI partition. Partitions are " +"specified in Megabytes, with start and end offsets from the beginning of the " +"disk. So, for example, above we created a 1999MB ext2 file system starting " +"at offset 1001MB from the start of the disk. Note that formatting swap space " +"with <command>parted</command> can take a few minutes to complete, as it " +"scans the partition for bad blocks." msgstr "" -"Partitioneraren <command>partman</command> hanterar de flesta disklayouter. För de onormala fallen där det är nödvändigt att manuellt ställa in en disk, kan du använda skalet som beskrivs ovanför och köra verktyget <command>parted</command> direkt med dess kommandoradsgränssnitt. Antar att du vill radera hela din disk och skapa en GPT-tabell och några partitioner, så kan något liknande den här kommandosekvensen användas: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Partitioneraren <command>partman</command> hanterar de flesta disklayouter. " +"För de onormala fallen där det är nödvändigt att manuellt ställa in en disk, " +"kan du använda skalet som beskrivs ovanför och köra verktyget " +"<command>parted</command> direkt med dess kommandoradsgränssnitt. Antar att " +"du vill radera hela din disk och skapa en GPT-tabell och några partitioner, " +"så kan något liknande den här kommandosekvensen användas: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" " mklabel gpt\n" " mkpartfs primary fat 0 50\n" " mkpartfs primary linux-swap 51 1000\n" @@ -807,103 +1475,316 @@ msgstr "" " set 1 boot on\n" " print\n" " quit\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här skapar en ny partitionstabell, och tre partitioner som ska användas som en EFI-uppstartspartition, växlingsutrymme, och ett rotfilsystem. Till sist ställer det in en uppstartsflagga på EFI-partitionen. Partitioner anges i megabyte, med start- och slutposition från början av disken. Så, till exempel, vi skapade här ovan ett 1999MB stort ext2-filsystem som startade på positionen 1001MB från början av disken. Observera att formateringen av växlingsutrymmet med <command>parted</command> kan ta några minuter att färdigställa, eftersom den letar efter felaktiga block på partitionen." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här skapar en ny partitionstabell, och tre " +"partitioner som ska användas som en EFI-uppstartspartition, växlingsutrymme, " +"och ett rotfilsystem. Till sist ställer det in en uppstartsflagga på EFI-" +"partitionen. Partitioner anges i megabyte, med start- och slutposition från " +"början av disken. Så, till exempel, vi skapade här ovan ett 1999MB stort " +"ext2-filsystem som startade på positionen 1001MB från början av disken. " +"Observera att formateringen av växlingsutrymmet med <command>parted</" +"command> kan ta några minuter att färdigställa, eftersom den letar efter " +"felaktiga block på partitionen." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "Krav för starthanterarens partition" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format -msgid "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." -msgstr "ELILO, starthanteraren för ia64, kräver en partition som innehåller ett FAT-filsystem med <userinput>boot</userinput>-flaggan inställd. Partitionen måste vara tillräckligt stor för att hålla starthanteraren och de kärnor eller ramdiskar som du önskar starta upp. En minimal storlek skulle vara ungefär 20MB, men om du förväntar dig att köra flera kärnor, så är kanske 128MB ett bättre storlek." +msgid "" +"ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " +"system with the <userinput>boot</userinput> flag set. The partition must be " +"big enough to hold the boot loader and any kernels or RAMdisks you may wish " +"to boot. A minimum size would be about 20MB, but if you expect to run with " +"multiple kernels, then 128MB might be a better size." +msgstr "" +"ELILO, starthanteraren för ia64, kräver en partition som innehåller ett FAT-" +"filsystem med <userinput>boot</userinput>-flaggan inställd. Partitionen " +"måste vara tillräckligt stor för att hålla starthanteraren och de kärnor " +"eller ramdiskar som du önskar starta upp. En minimal storlek skulle vara " +"ungefär 20MB, men om du förväntar dig att köra flera kärnor, så är kanske " +"128MB ett bättre storlek." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free space for adding an EFI partition." -msgstr "EFI-uppstartshanteraren och EFI-skalet har full stöd för GPT-tabellen så att uppstartspartitionen inte nödvändigtvis behöver vara den första partitionen eller till och med på samma disk. De här är bekvämt om du skulle glömma att allokera partitionen och komma på det efter du har formaterat de andra partitionerna på din disk (eller diskar). Partitioneraren <command>partman</command> letar efter en EFI-partition samtidigt som den leter efter en korrekt uppsatt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-partition. Det här ger dig en möjlighet att rätta till disklayouten före paketinstallationen påbörjas. Det enklaste sättet att rätta till det här problemet är att minska den sista partitionen på disken för att skapa tillräckligt ledigt utrymme för att lägga till en EFI-partition." +msgid "" +"The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " +"boot partition does not necessarily have to be the first partition or even " +"on the same disk. This is convenient if you should forget to allocate the " +"partition and only find out after you have formatted the other partitions on " +"your disk(s). The <command>partman</command> partitioner checks for an EFI " +"partition at the same time it checks for a properly set up <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> partition. This gives you an opportunity to correct the disk " +"layout before the package install begins. The easiest way to correct this " +"omission is to shrink the last partition of the disk to make enough free " +"space for adding an EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"EFI-uppstartshanteraren och EFI-skalet har full stöd för GPT-tabellen så att " +"uppstartspartitionen inte nödvändigtvis behöver vara den första partitionen " +"eller till och med på samma disk. De här är bekvämt om du skulle glömma att " +"allokera partitionen och komma på det efter du har formaterat de andra " +"partitionerna på din disk (eller diskar). Partitioneraren <command>partman</" +"command> letar efter en EFI-partition samtidigt som den leter efter en " +"korrekt uppsatt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-partition. Det här ger dig en " +"möjlighet att rätta till disklayouten före paketinstallationen påbörjas. Det " +"enklaste sättet att rätta till det här problemet är att minska den sista " +"partitionen på disken för att skapa tillräckligt ledigt utrymme för att " +"lägga till en EFI-partition." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att du allokerar EFI-uppstartspartitionen på samma disk som <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-filsystemet." +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " +"same disk as the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas starkt att du allokerar EFI-uppstartspartitionen på samma " +"disk som <emphasis>rot</emphasis>-filsystemet." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "EFI-diagnostiseringspartitioner" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same time you set up the EFI boot partition." -msgstr "EFI-firmware är mycket mer sofistikerat än vanliga BIOS på de flesta x86 PC-datorer. Vissa systemtillverkare använder möjligheten i EFI att komma åt filer och köra program från en hårddisks filsystem för att lagra diagnostik och EFI-baserade systemhanteringsverktyg på hårddisken. Det här är ett separat FAT-formaterat filsystem på systemdisken. Konsultera systemdokumentationen och tillbehör som skickades med systemet för detaljer. Den tidpunkt som är enklast att ställa in en partition för diagnostik är samma tidpunkt som när du ställer in EFI-uppstartspartitionen." +msgid "" +"The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " +"seen on most x86 PCs. Some system vendors take advantage of the ability of " +"the EFI to access files and run programs from a hard disk filesystem to " +"store diagnostics and EFI based system management utilities on the hard " +"disk. This is a separate FAT format filesystem on the system disk. Consult " +"the system documentation and accessories that come with the system for " +"details. The easiest time to set up a diagnostics partition is at the same " +"time you set up the EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"EFI-firmware är mycket mer sofistikerat än vanliga BIOS på de flesta x86 PC-" +"datorer. Vissa systemtillverkare använder möjligheten i EFI att komma åt " +"filer och köra program från en hårddisks filsystem för att lagra diagnostik " +"och EFI-baserade systemhanteringsverktyg på hårddisken. Det här är ett " +"separat FAT-formaterat filsystem på systemdisken. Konsultera " +"systemdokumentationen och tillbehör som skickades med systemet för detaljer. " +"Den tidpunkt som är enklast att ställa in en partition för diagnostik är " +"samma tidpunkt som när du ställer in EFI-uppstartspartitionen." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format -msgid "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header must start at sector 0." -msgstr "SGI-datorer kräver en SGI-disketikett för att göra systemet startbart från hårddisk. Den kan skapas under expertmenyn i fdisk. Det då skapade volymhuvudet (partition nummer 9) bör vara minst 3 MB stor. Om det skapade volymhuvudet är för litet, kan du helt enkelt ta bort partition nummer 9 och lägga till den igen med en annan storlek. Observera att volymhuvudet måste börja på sektor 0." +msgid "" +"SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " +"from hard disk. It can be created in the fdisk expert menu. The thereby " +"created volume header (partition number 9) should be at least 3MB large. If " +"the volume header created is too small, you can simply delete partition " +"number 9 and re-add it with a different size. Note that the volume header " +"must start at sector 0." +msgstr "" +"SGI-datorer kräver en SGI-disketikett för att göra systemet startbart från " +"hårddisk. Den kan skapas under expertmenyn i fdisk. Det då skapade " +"volymhuvudet (partition nummer 9) bör vara minst 3 MB stor. Om det skapade " +"volymhuvudet är för litet, kan du helt enkelt ta bort partition nummer 9 och " +"lägga till den igen med en annan storlek. Observera att volymhuvudet måste " +"börja på sektor 0." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "Partitionering av nyare PowerMac" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." -msgstr "Om du installerar på en NewWorld PowerMac måste du skapa en speciell bootstrap-partition som tillhandahåller starthanteraren. Storleken på den här partitionen måste vara 800KB och dess partitionstyp måste vara <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. Om bootstrap-partitionen inte skapas som typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> kan din maskin inte starta upp från hårddisken. Den här partitionen kan enkelt skapas genom att skapa en ny partition i <command>partman</command> och säga till den att använda den som en <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, eller i <command>mac-fdisk</command> med kommandot <userinput>b</userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " +"bootstrap partition to hold the boot loader. The size of this partition must " +"be 800KB and its partition type must be <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</" +"emphasis>. If the bootstrap partition is not created with the " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> type your machine cannot be made " +"bootable from the hard disk. This partition can easily be created by " +"creating a new partition in <command>partman</command> and telling it to use " +"it as a <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, or in <command>mac-fdisk</" +"command> using the <userinput>b</userinput> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar på en NewWorld PowerMac måste du skapa en speciell " +"bootstrap-partition som tillhandahåller starthanteraren. Storleken på den " +"här partitionen måste vara 800KB och dess partitionstyp måste vara " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis>. Om bootstrap-partitionen inte skapas " +"som typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> kan din maskin inte starta " +"upp från hårddisken. Den här partitionen kan enkelt skapas genom att skapa " +"en ny partition i <command>partman</command> och säga till den att använda " +"den som en <quote>NewWorld boot partition</quote>, eller i <command>mac-" +"fdisk</command> med kommandot <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format -msgid "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." -msgstr "Den speciella partitionstypen Apple_Bootstrap krävs för att förhindra att MacOS monterar och skadar bootstrap-partitionen, eftersom det är speciella ändringar gjorda till den för att få OpenFirmware att starta upp på den automatiskt." +msgid "" +"The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " +"mounting and damaging the bootstrap partition, as there are special " +"modifications made to it in order for OpenFirmware to boot it automatically." +msgstr "" +"Den speciella partitionstypen Apple_Bootstrap krävs för att förhindra att " +"MacOS monterar och skadar bootstrap-partitionen, eftersom det är speciella " +"ändringar gjorda till den för att få OpenFirmware att starta upp på den " +"automatiskt." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and <command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." -msgstr "Observera att bootstrap-partitionen endast är tänkt att tillhandahålla 3 mycket små filer: binären <command>yaboot</command>, dess konfiguration <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, och ett förstastegsinläsare för OpenFirmware <command>ofboot.b</command>. Den behöver inte och måste inte monteras på ditt filsystem och inte heller få kärnor eller något annat kopierat till sig. Verktygen <command>ybin</command> och <command>mkofboot</command> används för att manipulera den här partitionen." +msgid "" +"Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " +"the <command>yaboot</command> binary, its configuration <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>, and a first stage OpenFirmware loader <command>ofboot.b</" +"command>. It need not and must not be mounted on your file system nor have " +"kernels or anything else copied to it. The <command>ybin</command> and " +"<command>mkofboot</command> utilities are used to manipulate this partition." +msgstr "" +"Observera att bootstrap-partitionen endast är tänkt att tillhandahålla 3 " +"mycket små filer: binären <command>yaboot</command>, dess konfiguration " +"<filename>yaboot.conf</filename>, och ett förstastegsinläsare för " +"OpenFirmware <command>ofboot.b</command>. Den behöver inte och måste inte " +"monteras på ditt filsystem och inte heller få kärnor eller något annat " +"kopierat till sig. Verktygen <command>ybin</command> och <command>mkofboot</" +"command> används för att manipulera den här partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use <command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map (which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical address order, that counts." -msgstr "För att OpenFirmware ska starta upp &debian; automatiskt bör bootstrap-partitionen synas före andra uppstartspartitioner på disken, speciellt uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Bootstrap-partitionen bör vara den första du skapar. Dock, om du lägger till en bootstrap-partition senare, kan du använda kommandot <userinput>r</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> för att ordna om partitionskartan så att bootstrap-partitionen kommer rätt efter kartan (som alltid är partition 1). Det är den logiska kartordningen, inte den fysiska adressordningen, som räknas." +msgid "" +"In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " +"partition should appear before other boot partitions on the disk, especially " +"MacOS boot partitions. The bootstrap partition should be the first one you " +"create. However, if you add a bootstrap partition later, you can use " +"<command>mac-fdisk</command>'s <userinput>r</userinput> command to reorder " +"the partition map so the bootstrap partition comes right after the map " +"(which is always partition 1). It's the logical map order, not the physical " +"address order, that counts." +msgstr "" +"För att OpenFirmware ska starta upp &debian; automatiskt bör bootstrap-" +"partitionen synas före andra uppstartspartitioner på disken, speciellt " +"uppstartspartitioner för MacOS. Bootstrap-partitionen bör vara den första du " +"skapar. Dock, om du lägger till en bootstrap-partition senare, kan du " +"använda kommandot <userinput>r</userinput> i <command>mac-fdisk</command> " +"för att ordna om partitionskartan så att bootstrap-partitionen kommer rätt " +"efter kartan (som alltid är partition 1). Det är den logiska kartordningen, " +"inte den fysiska adressordningen, som räknas." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format -msgid "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS partitions and driver partitions." -msgstr "Apple-diskar har normalt sett många mindre drivrutinspartitioner. Om du tänker starta upp din maskin med MacOS X, bör du bevara de här partitionerna och en liten HFS-partition (800k är minsta storleken). Det är på grund av att MacOS X, vid varje uppstart, erbjuder sig att initiera alla diskar som inte har aktiva MacOS-partitioner och drivrutinspartitioner." +msgid "" +"Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " +"dual boot your machine with MacOSX, you should retain these partitions and a " +"small HFS partition (800k is the minimum size). That is because MacOSX, on " +"every boot, offers to initialize any disks which do not have active MacOS " +"partitions and driver partitions." +msgstr "" +"Apple-diskar har normalt sett många mindre drivrutinspartitioner. Om du " +"tänker starta upp din maskin med MacOS X, bör du bevara de här partitionerna " +"och en liten HFS-partition (800k är minsta storleken). Det är på grund av " +"att MacOS X, vid varje uppstart, erbjuder sig att initiera alla diskar som " +"inte har aktiva MacOS-partitioner och drivrutinspartitioner." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format -msgid "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." -msgstr "Se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun-disketikett</quote> på din uppstartsdisk. Det här är den enda sorten av partitionsplan som OpenBoot PROM förstår, och därför är det den enda plan vilken du kan starta upp från. Tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> används i <command>fdisk</command> för att skapa Sun-disketiketter." +msgid "" +"Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " +"is the only kind of partition scheme that the OpenBoot PROM understands, and " +"so it's the only scheme from which you can boot. The <keycap>s</keycap> key " +"is used in <command>fdisk</command> to create Sun disk labels." +msgstr "" +"Se till att du skapar en <quote>Sun-disketikett</quote> på din " +"uppstartsdisk. Det här är den enda sorten av partitionsplan som OpenBoot " +"PROM förstår, och därför är det den enda plan vilken du kan starta upp från. " +"Tangenten <keycap>s</keycap> används i <command>fdisk</command> för att " +"skapa Sun-disketiketter." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format -msgid "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and the boot block alone." -msgstr "Vidare, på &arch-title;-diskar, se till att din första partition på din uppstartsdisk börjar på cylinder 0. Då det här krävs, betyder det också att första partitionen kommer att innehålla partitionstabellen och uppstartsblocket, vilka är de första två sektorerna på disken. Du får <emphasis>inte</emphasis> lägga en växlingspartition som första partition på uppstartsenheten, eftersom växlingspartitioner inte bevarar de första sektorerna av partitionen. Du kan lägga in Ext2- eller UFS-partitioner där; de lämnar partitionstabellen och uppstartsblocket i fred." +msgid "" +"Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " +"boot disk starts at cylinder 0. While this is required, it also means that " +"the first partition will contain the partition table and the boot block, " +"which are the first two sectors of the disk. You must <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> put swap on the first partition of the boot drive, since swap " +"partitions do not preserve the first few sectors of the partition. You can " +"put Ext2 or UFS partitions there; these will leave the partition table and " +"the boot block alone." +msgstr "" +"Vidare, på &arch-title;-diskar, se till att din första partition på din " +"uppstartsdisk börjar på cylinder 0. Då det här krävs, betyder det också att " +"första partitionen kommer att innehålla partitionstabellen och " +"uppstartsblocket, vilka är de första två sektorerna på disken. Du får " +"<emphasis>inte</emphasis> lägga en växlingspartition som första partition på " +"uppstartsenheten, eftersom växlingspartitioner inte bevarar de första " +"sektorerna av partitionen. Du kan lägga in Ext2- eller UFS-partitioner där; " +"de lämnar partitionstabellen och uppstartsblocket i fred." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the <command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." -msgstr "Det föreslås även att den tredje partitionen bör vara av typen <quote>Whole disk</quote> (typ 5), och innehålla hela disken (från första cylindern till den sista). Det här är helt enkelt en sammanslagning av Sun-disketiketter, och hjälper starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> att behålla sina riktmärken." +msgid "" +"It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (type 5), and contain the entire disk (from the first cylinder " +"to the last). This is simply a convention of Sun disk labels, and helps the " +"<command>SILO</command> boot loader keep its bearings." +msgstr "" +"Det föreslås även att den tredje partitionen bör vara av typen <quote>Whole " +"disk</quote> (typ 5), och innehålla hela disken (från första cylindern till " +"den sista). Det här är helt enkelt en sammanslagning av Sun-disketiketter, " +"och hjälper starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> att behålla sina " +"riktmärken." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du kommer att arbeta med mer än 20 partitioner på din ide-disk behöver " +#~ "du skapa enheter för partitionerna 21 och högre. Nästa steg av initiering " +#~ "av partitionen kommer att misslyckas om det inte finns en korrekt enhet. " +#~ "Som ett exempel, här är de kommandon du kan använda i <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> eller under <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> för att " +#~ "lägga till en enhet så att 21:a partitionen kan initieras: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Starta upp i det nya systemet kommer att " +#~ "misslyckas om inte korrekta enheter finns på målsystemet. Efter " +#~ "installering av kärnan och moduler, kör: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Kom ihåg att markera din " +#~ "uppstartspartition som <quote>Startbar</quote>.</phrase>" #~ msgid "" #~ "One of these programs will be run by default when you select " @@ -924,4 +1805,3 @@ msgstr "Det föreslås även att den tredje partitionen bör vara av typen <quot #~ "behövs). Hoppa sedan över <guimenuitem>Partitionera en hårddisk</" #~ "guimenuitem> steget i <command>debian-installer</command> och fortsätt " #~ "till nästa steg." - diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index 13d1e6f74..6f2bc5630 100644 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 22:08+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -23,15 +23,23 @@ msgstr "Automatiserad installation med förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." -msgstr "Det här appendixet förklarar svårigheterna med förinställning av svar på frågorna i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains the intricacies of preseeding answers to questions in " +"&d-i; to automate your installation." +msgstr "" +"Det här appendixet förklarar svårigheterna med förinställning av svar på " +"frågorna i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 -#: preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdelarna som används i det här appendixet finns även tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsdelarna som används i det här appendixet finns även " +"tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-" +"preseed;." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 @@ -42,8 +50,18 @@ msgstr "Introduktion" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullt automatisera de flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under " +"installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden " +"installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullt automatisera de " +"flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte " +"finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:43 @@ -54,14 +72,34 @@ msgstr "Metoder för förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:44 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have been asked." -msgstr "Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och <firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan användas med olika installationsmetoder. Med fil och nätverk kan inte de första installationsfrågorna förinställas på grund av att förkonfigurationsfilen läses in först efter att frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods. " +"With file and network preseeding the first few installer questions cannot be " +"preseeded because the preconfiguration file is only loaded after they have " +"been asked." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och " +"<firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla " +"installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men " +"den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan " +"användas med olika installationsmetoder. Med fil och nätverk kan inte de " +"första installationsfrågorna förinställas på grund av att " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in först efter att frågorna har ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:55 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." -msgstr "Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med vilka installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med " +"vilka installationsmetoder." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:64 @@ -94,28 +132,15 @@ msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "Cd/Dvd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:72 -#: preseed.xml:73 -#: preseed.xml:77 -#: preseed.xml:79 -#: preseed.xml:82 -#: preseed.xml:83 -#: preseed.xml:87 -#: preseed.xml:88 -#: preseed.xml:92 -#: preseed.xml:94 -#: preseed.xml:97 -#: preseed.xml:99 +#: preseed.xml:72 preseed.xml:73 preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:82 +#: preseed.xml:83 preseed.xml:87 preseed.xml:88 preseed.xml:92 preseed.xml:94 +#: preseed.xml:97 preseed.xml:99 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:74 -#: preseed.xml:78 -#: preseed.xml:84 -#: preseed.xml:89 -#: preseed.xml:93 +#: preseed.xml:74 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:84 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:93 #: preseed.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" @@ -130,8 +155,10 @@ msgstr "nätuppstart" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:86 @@ -154,20 +181,50 @@ msgstr "generisk/band" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:105 #, no-c-format -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-avbilden har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding " +"this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is " +"even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been " +"loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd " +"görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan " +"ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-" +"avbilden har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter " +"att nätverket har konfigurerats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:114 #, no-c-format -msgid "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also already have been processed." -msgstr "I praktiska termer betyder det för förinställning via fil och nätverk har frågorna om språk, land och tangentbordsval redan ställts. För förinställning vid nätverk gäller det även frågor relaterade till nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel eller låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer även de redan ha behandlats." +msgid "" +"In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " +"questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already have " +"been asked. For network preseeding add to that any questions related to " +"network configuration. Some other questions that are only displayed at " +"medium or low priority (like the first hardware detection run) will also " +"already have been processed." +msgstr "" +"I praktiska termer betyder det för förinställning via fil och nätverk har " +"frågorna om språk, land och tangentbordsval redan ställts. För " +"förinställning vid nätverk gäller det även frågor relaterade till " +"nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel eller " +"låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer även de " +"redan ha behandlats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:123 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlat före förkonfigurationsfilen är inläst kan inte förinställas. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att undvika att de här frågorna ställs." +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the " +"preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded. <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlat före förkonfigurationsfilen är " +"inläst kan inte förinställas. <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder " +"ett sätt att undvika att de här frågorna ställs." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:134 @@ -178,8 +235,16 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:135 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions." -msgstr "Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste partitionera (om) en hel disk eller använda tillgängligt ledigt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att använda existerande partitioner." +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions." +msgstr "" +"Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här " +"metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste partitionera (om) en hel disk " +"eller använda tillgängligt ledigt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt " +"att använda existerande partitioner." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:207 @@ -190,20 +255,37 @@ msgstr "Kör anpassade kommandon under installationen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:208 #, no-c-format -msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." -msgstr "Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript vid vissa punkter i installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is " +"the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the " +"installation. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av " +"förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript " +"vid vissa punkter i installationen. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-shell\"/> för " +"detaljer." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:217 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the preconfiguration file has been loaded" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the " +"preconfiguration file has been loaded" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> filesystem has been unmounted" -msgstr "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten på slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</filename> har avmonterats" +msgid "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the reboot " +"at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</filename> " +"filesystem has been unmounted" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten på " +"slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</filename> " +"har avmonterats" #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:231 @@ -214,8 +296,16 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar för att ändra på standardvärden" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan <firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att värdet ställts in för en fråga." +msgid "" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a question." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en " +"fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan " +"<firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att " +"värdet ställts in för en fråga." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:241 @@ -236,14 +326,37 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:248 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "Så klart behöver du först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på den plats du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras senare i det här appendixet. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva, behöver du göra om iso-avbilden. Hur man får in förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." +msgid "" +"Of course you will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it " +"in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration " +"file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location " +"is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the " +"file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or " +"DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the " +"preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this " +"document; please consult the developers documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Så klart behöver du först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på " +"den plats du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras " +"senare i det här appendixet. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska " +"självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa " +"filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en " +"cd- eller dvd-skiva, behöver du göra om iso-avbilden. Hur man får in " +"förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här " +"dokumentet; konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:259 #, no-c-format -msgid "An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats in det här appendixet." +msgid "" +"An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own " +"preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file " +"is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna " +"förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den " +"filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats in det här " +"appendixet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:268 @@ -254,26 +367,61 @@ msgstr "Inläsning av förkonfigurationsfilen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:269 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i rotkatalogen på initrd. Installeraren kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att " +"filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i " +"rotkatalogen på initrd. Installeraren kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om " +"den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:276 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installeraren vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot " +"parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader " +"configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the " +"parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installeraren " +"vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka " +"med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller " +"genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis " +"<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av " +"den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:284 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter för att starta installeraren. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, " +"you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot " +"the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</" +"literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, " +"behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter " +"för att starta installeraren. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-" +"värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:291 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "För att se till att installeraren får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så kommer installeraren att vägra använda den." +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can " +"optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a " +"md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the " +"installer will refuse to use it." +msgstr "" +"För att se till att installeraren får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du " +"valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en " +"md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så " +"kommer installeraren att vägra använda den." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:300 @@ -310,14 +458,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:302 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just <filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just <filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast <filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till <filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " +"<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " +"<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast " +"<filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till " +"<filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:308 #, no-c-format -msgid "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some." -msgstr "När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter <userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." +msgid "" +"While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " +"even if the preseeding below misses some." +msgstr "" +"När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter " +"<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de " +"flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:318 @@ -328,8 +488,22 @@ msgstr "Använd en DHCP-server för att ange förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian package)." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to " +"download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this " +"is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media " +"that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use " +"it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the " +"dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian " +"package)." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil " +"att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt " +"är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara " +"en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via " +"nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf " +"för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:330 @@ -346,14 +520,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." -msgstr "Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga DHCP-klienter men endast installeraren. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla installationer på ditt nätverk." +msgid "" +"Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that " +"identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, " +"but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one " +"particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." +msgstr "" +"Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som " +"identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga " +"DHCP-klienter men endast installeraren. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats " +"för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla " +"installationer på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:339 #, no-c-format -msgid "A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully automate Debian installs should only be done with care." -msgstr "Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to " +"your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your " +"network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the " +"installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully " +"automate Debian installs should only be done with care." +msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa " +"värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska " +"användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att " +"automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan " +"genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt " +"automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:351 @@ -364,107 +558,213 @@ msgstr "Användning av uppstartsparametrar för att bistå förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the installation process." -msgstr "Vissa delar av installationsprocessen kan inte automatiseras via någon form av förinställning på grund av att frågorna ställs före förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in. Till exempel, om förkonfigurationsfilen hämtas över nätverket måste nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En anledning att använda förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter förinställning av de här tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some forms " +"of preseeding because the questions are asked before the preconfiguration " +"file is loaded. For example, if the preconfiguration file is downloaded over " +"the network, the network setup must be done first. One reason to use initrd " +"preseeding is that it allows preseeding of even these early steps of the " +"installation process." +msgstr "" +"Vissa delar av installationsprocessen kan inte automatiseras via någon form " +"av förinställning på grund av att frågorna ställs före " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in. Till exempel, om förkonfigurationsfilen " +"hämtas över nätverket måste nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En " +"anledning att använda förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter " +"förinställning av de här tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:361 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." -msgstr "Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, kan installeraren fortfarande vara fullt automatiserad eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden till kärnan på kommandoraden. Skicka bara <userinput>sökväg/till/var=värde</userinput> för någon av de förinställningsvariabler som listas i exemplen." +msgid "" +"If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +"can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the " +"kernel on the command line. Just pass <userinput>path/to/var=value</" +"userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples." +msgstr "" +"Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, " +"kan installeraren fortfarande vara fullt automatiserad eftersom du kan " +"skicka förinställningsvärden till kärnan på kommandoraden. Skicka bara " +"<userinput>sökväg/till/var=värde</userinput> för någon av de " +"förinställningsvariabler som listas i exemplen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:368 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this appendix instead of the full variable." -msgstr "Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt, kommer det att användas i exemplen i detta appendix istället för den fullständiga variabeln." +msgid "" +"Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " +"shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " +"appendix instead of the full variable." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har " +"ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt, kommer det att användas " +"i exemplen i detta appendix istället för den fullständiga variabeln." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format -msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." -msgstr "Tecknen <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. Kärnparametrar som visas efter det kommer att kopieras in i den installerade starthanterarens konfiguration (om det stöds av installeraren för starthanteraren). Observera att <quote>--</quote> kanske redan finns bland de uppstartsparametrar som är standard." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." +msgstr "" +"Tecknen <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. " +"Kärnparametrar som visas efter det kommer att kopieras in i den installerade " +"starthanterarens konfiguration (om det stöds av installeraren för " +"starthanteraren). Observera att <quote>--</quote> kanske redan finns bland " +"de uppstartsparametrar som är standard." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options." -msgstr "2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor (inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de här antalen överskrids kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta alla flaggor som överskrids och 2.6-kärnor får panik. För kärnan 2.6.9 och senare, kan du använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor." +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" +msgstr "" +"2.4-kärnan accepterar maximalt 8 kommandoradsflaggor och 8 miljöflaggor " +"(inklusive de flaggor som läggs till som standard för installeraren). Om de " +"här antalen överskrids kommer 2.4-kärnor att förkasta alla flaggor som " +"överskrids och 2.6-kärnor får panik. För kärnan 2.6.9 och senare, kan du " +"använda 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för förinställningen." +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely " +"removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din " +"konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas " +"bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för " +"förinställningen." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." -msgstr "Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citattecken." +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +msgstr "" +"Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för " +"uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citattecken." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "Skapa en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" -msgstr "Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a " +"preconfiguration file is:" +msgstr "" +"Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot " +"<command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad " +"i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "<ägare> <frågans namn> <frågetyp> <värde>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en förkonfigurationsfil." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en " +"förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format -msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." -msgstr "Lägg endast till en enda blanksteg eller tabulator mellan typ och värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som de tillhör värdet." +msgid "" +"Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " +"whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." +msgstr "" +"Lägg endast till en enda blanksteg eller tabulator mellan typ och värde: " +"eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som de tillhör värdet." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format -msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value." -msgstr "En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde." +msgid "" +"A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " +"(<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A " +"good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is " +"between type and value." +msgstr "" +"En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt " +"snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett " +"radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; " +"en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." -msgstr "De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i <classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." +msgid "" +"Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " +"not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in " +"<classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." +msgstr "" +"De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och " +"inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i " +"<classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." -msgstr "Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som visas under installationen." +msgid "" +"Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " +"shown during installation." +msgstr "" +"Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som " +"visas under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och arbeta vidare därifrån." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " +"linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda " +"exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och " +"arbeta vidare därifrån." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format -msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" -msgstr "En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet <classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen och installerarens cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" +msgid "" +"An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " +"rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf " +"database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" +msgstr "" +"En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter " +"omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen " +"och installerarens cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -474,67 +774,128 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>fil</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta användare." +msgid "" +"However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " +"not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most " +"users." +msgstr "" +"Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte " +"bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta " +"användare." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." -msgstr "Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas installerarens cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av root." +msgid "" +"This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " +"installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may " +"contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas " +"installerarens cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan " +"innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av " +"root." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format -msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." -msgstr "Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet <classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgid "" +"The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " +"will be deleted from your system if you purge the package " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den " +"kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." -msgstr "För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." +msgid "" +"To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " +"to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an " +"installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the " +"raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values " +"and for the values assigned to variables." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</" +"command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> " +"under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för " +"de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella " +"värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " +"performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före " +"en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "Innehållet av en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen (såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-" +"arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen " +"(såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är " +"relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be " +"loaded after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du " +"använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer " +"förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har " +"ställts." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land. För att ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " +"locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</" +"replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land. För att ange lokalen " +"som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -544,13 +905,21 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string sv_SE" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. Tangentlayouten måste vara giltig för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be valid " +"for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en " +"tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen " +"vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. " +"Tangentlayouten måste vara giltig för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -566,43 +935,87 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout fortsätter vara aktiv." +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa " +"<classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</" +"userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout " +"fortsätter vara aktiv." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett " +"tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Nätverkskonfiguration" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're " +"booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from " +"the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om " +"du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra " +"när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in " +"förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med " +"konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " +"preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via " +"nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd " +"en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following lines:" -msgstr "Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</quote>) kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som innehåller följande rader:" +msgid "" +"Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " +"using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the " +"following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a " +"static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network " +"configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " +"by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är " +"möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</" +"quote>) kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om " +"du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar " +"nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har " +"lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som " +"innehåller följande rader:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -612,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -655,21 +1068,25 @@ msgid "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" msgstr "" "# netcfg kommer att välja ett nätgränssnitt som har länk om möjligt.\n" -"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett nätgränssnitt.\n" +"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett " +"nätgränssnitt.\n" "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" "\n" "# För att istället välja ett speciellt nätgränssnitt:\n" "#d-i netcfg/choose_interface select eth1\n" "\n" -"# Om du har en långsam dhcp-server och installeraren får timeout i väntan på\n" +"# Om du har en långsam dhcp-server och installeraren får timeout i väntan " +"på\n" "# den kan det här vara användbart.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" "\n" -"# Om du önskar konfigurera nätverket manuellt, kommentera bort den här raden\n" +"# Om du önskar konfigurera nätverket manuellt, kommentera bort den här " +"raden\n" "# och den statiska nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och utan \n" +"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och " +"utan \n" "# en dhcpserver, kommentera bort de här raderna och den statiska\n" "# nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_failed note\n" @@ -690,35 +1107,60 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Inaktivera den störande WEP-nyckeldialogen.\n" "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett lösenord.\n" +"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett " +"lösenord.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Spegelinställningar" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " +"download additional components of the installer, the base system and to set " +"up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på installationsmetoden du användare, en spegel kan användas både " +"för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installeraren, grundsystemet och " +"för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för ytterligare komponenter för installeraren. Den är endast användbar att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Som standard är värdet för <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> samma som för <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. By default the value for <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</" +"classname> is the same as <classname>mirror/suite</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för " +"ytterligare komponenter för installeraren. Den är endast användbar att " +"ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma " +"överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för " +"installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Som standard är värdet " +"för <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> samma som för <classname>mirror/" +"suite</classname>." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -742,25 +1184,44 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." -msgstr "Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan välja att antingen partitionera existerande ledigt utrymme på en disk eller hela disken. Layouten på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt at partitionera flera diskar med förinställning." +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to either " +"partition existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the " +"disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a " +"recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del " +"begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan " +"välja att antingen partitionera existerande ledigt utrymme på en disk eller " +"hela disken. Layouten på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda ett " +"fördefinierat recept, ett anpassat recept från en receptfil eller ett recept " +"som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt " +"at partitionera flera diskar med förinställning." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner " +"läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker " +"på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -793,12 +1254,14 @@ msgid "" "# select Separate /home, /usr, /var, and /tmp partitions\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe into the preconfiguration file in one\n" +"# If not, you can put an entire recipe into the preconfiguration file in " +"one\n" "# (logical) line. This example creates a small /boot partition, suitable\n" "# swap, and uses the rest of the space for the root partition:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" @@ -826,7 +1289,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# Om systemet har ledigt utrymme kan du välja att endast partitionera\n" "# det utrymmet.\n" -"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) värde.\n" +"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) " +"värde.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" "# select Guidad - använd största oavbrutna lediga utrymmet\n" "\n" @@ -848,7 +1312,8 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman-lvm/confirm boolean true\n" "\n" "# Du kan välja från någon av de fördefinierade partitioneringsrecepten.\n" -"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) värde.\n" +"# Observera: detta måste förinställas med ett lokalanpassat (översatt) " +"värde.\n" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" " select Alla filer på en partition (rekommenderas för nya användare)\n" "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe \\\n" @@ -857,13 +1322,16 @@ msgstr "" "# select Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp\n" "\n" "# Eller använd ett eget recept...\n" -"# Formatet på recepten finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# Formatet på recepten finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# Om du har ett sätt att hämta en receptfil in i d-i-miljön, kan du\n" "# bara peka på det.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en (logisk)\n" -"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt växlingsutrymme\n" +"# Om inte, kan du lägga ett helt recept i förkonfigurationsfilen på en " +"(logisk)\n" +"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt " +"växlingsutrymme\n" "# och använder resten av utrymmet till rotpartitionen:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" "# boot-root :: \\\n" @@ -885,35 +1353,62 @@ msgstr "" "# Det här gör att partman partitionerar automatiskt utan bekräftelse.\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" -" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken\n" +" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till " +"hårddisken\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "Partitionering med RAID" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." -msgstr "Du kan även använda förinställning för att konfigurera partitioner på programvaru-RAID-kedjor. Nivåer som stöds är RAID 0, 1 och 5, skapa trasiga kedjor och ange reservenheter. Om du använder RAID 1 kan du förinställa grub att installera sig på alla enheter som används i kedjan; se <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1 and 5, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även använda förinställning för att konfigurera partitioner på " +"programvaru-RAID-kedjor. Nivåer som stöds är RAID 0, 1 och 5, skapa trasiga " +"kedjor och ange reservenheter. Om du använder RAID 1 kan du förinställa grub " +"att installera sig på alla enheter som används i kedjan; se <xref linkend=" +"\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format -msgid "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> if you run into problems." -msgstr "Den här typen av automatiserad partitionering är lätt att göra fel. Det är också en mycket ny komponent som kanske fortfarande har några få fel eller saknar felhantering i vissa situationer. Ansvaret att få ordning på de olika recepten (så att de inte är i konflikt med annat) ligger hos användaren. Kontrollera <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> om du springer på problem." +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " +"new component that may still have some bugs or missing error handling. The " +"responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and " +"don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</" +"filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" +"Den här typen av automatiserad partitionering är lätt att göra fel. Det är " +"också en mycket ny komponent som kanske fortfarande har några få fel eller " +"saknar felhantering i vissa situationer. Ansvaret att få ordning på de olika " +"recepten (så att de inte är i konflikt med annat) ligger hos användaren. " +"Kontrollera <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> om du springer på problem." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or spare devices has only been tested lightly." -msgstr "Observera att endast RAID 0 och RAID 1 har testats av utvecklarna av komponenten. RAID 5 är otestat. Avancerad RAID-konfiguration med trasiga kedjor eller reservenheter har endast testats måttligt." +msgid "" +"Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " +"component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded arrays or " +"spare devices has only been tested lightly." +msgstr "" +"Observera att endast RAID 0 och RAID 1 har testats av utvecklarna av " +"komponenten. RAID 5 är otestat. Avancerad RAID-konfiguration med trasiga " +"kedjor eller reservenheter har endast testats måttligt." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -941,7 +1436,8 @@ msgid "" "# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" "# for logical partitions.\n" "# Parameters are:\n" -"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <" +"mountpoint> \\\n" "# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" "# RAID levels 0, 1 and 5 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" @@ -983,11 +1479,13 @@ msgstr "" "# method{ raid } \\\n" "# .\n" "\n" -"# Till sist behöver du ange hur de tidigare definierade partitionerna kommer att användas i\n" +"# Till sist behöver du ange hur de tidigare definierade partitionerna kommer " +"att användas i\n" "# i RAID-konfigurationen. Tänk på att använda de korrekta partitionsnumren\n" "# för logiska partitioner.\n" "# Parametrarna är:\n" -"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <" +"mountpoint> \\\n" "# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" "# RAID-nivåerna 0, 1 och 5 stöds; enheter separeras med \"#\"\n" "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" @@ -1005,17 +1503,18 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman-md/confirm boolean true\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition \\\n" -" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken\n" +" select Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till " +"hårddisken\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Inställning av klocka och tidszon" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1033,19 +1532,27 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string Europe/Stockholm" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Apt-inställning" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." -msgstr "Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullt automatiserade baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och " +"grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullt automatiserade baserat på " +"din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt " +"lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1068,7 +1575,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" "# Avkommentera denna för att undvika att lägga till säkerhetskällor, eller\n" -"# lägga till ett värdnamn för att använda en annan server än security.debian.org.\n" +"# lägga till ett värdnamn för att använda en annan server än security.debian." +"org.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/security_host string\n" "\n" "# Ytterligare förråd, local[0-9] tillgängliga\n" @@ -1081,25 +1589,41 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://lokal.server/nyckel" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Kontoinställning" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga " +"användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen " +"klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " +"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " +"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " +"hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla " +"med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här " +"lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en " +"falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den " +"kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1123,7 +1647,8 @@ msgid "" "# or encrypted using an MD5 hash.\n" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" msgstr "" -"# Hoppa över skapandet av ett root-konto (normalt användarkonto kommer att kunna\n" +"# Hoppa över skapandet av ett root-konto (normalt användarkonto kommer att " +"kunna\n" "# använda sudo).\n" "#d-i passwd/root-login boolean false\n" "# Alternativt, för att hoppa över skapandet av ett normalt användarkonto.\n" @@ -1145,64 +1670,90 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</command>)." +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternative method is setup to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" +"Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas " +"med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det " +"motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-" +"kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter " +"administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att " +"använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</" +"command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord kan genereras med följande kommando." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystem" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." -msgstr "Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående installationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " +"installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the " +"kernel." +msgstr "" +"Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här " +"steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående " +"installationen av kärnan." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" +"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " +"kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" msgstr "" -"# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för 2.6-kärnor.\n" +"# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för 2.6-" +"kärnor.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Installation av starthanteraren" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" "# instead, uncomment this:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other OS\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +"OS\n" "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1214,16 +1765,20 @@ msgid "" "# To install grub to multiple disks:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" msgstr "" -"# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill att lilo ska installeras\n" +"# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill att lilo ska " +"installeras\n" "# istället, kommentera bort den här raden:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Det här är ganska säker att ställa in, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt till MBR\n" +"# Det här är ganska säker att ställa in, den gör att grub installeras " +"automatiskt till MBR\n" "# om inga andra operativsystem hittades på maskinen.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några andra operativsystem\n" -"# också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta upp det andra operativsystemet.\n" +"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några " +"andra operativsystem\n" +"# också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta upp det " +"andra operativsystemet.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" "# Alternativt, om du vill installera till en plats annan än MBR,\n" @@ -1235,97 +1790,116 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Paketval" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" -msgstr "Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns " +"tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "standard" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde-desktop" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "print-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "file-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "mail-server" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "sql-database" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." -msgstr "Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>standard</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram " +"installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar " +"alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." -msgstr "Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som installeras av en funktion, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara antingen kommaseparerad eller blankstegsseparerad, så att du kan även använda den enkelt på kommandoraden för kärnan." +msgid "" +"If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " +"installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be either comma-separated or " +"space-separated, so you can also use it easily on the kernel command line." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som " +"installeras av en funktion, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/" +"include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara antingen " +"kommaseparerad eller blankstegsseparerad, så att du kan även använda den " +"enkelt på kommandoraden för kärnan." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1348,20 +1922,24 @@ msgstr "" "# Individuella paket att installera\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" "\n" -"# Vissa versioner av installeraren kan rapportera tillbaka på vilken programvara\n" -"# du har installerad och vilken programvara du använder. Standard är att inte\n" -"# rapportera tillbaka men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att bestämma\n" -"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-skivor.\n" +"# Vissa versioner av installeraren kan rapportera tillbaka på vilken " +"programvara\n" +"# du har installerad och vilken programvara du använder. Standard är att " +"inte\n" +"# rapportera tillbaka men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att " +"bestämma\n" +"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-" +"skivor.\n" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget av installationen" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1379,19 +1957,24 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av e-postserver" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." -msgstr "Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är möjliga." +msgid "" +"During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " +"even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." +msgstr "" +"Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här " +"förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är " +"möjliga." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1407,19 +1990,25 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration av X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." -msgstr "Förinställa Debians X-konfiguration är möjlig, men du behöver antagligen känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom Debians X-konfigurator inte gör en fullt automatisk konfiguration av allt." +msgid "" +"Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " +"details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " +"configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything." +msgstr "" +"Förinställa Debians X-konfiguration är möjlig, men du behöver antagligen " +"känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom Debians " +"X-konfigurator inte gör en fullt automatisk konfiguration av allt." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1436,21 +2025,26 @@ msgid "" "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" "#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may not\n" +"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +"not\n" "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" " select medium\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" msgstr "" -"# X kan identifiera den rätta drivrutinen för vissa kort, men om du förinställer,\n" -"# kan du åsidosätta allt den väljer. Dock kommer vesa att fungera nästan överallt.\n" +"# X kan identifiera den rätta drivrutinen för vissa kort, men om du " +"förinställer,\n" +"# kan du åsidosätta allt den väljer. Dock kommer vesa att fungera nästan " +"överallt.\n" "#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/device/driver select vesa\n" "\n" "# En nackdel med automatisk identifiering av möss är att om det misslyckas,\n" -"# kommer X att försöka om och om igen. Så om det förinställs att det ska göras\n" +"# kommer X att försöka om och om igen. Så om det förinställs att det ska " +"göras\n" "# finns det en möjlighet för att en oändlig upprepning sker om inte musen\n" -"# automatiskt identifieras.#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +"# automatiskt identifieras.#xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_mouse " +"boolean true\n" "\n" "# Automatisk identifiering av skärmen rekommenderas.\n" "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" @@ -1465,13 +2059,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Förinställning av andra paket" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1482,8 +2076,10 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" -"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker går fel\n" -"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan ställas.\n" +"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker " +"går fel\n" +"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan " +"ställas.\n" "# Du kan förinställa de här också, så klart. För att få en lista på alla\n" "# möjliga frågor som kan ställas under en installation, gör en\n" "# installation, och kör sedan de här kommandona:\n" @@ -1491,19 +2087,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> fil" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Skalkommandon" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1523,10 +2119,13 @@ msgid "" "# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" -"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installeraren undersöker\n" +"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installeraren " +"undersöker\n" "# efter buffertöverflöden eller andra attackförsök genom värdena i en\n" -"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler från en\n" -"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt sett\n" +"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler " +"från en\n" +"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt " +"sett\n" "# användbart, här är ett sätt att automatiskt köra de skalkommandon du vill\n" "# inne i installeraren.\n" "\n" @@ -1534,26 +2133,40 @@ msgstr "" "# att förinställningen är inläst.\n" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "\n" -"# Det här kommandot körs direkt före installationen färdigställs, men när det\n" -"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot till /target och\n" -"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target för att\n" +"# Det här kommandot körs direkt före installationen färdigställs, men när " +"det\n" +"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot " +"till /target och\n" +"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target " +"för att\n" "# enkelt installera paket och köra kommandon på målsystemet.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Kedjeinläsning av förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i andra filer." +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " +"preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-" +"existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, " +"for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and " +"more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta " +"eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det " +"möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din " +"plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i " +"andra filer." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" @@ -1579,17 +2192,20 @@ msgid "" "d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" msgstr "" "# Fler än en fil kan listas, separerade med blanksteg; alla kommer att\n" -"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för preseed/include.\n" +"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för " +"preseed/include.\n" "# Observera att om filnamnen är relativa, tas de från samma katalog som\n" "# förkonfigurationsfilen som inkluderar dem.\n" "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" "\n" -"# Installeraren kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för förkonfigurationsfiler före\n" +"# Installeraren kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för " +"förkonfigurationsfiler före\n" "# de används. För närvarande stöds endast md5sums, lista md5sum\n" "# i samma ordning som listan av filer som ska inkluderas.\n" "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" "\n" -"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen på\n" +"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen " +"på\n" "# förkonfigurationsfiler, inkludera de filerna. \n" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string echo if [ \"`hostname`\" = bob ]; then echo bob.cfg; fi\n" @@ -1602,20 +2218,27 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "Desktop environment" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" + #~ msgid "DNS server" #~ msgstr "DNS-server" + #~ msgid "File format" #~ msgstr "Filformat" + #~ msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" #~ msgstr "Endast ett enda blanksteg tillåts mellan malltyp och värde" + #~ msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" #~ msgstr "Relation med /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" + #~ msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" #~ msgstr "Typer av mallar och hur värden ska anges för dem" + #~ msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" #~ msgstr "Flesta värden behöver vara på engelska eller koder" + #~ msgid "Using a manual installation as base" #~ msgstr "Använder en manuell installation som grund" + #~ msgid "Finding other possible values" #~ msgstr "Hittar andra möjliga värden" - diff --git a/po/sv/random-bits.po b/po/sv/random-bits.po index 3da09e6b6..bb405361f 100644 --- a/po/sv/random-bits.po +++ b/po/sv/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-19 19:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,8 +29,23 @@ msgstr "Linux-enheter" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format -msgid "In Linux various special files can be found under the directory <filename>/dev</filename>. These files are called device files and behave unlike ordinary files. The most common types of device files are for block devices and character devices. These files are an interface to the actual driver (part of the Linux kernel) which in turn accesses the hardware. Another, less common, type of device file is the named <firstterm>pipe</firstterm>. The most important device files are listed in the tables below." -msgstr "De olika specialfilerna för Linux kan hittas under katalogen <filename>/dev</filename>. Dessa filer kallas för enhetsfiler och uppträder inte på samma sätt som vanliga filer. De mest vanliga typer av enhetsfiler är för blockenheter och teckenenheter. Dessa filer är ett gränssnitt mot den faktiska drivrutinen (del av Linux-kärnan) som i sin tur kommer åt hårdvaran. En annan, mindre vanlig, typ av enhetsfil är den namngivna <firstterm>röret</firstterm> (named pipe). De mest viktiga enhetsfilerna listas i tabellerna nedan." +msgid "" +"In Linux various special files can be found under the directory <filename>/" +"dev</filename>. These files are called device files and behave unlike " +"ordinary files. The most common types of device files are for block devices " +"and character devices. These files are an interface to the actual driver " +"(part of the Linux kernel) which in turn accesses the hardware. Another, " +"less common, type of device file is the named <firstterm>pipe</firstterm>. " +"The most important device files are listed in the tables below." +msgstr "" +"De olika specialfilerna för Linux kan hittas under katalogen <filename>/dev</" +"filename>. Dessa filer kallas för enhetsfiler och uppträder inte på samma " +"sätt som vanliga filer. De mest vanliga typer av enhetsfiler är för " +"blockenheter och teckenenheter. Dessa filer är ett gränssnitt mot den " +"faktiska drivrutinen (del av Linux-kärnan) som i sin tur kommer åt " +"hårdvaran. En annan, mindre vanlig, typ av enhetsfil är den namngivna " +"<firstterm>röret</firstterm> (named pipe). De mest viktiga enhetsfilerna " +"listas i tabellerna nedan." #. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:27 @@ -318,47 +333,91 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din mus" #: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" +"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " +"environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm repeater is used " +"to allow the signal to flow to the X server as shown: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => " +"X\n" " /dev/ttyS0 (repeater) (symlink)\n" " /dev/ttyS1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Set the repeater protocol to be raw (in " +"<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) while setting X to the original mouse " +"protocol in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/" +"XF86Config-4</filename>." msgstr "" -"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och i fönstermiljön X. De två användningsområdena kan göras kompatibla om repeteraren gpm används för att tillåta att signaler skicka till X-servern som visas: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => X\n" +"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och i fönstermiljön X. " +"De två användningsområdena kan göras kompatibla om repeteraren gpm används " +"för att tillåta att signaler skicka till X-servern som visas: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"mouse => /dev/psaux => gpm => /dev/gpmdata -> /dev/mouse => " +"X\n" " /dev/ttyS0 (repeterare) (symlänk)\n" " /dev/ttyS1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ställ in repeterarprotokoll till \"raw\" (i <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Ställ in repeterarprotokoll till \"raw\" (i " +"<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till " +"originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller " +"<filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with <informalexample><screen>\n" +"This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " +"unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" -"</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without restarting X." +"</screen></informalexample> will re-connect the mouse in software without " +"restarting X." msgstr "" -"Det här sättet att använda gpm på har även fördelar i X när musen blir oavsiktligt urkopplad. Starta helt enkelt om gpm med <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det här sättet att använda gpm på har även fördelar i X när musen blir " +"oavsiktligt urkopplad. Starta helt enkelt om gpm med " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" -"</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara utan att starta om X." +"</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara utan " +"att starta om X." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format -msgid "If gpm is disabled or not installed for some reason, make sure to set X to read directly from a mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer to the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." -msgstr "Om gpm är inaktiverat eller inte installerat av någon anledning, se till att ställa in X till att läsa direkt från musenheten, såsom /dev/psaux. För fler detaljer, referera till mini-howton för 3-knappsmöss på <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename> och <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If gpm is disabled or not installed for some reason, make sure to set X to " +"read directly from a mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, refer to " +"the 3-Button Mouse mini-Howto at <filename>/usr/share/doc/HOWTO/en-txt/" +"mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</userinput>, " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename>, and <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;" +"current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om gpm är inaktiverat eller inte installerat av någon anledning, se till att " +"ställa in X till att läsa direkt från musenheten, såsom /dev/psaux. För fler " +"detaljer, referera till mini-howton för 3-knappsmöss på <filename>/usr/share/" +"doc/HOWTO/en-txt/mini/3-Button-Mouse.gz</filename>, <userinput>man gpm</" +"userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</filename> och <ulink url=" +"\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README.mouse</ulink>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." -msgstr "För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." +msgid "" +"For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/" +"X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/dev/input/" +"mice\"</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/etc/" +"X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/dev/" +"input/mice\"</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format -msgid "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." -msgstr "Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " +"your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/" +"etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din " +"mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen " +"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:170 @@ -390,281 +449,390 @@ msgstr "Nödvändig diskplats för funktioner" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." -msgstr "Grundinstallationen för i386 med en standard 2.4-kärna, inklusive alla standardpaket, kräver 573MB diskutrymme." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." +msgstr "" +"Grundinstallationen för i386 med en standard 2.4-kärna, inklusive alla " +"standardpaket, kräver 573MB diskutrymme." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by adding up the numbers." -msgstr "Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för funktionerna listade i tasksel. Observera att några funktioner har överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga ihop siffrorna." +msgid "" +"The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " +"tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total " +"installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by " +"adding up the numbers." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för " +"funktionerna listade i tasksel. Observera att några funktioner har " +"överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två " +"funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga " +"ihop siffrorna." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</filename>." -msgstr "Observera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till storleken för grundinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) i <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " +"the base installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the " +"size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</" +"filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) " +"required in <filename>/var</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till " +"storleken för grundinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. " +"De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer " +"att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad " +"storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) i <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Funktion" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Installerad storlek (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Hämtad storlek (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Utrymme som behövs för installation (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Webbserver" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Webbserver" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Utskriftsserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS-server" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 -#: random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Filserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "E-postserver" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL-databas" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE desktop environments." -msgstr "Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera båda skrivbordsmiljöerna, GNOME och KDE." +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." +msgstr "" +"Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera båda " +"skrivbordsmiljöerna, GNOME och KDE." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." -msgstr "Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokaliseringsfunktion</firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 200MB totalt för hämtning och installation." +msgid "" +"If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " +"may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one " +"is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you " +"should allow up to 200MB in total for download and installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</" +"command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokaliseringsfunktion</" +"firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer " +"sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 200MB totalt för hämtning och " +"installation." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "Installera &debian; från ett Unix/Linux-system" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the Debian chroot." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett existerande Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda den menystyrda installeraren som förklaras i resten av handboken. Den här HOWTO:n för <quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I detta avsnitt antas att viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I detta avsnitt symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " +"system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of " +"the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by " +"users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this " +"section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file " +"system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command " +"to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers " +"to a command entered in the Debian chroot." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett " +"existerande Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda den menystyrda " +"installeraren som förklaras i resten av handboken. Den här HOWTO:n för " +"<quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter " +"till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I detta avsnitt antas att " +"viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I detta " +"avsnitt symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i " +"användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett " +"kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly with various boot or installation media." -msgstr "När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du migrera din existerande användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." +msgid "" +"Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " +"migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is " +"therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a " +"clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly " +"with various boot or installation media." +msgstr "" +"När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du " +"migrera din existerande användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta " +"köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</" +"quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte " +"fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Påbörja arbetet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan to install X." -msgstr "Med dina aktuella partitioneringsverktyg, partitionera om hårddisken efter behov, skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver minst 150MB diskutrymme tillgängligt för en installation för endast konsoll, eller minst 300MB om du planerar att installera X." +msgid "" +"With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need at least 150MB " +"of space available for a console only install, or at least 300MB if you plan " +"to install X." +msgstr "" +"Med dina aktuella partitioneringsverktyg, partitionera om hårddisken efter " +"behov, skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver minst " +"150MB diskutrymme tillgängligt för en installation för endast konsoll, eller " +"minst 300MB om du planerar att installera X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " +"system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root " +"partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " +"<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Skapa filsystem på dina partitioner. För att till exempel skapa ett ext3-filsystem på partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Skapa filsystem på dina partitioner. För att till exempel skapa ett ext3-" +"filsystem på partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår " +"rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/hda6\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att istället skapa ett ext2-filsystem, uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> För att istället skapa ett ext2-filsystem, " +"uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " +"intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/hda5\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, it is referenced later below." +"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " +"it is referenced later below." msgstr "" -"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymme (ersätt partitionsnumret med din tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymme (ersätt partitionsnumret med din " +"tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/hda5\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/hda5\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt godtycklig, det refereras till senare här nedan." +"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</" +"filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt " +"godtycklig, det refereras till senare här nedan." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -674,39 +842,77 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." -msgstr "Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du fortsätter till nästa steg." +msgid "" +"If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " +"partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually " +"before proceding with the next stage." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata " +"partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du " +"fortsätter till nästa steg." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Installera <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format -msgid "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." -msgstr "Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella sättet att installera Debians grundsystem, är <command>debootstrap</command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgid "" +"The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " +"to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses " +"<command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends " +"only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> " +"<para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</" +"command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</" +"command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and " +"<command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then " +"download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella " +"sättet att installera Debians grundsystem, är <command>debootstrap</" +"command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, " +"men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och " +"grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-" +"kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</" +"command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </" +"footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om " +"de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan " +"<command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " +"folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. You will need to have root privileges to install the files." +"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is " +"located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your " +"architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the " +"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</" +"ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. " +"You will need to have root privileges to install the files." msgstr "" -"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb-filen till: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. " +"Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb-filen till: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir arbetskatalog\n" "# cd arbetskatalog\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Binärfilen <command>debootstrap</command> finns i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). Hämta .deb-filen för <command>debootstrap</command> från <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera paketet till arbetskatalogen, och extrahera filerna från det. Du kommer att behöva root-privilegier för att installera filerna." +"</screen></informalexample> Binärfilen <command>debootstrap</command> finns " +"i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). " +"Hämta .deb-filen för <command>debootstrap</command> från <ulink url=\"http://" +"ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera " +"paketet till arbetskatalogen, och extrahera filerna från det. Du kommer att " +"behöva root-privilegier för att installera filerna." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -715,34 +921,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" "# cd /\n" -"# zcat /fullständig-sökväg-till-arbetskatalog/arbetskatalog/data.tar.gz | tar xv" +"# zcat /fullständig-sökväg-till-arbetskatalog/arbetskatalog/data.tar.gz | " +"tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Kör <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." -msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>http.se.debian.org/debian</userinput> mot vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet nedan, en spegel närmast ditt nätverk är att föredra. Speglar finns listade på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " +"the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror " +"for <userinput>http.us.debian.org/debian</userinput> in the command example " +"below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från " +"arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>http.se.debian.org/debian</" +"userinput> mot vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet " +"nedan, en spegel närmast ditt nätverk är att föredra. Speglar finns listade " +"på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" -msgstr "Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgid "" +"If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format -msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." -msgstr "Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot <command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller <userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " +"<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" +"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " +"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " +"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or " +"<userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot " +"<command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</" +"userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, " +"<userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, " +"<userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller " +"<userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -752,36 +989,42 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.se.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Konfigurera grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>Chroot</command> into it:" -msgstr "Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> in i det:" +msgid "" +"Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +"<command>Chroot</command> into it:" +msgstr "" +"Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> " +"in i det:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Montera partitioner" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: static file system information.\n" "#\n" "# file system mount point type options dump pass\n" @@ -798,13 +1041,19 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " +"the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " +"or to mount file systems individually use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to mount proc before continuing:" +"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " +"times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " +"customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " +"mount proc before continuing:" msgstr "" "Du behöver skapa <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel du kan ändra för att passa: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel du kan ändra för att passa: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: statisk filsystemsinformation.\n" "#\n" "# filsystem monteringsp. typ flaggor dump pass\n" @@ -821,65 +1070,83 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att montera alla filsystem som du har angivet i din <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, eller för att montera filsystem individuellt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att " +"montera alla filsystem som du har angivet i din <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename>, eller för att montera filsystem individuellt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # exempelvis: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger och på godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är anpassningsbar. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, se till att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger och " +"på godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är " +"anpassningsbar. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, se till " +"att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format -msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" -msgstr "Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" +msgid "" +"The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " +"directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the " +"chroot:" +msgstr "" +"Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. " +"Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Konfigurera tangentbordet" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." -msgstr "Observera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Observera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men " +"kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " +"and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" @@ -905,19 +1172,28 @@ msgid "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives " +"in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A simple <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A simple <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +"characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." +"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " +"arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " +"file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " +"with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</" +"filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- konfigurationsfil för ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# Se manualsidan interfaces(5) för information om vilka flaggor som\n" @@ -934,7 +1210,8 @@ msgstr "" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" "\n" -"# Ett exempel för statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är valfria)\n" +"# Ett exempel för statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är " +"valfria)\n" "#\n" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet static\n" @@ -943,86 +1220,138 @@ msgstr "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller två) och sökdirektiv i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller två) och sökdirektiv " +"i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> En enkel <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> En enkel <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 " +"tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianVardNamn > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort, bör du arrangera namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort, bör du arrangera " +"namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i " +"önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med " +"gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Konfigurera lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running <command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: <classname>apt</classname> must be " +"configured beforehand by creating a sources.list and running " +"<command>aptitude update</command>. Before using locales with character sets " +"other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization " +"HOWTO." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera din lokalinställning för att använda ett språk annat än engelska, installera stödpaketet <classname>locales</classname> och konfigurera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera din lokalinställning för att använda ett språk annat än " +"engelska, installera stödpaketet <classname>locales</classname> och " +"konfigurera det: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> OBSERVERA: <classname>apt</classname> måste vara konfigurerat innan det här genom att skapa en sources.list och köra <command>aptitude update</command>. Före användning av lokaler med teckenkodning annan än ASCII eller latin1, konsultera lämpligt HOWTO-dokument för lokalanpassning." +"</screen></informalexample> OBSERVERA: <classname>apt</classname> måste vara " +"konfigurerat innan det här genom att skapa en sources.list och köra " +"<command>aptitude update</command>. Före användning av lokaler med " +"teckenkodning annan än ASCII eller latin1, konsultera lämpligt HOWTO-" +"dokument för lokalanpassning." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Installera en kärna" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with <informalexample><screen>\n" +"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Then install your choice using its package name." msgstr "" -"Om du tänker starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor med <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du tänker starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-" +"kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor " +"med <informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-cache search linux-image\n" "</screen></informalexample> Installera sedan ditt val med dess paketnamn." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format -msgid "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" -msgstr "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" +msgid "" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>" +msgstr "" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Ställ in starthanteraren" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that <command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." -msgstr "För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Observera att <command>debootstrap</command> inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan du använda <command>aptitude</command> inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för att göra det." +msgid "" +"To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " +"installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that " +"<command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you " +"can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." +msgstr "" +"För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att " +"läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Observera att " +"<command>debootstrap</command> inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan " +"du använda <command>aptitude</command> inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för " +"att göra det." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din existerande grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. För <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa lilo (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " +"the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian " +"install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " +"could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " +"editing, call lilo (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> " +"relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du " +"behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en " +"post för Debian-installationen till din existerande grub <filename>menu.lst</" +"filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. För <filename>lilo.conf</" +"filename>, kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den " +"där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa lilo (kom ihåg att det " +"använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar " +"det från)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Här är ett enkelt exempel på en <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename>:" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1042,16 +1371,30 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din existerande <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " +"the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, " +"just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. " +"After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur " +"man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att " +"installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din " +"existerande <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till " +"det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med " +"redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1060,9 +1403,11 @@ msgid "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett " +"exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1071,82 +1416,132 @@ msgstr "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Installera &debian; över Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator som saknar ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en nollmodemkabel (kallas även för nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör vara ansluten till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (t.ex. Internet)." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " +"Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-" +"Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be " +"connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator som " +"saknar ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en " +"nollmodemkabel (kallas även för nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör vara " +"ansluten till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (t.ex. Internet)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." -msgstr "I exemplet i det här appendixet kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning med en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara oanvända inom din nätverksadressrymd)." +msgid "" +"In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " +"gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will " +"use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the " +"target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be " +"unused within your network address space)." +msgstr "" +"I exemplet i det här appendixet kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning " +"med en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi " +"kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-" +"gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara " +"oanvända inom din nätverksadressrymd)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." -msgstr "Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " +"after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">)." +msgstr "" +"Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara " +"tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." -msgstr "Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgid "" +"Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " +"address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target " +"systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, " +"<literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress " +"och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga " +"värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Krav" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format -msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." -msgstr "En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "Systeminstallationsmedia; se <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." -msgstr "En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, som kommer att fungera som en gateway." +msgid "" +"Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" +"emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." +msgstr "" +"En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, " +"som kommer att fungera som en gateway." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format -msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." -msgstr "En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." +msgid "" +"A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" +"\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and " +"instructions how to make your own." +msgstr "" +"En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-" +"Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och " +"instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Ställ in källor" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." -msgstr "Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som en gateway till Internet med ppp0." +msgid "" +"The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " +"source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." +msgstr "" +"Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som " +"en gateway till Internet med ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1154,15 +1549,18 @@ msgid "" "# We remove running modules from kernel to avoid conflicts and to\n" "# reconfigure them manually.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Configure the plip interface (plip0 for me, see dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Configure gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1170,94 +1568,165 @@ msgstr "" "# Vi tar bort körande moduler från kärnan för att undvika konflikter och\n" "# för att konfigurera om dem manuellt.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera plip-gränssnittet (plip0 för mig, se dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Installera måldatorn" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc.irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Below are the answers that should be given during various stages of the installation." +"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " +"mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to " +"set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot " +"prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</" +"quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the " +"following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc." +"irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Below are the answers that should be given " +"during various stages of the installation." msgstr "" -"Starta upp på installationsmediat. Installationen behöver köras i expertläget; skriv <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Om du behöver ställa in paramentrar för kärnmoduler behöver du även göra detta vid uppstartsprompten. För att till exempel starta upp installeraren och ställa in värden för flaggorna <quote>io</quote> och <quote>irq</quote> för modulen parport_pc, skriv följande vid uppstartsprompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc.irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nedan finns svaren som bör anges under de olika stegen av installationen." +"Starta upp på installationsmediat. Installationen behöver köras i " +"expertläget; skriv <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Om " +"du behöver ställa in paramentrar för kärnmoduler behöver du även göra detta " +"vid uppstartsprompten. För att till exempel starta upp installeraren och " +"ställa in värden för flaggorna <quote>io</quote> och <quote>irq</quote> för " +"modulen parport_pc, skriv följande vid uppstartsprompten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc." +"irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nedan finns svaren som bör anges under de olika " +"stegen av installationen." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Läs in installationskomponenter från cd" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." -msgstr "Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." +msgid "" +"Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " +"will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." +msgstr "" +"Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att " +"göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Identifiera nätverksmaskinvara" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format -msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." -msgstr "Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer installeraren inte att visa den här listan." +msgid "" +"If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " +"modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use " +"plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if " +"target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." +msgstr "" +"Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över " +"drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; " +"att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade " +"drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer " +"installeraren inte att visa den här listan." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." -msgstr "På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer installeraren att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " +"ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the " +"<userinput>plip</userinput> module." +msgstr "" +"På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer " +"installeraren att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en " +"lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-konfigurera nätverk med DHCP: Nej" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format -msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format -msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" -msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgid "" +"Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgstr "" +"Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" + +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " @@ -1270,6 +1739,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "närvarande GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> själv är ett " #~ "skalskript, men det anropar olika verktyg som kräver <classname>glibc</" #~ "classname>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# aptitude install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</" #~ "phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-" @@ -1278,6 +1748,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "# aptitude install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</" #~ "phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-" #~ "<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. " #~ "These files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware " @@ -1294,6 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "faktiska systemkomponenten. Filer under <filename>/dev</filename> " #~ "uppträder olikt vanliga filer. Nedan är de mest viktiga enhetsfilerna " #~ "listade." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " #~ "mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. Below are " @@ -1303,16 +1775,20 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "Starta upp installationsmediumet. Installationen behöver köras i " #~ "expertläge; ange <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. " #~ "Nedan är svaren som ska anges under de olika stegen av installationen." + #~ msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" #~ msgstr "Fråga efter modulparametrar: Ja" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " #~ "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen parport_pc: " #~ "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" + #~ msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" #~ msgstr "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen plip: lämna blank" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb " #~ "into .rpm, or download an rpm-ized version at <ulink url=\"http://people." @@ -1321,8 +1797,10 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "Om du har ett rpm-baserat system, kan du använda alien för att " #~ "konvertera .deb till .rpm, eller hämta en rpm-version på <ulink url=" #~ "\"http://people.debian.org/~blade/install/debootstrap\"></ulink>" + #~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" #~ msgstr "Exempel på förkonfigurationsfil" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " #~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" @@ -1333,6 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "en automatiserad installation. Dess användning är förklarad i <xref " #~ "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Du kanske vill avkommentera några av " #~ "raderna före du använder filen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " #~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" @@ -1347,16 +1826,19 @@ msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan #~ "I en riktig förkonfigurationsfil kommer dessa delade rader att " #~ "sammanfogas till <emphasis>en enda rad</emphasis>. Om du inte gör det " #~ "kommer förkonfigurationen att misslyckas med oförutsedda resultat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "En <quote>tom</quote> exempelfil är tillgänglig från &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." + #~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera tidszon, användare och APT" + #~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" #~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" + #~ msgid "The example file is also available from &urlset-example-preseed;." #~ msgstr "Exempelfilen är också tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;." - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index fdd76b598..6f2abe44f 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-26 22:13+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,62 +29,182 @@ msgstr "Hur installeraren fungerar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:8 #, no-c-format -msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started." -msgstr "Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat." +msgid "" +"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to " +"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the " +"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are " +"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the " +"installer is started." +msgstr "" +"Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål " +"för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin " +"funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra " +"jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för " +"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:16 #, no-c-format -msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked." -msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." +msgid "" +"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) " +"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation " +"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in " +"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method " +"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for " +"questions that are not asked." +msgstr "" +"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög " +"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad " +"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter " +"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen " +"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren " +"kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:25 #, no-c-format -msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." -msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." +msgid "" +"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer " +"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are " +"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply " +"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are " +"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified." +msgstr "" +"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och " +"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte " +"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men " +"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. " +"Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet " +"så att användaren alltid blir notifierad." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:34 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." -msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor." +msgid "" +"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing " +"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force " +"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you " +"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</" +"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options." +msgstr "" +"Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att " +"skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar " +"att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om " +"tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/" +"disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för " +"tillgängliga flaggor." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:42 #, no-c-format -msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." -msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each " +"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each " +"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-" +"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet " +"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att " +"installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda " +"installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till " +"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:50 #, no-c-format -msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;." -msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." +msgid "" +"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are " +"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> " +"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command " +"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument " +"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over " +"&d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när " +"de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</" +"quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot " +"<command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga " +"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget " +"ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:59 #, no-c-format -msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices." -msgstr "Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." +msgid "" +"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more " +"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this " +"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various " +"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move " +"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The " +"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items " +"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in " +"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to " +"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-" +"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The " +"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use " +"&enterkey; to activate choices." +msgstr "" +"Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer " +"kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är " +"tangenterna du kan använda för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. " +"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</" +"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar " +"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val. <keycap>upp</keycap> " +"och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan " +"och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du " +"trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den " +"bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</" +"keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer " +"en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:77 #, no-c-format -msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below." -msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." +msgid "" +"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh " +"session to view the logs described below." +msgstr "" +"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och " +"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 #, no-c-format -msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här " +"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</" +"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du " +"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till " +"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 #, no-c-format -msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." -msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra " +"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under " +"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn " +"har startats om till det nya systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:106 @@ -95,8 +215,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:107 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." -msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each " +"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular " +"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje " +"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik " +"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:118 @@ -107,14 +233,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:118 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear." -msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." +msgid "" +"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and " +"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to " +"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the " +"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error " +"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded " +"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu " +"may appear." +msgstr "" +"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar " +"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium " +"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är " +"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som " +"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för " +"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:128 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." -msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." +msgid "" +"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button " +"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component." +msgstr "" +"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen " +"flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 @@ -125,8 +268,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." -msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " +"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display " +"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language " +"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: " +"språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det " +"valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då " +"kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:149 @@ -137,8 +288,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own." -msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst." +msgid "" +"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " +"matches his own." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell " +"som passar bäst." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:158 @@ -149,8 +304,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." -msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." +msgid "" +"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " +"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive " +"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:167 @@ -173,8 +332,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet." -msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet." +msgid "" +"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot " +"Internet." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:184 @@ -185,8 +348,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." -msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." +msgid "" +"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:193 @@ -197,8 +362,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format -msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages." -msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket." +msgid "" +"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " +"his installation packages." +msgstr "" +"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan " +"för sina installationspaket." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:202 @@ -209,8 +378,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." -msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." +msgid "" +"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " +"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare " +"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:211 @@ -221,8 +394,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format -msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)." -msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)." +msgid "" +"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " +"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some " +"features)." +msgstr "" +"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick " +"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa " +"funktioner)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:221 @@ -233,8 +412,12 @@ msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format -msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD." -msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva." +msgid "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " +"chosen mirror or CD." +msgstr "" +"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda " +"spegeln eller cd-skiva." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:230 @@ -245,8 +428,17 @@ msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " +"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. " +"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM " +"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa " +"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. " +"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge " +"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i " +"Debian." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:242 @@ -257,8 +449,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format -msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." -msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren." +msgid "" +"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." +msgstr "" +"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från " +"användaren." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:251 @@ -269,8 +464,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." -msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " +"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett " +"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:261 @@ -281,8 +480,12 @@ msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions." -msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner." +msgid "" +"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " +"partitions according to user instructions." +msgstr "" +"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna " +"enligt användarens instruktioner." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:270 @@ -293,8 +496,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format -msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)." -msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)." +msgid "" +"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " +"(Logical Volume Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk " +"volymhantering)." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:279 @@ -305,8 +512,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." -msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som finns på nyare moderkort." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " +"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the " +"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> " +"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt " +"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontrollrar som " +"finns på nyare moderkort." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:290 @@ -353,8 +567,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted." -msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart." +msgid "" +"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " +"operate under Linux when rebooted." +msgstr "" +"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra " +"Linux efter omstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:323 @@ -365,8 +583,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:323 #, no-c-format -msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from." -msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installeraren körs från." +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som " +"installeraren körs från." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:332 @@ -377,8 +599,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:332 #, no-c-format -msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software." -msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara." +msgid "" +"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional " +"software." +msgstr "" +"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera " +"ytterligare programvara." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:340 @@ -389,8 +615,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start." -msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart." +msgid "" +"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " +"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability " +"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way " +"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar " +"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten " +"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det " +"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska " +"startas vid uppstart." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:352 @@ -401,8 +637,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format -msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." -msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas." +msgid "" +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." +msgstr "" +"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett " +"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska " +"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många " +"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje " +"gång datorn startas." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:363 @@ -413,8 +658,10 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." -msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgstr "" +"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:372 @@ -425,8 +672,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." -msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna." +msgid "" +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." +msgstr "" +"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, " +"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka " +"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-" +"utvecklarna." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:390 @@ -437,8 +691,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware." -msgstr "I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara." +msgid "" +"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " +"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for " +"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note " +"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are " +"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your " +"hardware." +msgstr "" +"I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i " +"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av " +"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. " +"Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; " +"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder " +"och på din maskinvara." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:403 @@ -449,14 +715,43 @@ msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och maskinvarukonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format -msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)." -msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " +msgid "" +"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " +"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It " +"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task " +"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can " +"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and " +"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to " +"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like " +"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network " +"mirror)." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första " +"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska " +"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras " +"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av " +"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, " +"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett " +"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med " +"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt " +"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." -msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " +msgid "" +"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" +"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted " +"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your " +"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this " +"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av " +"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är " +"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för " +"installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla " +"drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs " +"en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. " #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:432 @@ -467,14 +762,28 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system." -msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system." +msgid "" +"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " +"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the " +"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on " +"your system." +msgstr "" +"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. " +"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra " +"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera " +"&debian; på ditt system." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format -msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation." -msgstr "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för installationen." +msgid "" +"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " +"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara " +"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för " +"installationen." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:456 @@ -485,38 +794,104 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." -msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler." +msgid "" +"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " +"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"locales." +msgstr "" +"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " +"lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och " +"för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, " +"land och lokaler." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format -msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English." -msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren att falla tillbaka på engelska." +msgid "" +"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " +"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " +"default to English." +msgstr "" +"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om " +"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig " +"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren " +"att falla tillbaka på engelska." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." -msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord." +msgid "" +"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " +"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default " +"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " +"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " +"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans " +"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att " +"välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." -msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " +"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself " +"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper " +"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top " +"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</" +"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale " +"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system " +"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> " +"package will not be installed." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på " +"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra " +"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan " +"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra " +"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett " +"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter " +"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för " +"lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically." -msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas." +msgid "" +"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose " +"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " +"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the " +"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " +"selected automatically." +msgstr "" +"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " +"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för " +"det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att " +"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> " +"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade " +"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer " +"det landet att automatiskt väljas." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system." -msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " +"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the " +"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional " +"locales to be generated for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. " +"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten " +"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska " +"genereras för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title #: using-d-i.xml:524 @@ -527,263 +902,561 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." -msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." +msgid "" +"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " +"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something " +"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system " +"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a " +"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you " +"have completed the installation)." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj " +"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som " +"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När " +"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en " +"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> " +"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format -msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." -msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." +msgid "" +"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " +"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the " +"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are " +"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one " +"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." +msgstr "" +"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. " +"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören — de är på samma plats " +"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av " +"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna " +"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format -msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development." -msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." +msgid "" +"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " +"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 " +"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS " +"kernel development." +msgstr "" +"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell " +"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans " +"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det " +"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." -msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." -msgstr "Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och startat upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet inte att identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct for US keyboards." -msgstr "För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren med parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med standardprioritet ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</userinput> för att återvända till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med en amerikansk (US) layout, eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." +msgid "" +"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " +"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</" +"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key " +"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us " +"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> " +"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two " +"layouts are similar." +msgstr "" +"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten " +"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten " +"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten " +"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), " +"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på " +"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-" +"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format -msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." -msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." +msgid "" +"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " +"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in " +"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-" +"scan</command> does exactly this." +msgstr "" +"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du " +"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian " +"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten " +"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format -msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." -msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +msgid "" +"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " +"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially " +"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>." +"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only " +"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. " +"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, " +"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not " +"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). " +"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its " +"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the " +"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for " +"another image." +msgstr "" +"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter " +"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker " +"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller " +"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första " +"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av " +"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</" +"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/" +"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild " +"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att " +"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första " +"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en " +"annan avbild." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." -msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." +msgid "" +"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " +"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a " +"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost " +"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren " +"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill " +"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se " +"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format -msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." -msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." +msgid "" +"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " +"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is " +"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a " +"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the " +"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the " +"second console." +msgstr "" +"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för " +"installeraren, starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och " +"kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</" +"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och " +"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare " +"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format -msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." -msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>." +msgid "" +"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " +"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your " +"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want " +"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this " +"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is " +"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> " +"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." +msgstr "" +"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än " +"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska " +"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du " +"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli " +"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare " +"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> " +"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </" +"citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." -msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." +msgid "" +"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " +"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it " +"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a " +"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your " +"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on " +"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or " +"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow " +"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." +msgstr "" +"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt " +"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan " +"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte " +"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara " +"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare " +"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I " +"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du " +"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga " +"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format -msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." -msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." +msgid "" +"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " +"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and " +"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a " +"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your " +"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP " +"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor " +"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, " +"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</" +"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, " +"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett " +"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange " +"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</" +"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=" +"\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup." -msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." +msgid "" +"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " +"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP " +"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise " +"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It " +"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use " +"the system's guesses — you can change them once the system has been " +"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, " +"which will step you through your network setup." +msgstr "" +"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: " +"programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-" +"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-" +"ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer " +"även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, " +"använd systemets gissningar — du kan ändra dem när systemet har " +"installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/" +"interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</" +"classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." +msgid "" +"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " +"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to " +"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of " +"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating " +"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely " +"related issues like LVM or RAID devices." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en " +"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens " +"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här " +"avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är " +"partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter " +"och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." -msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." +msgid "" +"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " +"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig " +"okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format -msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." -msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." +msgid "" +"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " +"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called " +"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, " +"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." +msgstr "" +"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel " +"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad " +"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera " +"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " +"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " +"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner " +"direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), eller skapa dem med logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM), eller skapa dem med krypterad LVM. Observera: " +"alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM är kanske inte möjligt på alla " +"arkitekturer." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:766 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), eller skapa dem med logisk volymhantering (LVM), eller skapa dem med krypterad LVM. Observera: alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM är kanske inte möjligt på alla arkitekturer." +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format -msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." -msgstr "När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installeraren att skapa de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." +msgid "" +"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " +"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions " +"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the " +"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing " +"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." +msgstr "" +"När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installeraren att skapa de flesta " +"partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att " +"partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på " +"senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara " +"läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet " +"för ditt (personliga) data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den här åtgärden. Dock kommer installeraren fråga dig att bekräfta dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:789 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " +"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while " +"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is " +"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them " +"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before " +"they are written to disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa " +"ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när " +"LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för " +"närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den " +"här åtgärden. Dock kommer installeraren fråga dig att bekräfta dessa " +"ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " +"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to " +"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, " +"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may " +"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify " +"them." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) " +"LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken " +"som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du " +"har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de " +"listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan " +"hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." -msgstr "Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här inte möjligt." +msgid "" +"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " +"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you " +"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo " +"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du " +"kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på " +"disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna " +"ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här " +"inte möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." +msgid "" +"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " +"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref " +"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in " +"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space " +"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends " +"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen " +"nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i " +"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk " +"dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt " +"utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende " +"på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format -msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" -msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" +msgid "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" +msgstr "" +"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" +"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installeraren även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " +"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other " +"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installeraren " +"även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra " +"partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-" +"partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " +"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI " +"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to " +"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att " +"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-" +"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost " +"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-" +"uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." -msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." +msgid "" +"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " +"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to " +"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra " +"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera " +"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format -msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." -msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras." +msgid "" +"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " +"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted " +"and where they will be mounted." +msgstr "" +"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, " +"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och " +"var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -802,7 +1475,12 @@ msgid "" " #7 logical 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logical 551.5 MB swap swap\n" " #9 logical 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning." +"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided " +"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition " +"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file " +"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be " +"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that " +"can be achieved using manual partitioning." msgstr "" "Listan över partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n" " IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n" @@ -820,1518 +1498,3178 @@ msgstr "" " #7 logisk 498.8 MB ext3\n" " #8 logisk 551.5 MB växl växl\n" " #9 logisk 65.8 GB ext2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som " +"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje " +"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria " +"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: " +"denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering " +"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format -msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." -msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." +msgid "" +"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " +"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning " +"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new " +"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not " +"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</" +"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed " +"changes as described below for manual partitioning." +msgstr "" +"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den " +"genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet " +"av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att " +"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den " +"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som " +"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format -msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." -msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." +msgid "" +"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " +"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown " +"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and " +"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the " +"remainder of this section." +msgstr "" +"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer " +"manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer " +"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din " +"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system " +"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." -msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas under en valda disken." +msgid "" +"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " +"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so " +"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE " +"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme " +"på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs " +"så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten " +"<quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." -msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +msgid "" +"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " +"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type " +"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). " +"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new " +"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, " +"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to " +"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:" +"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition " +"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, " +"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data " +"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new " +"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> " +"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny " +"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, " +"typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga " +"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din " +"nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, " +"monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om " +"de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din " +"smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</" +"guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive " +"möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, " +"LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten " +"att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd " +"med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> " +"och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</" +"command>." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." -msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." +msgid "" +"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " +"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration " +"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, " +"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very " +"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting " +"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are " +"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to " +"delete a partition." +msgstr "" +"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt " +"enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för " +"partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny " +"partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske " +"inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på " +"partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem " +"som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap " +"(växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." -msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and " +"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root " +"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you " +"correct this issue." +msgstr "" +"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en " +"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera " +"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." -msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en." +msgid "" +"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" +"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer " +"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta " +"förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format -msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." -msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgid "" +"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " +"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't " +"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e." +"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or " +"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med " +"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla " +"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler " +"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</" +"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." -msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem." +msgid "" +"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " +"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning " +"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and " +"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför " +"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från " +"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar " +"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda " +"filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." -msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " +"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, " +"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your " +"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for " +"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is " +"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous " +"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." +msgstr "" +"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du " +"bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men " +"det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, " +"kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för " +"ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat " +"kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest " +"kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format -msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." -msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)." +msgid "" +"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " +"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device " +"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</" +"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och " +"kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. " +"Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i " +"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, " +"etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format -msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" -msgstr "Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Alltså:" +msgid "" +"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " +"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</" +"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all " +"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them " +"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/" +"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose " +"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the " +"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed " +"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video " +"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</" +"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first " +"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where " +"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three " +"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored " +"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available " +"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the " +"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can " +"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be " +"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can " +"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk " +"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> " +"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, " +"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into " +"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to " +"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> " +"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is " +"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so " +"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the " +"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining " +"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. " +"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place " +"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, " +"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less " +"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation " +"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </" +"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" +msgstr "" +"Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande " +"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är " +"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i " +"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i " +"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av " +"diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av " +"informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den " +"andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> " +"Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> " +"Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den " +"innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje " +"partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det " +"första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data " +"speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en " +"liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken " +"på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är " +"lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, " +"såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än " +"skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer " +"att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></" +"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> " +"Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. " +"RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på " +"alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 " +"<firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående " +"disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men " +"ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla " +"diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information " +"beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla " +"åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som " +"kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </" +"para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 " +"men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare " +"på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av " +"paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> " +"Alltså:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 -#: using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 -#: using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 -#: using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 -#: using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format -msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" -msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)" +msgid "" +"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " +"minus one)" +msgstr "" +"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID " +"minus en)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " +"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=" +"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format -msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" -msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgid "" +"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " +"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</" +"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should " +"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume " +"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" +msgstr "" +"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska " +"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i " +"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</" +"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." -msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." +msgid "" +"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " +"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some " +"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of " +"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps " +"manually from a shell." +msgstr "" +"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva " +"problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om " +"du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För " +"erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen " +"genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från " +"ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." -msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt." +msgid "" +"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " +"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear " +"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical " +"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</" +"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will " +"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you " +"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</" +"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer " +"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som " +"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i " +"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</" +"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som " +"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst " +"beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." -msgstr "RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten." +msgid "" +"RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " +"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form " +"the MD." +msgstr "" +"RAID0 är enkel — du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-" +"partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra " +"MD-enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." -msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." +msgid "" +"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " +"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, " +"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that " +"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected " +"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't " +"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the " +"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." +msgstr "" +"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet " +"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver " +"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara " +"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste " +"vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du " +"gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte " +"låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format -msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." -msgstr "RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." +msgid "" +"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " +"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." +msgstr "" +"RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du " +"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." -msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgid "" +"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " +"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 " +"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the " +"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three " +"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition " +"for <filename>/home</filename>)." +msgstr "" +"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har " +"tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk " +"innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första " +"partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb " +"videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 " +"reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/" +"home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." -msgstr "Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." +msgid "" +"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" +"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the " +"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and " +"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." +msgstr "" +"Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja " +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå " +"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-" +"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." -msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." +msgid "" +"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " +"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some " +"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while " +"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this " +"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." +msgstr "" +"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</" +"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition " +"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan " +"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera " +"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format -msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." -msgstr "För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." +msgid "" +"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " +"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical " +"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called " +"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual " +"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that " +"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across " +"several physical disks." +msgstr "" +"För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk " +"volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner " +"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en " +"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan " +"delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). " +"Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande " +"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format -msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare har lite plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite väl förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" +"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, " +"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume " +"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — " +"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This " +"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you " +"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora " +"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 " +"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp " +"och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller " +"filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá — dina användare " +"har lite plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är " +"så klart lite väl förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera " +"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format -msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." -msgstr "LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i <command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgid "" +"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " +"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be " +"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition " +"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:" +"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." +msgstr "" +"LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i " +"<command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska " +"användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn " +"<guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> " +"<guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</" +"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format -msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" -msgstr "När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna är:" +msgid "" +"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " +"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</" +"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm " +"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM " +"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM " +"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows " +"valid actions. The possible actions are:" +msgstr "" +"När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska " +"volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli " +"frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det " +"finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför " +"menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är " +"sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna " +"är:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " +"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-" +"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Skapa logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format -msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" -msgstr "<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för <command>partman</command>" +msgid "" +"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" +"command> screen" +msgstr "" +"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för " +"<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." -msgstr "Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan skapa dina logiska volymer i den." +msgid "" +"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " +"your logical volumes inside it." +msgstr "" +"Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan " +"skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." -msgstr "Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem." +msgid "" +"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " +"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. " +"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume " +"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-" +"konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering " +"med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan " +"finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." -msgstr "Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör även behandla dem som det)." +msgid "" +"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " +"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions " +"(and you should treat them as such)." +msgstr "" +"Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du " +"att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du " +"bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." -msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken." +msgid "" +"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " +"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. " +"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the " +"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was " +"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case " +"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access " +"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the " +"hard drive will look like random characters." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver " +"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad " +"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en " +"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen " +"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt " +"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven " +"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta " +"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som " +"slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format -msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." -msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition." +msgid "" +"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " +"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data " +"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents " +"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For " +"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or " +"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used " +"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some " +"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is " +"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, " +"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted " +"partition." +msgstr "" +"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt " +"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras " +"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera " +"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</" +"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras " +"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för " +"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även " +"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för " +"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att " +"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en " +"krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." -msgstr "Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." +msgid "" +"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " +"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted " +"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, " +"chosen cipher and a key length." +msgstr "" +"Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre " +"än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för " +"varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din " +"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format -msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." -msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym (LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." +msgid "" +"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " +"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing " +"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID " +"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to " +"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the " +"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will " +"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." +msgstr "" +"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja " +"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att " +"välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym " +"(LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</" +"guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</" +"guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </" +"menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera " +"krypteringsalternativ för partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." -msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. " +msgid "" +"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to " +"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have " +"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." +msgstr "" +"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är " +"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan " +"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> " +"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att " +"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra " +"annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format -msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." -msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet." +msgid "" +"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As " +"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully " +"chosen with security in mind." +msgstr "" +"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer " +"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som " +"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts " +"ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." -msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." +msgid "" +"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" +"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; " +"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, " +"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and " +"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to " +"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help " +"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by " +"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard " +"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st " +"century." +msgstr "" +"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</" +"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-" +"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> " +"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta " +"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det " +"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av " +"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som " +"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format -msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." -msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " +"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other " +"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on " +"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." +msgstr "" +"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar " +"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på " +"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är " +"olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." -msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data." +msgid "" +"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" +"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the " +"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key " +"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to " +"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the " +"encrypted data." +msgstr "" +"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-" +"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret " +"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid " +"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att " +"förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster " +"i krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format -msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." -msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." +msgid "" +"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" +"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other " +"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously " +"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." +msgstr "" +"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls " +"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de " +"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade " +"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " +"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=" +"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase " +"which you will be able to enter later in the process." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en " +"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink " +"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som " +"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 -#: using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format -msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" -msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)" +msgid "" +"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " +"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the " +"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of " +"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless " +"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable " +"in our lifetime.)" +msgstr "" +"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje " +"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid " +"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras " +"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram " +"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd " +"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår " +"livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format -msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." -msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." +msgid "" +"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " +"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information " +"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also " +"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the " +"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels " +"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended " +"data written to the swap partition." +msgstr "" +"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du " +"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig " +"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock " +"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda " +"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-" +"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att " +"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 -#: using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format -msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." -msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." +msgid "" +"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " +"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it " +"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the " +"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it " +"harder to recover any leftover data from previous " +"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter " +"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the " +"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med " +"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför " +"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av " +"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det " +"kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från " +"tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna " +"från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal " +"överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" -msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" +msgid "" +"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu " +"changes to provide the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> " +"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn " +"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format -msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." -msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och nyckellängder." +msgid "" +"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " +"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above " +"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." +msgstr "" +"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för " +"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För " +"ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och " +"nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format -msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." -msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)." +msgid "" +"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " +"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</" +"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase " +"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." +msgstr "" +"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under " +"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med " +"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den " +"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i " +"processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." -msgstr "Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med <emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." +msgid "" +"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " +"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For " +"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using " +"<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys." +msgstr "" +"Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren " +"fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. " +"För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med " +"<emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." -msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid." +msgid "" +"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " +"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a " +"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After " +"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on " +"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a " +"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, " +"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost " +"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer " +"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de " +"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder " +"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta " +"ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format -msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." -msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " +"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a " +"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain " +"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as " +"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner " +"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 " +"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken " +"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information " +"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, " +"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." -msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." +msgid "" +"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " +"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If " +"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some " +"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by " +"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an " +"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several " +"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the " +"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet " +"when entering the passphrase for the root file system." +msgstr "" +"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är " +"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker " +"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid " +"prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att " +"försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du " +"använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera " +"orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under " +"installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har " +"ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." -msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." +msgid "" +"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " +"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a " +"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the " +"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by " +"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the " +"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk " +"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</" +"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa " +"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte " +"att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i " +"installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba " +"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka " +"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra " +"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några " +"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta " +"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " +"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as " +"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The " +"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux " +"device-mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you." +"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the " +"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not " +"suit you." msgstr "" -"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n" +"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att " +"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras " +"på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika " +"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux " +"device-mapper\n" " #1 115.1 GB F ext3\n" "\n" "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n" " #1 515.2 MB F ext3\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig." +"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter " +"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet " +"inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format -msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." -msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." +msgid "" +"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " +"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> " +"in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. " +"You will need this information later when booting the new system. The " +"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption " +"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes " +"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> " +"i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad " +"volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya " +"systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en " +"uppstartsprocess med kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i <xref linkend=" +"\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." +msgid "" +"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " +"installation." msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Ställ in systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format -msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install." -msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system it is about to install." +msgstr "" +"Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att " +"användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du " +"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om " +"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och " +"systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Konfigurera klockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format -msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." -msgstr "Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" +"Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt " +"sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut " +"om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra " +"operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format -msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or " +"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till " +"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är " +"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, " +"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som " +"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du " +"vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC." -msgstr "Observera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC." +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" +"Observera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt " +"ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid " +"efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var " +"inställd till UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" +"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</" +"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. " +"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas " +"under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." -msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas." +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" +"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla " +"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du " +"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. " +"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig " +"information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format -msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" +"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt " +"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte " +"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format -msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." -msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" +"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt " +"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga " +"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för " +"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format -msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok." +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" +"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier " +"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att " +"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en " +"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> — det är ett program som utnyttjar " +"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system " +"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här " +"ämnet mer i detalj — om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa " +"en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot." +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" +"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan " +"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett " +"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även " +"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för " +"kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format -msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter " +"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." -msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund." +msgid "" +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." +msgstr "" +"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del " +"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela " +"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det " +"här ta en stund." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." -msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgid "" +"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " +"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +msgstr "" +"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den " +"här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</" +"keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); " +"gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format -msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console." -msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." +msgid "" +"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." +msgstr "" +"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av " +"grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när " +"installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format -msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." -msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." +msgid "" +"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " +"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches " +"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a " +"list of available kernels." +msgstr "" +"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid " +"standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar " +"din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista " +"av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network." -msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" +"Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men " +"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare " +"programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och " +"installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än " +"installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Observera att det faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." +msgstr "" +"Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina " +"system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från " +"paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Observera att det " +"faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</" +"command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-" +"get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar " +"<command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner " +"till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du " +"försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, " +"eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, " +"såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används " +"också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten " +"rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner " +"(sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." -msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att installationen är färdig." +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install " +"is complete." +msgstr "" +"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta " +"paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här " +"baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här " +"konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> " +"och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att " +"installationen är färdig." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val av och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format -msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." -msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" +"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare " +"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella " +"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga " +"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och " +"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in " +"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format -msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" +"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, " +"och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna " +"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din " +"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, " +"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för " +"att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet " +"<command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen " +"för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett " +"mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter " +"ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt " +"enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></" +"userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du " +"letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har valt." +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" +"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här " +"punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har " +"valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." -msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag för att växla val av en funktion." +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" +"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag " +"för att växla val av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." -msgstr "Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna " +"för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du " +"avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några " +"funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format -msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." -msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen." +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" +"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp " +"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> " +"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer " +"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här " +"processen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format -msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn." -msgstr "I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och enkel att lära sig." +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." +msgstr "" +"I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen " +"överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del " +"av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i " +"Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och " +"enkel att lära sig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format -msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post." +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." +msgstr "" +"Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är " +"ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: " +"Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-" +"post." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format -msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" +"På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-" +"postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "internetsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail." -msgstr "Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot " +"direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del " +"enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för " +"vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format -msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users." -msgstr "I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" +"I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin " +"kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En " +"smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så " +"du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste " +"hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här " +"alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "endast lokal leverans" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format -msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions." -msgstr "Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" +"Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas " +"emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka " +"några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa " +"systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta " +"<quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt " +"för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities." -msgstr "Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär " +"att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem — tills du " +"konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post " +"och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format -msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." -msgstr "Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer " +"anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under " +"katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är " +"färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under " +"<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" -msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " +"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase " +"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by " +"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den " +"lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer " +"att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot " +"att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" +"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document " +"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by " +"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more " +"information." +msgstr "" +"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " +"är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera " +"de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för " +"underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för " +"mer information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." -msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian." +msgid "" +"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " +"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a " +"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot " +"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this " +"other operating system in addition to Debian." +msgstr "" +"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka " +"att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om " +"den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det " +"under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli " +"konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till " +"Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." -msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information." +msgid "" +"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " +"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up " +"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even " +"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot " +"manager's documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande " +"är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och " +"inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem " +"varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte " +"fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer " +"information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." -msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett." +msgid "" +"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " +"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you " +"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful — it is " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. " +"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or " +"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system " +"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot " +"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead." +msgstr "" +"Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer " +"installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på " +"disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> " +"försiktig — det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp " +"flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även " +"känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma " +"disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du " +"har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från " +"en diskett." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format -msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." +msgid "" +"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " +"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few " +"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any " +"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> " +"can actually read Linux partitions." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> " +"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett " +"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri " +"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</" +"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format -msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." +msgid "" +"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " +"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and " +"old hands alike." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</" +"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra " +"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." -msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett information." +msgid "" +"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " +"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you " +"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den " +"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan " +"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett " +"information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." -msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." +msgid "" +"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " +"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma " +"till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format -msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." -msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgid "" +"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " +"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, " +"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in " +"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special " +"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." +msgstr "" +"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. " +"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av " +"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga " +"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> " +"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-" +"HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." -msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." +msgid "" +"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " +"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This " +"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like " +"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." +msgstr "" +"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för " +"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det " +"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som " +"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format -msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" -msgstr "&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:" +msgid "" +"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" +"command> boot loader:" +msgstr "" +"&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska " +"installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format -msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." -msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen." +msgid "" +"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " +"process." +msgstr "" +"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över " +"uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." -msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." +msgid "" +"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " +"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will " +"serve as a secondary boot loader." +msgstr "" +"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</" +"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-" +"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format -msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." -msgstr "Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgid "" +"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " +"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can " +"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</" +"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</" +"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</" +"command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter " +"önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom de som börjar med " +"<filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/" +"dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</" +"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." -msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " +"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /" +"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — " +"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into " +"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=" +"\"reactivating-win\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här " +"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och " +"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-" +"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) — det här betyder dock att du behöver " +"använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om " +"det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format -msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." +msgid "" +"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " +"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a " +"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition " +"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT " +"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</" +"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI " +"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. " +"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and " +"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied " +"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är " +"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och " +"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR " +"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna " +"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI " +"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-" +"partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två " +"delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen " +"och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> " +"kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</" +"quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." -msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." +msgid "" +"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " +"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present " +"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for " +"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the " +"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your " +"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista " +"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att " +"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga " +"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i " +"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt " +"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format -msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" -msgstr "Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" +msgid "" +"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " +"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices " +"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system " +"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic " +"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition " +"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" +msgstr "" +"Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem " +"med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val " +"beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet " +"inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-" +"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera " +"partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format -msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." -msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." +msgid "" +"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " +"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</" +"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it " +"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and " +"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem " +"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the " +"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the " +"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot " +"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path " +"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may " +"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated " +"or re-configured." +msgstr "" +"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i " +"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</" +"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande " +"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att " +"läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver " +"till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> " +"skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-" +"partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</" +"quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</" +"replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i " +"detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." -msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." +msgid "" +"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " +"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-" +"written to refer to files in the EFI partition." +msgstr "" +"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. " +"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen " +"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." -msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." +msgid "" +"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian " +"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " +"command menu." +msgstr "" +"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör " +"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten " +"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI " +"Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " +"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a " +"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</" +"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp " +"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</" +"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i " +"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/" +"initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." -msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." +msgid "" +"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " +"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be " +"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." +msgstr "" +"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen " +"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer " +"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." -msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgid "" +"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " +"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation " +"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the " +"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som " +"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av " +"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den " +"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up " +"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique " +"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. " +"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by " +"setting some firmware environment variables entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing " +"<command>boot</command>." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt " +"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</" +"quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från " +"hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att " +"ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk" +"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</" +"replaceable>)</userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n" -"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>." +"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange " +"<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " +"onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för " +"inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" -msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 -#: using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename> resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> " +"finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " +"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by " +"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, " +"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After " +"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt." msgstr "" -"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste " +"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av " +"installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i " +"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, " +"standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. " +"Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom " +"att ange <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> " +"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></" +"userinput>\n" "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" -msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" +msgid "" +"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " +"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers" +msgstr "" +"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är " +"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontrollrar" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" -msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad" +msgid "" +"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" +msgstr "" +"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns " +"installerad" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides" -msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" +msgid "" +"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " +"resides" +msgstr "" +"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "namn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format -msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." -msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." +msgid "" +"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" +"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." +msgstr "" +"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, " +"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format -msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" -msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" +msgid "" +"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " +"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use" +msgstr "" +"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken " +"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format -msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." -msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;." +msgid "" +"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " +"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> " +"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named " +"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> " +"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes " +"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be " +"set to boot &debian;." +msgstr "" +"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</" +"command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in " +"<command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k " +"stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen " +"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i " +"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk " +"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp " +"&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." -msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner." +msgid "" +"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" +"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up " +"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on " +"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</" +"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka " +"att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd " +"att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-" +"kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format -msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." -msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgid "" +"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; " +"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks " +"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." +msgstr "" +"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" +"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, " +"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device " +"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida " +"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format -msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." -msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." +msgid "" +"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " +"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</" +"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, " +"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to " +"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/" +"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can " +"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is " +"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> " +"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. " +"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can " +"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install " +"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." +msgstr "" +"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</" +"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. " +"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som " +"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</" +"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den " +"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att " +"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, " +"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns " +"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny " +"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</" +"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta " +"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera " +"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format -msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" -msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgid "" +"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " +"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide " +"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, " +"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on " +"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även " +"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att " +"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen " +"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). " +"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för " +"Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet " +"måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</" +"phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." -msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." +msgid "" +"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " +"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should " +"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your " +"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and " +"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if " +"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, " +"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." +msgstr "" +"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du " +"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</" +"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera " +"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är " +"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem " +"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat " +"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format -msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." -msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." +msgid "" +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " +"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det " +"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format -msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system." -msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " +"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot " +"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot " +"into your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för " +"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, " +"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer " +"att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-" +"system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." -msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." +msgid "" +"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " +"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-" +"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you " +"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." +msgstr "" +"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer " +"att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i " +"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du " +"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format -msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." -msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel." +msgid "" +"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " +"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in " +"case something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade " +"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren " +"om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." -msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." +msgid "" +"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " +"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +msgstr "" +"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under " +"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/" +"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format -msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." -msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport." +msgid "" +"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." +msgstr "" +"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn " +"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat " +"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under " +"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga " +"dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." -msgstr "Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>." +msgid "" +"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " +"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press " +"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac " +"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) " +"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the " +"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</" +"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is " +"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. " +"Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck " +"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på " +"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</" +"emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av " +"<keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på " +"samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som " +"kallas <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history." -msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." +msgid "" +"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " +"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are " +"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</" +"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is " +"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like " +"autocompletion and history." +msgstr "" +"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en " +"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka " +"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/" +"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. " +"Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga " +"funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format -msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell." -msgstr "Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet." +msgid "" +"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " +"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you " +"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, " +"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. " +"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to " +"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item " +"to open the shell." +msgstr "" +"Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra — " +"skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du " +"alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din " +"växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera " +"att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, " +"eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna " +"skalet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format -msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" -msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgid "" +"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the " +"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the " +"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of " +"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref " +"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" +msgstr "" +"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</" +"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket " +"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första " +"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där " +"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=" +"\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format -msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " +"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need " +"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu " +"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and " +"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is " +"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation " +"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste " +"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta " +"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja " +"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från " +"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: " +"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad " +"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt " +"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format -msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." -msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket." +msgid "" +"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " +"up the network." +msgstr "" +"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter " +"konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format -msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." -msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." +msgid "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " +"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be " +"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. " +"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login " +"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you " +"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the " +"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to " +"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." +msgstr "" +"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</" +"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt " +"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för " +"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att " +"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med " +"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här " +"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra " +"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att " +"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format -msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." -msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent." +msgid "" +"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " +"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can " +"select another component." +msgstr "" +"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid " +"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja " +"en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct." +"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " +"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the " +"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still " +"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed " +"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection " +"with the installation system is as simple as typing: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</" +"replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is " +"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the " +"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you " +"will have to confirm that it is correct." msgstr "" -"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." +"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning " +"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av " +"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer " +"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga " +"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är " +"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som " +"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer " +"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> " +"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före " +"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas " +"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " +"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such " +"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is " +"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, " +"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</" +"filename> and try again." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress " +"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en " +"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, " +"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så " +"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/" +"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again." -msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen." +msgid "" +"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " +"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and " +"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main " +"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The " +"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote " +"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but " +"may start multiple sessions for shells." +msgstr "" +"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två " +"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och " +"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till " +"huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som " +"vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och " +"möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för " +"installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." -msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." +msgid "" +"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " +"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may " +"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in " +"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed " +"system." +msgstr "" +"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå " +"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du " +"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya " +"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation " +"eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format -msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." -msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " +"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." +msgstr "" +"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte " +"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated." -msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om du installerar på ett system som har ett Sun USB-tangentbord och " +#~ "startat upp installeraren med en standard 2.4-kärna, kommer tangentbordet " +#~ "inte att identifieras korrekt av installationssystemet. Installeraren " +#~ "kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja " +#~ "från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande " +#~ "tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "För att få ett fungerande tangentbord, bör du starta upp installeraren " +#~ "med parametern <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. När du kommer till " +#~ "tangentbordsvalet<footnote> <para> Om du installerar med " +#~ "standardprioritet ska du använda knappen <userinput>Gå tillbaka</" +#~ "userinput> för att återvända till installationsmenyn när du ser listan av " +#~ "tangentlayouter av Sun-typ. </para> </footnote>, välj då <quote>Det finns " +#~ "inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> om du har ett tangentbord med " +#~ "en amerikansk (US) layout, eller välj <quote>USB-tangentbord</quote> om " +#~ "du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns " +#~ "inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans " +#~ "tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " @@ -2341,6 +4679,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att " #~ "ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all " #~ "data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken." + #~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " @@ -2365,12 +4704,16 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer " #~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska " #~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>." + #~ msgid "Desktop machine" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator" + #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation" #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare" + #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;" + #~ msgid "" #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage " #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running " @@ -2383,8 +4726,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. " #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör " #~ "normalt sett undvikas." + #~ msgid "languagechooser" #~ msgstr "languagechooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " @@ -2395,14 +4740,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket " #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden " #~ "på engelska att visas." + #~ msgid "countrychooser" #~ msgstr "countrychooser" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i." + #~ msgid "base-config" #~ msgstr "base-config" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " @@ -2411,10 +4760,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt " #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; " #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet." + #~ msgid "bugreporter" #~ msgstr "bugreporter" + #~ msgid "Language selection" #~ msgstr "Språkval" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " @@ -2428,8 +4780,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda " #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt " #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. " + #~ msgid "Country selection" #~ msgstr "Val av land" + #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget" - diff --git a/po/vi/boot-installer.po b/po/vi/boot-installer.po index ade9002b9..309879d15 100644 --- a/po/vi/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/vi/boot-installer.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: boot-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 18:05+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -3747,15 +3747,12 @@ msgstr "Tham số trình cài đặt Debian" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "Hệ thống cài đặt này chấp nhận vài tham số khởi động thêm<footnote> <para> " "Ghi chú rằng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.4 chấp nhận số tối đa 8 tùy chọn dòng lệnh " @@ -3767,13 +3764,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3783,7 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dạng ngắn là <userinput>priority</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3797,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt điều chỉnh ưu tiên như cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3819,13 +3816,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3867,13 +3864,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3889,52 +3886,52 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "Đây là giá trị mặc định." # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "Chi tiết hơn cấp thường." # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "Xuất rất nhiều thông tin gỡ lỗi." # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3946,13 +3943,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3964,7 +3961,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev/floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -3975,13 +3972,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -4001,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "" "khởi chạy tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -4013,19 +4010,19 @@ msgstr "" "máy kiểu Dell Inspiron chứa thẻ Mobile Radeon." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "Lỗi như vậy đã được thông báo trên máy kiểu Amiga 1200 và SE/30." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "Lỗi như vậy đã được thông báo trên máy kiểu hppa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -4045,13 +4042,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/theme" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -4070,13 +4067,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -4087,13 +4084,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -4107,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr "" "thăm dò DCHP." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -4122,13 +4119,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -4140,13 +4137,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -4159,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -4178,13 +4175,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -4203,7 +4200,7 @@ msgstr "" "động vật chứa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -4216,13 +4213,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "" @@ -4230,13 +4227,13 @@ msgstr "" "RAM &ramdisksize;." #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -4249,13 +4246,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -4265,19 +4262,218 @@ msgstr "" "hơn là chạy tiến trình cài đặt chuẩn. Xem <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "Giải đáp thắc mắc trong tiến trình cài đặt" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "Sự đáng tin cậy của đĩa mềm" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "Sự đáng tin cậy của đĩa mềm" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -4287,7 +4483,7 @@ msgstr "" "đáng tin cậy của đĩa mềm." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -4305,15 +4501,14 @@ msgstr "" "về lỗi nhập/xuất trên đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn thấy tiến trình cài đặt bị ngừng chạy tại một đĩa mềm riêng, trước " "tiên bạn nên tải về lại ảnh đĩa mềm đó và ghi nó vào một đĩa mềm " @@ -4322,7 +4517,16 @@ msgstr "" "thoảng có ích khi thử ghi đĩa mềm trên hệ điều hành hay máy khác." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -4334,7 +4538,7 @@ msgstr "" "còn sau đó, mọi thứ thì tốt với đĩa mềm thứ ba." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -4346,13 +4550,13 @@ msgstr "" "này do lỗi trong trình điều khiển đĩa mềm kiểu phần vững hay phần cứng." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -4366,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-parms\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -4379,7 +4583,7 @@ msgstr "" "biến này." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4391,7 +4595,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị cầm-và-chơi có thể gây ra nhiều vấn đề.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4405,13 +4609,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>mem=512m</userinput> (bộ nhớ)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "Vấn đề cài đặt &arch-title; thường" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4421,7 +4625,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách gởi đối số khởi động riêng cho trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4433,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhập tham số <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput> (đĩa mềm=vùng nghĩ)." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4453,7 +4657,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>rãnh ghi</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4467,7 +4671,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> (không đánh), mà tất khả năng kiểm tra này." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4488,13 +4692,13 @@ msgstr "" "parms\"/> để tìm chi tiết." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "Hệ thống đông đặc trong giai đoạn cấu hình PCMCIA" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4514,7 +4718,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn có thể cấu hình PCMCIA, và loại trừ phạm vị tài nguyên gây ra lỗi đó." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4537,13 +4741,13 @@ msgstr "" "trị này vào trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "Hệ thống đông đặc trong khi tải các mô-đun USB" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4563,13 +4767,13 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động, mà sẽ ngăn cản tải mô-đun USB." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "Giải thích thông điệp khởi chạy hạt nhân" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4606,13 +4810,13 @@ msgstr "" "nhân riêng vào lúc sau (xem <xref linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Bộ thông báo lỗi" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4630,7 +4834,7 @@ msgstr "" "thông tin này." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4642,13 +4846,13 @@ msgstr "" "</filename> sau khi máy tính đã khởi động vào hệ thống mới được cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "Đệ trình báo cáo cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4664,7 +4868,7 @@ msgstr "" "<email>vi-VN@googlegroups.com</email> nhé. Chúng tôi sẽ dịch cho bạn.]" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4679,8 +4883,8 @@ msgstr "" "lệnh thông báo lỗi <command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " "report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" @@ -4689,7 +4893,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4697,23 +4901,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/vi/installation-howto.po b/po/vi/installation-howto.po index 8a1fe0fd1..fff14362d 100644 --- a/po/vi/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/vi/installation-howto.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-howto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 20:50+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com\n" @@ -380,13 +380,11 @@ msgstr "Cài đặt" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "Một khi trình cài đặt khởi chạy, bạn sẽ xem màn hình ban đầu. Hãy bấm " "&enterkey; để khởi động, hoặc đọc các chỉ dẫn về các phương pháp khởi động " @@ -396,7 +394,7 @@ msgstr "" "prompt>. Hạt nhân 2.6 là mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -412,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" "gia trên khắp thế giới." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -422,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" "bàn phím thích hợp, hoặc chọn điều mặc định nếu bạn chưa chắc." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -432,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr "" "cứng của bạn, và tải phần còn lại của nó từ đĩa CD, đĩa mềm, USB v.v." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -444,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng DHCP, bạn sẽ có dịp tự cấu hình mạng." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -460,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -476,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" "kích cỡ mới cho nó." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -498,7 +496,7 @@ msgstr "" "về cách tạo phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -508,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "cơ bản, mà có thể hơi lâu. Sau đó, hạt nhân sẽ được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -526,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt GRUB vào nơi khác. </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -540,7 +538,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, được diễn tả trong <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -550,13 +548,13 @@ msgstr "" "i-intro\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "Gởi báo cáo cài đặt cho chúng tôi" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -570,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -585,13 +583,13 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt thất bại hoàn toàn, xem <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "Vậy cuối cùng..." #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/vi/partitioning.po b/po/vi/partitioning.po index 922738962..ec3fa4a5c 100644 --- a/po/vi/partitioning.po +++ b/po/vi/partitioning.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: partitioning\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 20:58+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1049,49 +1049,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"Nếu bạn sẽ làm việc với hơn 20 phân vùng trên đĩa IDE, bạn sẽ cần phải tạo " -"thiết bị cho phân vùng số 21 và sau. Bước tiếp theo sở khởi phân vùng sẽ bị " -"lỗi nếu không có thiết bị thích hợp. Lấy thí dụ, đây là một số lệnh bạn có " -"thể sử dụng trong bàn điều khiển <userinput>tty2</userinput> hay dưới mục " -"trình đơn <guimenuitem>Thực hiện một trình bao</guimenuitem> để thêm thiết " -"bị để mà phân vùng thứ 21 có thể được sở khởi: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Việc khởi động vào hệ thống mới sẻ bị lỗi nếu " -"không có thiết bị thích hợp nằm trên hệ thống đích. Sau khi cài đặt xong hạt " -"nhân và các mô-đun, hãy thực hiện: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Ghi nhớ rằng hãy đánh dấu " -"phân vùng khởi động <quote>Khởi động được</quote>.</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1109,14 +1071,14 @@ msgstr "" "đĩa với hệ điều hành MacOS." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "Phân vùng cho &arch-title;" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1139,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "để dùng nhãn đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1152,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "lệnh <quote>b</quote> để vào chế độ nhãn đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1174,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian sẽ không tới được từ những hệ điều hành được nói trên." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1197,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình <command>aboot</command> vì lý do tiện lợi." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1216,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "" "dùng <command>mkdosfs</command> trước khi thử cài đặt bộ tải khởi động." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1244,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "các hạt nhân (và bản sao lưu) bạn có thể muốn tải; 25-50 MB thường là đủ." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1264,7 +1226,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>, rồi đơn giản chọn phân vùng tồn tại và thay đổi kích cỡ của nó." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1286,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "toàn cảnh ngắn để giúp đỡ bạn đặt kế hoạch phần lớn trường hợp." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1307,7 +1269,7 @@ msgstr "" "đĩa có thể chứa chỉ một phân vùng đã mở rộng thôi." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1325,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị dành cho mỗi phân vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1341,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "" "(thường là vùng khoảng 524 MB, không có khả năng dịch BIOS)." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1368,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "Linux không sử dụng BIOS để truy cập đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1390,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> của hình trụ thứ 1024." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1413,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "lớn." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1429,13 +1391,13 @@ msgstr "" "đĩa." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "Dạng thức do EFI chấp nhận" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1453,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng quản lý đúng bảng kiểu cả GPT lẫn MS-DOS thôi." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1469,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "tự với cách thiết lập phân vùng <emphasis>trao đổi</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1518,13 +1480,13 @@ msgstr "" "phút, vì nó quét phân vùng tìm khối hỏng nào." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "Nhu cầu phân vùng của bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1540,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn muốn chạy với nhiều hạt nhân, 128 MB có thể là kích cỡ thích hợp hơn." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1565,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng cuối cùng của đĩa để tạo đủ sức chứa còn rảnh để thêm một phân vùng EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1575,13 +1537,13 @@ msgstr "" "thống tập tin <emphasis>gốc</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng chẩn đoán EFI" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1603,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán là cùng lúc thiết lập phân vùng khởi động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1621,13 +1583,13 @@ msgstr "" "phần đầu khối tin phải bắt đầu tại rãnh ghi 0." #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "Tạo phân vùng trên PowerMac mới hơn" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1652,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "" "dùng lệnh <userinput>b</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1665,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" "động nó." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1684,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> và <command>mkofboot</command> được dùng để thao tác phân vùng này." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1707,7 +1669,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp lý, không phải thứ tự địa chỉ vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1723,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng kiểu MacOS và trình điều khiển hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1737,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, phím <keycap>s</keycap> được dùng để tạo nhãn đĩa Sun." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1759,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1771,3 +1733,46 @@ msgstr "" "bộ đĩa) (kiểu 5), chứa toàn bộ đĩa (từ hình trụ thứ nhất đến điều cuối " "cùng). Đây đơn giản là quy ước của nhãn đĩa Sun, giúp đỡ bộ tải khởi động " "<command>SILO</command> định hướng." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nếu bạn sẽ làm việc với hơn 20 phân vùng trên đĩa IDE, bạn sẽ cần phải " +#~ "tạo thiết bị cho phân vùng số 21 và sau. Bước tiếp theo sở khởi phân vùng " +#~ "sẽ bị lỗi nếu không có thiết bị thích hợp. Lấy thí dụ, đây là một số lệnh " +#~ "bạn có thể sử dụng trong bàn điều khiển <userinput>tty2</userinput> hay " +#~ "dưới mục trình đơn <guimenuitem>Thực hiện một trình bao</guimenuitem> để " +#~ "thêm thiết bị để mà phân vùng thứ 21 có thể được sở khởi: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Việc khởi động vào hệ thống mới sẻ bị lỗi nếu " +#~ "không có thiết bị thích hợp nằm trên hệ thống đích. Sau khi cài đặt xong " +#~ "hạt nhân và các mô-đun, hãy thực hiện: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Ghi nhớ rằng hãy đánh " +#~ "dấu phân vùng khởi động <quote>Khởi động được</quote>.</phrase>" diff --git a/po/vi/preseed.po b/po/vi/preseed.po index 0cf7cf68e..141c86a65 100644 --- a/po/vi/preseed.po +++ b/po/vi/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 21:32+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "câu hỏi trong &d-i; để tự động hoá tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -602,12 +602,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "Hai dấu nối <quote>--</quote> xảy ra trong những tùy chọn khởi động có sự " "nghĩa đặc biệt. Tham số hạt nhân nằm sau nó sẽ được sao chép vào cấu hình bộ " @@ -616,14 +622,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong các tham số khởi động mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "Hạt nhân phiên bản 2.4 chấp nhận tối đa là 8 tùy chọn dòng lệnh và 8 tùy " "chọn môi trường (gồm bật cứ tùy chọn nào được thêm theo mặc định dành cho " @@ -633,7 +638,7 @@ msgstr "" "tùy chọn dòng lệnh và 32 tùy chọn môi trường." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -646,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn nữa để chèn sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -656,13 +661,13 @@ msgstr "" "tham số khởi động, thậm chí nếu bạn định giới chúng bằng dấu trích dẫn." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "Tạo tập tin định cấu hình sẵn" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -674,21 +679,21 @@ msgstr "" "hình sẵn là:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "" "<sở hữu> <tên câu hỏi> <kiểu câu hỏi> <giá trị>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." msgstr "Ghi nhớ vài quy tắc khi tạo tập tin cấu hình sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -698,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr "" "nào sẽ được xử lý là phần của giá trị đó." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -712,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi giữa « kiểu câu hỏi » và « giá trị »." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -724,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>partman</classname>) trong đó cần phải dùng giá trị đã dịch." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -734,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "" "hiển thị trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -745,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr "" "từ từ vào nó." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -759,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" "lẫn cơ sở dữ liệu cdebconf của trình cài đặt đều vào cùng một tập tin:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -770,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>tập tin</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -782,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp của phần lớn người dùng." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -798,7 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" "tin đó chỉ cho phép người chủ đọc thôi." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -810,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -827,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" "trị được gán cho biến." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -839,13 +844,13 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "Nội dung của tập tin định cấu hình sẵn" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -861,13 +866,13 @@ msgstr "" "với kiến trúc đó." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "Địa phương hoá" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -879,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" "được tải chỉ sau khi hỏi các câu này." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -892,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr "" "mã ngôn ngữ/quốc gia khác dạng « nn » hay « nn_QQ »)." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -902,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string vi" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -916,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "trước nó. Bố trí bàn phím phải là hợp lệ cho kiến trúc bàn phím đã chọn." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -932,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -944,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kết quả là bố trí bàn phím của hạt nhân còn lại hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -956,13 +961,13 @@ msgstr "" "bàn phím kiểu <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>)." #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -977,7 +982,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng gởi tham số cấu hình mạng bằng cách sử dụng tham số khởi động hạt nhân." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -989,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -1008,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" "run</quote> chứa những dòng này:" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -1018,7 +1023,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -1102,13 +1107,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "Thiết lập máy nhân bản" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1121,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống đã cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1131,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống đã cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1149,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>mirror/suite</classname> là trùng." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1173,13 +1178,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1198,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể thiết lập RAID." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1210,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng chèn sẵn." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1344,13 +1349,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "Phân vùng bằng RAID" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1366,7 +1371,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1382,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu bạn gặp lỗi." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1394,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy biến hoặc thiết bị thêm đã được thử ra chỉ một ít." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1495,13 +1500,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "Thiết lập đồng hồ và múi giờ" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1520,13 +1525,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "Thiết lập apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1540,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng thêm kho phần mềm (cục bộ) khác." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1578,13 +1583,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key chuỗi http://máy_phục_vụ_cục_bộ/khoá" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "Thiết lập tài khoản" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1596,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" "dùng giá trị nhập thô (không mật mã) hay <emphasis>băm</emphasis> kiểu MD5." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1612,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "truy cập băm MD5 cho phép người khác tấn công bằng sức mạnh vũ phu." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1658,7 +1663,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [băm MD5]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1678,7 +1683,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>sudo</command>)." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." @@ -1686,19 +1691,19 @@ msgstr "Băm MD5 cho mật khẩu có thể được tạo ra bằng lệnh theo # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "Cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1709,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách cài đặt hạt nhân." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1720,13 +1725,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1774,13 +1779,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev chuỗi (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "Chọn gói phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1790,73 +1795,73 @@ msgstr "" "lúc viết câu này, các công việc sẵn sàng gồm:" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "chuẩn" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "môi trường làm việc" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "môi trường làm việc Gnome" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "môi trường làm việc KDE" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ Mạng" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ in" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ DNS" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ tập tin" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "trình phục vụ thư tín" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "co sở dữ liệu SQL" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "máy tính xách tay" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1868,7 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>chuẩn</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1882,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách, vậy dễ dàng dùng trên dòng lệnh." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1913,13 +1918,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "Làm xong giai đoạn cài đặt thứ nhất" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1937,13 +1942,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình trình thư" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1953,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "" "cách tránh ngay cả vài câu đó. Có khả năng chèn sẵn một cách phức tạp hơn." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1969,13 +1974,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1987,7 +1992,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian không cấu hình tự động đầy đủ mọi thứ." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -2037,13 +2042,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "Chèn trước gói khác" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -2062,19 +2067,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Tùy chọn cấp cao" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "Lệnh trình bao" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -2114,13 +2119,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "Tải dây chuyền tập tin định cấu hình sẵn" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -2136,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "" "để thiết lập chi tiết hơn cho một số cấu hình riêng trong các tập tin khác." #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/vi/random-bits.po b/po/vi/random-bits.po index d0d91854b..e1d105e83 100644 --- a/po/vi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/vi/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 22:21+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -452,16 +452,17 @@ msgstr "Sức chứa trên đĩa cần thiết cho công việc" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "Bản cài đặt cơ bản trên máy kiểu i386, khi dùng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.4 mặc " "định, cũng gồm mọi gói phần mềm chuẩn, chiếm 573 MB sức chứa trên đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -475,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "hai công việc với nhau có thể là nhỏ hơn tổng hai số đó." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -491,203 +492,227 @@ msgstr "" "cần thiết (tạm thời) trong thư mục <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "Công việc" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "Kích cỡ đã cài đặt (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "Kích cỡ tải về (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "Sức chứa cần thiết để cài đặt (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "Môi trường làm việc" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Trình phục vụ Mạng" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Trình phục vụ Mạng" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "Trình phục vụ in" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "Trình phục vụ DNS" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "Trình phục vụ tập tin" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "Trình phục vụ thư" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "Cơ sở dữ liệu SQL" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "" "Công việc <emphasis>Môi trường làm việc</emphasis> sẽ cài đặt môi trường làm " "việc cả GNOME lẫn KDE." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -701,13 +726,13 @@ msgstr "" "nhau; bạn nên tính đến tổng là 200 MB để tải về và cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "Cài đặt &debian; từ hệ thống UNIX/Linux" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -729,7 +754,7 @@ msgstr "" "dấu băm <prompt>#</prompt> đại diện lệnh được nhập vào chroot của Debian." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -745,13 +770,13 @@ msgstr "" "cứng thường không hợp tác với vật chứa khác nhau kiểu khởi động hay cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Bắt đầu" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -765,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất 300 MB nếu bạn định cài đặt hệ thống cửa sổ X." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -783,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "bỏ đoạn <userinput>-j</userinput> đi." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -808,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -818,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -830,13 +855,13 @@ msgstr "" "những thư mục này trước khi tiếp tục tới giao đoạn kế tiếp." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -861,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" "về và cài đặt <command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -890,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -902,13 +927,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /đường_dẫn_đầy_đủ_đến_work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "Chạy <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -926,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -938,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -959,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -969,13 +994,13 @@ msgstr "" " /mnt/debinst http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "Cấu hình hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -987,19 +1012,19 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "Gắn kết phân vùng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1066,13 +1091,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1085,32 +1110,32 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "Cấu hình bàn phím" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "Để cấu hình bàn phím:" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1120,13 +1145,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ được cấu hình cho lần khởi động lại kế tiếp." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "Cấu hình khả năng chạy mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1229,13 +1254,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ được tương ứng với tên giao diện (eth0, eth1, v.v.) bạn ngờ." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "Cấu hình miền địa phương" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1262,13 +1287,13 @@ msgstr "" "Nào thích hợp." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "Cài đặt hạt nhân" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1285,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1295,13 +1320,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Thiết lập bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1316,7 +1341,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian để làm như thế." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1340,14 +1365,14 @@ msgstr "" "với hệ thống từ đó bạn gọi nó)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "Ở đây có mẫu <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> cơ bản:" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1367,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1387,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "gọi nó)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1421,13 +1446,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> thay cho <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "Cài đặt &debian; qua IP đường song song (PLIP)" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1442,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "nối đến Mạng)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1459,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "mạng của bạn)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1470,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động lại vào hệ thống đã cài đặt (xem <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1483,13 +1508,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "Nhu cầu" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1499,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian sẽ được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -1507,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr "" ">." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1517,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> (nguồn), mà sẽ hoạt động là cổng ra." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1529,13 +1554,13 @@ msgstr "" "thêm về cáp kiểu này, gồm hướng dẫn về cách tạo điều riêng." #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "Thiết lập nguồn" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1545,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" "máy tính nguồn như là cổng ra Mạng dùng ppp0." #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1587,13 +1612,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "Cài đặt đích" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1620,13 +1645,13 @@ msgstr "" "giai đoạn khác nhau của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "Tải các thành phần cài đặt từ đĩa CD" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1636,13 +1661,13 @@ msgstr "" "các trình điều khiển PLIP sẵn sàng cho hệ thống cài đặt." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "Phát hiện phần cứng mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1657,7 +1682,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt sẽ không hiển thị danh sách này." #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1668,19 +1693,19 @@ msgstr "" "mạng trong danh sách. Hãy chọn mô-đun <userinput>plip</userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Tự động cấu hình mạng bằng DHCP không? : Không" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1688,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "Địa chỉ IP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1698,7 +1723,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1708,6 +1733,30 @@ msgstr "" "được dùng trên máy tính nguồn (xem tập tin cấu hình <filename>/etc/resolv." "conf</filename>)" +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index dc47d88be..b9d7095cb 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 22:26+0930\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -993,58 +993,14 @@ msgstr "" "có từ viết tắt 'alt' trên phần lớn bàn phím Mac). Bằng các cách khác, hai bố " "trí này là tương tự." -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"Nếu bạn cài đặt vào máy tính có bàn phím USB kiểu Sun, cũng đã được khởi " -"động trình cài đặt bằng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.4 mặc định, bàn phím sẽ không " -"được nhận diện đúng bởi hệ thống cài đặt. Trình cài đặt sẽ hiển thị cho bạn " -"xem danh sách các bố trí bàn phím Sun trong đó cần chọn, nhưng việc chọn một " -"điều sẽ gây ra bàn phím không hoạt động được. Tuy nhiên, nếu bạn cài đặt " -"bằng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.6, không có sao." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"Để giành bàn phím hoạt động được, bạn nên khởi động trình cài đặt với tham " -"số <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> (ưư tiên=vừa). Khi bạn tới màn " -"hình chọn bố trí bàn phím<footnote> <para> Nếu cài đặt tại ưu tiên mặc định, " -"bạn nên bấm cái nút <userinput>Lùi</userinput> để lùi lại về trình đơn cài " -"đặt nơi bạn xem danh sách các bố trí bàn phím kiểu Sun. </para> </footnote>, " -"hãy chọn <quote>Không có bàn phím cần cấu hình</quote> nếu bạn muốn sử dụng " -"bàn phím với bố trí Mỹ, hoặc chọn <quote>bàn phím USB</quote> nếu bạn muốn " -"sử dụng bố trí nhập ngôn ngữ khác tiếng Anh (v.d. tiếng Việt). Việc chọn " -"<quote>Không có bàn phím cần cấu hình</quote> sẽ để lại bố trí hạt nhân, sự " -"chọn thích hợp với bố trí bàn phím Mỹ." - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Tìm ảnh ISO cài đặt Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1058,7 +1014,7 @@ msgstr "" "thực hiện chính xác công việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1088,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "ảnh khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1102,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "mục lên trên: nó thật sự đi qua toàn bộ hệ thống tập tin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1120,13 +1076,13 @@ msgstr "" "động lại, bằng bàn giao tiếp thứ hai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1146,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1169,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ổn, hãy thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1192,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" "điền vào các trả lời từ <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1217,13 +1173,13 @@ msgstr "" "thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1241,13 +1197,13 @@ msgstr "" "nhau như LVM hay thiết bị RAID." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "Phân vùng đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1258,7 +1214,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng, hoặc chỉ muốn biết thêm, xem <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1272,14 +1228,15 @@ msgstr "" "mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn chọn tiến trình phân vùng đã hướng dẫn, có lẽ bạn có ba tùy chọn " "nữa: tạo phân vùng một cách trực tiếp trên đĩa cứng (phương pháp truyền " @@ -1288,7 +1245,14 @@ msgstr "" "có thể không có sẵn trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1305,7 +1269,18 @@ msgstr "" "liệu (riêng) của bạn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1322,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1339,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn thường xem. Kích cỡ của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện mỗi điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1354,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi nào đúng đến kết thúc; còn khi sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã), không có." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1373,73 +1348,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không thành công." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1449,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1462,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng khác, trừ phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1477,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1489,7 +1464,7 @@ msgstr "" "riêng sức chứa này cho bộ tải khởi động « aboot »." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1500,7 +1475,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1556,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1577,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1592,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1606,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" "rảnh) nên xuất hiện bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1638,7 +1613,7 @@ msgstr "" "màn hình chính của chương trình <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1659,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" "khả năng xoá bỏ phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1675,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1687,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1703,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1717,13 +1692,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1743,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" "biến nhất, <firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1758,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1835,97 +1810,97 @@ msgstr "" "tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1934,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhận (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1944,7 +1919,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1960,7 +1935,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1978,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2000,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2012,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2032,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -2042,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -2060,7 +2035,7 @@ msgstr "" "hơi tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2074,13 +2049,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2096,7 +2071,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2116,7 +2091,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2136,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2153,7 +2128,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2172,7 +2147,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2182,43 +2157,43 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Xóa bỏ nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Xóa bỏ khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2228,7 +2203,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> chính" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2238,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2253,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" "để bắt đầu tươi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2265,13 +2240,13 @@ msgstr "" "thao tác nó như vậy)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2293,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2319,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2333,7 +2308,7 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2354,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2370,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2384,13 +2359,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2416,13 +2391,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2435,13 +2410,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2458,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2472,25 +2447,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2504,13 +2479,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2528,7 +2503,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2547,13 +2522,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2574,7 +2549,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2586,13 +2561,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2605,25 +2580,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2637,19 +2612,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2663,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "khoá mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2681,7 +2656,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2700,7 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2725,7 +2700,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2747,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2780,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2800,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" "volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2808,13 +2783,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "Thiết lập Hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2824,13 +2799,13 @@ msgstr "" "hệ thống nó sắp cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Múi giờ Cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2843,13 +2818,13 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2863,7 +2838,7 @@ msgstr "" "(UTC) dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2882,7 +2857,7 @@ msgstr "" "(hay UTC).</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2895,19 +2870,19 @@ msgstr "" "đặt, nếu nó không đúng, hay nếu nó chưa được đặt thành giờ UTC." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2921,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2936,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2947,13 +2922,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2967,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2987,7 +2962,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3001,7 +2976,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3011,13 +2986,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3031,13 +3006,13 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "Việc cài đặt hệ thống cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -3053,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -3065,7 +3040,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi việc cài đặt được thực hiện qua bàn điều khiển nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3079,13 +3054,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -3101,13 +3076,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu bạn có máy tính hay mạng chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -3138,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr "" "có ích (tìm kiếm gói và kiểm tra trạng thái) trong giao diện người dùng đẹp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -3155,13 +3130,13 @@ msgstr "" "xem lại nó và sửa đổi nó sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3178,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3210,7 +3185,7 @@ msgstr "" "sức chứa cần thiết cho các công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -3221,7 +3196,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3231,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3245,7 +3220,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngay cả không cài đặt gì." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -3259,13 +3234,13 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "Cấu hình tác nhân truyền thư tín" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -3280,7 +3255,7 @@ msgstr "" "học hiểu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -3294,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể gởi cho bạn thông báo quan trọng bằng thư điện tử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -3304,13 +3279,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khớp trường hợp của bạn một cách gần nhất:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "nơi Mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -3324,13 +3299,13 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển tiếp lại thư tín." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "thư được gởi bởi máy thông minh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3348,13 +3323,13 @@ msgstr "" "chọn này thích hợp với người dùng quay số." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "chỉ phát cục bộ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3372,13 +3347,13 @@ msgstr "" "câu thêm nữa." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "chưa cấu hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3392,7 +3367,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích hệ thống." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3408,13 +3383,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3428,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3443,13 +3418,13 @@ msgstr "" "tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3465,7 +3440,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3481,13 +3456,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3509,13 +3484,13 @@ msgstr "" "thế." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3531,19 +3506,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3555,7 +3530,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3567,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3577,13 +3552,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3600,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3614,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3624,13 +3599,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3640,13 +3615,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3658,13 +3633,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3682,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3700,13 +3675,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"reactivating-win\"/>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3734,7 +3709,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> thật để làm việc tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3752,13 +3727,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3776,13 +3751,13 @@ msgstr "" "trong khi cài đặt, thì xoá bỏ hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3813,13 +3788,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3832,13 +3807,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3853,13 +3828,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3875,13 +3850,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3894,13 +3869,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3914,13 +3889,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3964,13 +3939,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3980,13 +3955,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3996,13 +3971,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4012,13 +3987,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4028,13 +4003,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -4063,13 +4038,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -4079,13 +4054,13 @@ msgstr "" "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" @@ -4094,7 +4069,7 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -4104,13 +4079,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "tên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -4120,7 +4095,7 @@ msgstr "" "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -4131,19 +4106,19 @@ msgstr "" "là dùng" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4163,13 +4138,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4183,13 +4158,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4206,13 +4181,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4243,13 +4218,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4267,7 +4242,7 @@ msgstr "" "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4288,13 +4263,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -4304,13 +4279,13 @@ msgstr "" "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -4324,7 +4299,7 @@ msgstr "" "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -4339,13 +4314,13 @@ msgstr "" "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Lặt vặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4357,13 +4332,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4375,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4391,13 +4366,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -4420,7 +4395,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên <command>ash</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4438,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr "" "như khả năng gõ xong tự động và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4458,13 +4433,13 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4481,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4503,7 +4478,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4513,7 +4488,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4535,7 +4510,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4547,7 +4522,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4577,7 +4552,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4595,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> rồi thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4615,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho các hệ vỏ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4631,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4641,6 +4616,44 @@ msgstr "" "đổi kích cỡ của cửa sổ, vì làm như thế sẽ gây ra sự kết nối bị kết thúc." #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nếu bạn cài đặt vào máy tính có bàn phím USB kiểu Sun, cũng đã được khởi " +#~ "động trình cài đặt bằng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.4 mặc định, bàn phím sẽ " +#~ "không được nhận diện đúng bởi hệ thống cài đặt. Trình cài đặt sẽ hiển thị " +#~ "cho bạn xem danh sách các bố trí bàn phím Sun trong đó cần chọn, nhưng " +#~ "việc chọn một điều sẽ gây ra bàn phím không hoạt động được. Tuy nhiên, " +#~ "nếu bạn cài đặt bằng hạt nhân phiên bản 2.6, không có sao." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Để giành bàn phím hoạt động được, bạn nên khởi động trình cài đặt với " +#~ "tham số <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> (ưư tiên=vừa). Khi bạn tới " +#~ "màn hình chọn bố trí bàn phím<footnote> <para> Nếu cài đặt tại ưu tiên " +#~ "mặc định, bạn nên bấm cái nút <userinput>Lùi</userinput> để lùi lại về " +#~ "trình đơn cài đặt nơi bạn xem danh sách các bố trí bàn phím kiểu Sun. </" +#~ "para> </footnote>, hãy chọn <quote>Không có bàn phím cần cấu hình</quote> " +#~ "nếu bạn muốn sử dụng bàn phím với bố trí Mỹ, hoặc chọn <quote>bàn phím " +#~ "USB</quote> nếu bạn muốn sử dụng bố trí nhập ngôn ngữ khác tiếng Anh (v." +#~ "d. tiếng Việt). Việc chọn <quote>Không có bàn phím cần cấu hình</quote> " +#~ "sẽ để lại bố trí hạt nhân, sự chọn thích hợp với bố trí bàn phím Mỹ." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to " #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all " #~ "data that is currently on the selected hard disk." diff --git a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po index c1d190fa5..f52c98616 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/boot-installer.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-25 20:36+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1310,7 +1310,11 @@ msgid "" "the ide-floppy driver maps the device to. For example, if your LS-120 drive " "is connected as the first IDE device (master) on the second cable, you enter " "<userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput> at the boot prompt." -msgstr "要想在 LS-120 驱动器(ATAPI 版本)使用这些软盘，您需指定这些软盘设备的虚拟地址。这可以通过 <emphasis>root=</emphasis> 引导参数来指定映射的 ide-floppy 驱动器设备名来完成。比如，您的 LS-120 驱动器连接到第二根线第一个 IDE 设备(master)，那么在提示符下输入 <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput>。" +msgstr "" +"要想在 LS-120 驱动器(ATAPI 版本)使用这些软盘，您需指定这些软盘设备的虚拟地" +"址。这可以通过 <emphasis>root=</emphasis> 引导参数来指定映射的 ide-floppy 驱" +"动器设备名来完成。比如，您的 LS-120 驱动器连接到第二根线第一个 IDE 设备" +"(master)，那么在提示符下输入 <userinput>linux root=/dev/hdc</userinput>。" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:963 @@ -3420,15 +3424,12 @@ msgstr "Debian 安装程序的参数" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:2804 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "安装系统能识别一些额外的引导参数<footnote> <para> 注意，2.4 内核最多可以接受 " "8 个命令行参数和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序默认使用的选项)。如果超出，2.4 " @@ -3436,13 +3437,13 @@ msgstr "" "境变量选项。</para> </footnote>，它们很有用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3452,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3465,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "" "将按照要求调整优先级别。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3483,13 +3484,13 @@ msgstr "" "且尝试正确无误地执行各项事宜。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3528,13 +3529,13 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3546,49 +3547,49 @@ msgstr "" "debug shell。(退出 shell 以后会继续引导过程。)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "此为默认。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "更多的信息。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "大量的调试信息。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3598,13 +3599,13 @@ msgstr "" "Shell 将继续引导过程。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3615,7 +3616,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -3625,13 +3626,13 @@ msgstr "" "备。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3647,7 +3648,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 bogl 的错误信息，一个空白的屏幕，或者在开始安装几分钟后停止。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3658,19 +3659,19 @@ msgstr "" "用 Mobile Radeon 卡的 Dell Inspiron 上面被发现。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "在 Amiga 1200 and SE/30 上面报告过具有有这些方面的问题。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "在 hppa 上面报告过存在这些问题。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -3687,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>fb=true</userinput>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/theme" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -3710,13 +3711,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>theme=<replaceable>dark</replaceable></userinput> 设置。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -3726,13 +3727,13 @@ msgstr "" "起的问题。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -3744,7 +3745,7 @@ msgstr "" "视并且改变其获得的设定。您可以在 DHCP 检测失败的情况下手工配置网络。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -3757,13 +3758,13 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP 来配置网络并且手工输入参数。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -3773,13 +3774,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。有些笔记本电脑对此会有错误的行为。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -3790,13 +3791,13 @@ msgstr "" "install\"/>。简写: <userinput>url</userinput>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -3807,13 +3808,13 @@ msgstr "" ">。简写: <userinput>file</userinput>" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -3829,7 +3830,7 @@ msgstr "" "重新加载介质。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -3840,25 +3841,25 @@ msgstr "" "后，不会自动从光盘引导。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "如果您在使用 2.2.x 内核，也许需要设置 &ramdisksize;。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "directfb/hw-accel" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -3869,13 +3870,13 @@ msgstr "" "以在启动安装程序的时候设置参数为 <userinput>true</userinput>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "rescue/enable" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -3885,19 +3886,218 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "安装过程中的故障修复" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "软盘的可靠性" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "软盘的可靠性" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -3906,7 +4106,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于用软盘安装 Debian 的人来说，他们遇到的最大的问题很可能是软盘的可靠性。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -3922,22 +4122,30 @@ msgstr "" "印出很多有关的 I/O 错误。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "如果您在特定的软盘上陷入麻烦，第一件要做的事情，是重新下载磁盘映像并且把它写" "到<emphasis>另外</emphasis>一张软盘上。仅仅只是格式化老的软盘是不够的，有可能" "的话甚至要在别的统上重写这些软盘。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -3948,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "" "软盘才算工作良好。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -3959,13 +4167,13 @@ msgstr "" "有缺陷的硬件或固件软盘驱动器驱动程序造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "引导配置" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -3978,7 +4186,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 讨论。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -3990,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -4001,7 +4209,7 @@ msgstr "" "arch=\"x86\">内置调制解调器、声卡以及即插即用设备特别容易引起问题。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -4014,13 +4222,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>mem=512m</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "&arch-title; 常见安装问题" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -4028,7 +4236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "有一些常见的安装问题，可以通过给安装程序特定的引导参数解决或避免。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -4039,7 +4247,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，并且知道软盘是好的，请尝试 <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput> 参数。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -4057,7 +4265,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4070,7 +4278,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 参数来取消这个测试。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4088,13 +4296,13 @@ msgstr "" "能用英语，请参见 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> 来获得细节信息。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "在 PCMCIA 配置阶段系统停止" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4112,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr "" "段。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4132,13 +4340,13 @@ msgstr "" "装程序中，输入这些值的时候必须忽略逗号。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "在装入 USB 模块时系统停止" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4155,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "installer/probe/usb=false</userinput> 参数，这将阻止装入此模块。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "内核起始信息注解" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4194,13 +4402,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Bug Reporter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4216,7 +4424,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以报告里附上该信息。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4227,13 +4435,13 @@ msgstr "" "新安装的系统启动后，放在 <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> 里。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "提交缺陷报告" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4245,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "" "这让我们可以尽可能多地了解硬件的配置数量。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4259,8 +4467,8 @@ msgstr "" "installation-report</command> 命令。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " "report as a bug report against the <classname>installation-reports</" @@ -4269,7 +4477,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4277,23 +4485,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po index 5f0b306d8..d448c07dd 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/installation-howto.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-25 20:50+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -157,7 +157,10 @@ msgid "" "If you can't boot from CD, you can download floppy images to install Debian. " "You need the <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename>, the <filename>floppy/root." "img</filename> and one or more of the driver disks." -msgstr "如果无法从 CD 启动，可以下载软盘映像文件，来安装 Debian。这时，您需要 <filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> 和 <filename>floppy/root.img</filename>，也许还要一个或多个驱动盘。" +msgstr "" +"如果无法从 CD 启动，可以下载软盘映像文件，来安装 Debian。这时，您需要 " +"<filename>floppy/boot.img</filename> 和 <filename>floppy/root.img</" +"filename>，也许还要一个或多个驱动盘。" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:100 @@ -179,7 +182,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>. For PCMCIA or USB networking, " "and some less common network cards, you will also need a second driver " "floppy, <filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>." -msgstr "倘若您计划从网络安装，一般来说，要准备好 <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</filename>。对于 PCMCIA 或 USB 网络，以及一些不常见的网卡，您还需要第二张软盘，<filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>。" +msgstr "" +"倘若您计划从网络安装，一般来说，要准备好 <filename>floppy/net-drivers-1.img</" +"filename>。对于 PCMCIA 或 USB 网络，以及一些不常见的网卡，您还需要第二张软" +"盘，<filename>floppy/net-drivers-2.img</filename>。" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:113 @@ -352,17 +358,19 @@ msgstr "安装" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" -msgstr "一旦安装程序运行，会有一个初始画面迎接您。按 &enterkey; 启动系统；或者先阅读一下其它的启动方式以及各种参数的说明(参阅 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)。<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 如果您打算使用 2.4 的内核，在 <prompt>boot:</prompt> 提示符之后键入 <userinput>install24</userinput>。默认使用 2.6 内核。</phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"一旦安装程序运行，会有一个初始画面迎接您。按 &enterkey; 启动系统；或者先阅读" +"一下其它的启动方式以及各种参数的说明(参阅 <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)。" +"<phrase arch=\"i386\"> 如果您打算使用 2.4 的内核，在 <prompt>boot:</prompt> " +"提示符之后键入 <userinput>install24</userinput>。默认使用 2.6 内核。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -377,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "" "上所有国家的列表以备选择。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -387,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr "" "清楚更合适的布局。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -397,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" "件，并从 CD、软驱、USB 或其它设备里把它的其余部分加载进系统。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -408,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您没有连接网络，或是没有用 DHCP，那么您也可以手动配置网络。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -422,7 +430,7 @@ msgstr "" "区，请在菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -436,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "装空间：只需选择该分区，并指定它的新尺寸。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -456,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/> 有更多关于分区方面的信息。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -466,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "" "装内核。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -482,7 +490,7 @@ msgstr "" "它这样做，而是把 GRUB 装在其它什么地方。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -495,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "个阶段，在 <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 有对它的详尽说明。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -503,13 +511,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您想要更多的安装过程相关信息，请看 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "请给我们发一份安装报告" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -522,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>reportbug installation-report</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -537,13 +545,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"problem-report\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "末了……" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po b/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po index 56bb59774..12a309bfb 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/partitioning.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-04 10:27+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -979,47 +979,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"如果您的 ide 磁盘上超过 20 个分区，您将需要为 21 以上的分区创建设备。除非有正" -"确的设备存在，否则下一步初始化分区将失败。作为一个例子，这里列举了相关的命" -"令，让您可以在 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 中使用或者在<guimenuitem>运行一个 " -"shell</guimenuitem>下加入一个设备文件，令第 21 个的分区能够被初始化：" -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 除非在目标系统上有合适的设备名称，否则引导一个新" -"的系统将会失败。在安装完内核和模块以后，执行： <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">记住标记您的引导分区为 " -"<quote>Bootable</quote>。</phrase>" +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1036,14 +1000,14 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:612, index.docbook:672, index.docbook:696, index.docbook:793, index.docbook:912, index.docbook:989 #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "为 &arch-title; 准备分区" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1062,7 +1026,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在一个 DOS 分区表，在 partman 转换到 disk label 前需要将它删除。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1074,7 +1038,7 @@ msgstr "" "磁盘卷标，您必须使用<quote>b</quote>命令进入磁盘卷标模式。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1093,7 +1057,7 @@ msgstr "" "系统访问。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1114,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "" "这是习惯所致。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1132,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>mkdosfs</command> 然后再尝试安装启动引导器。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1158,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "" "25–50 MB 一般来说应该足够了。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1176,7 +1140,7 @@ msgstr "" "分区，并更改其尺寸。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1196,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" "包含一个简单的介绍，来帮助在大部分情况下进行规划。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1214,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "" "盘您只能含有一个扩展分区。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1230,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "超过 20 个的分区，除非您为这些首先手工创建了设备文件。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1244,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "个 1024 柱面内。(在没有 BIOS 转换的情况下，大约有 524MB)。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1268,7 +1232,7 @@ msgstr "" "来进行磁盘寻址。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1288,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr "" "换后</emphasis> 的 1024 柱面内。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1308,7 +1272,7 @@ msgstr "" "用，甚至也不管您的 BIOS 是否支持大硬盘访问扩展。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1322,13 +1286,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>parted</command> 来进行磁盘分区的。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "EFI 能够识别的格式" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1345,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "DOS 分区表。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1359,7 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置分区。其方法类似设置一个 <emphasis>交换</emphasis> 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1404,13 +1368,13 @@ msgstr "" "它可能要扫描坏区。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr "启动引导器分区要求" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1425,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "个内核的话，128MB 也许更好。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1447,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "入一个 EFI 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1457,13 +1421,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "EFI 诊断分区" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1482,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "区的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1498,13 +1462,13 @@ msgstr "" "入。注意 volume header 必须从 0 号扇区开始。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "为较新的 PowerMacs 分区" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1526,7 +1490,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 命令。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1537,7 +1501,7 @@ msgstr "" "为里面 含有一些特殊修改的模式来让 OpenFirmware 能够自动启动它。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1554,7 +1518,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 工具可以用来维护这个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1574,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr "" "顺序。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1588,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "启动的时候，会初始化没有任何激活的 MacOS 分区以及驱动分区的磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1601,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>s</keycap> 中用 <command>fdisk</command> 键来创建 Sun 磁盘标记。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1620,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "或者 UFS 分区在那里；它们将隔离分区表和引导块。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1631,3 +1595,44 @@ msgstr "" "这里建议第三个分区应该是 <quote>Whole disk</quote>(type 5)，并且包含整个磁盘 " "(从第一个柱面至最后一个)，这是 Sun 磁盘格式的惯例，并且确保 <command>SILO</" "command> 启动引导器工作良好。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的 ide 磁盘上超过 20 个分区，您将需要为 21 以上的分区创建设备。除非" +#~ "有正确的设备存在，否则下一步初始化分区将失败。作为一个例子，这里列举了相关" +#~ "的命令，让您可以在 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 中使用或者在<guimenuitem>运" +#~ "行一个 shell</guimenuitem>下加入一个设备文件，令第 21 个的分区能够被初始" +#~ "化：<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> 除非在目标系统上有合适的设备名称，否则引导一个" +#~ "新的系统将会失败。在安装完内核和模块以后，执行： " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">记住标记您的引导分区为 " +#~ "<quote>Bootable</quote>。</phrase>" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index e47984cd5..03cbbd5f4 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:19+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-16 15:44+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@debian.org>\n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "本附录对 &d-i; 中提问对应的答案进行说明，让安装过程自动化。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:504 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " @@ -542,33 +542,38 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:374 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " -"parameters that appear after it will be copied into the installed bootloader " -"configuration (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). Note that " -"the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in the default boot parameters." +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied into " +"the installed bootloader configuration (if supported by the installer for " +"the bootloader). Note that the <quote>--</quote> may already be present in " +"the default boot parameters, which means that unless you add another " +"<quote>--</quote> all parameters specified at the boot prompt will be " +"copied. That being the case, you should specify any preconfiguration options " +"before any options required by the hardware in order to boot, and separate " +"them with a <quote>--</quote> to ensure that only the latter are copied onto " +"the target system." msgstr "" "<quote>--</quote> 在启动选项中有特殊含义。之后的内核参数将复制到已安装的引导" "器配置(假如安装程序支持引导器)。注意 <quote>--</quote> 也可能已经存在于默认的" "引导参数中。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:383 -#, no-c-format +#: preseed.xml:388 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and 8 environment " -"options (including any options added by default for the installer). If these " -"numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any excess options and 2.6 " -"kernels will panic. For kernel 2.6.9 and later, you can use 32 command line " -"options and 32 environment options." +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" msgstr "" "对于 2.4 内核，它最多可以接受 8 个命令行选项和 8 个环境变量选项(包括安装程序" "使用的默认选项)。如果超出，2.4 内核将丢弃多余部分，但 2.6 内核会崩溃。2.6.9 " "以后的内核，您可以指定 32 个命令行选项和 32 个环境变量选项。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:392 +#: preseed.xml:396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " @@ -579,7 +584,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal>，可以放心地删除，这让您可以添加更多的预置选项。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:399 +#: preseed.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " @@ -587,13 +592,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "引导参数中即使使用引号，也可能无法夹杂空格。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:409 +#: preseed.xml:413 #, no-c-format msgid "Creating a preconfiguration file" msgstr "创建预置文件" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:410 +#: preseed.xml:414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" @@ -604,21 +609,21 @@ msgstr "" "预置文件中每一行的格式为：" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:416 +#: preseed.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" msgstr "" "<owner> <question name> <question type> <value>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:418 +#: preseed.xml:422 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." msgstr "编写预置文件的时候要留意几条规则。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:425 +#: preseed.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " @@ -627,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" "在类型和值之间只有一个空格或者 tab：任何额外的空格将被解释为值的一部分。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:429 +#: preseed.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " @@ -639,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" "行。分割一行较好的地方是在问题名后面；而在类型和值之间则是糟糕的地方。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:435 +#: preseed.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " @@ -650,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>partman</classname>)，需要使用翻译过的值。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:441 +#: preseed.xml:445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " @@ -658,7 +663,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "有些问题在安装过程中显示值的代码而不是英文文本。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:447 +#: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " @@ -668,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"preseed-contents\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:452 +#: preseed.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " @@ -681,7 +686,7 @@ msgstr "" "程序的 cdebconf 数据库到一个文件：" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:459 +#: preseed.xml:463 #, no-c-format msgid "" "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" @@ -691,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:461 +#: preseed.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " @@ -702,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" "始。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:469 +#: preseed.xml:473 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " @@ -716,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" "感的信息，默认只为 root 可读。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:477 +#: preseed.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " @@ -727,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr "" "log/installer</filename> 目录及其中的文件将从您的系统中删除。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:485 +#: preseed.xml:489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " @@ -742,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" "值。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:493 +#: preseed.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " @@ -753,13 +758,13 @@ msgstr "" "selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command> 命令。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:503 +#: preseed.xml:507 #, no-c-format msgid "Contents of the preconfiguration file" msgstr "预置文件的内容" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:509 +#: preseed.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " @@ -773,13 +778,13 @@ msgstr "" "设置替换。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:520 +#: preseed.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Localization" msgstr "本地化" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:521 +#: preseed.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " @@ -789,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "设置本地信息只适用于使用 initrd 预置。其他方式下这些问题是在询问之后加载的。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:527 +#: preseed.xml:531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The locale can be used to specify both language and country. To specify the " @@ -800,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:533 +#: preseed.xml:537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -810,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" "d-i debian-installer/locale string en_US" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:535 +#: preseed.xml:539 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " @@ -822,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" "体系，因此通常不必预置。键映射必须对所选择的键盘体系有效。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:542 +#: preseed.xml:546 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Keyboard selection.\n" @@ -838,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i console-keymaps-usb/keymap select mac-usb-us" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:544 +#: preseed.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" @@ -849,7 +854,7 @@ msgstr "" "tools/archs</classname>。这将导致内核键映射保持活动。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:553 +#: preseed.xml:557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " @@ -860,13 +865,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap。" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:563 +#: preseed.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "Network configuration" msgstr "网络设置" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:564 +#: preseed.xml:568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " @@ -879,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" "助。如果您计划从网络加载预置文件，应该使用传递网络设置给内核引导参数的方式。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:572 +#: preseed.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " @@ -890,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:578 +#: preseed.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " @@ -906,7 +911,7 @@ msgstr "" "再运行一次，这需要下面的内容包含在 <quote>preseed/run</quote> 脚本里面：" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:588 +#: preseed.xml:592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "killall.sh dhclient\n" @@ -916,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "netcfg" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:592 +#: preseed.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" @@ -998,13 +1003,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:597 +#: preseed.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Mirror settings" msgstr "镜像设置" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:598 +#: preseed.xml:602 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used both to " @@ -1015,7 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "系统建立 <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:605 +#: preseed.xml:609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " @@ -1024,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" "参数 <classname>mirror/suite</classname> 决定了安装好的系统使用的套件。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:610 +#: preseed.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " @@ -1040,7 +1045,7 @@ msgstr "" "suite</classname> 的值相同。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:622 +#: preseed.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" @@ -1064,13 +1069,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:627 +#: preseed.xml:631 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "分区" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:628 +#: preseed.xml:632 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " @@ -1086,7 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "" "立 RAID。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:639 +#: preseed.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " @@ -1097,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" "确的那一个。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:647 +#: preseed.xml:651 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" @@ -1226,13 +1231,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:652 +#: preseed.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning using RAID" msgstr "使用 RAID 分区" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:653 +#: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " @@ -1246,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "" "列中的所有设备；参见 <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:663 +#: preseed.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also a very " @@ -1260,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "一下 <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:671 +#: preseed.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of the " @@ -1271,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID 设置像降级阵列或额外设备只经过了轻量级的测试。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:679 +#: preseed.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# NOTE: this option is of beta release quality and should be used carefully\n" @@ -1369,13 +1374,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:684 +#: preseed.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "Clock and time zone setup" msgstr "时钟与时区设置" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:686 +#: preseed.xml:690 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" @@ -1393,13 +1398,13 @@ msgstr "" "d-i time/zone string US/Eastern" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:691 +#: preseed.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "Apt setup" msgstr "设置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:692 +#: preseed.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " @@ -1412,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" "仓库。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:700 +#: preseed.xml:704 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" @@ -1448,13 +1453,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/local0/key string http://local.server/key" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:705 +#: preseed.xml:709 #, no-c-format msgid "Account setup" msgstr "帐号设置" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:706 +#: preseed.xml:710 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " @@ -1465,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis> 值。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:713 +#: preseed.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " @@ -1478,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD5 哈西表相对安全一些，但也会造成安全的假象，MD5 哈西表也可以被暴力破解。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:723 +#: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Skip creation of a root account (normal user account will be able to\n" @@ -1524,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i passwd/user-password-crypted password [MD5 hash]" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:725 +#: preseed.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " @@ -1541,26 +1546,26 @@ msgstr "" "root 登录(例如使用 SSH key 认证或 sudo)。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:735 +#: preseed.xml:739 #, no-c-format msgid "" "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." msgstr "密码的 MD5 hash 可以用下面命令产生。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:739 +#: preseed.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" msgstr "$ echo \"r00tme\" | mkpasswd -s -H MD5" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:745 +#: preseed.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Base system installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:746 +#: preseed.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " @@ -1569,7 +1574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "本阶段的安装并没有多少东西需要预置。仅有一个与内核安装相关的问题。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:753 +#: preseed.xml:757 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " @@ -1581,13 +1586,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:758 +#: preseed.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot loader installation" msgstr "安装引导加载器" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:760 +#: preseed.xml:764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" @@ -1635,13 +1640,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0) (hd1,0) (hd2,0)" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:765 +#: preseed.xml:769 #, no-c-format msgid "Package selection" msgstr "选择软件包" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:766 +#: preseed.xml:770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " @@ -1649,73 +1654,73 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您可以选择安装存在的任务的组合。写这篇文章时已有的任务是：" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:775 +#: preseed.xml:779 #, no-c-format msgid "standard" msgstr "标准" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:778 +#: preseed.xml:782 #, no-c-format msgid "desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:781 +#: preseed.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "gnome-desktop" msgstr "gnome 桌面" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:784 +#: preseed.xml:788 #, no-c-format msgid "kde-desktop" msgstr "kde 桌面" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:787 +#: preseed.xml:791 #, no-c-format msgid "web-server" msgstr "web 服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:790 +#: preseed.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "print-server" msgstr "打印服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:793 +#: preseed.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "dns-server" msgstr "dns 服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:796 +#: preseed.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "file-server" msgstr "文件服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:799 +#: preseed.xml:803 #, no-c-format msgid "mail-server" msgstr "邮件服务器" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:802 +#: preseed.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "sql-database" msgstr "SQL 数据库" #. Tag: userinput -#: preseed.xml:805 +#: preseed.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "laptop" msgstr "便携机" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:809 +#: preseed.xml:813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " @@ -1726,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 任务。" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:815 +#: preseed.xml:819 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " @@ -1738,7 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" "include</classname>。该参数的值可以用逗号或空格分开，便于在内核命令行上使用。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:825 +#: preseed.xml:829 #, no-c-format msgid "" "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, desktop\n" @@ -1768,13 +1773,13 @@ msgstr "" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:830 +#: preseed.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing up the first stage install" msgstr "完成第一阶段安装" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:832 +#: preseed.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" @@ -1792,13 +1797,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:837 +#: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "Mailer configuration" msgstr "邮件设置" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:838 +#: preseed.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to avoid " @@ -1807,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "普通安装方式下，exim 会问一些问题。这里是避免的方法。也可以有更多的预置内容。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:845 +#: preseed.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" @@ -1823,13 +1828,13 @@ msgstr "" "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:850 +#: preseed.xml:854 #, no-c-format msgid "X configuration" msgstr "设置 X" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:851 +#: preseed.xml:855 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know some " @@ -1840,7 +1845,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 X 配置工具无法自动设置每一件事。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:859 +#: preseed.xml:863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" @@ -1888,13 +1893,13 @@ msgstr "" " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:864 +#: preseed.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "Preseeding other packages" msgstr "预置其他的软件包" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:866 +#: preseed.xml:870 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" @@ -1914,19 +1919,19 @@ msgstr "" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:872 +#: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "高级选项" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:875 +#: preseed.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "Shell commands" msgstr "shell 命令" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:877 +#: preseed.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" @@ -1964,13 +1969,13 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" #. Tag: title -#: preseed.xml:882 +#: preseed.xml:886 #, no-c-format msgid "Chainloading preconfiguration files" msgstr "预置文件链" #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:883 +#: preseed.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " @@ -1984,7 +1989,7 @@ msgstr "" "另外的文件里面。" #. Tag: screen -#: preseed.xml:893 +#: preseed.xml:897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po index e39d7e466..021295922 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-16 15:53+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -438,16 +438,17 @@ msgstr "各软件集所需的磁盘空间" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "在 i386 架构上，基本的安装默认使用 2.4 内核，需要 573MB 的磁盘空间，这里面包" "含了所有的标准软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -460,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "装后所占的空间，可能会小于这两个软件集分别安装所占的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -474,201 +475,225 @@ msgstr "" "寸</quote>是(临时地)用在 <filename>/var</filename>。" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "任务" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "安装尺寸 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "下载尺寸 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "用于安装所需空间 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1258" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Web 服务器" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Web 服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "打印服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS 服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "文件服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "邮件服务器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL 数据库" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "<emphasis>桌面</emphasis> 任务将同时安装 GNOME 和 KDE 桌面环境。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -681,13 +706,13 @@ msgstr "" "不同；您应该给 200MB 以上的空间用于下载和安装。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "通过 Unix/Linux 系统来安装 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -708,7 +733,7 @@ msgstr "" "中输入的。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -723,13 +748,13 @@ msgstr "" "过任何引导或者安装介质完成安装的权宜之计。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "准备运动" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -742,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "" "X，就需要至少 300MB 的空间了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -760,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -783,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "统)。挂载点的名称是任意的，后面的步骤将会用到它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -793,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -804,13 +829,13 @@ msgstr "" "手动创建和加载这些目录。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "安装 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -833,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>debootstrap</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -847,13 +872,18 @@ msgid "" "ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. " "You will need to have root privileges to install the files." msgstr "" -"或者您也可以通过下面的步骤手动安装它。先新建一个工作目录，用于解压后的 .deb 文件： <informalexample><screen>\n" +"或者您也可以通过下面的步骤手动安装它。先新建一个工作目录，用于解压后的 .deb " +"文件： <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <command>debootstrap</command> 的二进制文件位于 Debian archive (请确保选择了与您架构相对应的文件)。下载 <command>debootstrap</command> .deb，它位于 <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>，把软件包拷贝到工作目录，并解压获得该文件。把二进制文件安装到系统中，您必须要拥有 root 的权限。" +"</screen></informalexample> <command>debootstrap</command> 的二进制文件位于 " +"Debian archive (请确保选择了与您架构相对应的文件)。下载 " +"<command>debootstrap</command> .deb，它位于 <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian." +"org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>，把软件包拷贝到工作目录，" +"并解压获得该文件。把二进制文件安装到系统中，您必须要拥有 root 的权限。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -865,13 +895,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "运行 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -887,7 +917,7 @@ msgstr "" "README.mirrors\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -899,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" "debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -919,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -929,13 +959,13 @@ msgstr "" "http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "基系统的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -945,19 +975,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>Chroot</command> 用来进入该系统：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "分区的挂载" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1019,13 +1049,13 @@ msgstr "" "a</userinput>，那么请一定要再接着做之前先把 proc 挂载好：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1036,31 +1066,31 @@ msgstr "" "chroot: 以为加载 proc。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "键盘的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "若要配置您的键盘，请：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1068,13 +1098,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "注意，在 chroot 里面不能设置键盘，但重新启动以后可以。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "网络的配置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1171,13 +1201,13 @@ msgstr "" "统启动时，每块网卡就能获得您所预期的 interface 名称了 (eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "locales 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1201,13 +1231,13 @@ msgstr "" "locale 之前，请先参阅相应的本地化指南(localization HOWTO)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "内核的安装" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1222,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 接下来使用所选包名来安装。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1232,13 +1262,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader 的设置" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1251,7 +1281,7 @@ msgstr "" "loader，因此您要在 Debian 的 chroot 中使用 <command>aptitude</command> 完成。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1272,13 +1302,13 @@ msgstr "" "它就会用哪个系统里的 <filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "下面有一个简单的<filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 作为例子：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1298,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1316,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1346,13 +1376,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 换成 <userinput>hd:</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "通过 Parallel Line IP (PLIP) 来安装 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1365,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "具有 Debian 镜像的网络(例如，互联网)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1379,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP 地址(这些地址在您的网络地址空间里面未被占用)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1390,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1402,13 +1432,13 @@ msgstr "" "为 <literal>io=0x378</literal>，<literal>irq=7</literal>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "需求" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1416,13 +1446,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "目标计算机，称为 <emphasis>target</emphasis>，将安装 Debian 在上面。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "系统安装介质；参阅 <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1431,7 +1461,7 @@ msgstr "" "另外一台连接到互联网的计算机，称为 <emphasis>source</emphasis>，功能是网关。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1442,13 +1472,13 @@ msgstr "" "Install-HOWTO</ulink> 了解这种线的更多信息，以及如何自己制作。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "建立源" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1458,7 +1488,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1500,13 +1530,13 @@ msgstr "" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "安装目标" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1530,13 +1560,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 下面是安装过程中各阶段所要提供的答案。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "从光盘加载安装组件" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1546,13 +1576,13 @@ msgstr "" "用 PLIP 驱动。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "侦测网络硬件" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1565,7 +1595,7 @@ msgstr "" "系统没有网卡，安装程序不会显示该列表。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1576,19 +1606,19 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>plip</userinput> 模块。" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" @@ -1596,7 +1626,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1606,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " @@ -1614,3 +1644,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Name server addresses: 您可以使用与源计算机相同的地址 (参阅 <filename>/etc/" "resolv.conf</filename>)" + +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 0b8bde624..cac281f02 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-25 20:54+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -862,54 +862,14 @@ msgstr "" "功能放在 <keycap>Option</keycap> 健上(在大多数 Mac 键盘上标明 'alt')。其余地" "方这两种布局相似。" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"如果您的系统上使用 Sun USB 键盘，并且使用默认的 2.4 内核启动，该键盘将无法被" -"安装系统识别。\n" -"安装程序会提供 Sun 类型的 keymap 列表供选择，但是选择了其中一个会导致键盘无法" -"使用。\n" -"如果您使用 2.6 内核安装，便不会有问题。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"为了让键盘可以工作，您应该给引导程序加上参数 <userinput>priority=medium</" -"userinput>。当您看到键盘选择项<footnote> <para> 如果您使用默认的优先级安装，" -"在显示 Sun 类型 keymap 之后，您应该使用 <userinput>Go Back</userinput> 按钮返" -"回安装菜单。</para> </footnote>，如果您使用美式(US)键盘布局，请选 <quote>No " -"keyboard to configure</quote> ，如果您使用本地化键盘布局，请选 <quote>USB " -"keyboard</quote>。选择 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> 会使内核 " -"keympa 放在合适的地方，这对美式键盘是正确的做法。" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "寻找 Debian 安装程序 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -922,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 正是用来完成此任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -949,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 搜索其它的映象。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -961,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。这次不只查看最上级目录，而是真正地贯串整个文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -977,13 +937,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 用户可以在第二个控制台上完成这些动作，而毋须重新启动。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1001,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 页。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1020,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "此，如果您确定都正常，再试一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1042,7 +1002,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1063,13 +1023,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用来一步步进行网络配置。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分区与选择挂载点" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1084,13 +1044,13 @@ msgstr "" "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 LVM 或 RAID 设备。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "硬盘的分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1101,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "的细节，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1114,21 +1074,29 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:751 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" "如果您选择向导式分区，可以有三种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)，或使用" "逻辑卷管理(LVM)，或使用加密 LVM。注意：(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都" "可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1142,7 +1110,18 @@ msgstr "" "大分区将无法读取，对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1157,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1172,7 +1151,7 @@ msgstr "" "用的那块。排列的次序可能与您以前的不同。磁盘的尺寸将会帮助您识别它们。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1186,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" "销。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1202,73 +1181,73 @@ msgstr "" "给它 1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么向导式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home，/usr，/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1278,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1291,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1304,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" "的一项，可以让您手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1315,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr "" "始处，为 aboot boot loader 的保留空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1326,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1374,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "创建这些特殊的设置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1392,7 +1371,7 @@ msgstr "" "后再次运行向导式分区，或者按照下面将要介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1407,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "本节的后面谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1420,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "的磁盘条目下会出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1449,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "会自动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1468,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1483,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "的步骤，直到您改正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1494,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1510,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1523,13 +1502,13 @@ msgstr "" "盘上进行的所有操作。此时，安装程序会让您确认 是否就照此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1547,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1560,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1625,101 +1604,101 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1727,7 +1706,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1737,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1752,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1767,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1787,7 +1766,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1798,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1815,7 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1825,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1841,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr "" "当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1854,13 +1833,13 @@ msgstr "" "的新 MD 设备并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1874,7 +1853,7 @@ msgstr "" "移到或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1891,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm>)。逻辑卷(当然底层是卷组)的亮点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1909,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1924,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1941,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1951,43 +1930,43 @@ msgstr "" "名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "创建卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "创建逻辑卷" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "删除卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "删除逻辑卷" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "扩充卷组" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "裁减卷组" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1996,7 +1975,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2004,7 +1983,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -2017,7 +1996,7 @@ msgstr "" "除它们就可以了。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2028,13 +2007,13 @@ msgstr "" "通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2052,7 +2031,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2075,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2087,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2105,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2120,7 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2133,13 +2112,13 @@ msgstr "" "的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2162,13 +2141,13 @@ msgstr "" "息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2180,13 +2159,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2202,7 +2181,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2215,25 +2194,25 @@ msgstr "" "才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2246,13 +2225,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2267,7 +2246,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2284,13 +2263,13 @@ msgstr "" "复写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2308,7 +2287,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2320,13 +2299,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2337,25 +2316,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2367,19 +2346,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2391,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "" "对于加密，您将只能使用 <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> 作为加密密钥建立卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2406,7 +2385,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2420,7 +2399,7 @@ msgstr "" "生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2440,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2459,7 +2438,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2490,7 +2469,7 @@ msgstr "" "您不合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2507,7 +2486,7 @@ msgstr "" "的差异，将在后面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2515,13 +2494,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "建立系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2529,13 +2508,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区之后，安装程序还会询问一些问题用于建立系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "配置您的时区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2547,13 +2526,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的位置只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2565,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2581,7 +2560,7 @@ msgstr "" "为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2593,19 +2572,19 @@ msgstr "" "或者以前没有设为 UTC 时，设置时钟到当前的时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2618,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "" "管理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2632,7 +2611,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2643,13 +2622,13 @@ msgstr "" "理员，否则您通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2662,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2680,7 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "" "这方面的内容，建议您找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2692,7 +2671,7 @@ msgstr "" "要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2702,13 +2681,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2720,13 +2699,13 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系统安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2741,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2752,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2764,13 +2743,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2784,13 +2763,13 @@ msgstr "" "许比安装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2819,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "" "的用户界面下集成了一些其他特性(搜索包与状态检验)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2834,13 +2813,13 @@ msgstr "" "list</filename> 文件里面，安装完成后您可以检查它并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2855,7 +2834,7 @@ msgstr "" "算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2885,7 +2864,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各任务所需的空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2895,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 将安装您选中的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2903,7 +2882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2915,7 +2894,7 @@ msgstr "" "择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2928,13 +2907,13 @@ msgstr "" "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2948,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2962,7 +2941,7 @@ msgstr "" "送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2972,13 +2951,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "互联网站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2990,13 +2969,13 @@ msgstr "" "会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 发信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -3012,13 +2991,13 @@ msgstr "" "将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "仅在本地投递" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -3034,13 +3013,13 @@ msgstr "" "题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "现在不进行配置" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -3053,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "" "工具发来的重要信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -3068,13 +3047,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的资料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3087,7 +3066,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3100,13 +3079,13 @@ msgstr "" "它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3120,7 +3099,7 @@ msgstr "" "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3134,13 +3113,13 @@ msgstr "" "理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -3160,13 +3139,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3181,19 +3160,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3204,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3216,7 +3195,7 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3226,13 +3205,13 @@ msgstr "" "动引导器。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3248,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3261,7 +3240,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3269,13 +3248,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3283,13 +3262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3300,13 +3279,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3323,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3339,13 +3318,13 @@ msgstr "" "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3370,7 +3349,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3385,13 +3364,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3407,13 +3386,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3439,13 +3418,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3456,13 +3435,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3475,13 +3454,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3494,13 +3473,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3511,13 +3490,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3530,13 +3509,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3576,13 +3555,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3590,13 +3569,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3605,13 +3584,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3619,13 +3598,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3635,13 +3614,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3667,13 +3646,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3683,20 +3662,20 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3704,13 +3683,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3720,7 +3699,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3730,19 +3709,19 @@ msgstr "" "认的设置，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3760,13 +3739,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3779,13 +3758,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3800,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3833,13 +3812,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3855,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3874,13 +3853,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3888,13 +3867,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安装并重启" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3906,7 +3885,7 @@ msgstr "" "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3919,13 +3898,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3936,13 +3915,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3953,7 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3967,13 +3946,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3994,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4010,7 +3989,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自动完成与历史纪录。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -4027,13 +4006,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4048,7 +4027,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4068,7 +4047,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4076,7 +4055,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4096,7 +4075,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4107,7 +4086,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4135,7 +4114,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4151,7 +4130,7 @@ msgstr "" "再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4168,7 +4147,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4181,7 +4160,7 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -4189,3 +4168,38 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "另外，如果您在 X 终端下运行 ssh 会话，也不要改变窗口大小，它可能会造成连接中" "止。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的系统上使用 Sun USB 键盘，并且使用默认的 2.4 内核启动，该键盘将无法" +#~ "被安装系统识别。\n" +#~ "安装程序会提供 Sun 类型的 keymap 列表供选择，但是选择了其中一个会导致键盘" +#~ "无法使用。\n" +#~ "如果您使用 2.6 内核安装，便不会有问题。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "为了让键盘可以工作，您应该给引导程序加上参数 <userinput>priority=medium</" +#~ "userinput>。当您看到键盘选择项<footnote> <para> 如果您使用默认的优先级安" +#~ "装，在显示 Sun 类型 keymap 之后，您应该使用 <userinput>Go Back</" +#~ "userinput> 按钮返回安装菜单。</para> </footnote>，如果您使用美式(US)键盘布" +#~ "局，请选 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> ，如果您使用本地化键盘布" +#~ "局，请选 <quote>USB keyboard</quote>。选择 <quote>No keyboard to " +#~ "configure</quote> 会使内核 keympa 放在合适的地方，这对美式键盘是正确的做" +#~ "法。" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po index ed447984c..aad117237 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-17 08:26+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:56+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -3366,25 +3366,22 @@ msgstr "Debian 安裝程式的參數" #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " -"parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the 2.4 kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " -"command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " -"by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 " -"command line options and 32 environment options. </para> </footnote> which " -"may be useful." +"parameters<footnote> <para> With current kernels (2.6.9 or newer) you can " +"use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. If these numbers are " +"exceeded, the kernel will panic. </para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "安裝系統確認一些附加的開機參數 <footnote> <para> 注意，核心最多可以接受 8 個" "命令列參數和 8 個環境變數選項 (包括安裝程式預設使用的選項)。 如果超出，2.4 內" "核會忽略過多的選項，2.6 核心則會當機。</para> </footnote>，也許比較有用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed. Short " @@ -3392,7 +3389,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這些參數將顯示資訊設定為最低的級別。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2830 +#: boot-installer.xml:2827 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>priority=high</userinput>. This " @@ -3405,7 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "" "程式將按照要求調整優先級別。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2837 +#: boot-installer.xml:2834 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, you " @@ -3423,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr "" "安裝系統只會顯示至關重要的資訊，並且嘗試正確無誤地執行各項事宜。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2851 +#: boot-installer.xml:2848 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2852 +#: boot-installer.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3468,13 +3465,13 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2888 +#: boot-installer.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2889 +#: boot-installer.xml:2886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3486,49 +3483,49 @@ msgstr "" "除錯介殼在決定性的時間點上能被使用。 (離開介殼後將繼續安裝程序。)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2898 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2899 +#: boot-installer.xml:2896 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "此為預設。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2903 +#: boot-installer.xml:2900 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "更多的資訊。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2908 +#: boot-installer.xml:2905 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2906 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "大量的除錯資訊。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2913 +#: boot-installer.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2914 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3538,13 +3535,13 @@ msgstr "" "程。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2928 +#: boot-installer.xml:2925 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2929 +#: boot-installer.xml:2926 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3555,7 +3552,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2932 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies it can to find the root " @@ -3565,13 +3562,13 @@ msgstr "" "只查找一個設備。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2945 +#: boot-installer.xml:2942 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2946 +#: boot-installer.xml:2943 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3587,7 +3584,7 @@ msgstr "" "空白的螢幕，或者在開始安裝的時候停止幾分鐘。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2956 +#: boot-installer.xml:2953 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3598,19 +3595,19 @@ msgstr "" "題的報告原於使用 Mobile Radeon 卡的 Dell Inspiron 上。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2962 +#: boot-installer.xml:2959 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "在 Amiga 1200 and SE/30 上面也有報告指出這方面的問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2963 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "在 hppa 上面報告過存在這些問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2970 +#: boot-installer.xml:2967 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -3627,13 +3624,13 @@ msgstr "" "installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/theme" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2985 +#: boot-installer.xml:2982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A theme determines how the user interface of the installer looks (colors, " @@ -3645,13 +3642,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2998 +#: boot-installer.xml:2995 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2999 +#: boot-installer.xml:2996 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -3661,13 +3658,13 @@ msgstr "" "所引起的問題。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3008 +#: boot-installer.xml:3005 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3009 +#: boot-installer.xml:3006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -3679,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr "" "且改變其取得的設定。您可以在 DHCP 檢測失敗的情況下手動配置網路。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3016 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -3692,13 +3689,13 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP 來設定網路並且手動輸入參數。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3024 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3028 +#: boot-installer.xml:3025 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -3708,13 +3705,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。有些筆記型電腦對此會有錯誤的行為。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3038 +#: boot-installer.xml:3035 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3039 +#: boot-installer.xml:3036 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -3725,13 +3722,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3049 +#: boot-installer.xml:3046 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3050 +#: boot-installer.xml:3047 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -3742,13 +3739,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3060 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3061 +#: boot-installer.xml:3058 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -3764,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟機不能自動重新掛載媒介。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3070 +#: boot-installer.xml:3067 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -3775,25 +3772,25 @@ msgstr "" "後，不會自動從光碟開機。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3081 +#: boot-installer.xml:3078 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3082 +#: boot-installer.xml:3079 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "如果您在使用 2.2.x 核心，也許需要設定 &ramdisksize;。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3090 +#: boot-installer.xml:3087 #, no-c-format msgid "directfb/hw-accel" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3091 +#: boot-installer.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the gtk frontend (graphical installer), hardware acceleration in " @@ -3802,13 +3799,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:3101 +#: boot-installer.xml:3098 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3102 +#: boot-installer.xml:3099 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -3816,19 +3813,218 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3120 +#: boot-installer.xml:3117 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "安裝過程中的障礙排除" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3122 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "CD-ROM Reliability" +msgstr "軟碟的可靠性" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3123 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Sometimes, especially with older CD-ROM drives, the installer may fail to " +"boot from a CD-ROM. The installer may also — even after booting " +"successfully from CD-ROM — fail to recognize the CD-ROM or return " +"errors while reading from it during the installation." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3130 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"There are a many different possible causes for these problems. We can only " +"list some common issues and provide general suggestions on how to deal with " +"them. The rest is up to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3136 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you cannot get the installation working from CD-ROM, try one of the other " +"installation methods that are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3144 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Common issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3147 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not support reading from discs that were burned " +"at high speeds using a modern CD writer." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3153 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If your system boots correctly from the CD-ROM, it does not necessarily mean " +"that Linux also supports the CD-ROM (or, more correctly, the controller that " +"your CD-ROM drive is connected to)." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3160 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Some older CD-ROM drives do not work correctly if <quote>direct memory " +"access</quote> (DMA) is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3171 +#, no-c-format +msgid "How to investigate and maybe solve issues" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3172 +#, no-c-format +msgid "If the CD-ROM fails to boot, try the suggestions listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3177 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that your BIOS actually supports booting from CD-ROM (older systems " +"possibly don't) and that your CD-ROM drive supports the media you are using." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3183 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If you downloaded an iso image, check that the md5sum of that image matches " +"the one listed for the image in the <filename>MD5SUMS</filename> file that " +"should be present in the same location as where you downloaded the image " +"from. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ md5sum <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</replaceable>\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst." +"iso</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Next, check that the md5sum of the burned CD-ROM " +"matches as well. The following command should work. It uses the size of the " +"image to read the correct number of bytes from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: screen +#: boot-installer.xml:3196 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"$ dd if=/dev/cdrom | \\\n" +"> head -c `stat --format=%s <replaceable>debian-testing-i386-netinst.iso</" +"replaceable>` | \\\n" +"> md5sum\n" +"a20391b12f7ff22ef705cee4059c6b92 -\n" +"262668+0 records in\n" +"262668+0 records out\n" +"134486016 bytes (134 MB) copied, 97.474 seconds, 1.4 MB/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3201 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If, after the installer has been booted successfully, the CD-ROM is not " +"detected, sometimes simply trying again may solve the problem. If you have " +"more than one CD-ROM drive, try changing the CD-ROM to the other drive. If " +"that does not work or if the CD-ROM is recognized but there are errors when " +"reading from it, try the suggestions listed below. Some basic knowledge of " +"Linux is required for this. To execute any of the commands, you should first " +"switch to the second virtual console (VT2) and activate the shell there." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3213 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Switch to VT4 or view the contents of <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> " +"(use <command>nano</command> as editor) to check for any specific error " +"messages. After that, also check the output of <command>dmesg</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check in the output of <command>dmesg</command> if your CD-ROM drive was " +"recognized. You should see something like (the lines do not necessarily have " +"to be consecutive): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Probing IDE interface ide1...\n" +"hdc: TOSHIBA DVD-ROM SD-R6112, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive\n" +"ide1 at 0x170-0x177,0x376 on irq 15\n" +"hdc: ATAPI 24X DVD-ROM DVD-R CD-R/RW drive, 2048kB Cache, UDMA(33)\n" +"Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you don't see something like that, chances " +"are the controller your CD-ROM is connected to was not recognized or may be " +"not supported at all. If you know what driver is needed for the drive, you " +"can try loading it manually using <command>modprobe</command>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3234 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check that there is a device node for your CD-ROM drive under <filename>/dev/" +"</filename>. In the example above, this would be <filename>/dev/hdc</" +"filename>. There should also be a <filename>/dev/cdroms/cdrom0</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Use the <command>mount</command> command to check if the CD-ROM is already " +"mounted; if not, try mounting it manually: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ mount /dev/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable> /cdrom\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Check if there are any error messages after that " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Check if DMA is currently enabled: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ cd /proc/<replaceable>ide</replaceable>/<replaceable>hdc</replaceable>\n" +"$ grep dma settings\n" +"using_dma 1 0 1 rw\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A <quote>1</quote> means it is enabled. If it " +"is, try disabling it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"$ echo -n \"using_dma:0\" >settings\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure that you are in the directory for the " +"device that corresponds to your CD-ROM drive." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3266 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If there are any problems during the installation, try checking the " +"integrity of the CD-ROM using the option near the bottom of the installer's " +"main menu. This option can also be used as a general test if the CD-ROM can " +"be read reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: boot-installer.xml:3281 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "軟碟的可靠性" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3127 +#: boot-installer.xml:3283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -3837,7 +4033,7 @@ msgstr "" "對於第一次安裝 Debian 的人來說，他們遇到的最大的問題很可能是軟碟的可靠性。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3132 +#: boot-installer.xml:3288 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -3853,22 +4049,30 @@ msgstr "" "有關的 I/O 錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3141 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3297 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " -"thing you should do is re-download the floppy disk image and write it to a " -"<emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply reformatting the old floppy " -"may not be sufficient, even if it appears that the floppy was reformatted " -"and written with no errors. It is sometimes useful to try writing the floppy " -"on a different system." +"thing you should write it to a <emphasis>different</emphasis> floppy. Simply " +"reformatting the old floppy may not be sufficient, even if it appears that " +"the floppy was reformatted and written with no errors. It is sometimes " +"useful to try writing the floppy on a different system." msgstr "" "如果您在特定的軟碟上遇到麻煩，第一件要做的事情，是重新下載磁碟映像並且把它寫" "到<emphasis>另外</emphasis>一張軟碟上。僅僅只是格式化老的軟碟是不夠的，有可能" "的話甚至要在別的統上重寫這些軟碟。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3151 +#: boot-installer.xml:3306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Normally you should not have download a floppy image again, but if you are " +"experiencing problems it is always useful to verify that the images were " +"downloaded correctly by verifying their md5sums." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: boot-installer.xml:3312 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -3879,7 +4083,7 @@ msgstr "" "軟碟才算工作良好。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3157 +#: boot-installer.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -3890,13 +4094,13 @@ msgstr "" "為 硬體或者有缺陷的韌體軟碟驅動程式造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3166 +#: boot-installer.xml:3327 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "開機設定" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3168 +#: boot-installer.xml:3329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -3909,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3175 +#: boot-installer.xml:3336 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -3921,7 +4125,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3182 +#: boot-installer.xml:3343 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -3933,7 +4137,7 @@ msgstr "" "</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3188 +#: boot-installer.xml:3349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -3946,13 +4150,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>mem=512m</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3199 +#: boot-installer.xml:3360 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "常見的 &arch-title; 安裝問題" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3200 +#: boot-installer.xml:3361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -3960,7 +4164,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "傳入某些啟動參數可以解決或避免一些常見的安裝問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3205 +#: boot-installer.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -3971,7 +4175,7 @@ msgstr "" "以確定軟碟是好的，嘗試參數 <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3211 +#: boot-installer.xml:3372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -3989,7 +4193,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3220 +#: boot-installer.xml:3381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -4002,7 +4206,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 參數來取消這個測試。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3227 +#: boot-installer.xml:3388 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -4021,13 +4225,13 @@ msgstr "" "parms\"/> 來取得細節資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3241 +#: boot-installer.xml:3402 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "在 PCMCIA 段系統當機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3242 +#: boot-installer.xml:3403 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -4045,7 +4249,7 @@ msgstr "" "能引起問題的資源範圍。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3252 +#: boot-installer.xml:3413 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -4065,13 +4269,13 @@ msgstr "" "些有問題的資源範圍選項。注意在安裝程式中，輸入這些值的時候必須忽略逗號。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3269 +#: boot-installer.xml:3430 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "在裝入 USB 模組時系統當機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3270 +#: boot-installer.xml:3431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -4089,13 +4293,13 @@ msgstr "" "模組。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3284 +#: boot-installer.xml:3445 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "解讀核心起始資訊" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3286 +#: boot-installer.xml:3447 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4128,13 +4332,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3311 +#: boot-installer.xml:3472 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Bug Reporter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3312 +#: boot-installer.xml:3473 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " @@ -4150,7 +4354,7 @@ msgstr "" "資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3323 +#: boot-installer.xml:3484 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" @@ -4162,13 +4366,13 @@ msgstr "" "中。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3334 +#: boot-installer.xml:3495 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "回報安裝報告" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3335 +#: boot-installer.xml:3496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4178,7 +4382,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3342 +#: boot-installer.xml:3503 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4188,7 +4392,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3349 +#: boot-installer.xml:3510 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " @@ -4198,7 +4402,7 @@ msgid "" "Package: installation-reports\n" "\n" "Boot method: <How did you boot the installer? CD? floppy? network?>\n" -"Image version: <Fill in date and from where you got the image>\n" +"Image version: <Full URL to image you downloaded is best>\n" "Date: <Date and time of the install>\n" "\n" "Machine: <Description of machine (eg, IBM Thinkpad R32)>\n" @@ -4206,23 +4410,24 @@ msgid "" "Memory:\n" "Partitions: <df -Tl will do; the raw partition table is preferred>\n" "\n" -"Output of lspci and lspci -n:\n" +"Output of lspci -nn and lspci -vnn:\n" "\n" "Base System Installation Checklist:\n" "[O] = OK, [E] = Error (please elaborate below), [ ] = didn't try it\n" "\n" -"Initial boot worked: [ ]\n" -"Configure network HW: [ ]\n" -"Config network: [ ]\n" +"Initial boot: [ ]\n" +"Detect network card: [ ]\n" +"Configure network: [ ]\n" "Detect CD: [ ]\n" "Load installer modules: [ ]\n" "Detect hard drives: [ ]\n" "Partition hard drives: [ ]\n" -"Create file systems: [ ]\n" -"Mount partitions: [ ]\n" "Install base system: [ ]\n" +"Clock/timezone setup: [ ]\n" +"User/password setup: [ ]\n" +"Install tasks: [ ]\n" "Install boot loader: [ ]\n" -"Reboot: [ ]\n" +"Overall install: [ ]\n" "\n" "Comments/Problems:\n" "\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po index 634b1491a..2707edc19 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-19 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -358,9 +358,7 @@ msgstr "安裝" msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " -"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " -"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. The 2.6 kernel is the default. </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>)." msgstr "" "一旦開始安裝套件，螢幕會出現一個初始畫面。要開機啟動的話，請按 &enterkey;﹔也" "可以閱讀操作指南查看其它的啟動方式以及各種參數設定(請參閱 <xref linkend=" @@ -375,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:222 +#: installation-howto.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -390,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" "擇。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:230 +#: installation-howto.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -400,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" "一個。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:235 +#: installation-howto.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -410,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB 隨身碟或其它設備裡將其餘部分載入系統。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -421,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" "有連接網路，或是沒有用 DHCP，那麼您也可以手動設定網路。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:246 +#: installation-howto.xml:242 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -435,7 +433,7 @@ msgstr "" "話，請在選單中選擇手動分割。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:254 +#: installation-howto.xml:250 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -449,7 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 更多的安裝空間：只需選擇該分區，並指定新的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:261 +#: installation-howto.xml:257 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -469,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr "" "的資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -479,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝核心。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:276 +#: installation-howto.xml:272 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -495,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" "不讓它這樣做，而是把 GRUB 裝在其它地方。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:286 +#: installation-howto.xml:282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -508,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 有對它的詳盡說明。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -516,13 +514,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您想要更多的安裝過程相關資訊，請看 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:302 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "請寄給我們一份安裝報告" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:299 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " @@ -532,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:311 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" @@ -547,13 +545,13 @@ msgstr "" "了，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:323 +#: installation-howto.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "最後......" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:324 +#: installation-howto.xml:320 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po b/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po index d780c4fe6..fdd2c81d7 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/partitioning.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:23+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin, Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -974,47 +974,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: partitioning.xml:582 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " -"will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step of " -"initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is present. As " -"an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</userinput> or " -"under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a device so the 21st " -"partition can be initialized: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " -"proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the kernel " -"and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your boot " -"partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"如果您的 ide 磁碟上會超過 20 個分割區，您需要為 21 以上的分割區建立裝置檔案。" -"除非有適當的裝置，否則下一步初始化分割區將失敗。比如說，這裡列舉了相關的命" -"令，讓您可以在 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 中使用或者在執行一個介殼之後加入一" -"個裝置檔案，令第 21 個分割區能夠被初始化。 <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 除非在目標系統上有合適的裝置名稱，否則啟動一個新" -"安裝的系統將會失敗。在安裝完核心及模塊後，執行： <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# cd /target/dev\n" -"# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" -"# chgrp disk hda21\n" -"# chmod 660 hda21\n" -"</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">記住將您的開機分割區標籤為 " -"<quote>Bootable</quote>。</phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:601 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Remember to mark your boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: partitioning.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One key point when partitioning for Mac type disks is that the swap " @@ -1031,14 +996,14 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:612, index.docbook:672, index.docbook:696, index.docbook:793, index.docbook:912, index.docbook:989 #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:617 partitioning.xml:678 partitioning.xml:702 -#: partitioning.xml:799 partitioning.xml:913 partitioning.xml:990 +#: partitioning.xml:601 partitioning.xml:662 partitioning.xml:686 +#: partitioning.xml:783 partitioning.xml:897 partitioning.xml:974 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for &arch-title;" msgstr "為 &arch-title; 分割" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:618 +#: partitioning.xml:602 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting Debian from the SRM console (the only disk boot method supported by " @@ -1058,7 +1023,7 @@ msgstr "" "此分割區刪除。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:629 +#: partitioning.xml:613 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have chosen to use <command>fdisk</command> to partition your disk, " @@ -1070,7 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "" "磁碟標籤，您必須使用 <quote>b</quote> 命令進入磁碟標籤模式。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:636 +#: partitioning.xml:620 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you wish to use the disk you are partitioning from Tru64 Unix or one " @@ -1089,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aboot</command> 時，分割區會被一個開機區塊覆蓋。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:648 +#: partitioning.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, because <command>aboot</command> is written to the first few sectors " @@ -1110,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>，這樣一來較為方便。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:660 +#: partitioning.xml:644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For ARC installations, you should make a small FAT partition at the " @@ -1128,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>mkdosfs</command> ，然後再嘗試安裝 boot loader 。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:679 +#: partitioning.xml:663 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "PALO, the HPPA boot loader, requires a partition of type <quote>F0</quote> " @@ -1154,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "應該足夠。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:703 +#: partitioning.xml:687 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing other operating system such as DOS or Windows and " @@ -1171,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "分割後只需選擇該分割區，即可更改其大小。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:713 +#: partitioning.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PC BIOS generally adds additional constraints for disk partitioning. " @@ -1191,7 +1156,7 @@ msgstr "" "但是這一節會有一個簡單的介紹，來幫助在大部分情況下進行規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:724 +#: partitioning.xml:708 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<quote>Primary</quote> partitions are the original partitioning scheme for " @@ -1209,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "" "有一個延伸分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:735 +#: partitioning.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux limits the partitions per drive to 15 partitions for SCSI disks (3 " @@ -1225,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "20 個的分割區，除非您先為這些分割區手動建立裝置檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:745 +#: partitioning.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, nor " @@ -1239,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟第一個 1024 磁柱內。(在沒有 BIOS 轉換的情況下，大約有 524MB)。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:753 +#: partitioning.xml:737 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This restriction doesn't apply if you have a BIOS newer than around " @@ -1263,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" "為 Linux 不使用 BIOS 來存取硬碟。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:767 +#: partitioning.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large disk, you might have to use cylinder translation " @@ -1283,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "換後</emphasis> 的 1024 磁柱內。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:779 +#: partitioning.xml:763 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The recommended way of accomplishing this is to create a small " @@ -1303,7 +1268,7 @@ msgstr "" "轉換，甚至也不管您的 BIOS 是否支援高容量硬碟的存取。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:800 +#: partitioning.xml:784 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> disk partitioner is the default partitioning " @@ -1317,13 +1282,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>parted</command> 來進行磁碟分割的。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:812 +#: partitioning.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Recognized Formats" msgstr "EFI 能夠識別的格式" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:813 +#: partitioning.xml:797 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA64 EFI firmware supports two partition table (or disk label) formats, " @@ -1340,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr "" "DOS 分區表。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:825 +#: partitioning.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The automatic partitioning recipes for <command>partman</command> allocate " @@ -1355,7 +1320,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:833 +#: partitioning.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>partman</command> partitioner will handle most disk layouts. " @@ -1400,13 +1365,13 @@ msgstr "" "掃瞄壞磁區。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:858 +#: partitioning.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Loader Partition Requirements" msgstr " boot loader 分割區需求" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:859 +#: partitioning.xml:843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "ELILO, the ia64 boot loader, requires a partition containing a FAT file " @@ -1421,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "" "最好是 128MB 。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:868 +#: partitioning.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager and the EFI Shell fully support the GPT table so the " @@ -1443,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" "後一個分割區末尾留下足夠的磁盤空間，來加入一個 EFI 分區。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:883 +#: partitioning.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is strongly recommended that you allocate the EFI boot partition on the " @@ -1453,13 +1418,13 @@ msgstr "" "碟上。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:891 +#: partitioning.xml:875 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Diagnostic Partitions" msgstr "EFI 診斷分割區" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:892 +#: partitioning.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI firmware is significantly more sophisticated than the usual BIOS " @@ -1478,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "" "的時候。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:914 +#: partitioning.xml:898 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "SGI machines require an SGI disk label in order to make the system bootable " @@ -1494,13 +1459,13 @@ msgstr "" "的尺寸。注意 volume header 必須從 0 號磁區開始。" #. Tag: title -#: partitioning.xml:931 +#: partitioning.xml:915 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Newer PowerMacs" msgstr "較新的 PowerMacs 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:932 +#: partitioning.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing onto a NewWorld PowerMac you must create a special " @@ -1522,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:945 +#: partitioning.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The special partition type Apple_Bootstrap is required to prevent MacOS from " @@ -1533,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" "因為要使 OpenFirmware 能夠自動啟動 MacOS 需要對分割區做一些特殊修改。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:952 +#: partitioning.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the bootstrap partition is only meant to hold 3 very small files: " @@ -1550,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以用來管理這個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:962 +#: partitioning.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the bootstrap " @@ -1569,7 +1534,7 @@ msgstr "" "之後順利使用(位於 1 號分割區)。請注意，這是邏輯順序而不是實際位址順序。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:974 +#: partitioning.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apple disks normally have several small driver partitions. If you intend to " @@ -1584,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" "盤。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:991 +#: partitioning.xml:975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you create a <quote>Sun disk label</quote> on your boot disk. This " @@ -1597,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>fdisk</command> 中使用<keycap>s</keycap> 鍵來建立 Sun 磁碟標籤。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:999 +#: partitioning.xml:983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Furthermore, on &arch-title; disks, make sure your first partition on your " @@ -1616,7 +1581,7 @@ msgstr "" "放置 Ext2 或者 UFS 分割區，它們將分割區表和開機磁區隔離開來。" #. Tag: para -#: partitioning.xml:1010 +#: partitioning.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also advised that the third partition should be of type <quote>Whole " @@ -1628,6 +1593,48 @@ msgstr "" "整個磁碟(從第一個磁柱至最後一個)，這是 Sun 磁碟標籤的慣例， 並且確保 " "<command>SILO</command> boot loader 工作良好。" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you will be working with more than 20 partitions on your ide disk, you " +#~ "will need to create devices for partitions 21 and beyond. The next step " +#~ "of initializing the partition will fail unless a proper device is " +#~ "present. As an example, here are commands you can use in <userinput>tty2</" +#~ "userinput> or under <guimenuitem>Execute a shell</guimenuitem> to add a " +#~ "device so the 21st partition can be initialized: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> Booting into the new system will fail unless " +#~ "proper devices are present on the target system. After installing the " +#~ "kernel and modules, execute: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21\n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Remember to mark your " +#~ "boot partition as <quote>Bootable</quote>.</phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的 ide 磁碟上會超過 20 個分割區，您需要為 21 以上的分割區建立裝置檔" +#~ "案。除非有適當的裝置，否則下一步初始化分割區將失敗。比如說，這裡列舉了相關" +#~ "的命令，讓您可以在 <userinput>tty2</userinput> 中使用或者在執行一個介殼之" +#~ "後加入一個裝置檔案，令第 21 個分割區能夠被初始化。 " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> 除非在目標系統上有合適的裝置名稱，否則啟動一個" +#~ "新安裝的系統將會失敗。在安裝完核心及模塊後，執行： " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "# cd /target/dev\n" +#~ "# mknod hda21 b 3 21 \n" +#~ "# chgrp disk hda21\n" +#~ "# chmod 660 hda21\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> <phrase arch=\"i386\">記住將您的開機分割區標籤" +#~ "為 <quote>Bootable</quote>。</phrase>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "One of these programs will be run by default when you select " #~ "<guimenuitem>Partition a Hard Disk</guimenuitem>. If the one which is run " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po index f755288c5..3f98fff57 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-11 02:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -435,16 +435,17 @@ msgstr "各軟體集所需的磁碟空間" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:189 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " -"standard packages, requires 573MB of disk space." +"The base installation for i386 using the default 2.6 kernel, including all " +"standard packages, requires 585MB of disk space. A minimal base " +"installation, without the standard task selected, will take 365MB." msgstr "" "在 i386 架構上，基本的安裝預設使用 2.4 核心，需要 573MB 的磁碟空間，這裡面包" "含了標準軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:194 +#: random-bits.xml:196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -457,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝後所佔的空間，可能會小於這兩個軟體集分別安裝所佔的空間。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:201 +#: random-bits.xml:203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -471,201 +472,225 @@ msgstr "" "載大小</quote> 是(臨時地)用在 <filename>/var</filename>。" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:214 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "軟體集" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:215 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "安裝大小 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:216 +#: random-bits.xml:218 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "下載大小 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:217 +#: random-bits.xml:219 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "安裝所需空間 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:223 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:224 +#: random-bits.xml:226 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "1258" +msgstr "2058" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:227 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>418</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:228 #, no-c-format -msgid "1392" -msgstr "1392" +msgid "1676" +msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:225 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>460</entry>" +msgid "Laptop" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:233 random-bits.xml:242 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>46</entry>" msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:226 -#, no-c-format -msgid "1852" -msgstr "1852" +#: random-bits.xml:234 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>16</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:230 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Web server" -msgstr "Web 伺服器" +#: random-bits.xml:235 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>62</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:231 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>36</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" +msgid "Web server" +msgstr "Web 伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:232 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>12</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:240 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>35</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:233 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>48</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:241 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>11</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>119</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:237 +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "印表機伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:238 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>168</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:247 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>326</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:239 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>58</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:248 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>95</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:240 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>226</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:249 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>421</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:244 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS 伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:245 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:246 +#: random-bits.xml:255 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 +#: random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:251 +#: random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "檔案伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>47</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:261 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>50</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:253 +#: random-bits.xml:262 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>24</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" +msgid "<entry>21</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 +#: random-bits.xml:263 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "郵件伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:259 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>10</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" - -#. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:261 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:269 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>5</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:270 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>18</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" + +#. Tag: entry +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL 資料庫" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:275 #, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>66</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" +msgid "<entry>24</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>21</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>8</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:268 -#, no-c-format -msgid "<entry>87</entry>" -msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" +#: random-bits.xml:277 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "<entry>32</entry>" +msgstr "<entry>323</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:283 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the GNOME and KDE " -"desktop environments." +"The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install the GNOME desktop " +"environment." msgstr "<emphasis>桌面</emphasis> 軟體集將同時安裝 Gnome 和 KDE 桌面環境。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -678,13 +703,13 @@ msgstr "" "不同﹔您應該給 200MB 以上的空間用於下載和安裝。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:296 +#: random-bits.xml:305 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "透過 Unix/Linux 系統來安裝 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:298 +#: random-bits.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -705,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr "" "令是在 Debian chroot 環境中輸入的。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:310 +#: random-bits.xml:319 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -720,13 +745,13 @@ msgstr "" "透過任何開機或者安裝媒介完成安裝的權宜之計。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:331 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "準備開始" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:323 +#: random-bits.xml:332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -739,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" "想要裝 X， 就需要至少 300MB 的空間了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:330 +#: random-bits.xml:339 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file " @@ -757,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>-j</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:340 +#: random-bits.xml:349 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -780,7 +805,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)檔案系統)。掛載點的名稱是任意的，後面的步驟將會用到它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:352 +#: random-bits.xml:361 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -790,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:355 +#: random-bits.xml:364 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -799,13 +824,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:365 +#: random-bits.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "安裝 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:366 +#: random-bits.xml:375 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " @@ -825,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" "下載並安裝 <command>debootstrap</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:405 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -850,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" "些二進位檔。要把二進位檔安裝到系統中，您必須要擁有 root 的權限。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:411 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" @@ -862,13 +887,13 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "執行 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:418 +#: random-bits.xml:427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -884,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:427 +#: random-bits.xml:436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -896,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:433 +#: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -916,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:450 +#: random-bits.xml:459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -926,13 +951,13 @@ msgstr "" "http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:456 +#: random-bits.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "基本系統的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:457 +#: random-bits.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -942,19 +967,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>Chroot</command> 用來進入該系統：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:462 +#: random-bits.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:476 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "分割區的掛載" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:468 +#: random-bits.xml:477 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1016,13 +1041,13 @@ msgstr "" "a</userinput>，那麼請一定要在接著做之前先把 proc 掛載好：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:488 +#: random-bits.xml:497 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1031,31 +1056,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:505 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "鍵盤的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:503 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "若要設定您的鍵盤，請：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:507 +#: random-bits.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:509 +#: random-bits.xml:518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1063,13 +1088,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:518 +#: random-bits.xml:527 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "網路的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:519 +#: random-bits.xml:528 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1166,13 +1191,13 @@ msgstr "" "在系統啟動時，每塊網卡就能取得您所預期的 interface 名稱了(eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:556 +#: random-bits.xml:565 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "locales 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:557 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " @@ -1195,13 +1220,13 @@ msgstr "" "參閱相應的本地化指南(localisation HOWTO)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:575 +#: random-bits.xml:584 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "核心的安裝" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:576 +#: random-bits.xml:585 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -1217,7 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "" "參數來安裝它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:585 +#: random-bits.xml:594 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" @@ -1226,13 +1251,13 @@ msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:591 +#: random-bits.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:592 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -1245,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 的 chroot 中使用 apt-get 完成。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:599 +#: random-bits.xml:608 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -1266,13 +1291,13 @@ msgstr "" "lilo，它就會用哪個系統裡的 <filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:610 +#: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "下面有一個簡單的 <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 例子：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:614 +#: random-bits.xml:623 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -1292,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:616 +#: random-bits.xml:625 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -1310,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:626 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -1340,13 +1365,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 換成 <userinput>hd:</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:644 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "透過 Unix/Linux 系統來安裝 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:646 +#: random-bits.xml:655 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " @@ -1356,7 +1381,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:654 +#: random-bits.xml:663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -1367,7 +1392,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:662 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -1376,7 +1401,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:667 +#: random-bits.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -1386,13 +1411,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:677 +#: random-bits.xml:686 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:680 +#: random-bits.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -1400,13 +1425,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:686 +#: random-bits.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:691 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -1414,7 +1439,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -1423,13 +1448,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:709 +#: random-bits.xml:718 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "設定您的滑鼠" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:719 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -1437,7 +1462,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:715 +#: random-bits.xml:724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1461,13 +1486,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:721 +#: random-bits.xml:730 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "核心的安裝" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:722 +#: random-bits.xml:731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -1483,13 +1508,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:741 +#: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components from CD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:743 +#: random-bits.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -1497,13 +1522,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:751 +#: random-bits.xml:760 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:756 +#: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -1513,7 +1538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -1522,26 +1547,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:786 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "網路的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:780 +#: random-bits.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:785 +#: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:790 +#: random-bits.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -1549,13 +1574,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:796 +#: random-bits.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "1392" +#~ msgstr "1392" + +#~ msgid "1852" +#~ msgstr "1852" + +#~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + +#~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" +#~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. " #~ "These files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware " @@ -3212,23 +3261,14 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "<entry>521</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>521</entry>" -#~ msgid "2058" -#~ msgstr "2058" - #~ msgid "<entry>92</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>92</entry>" -#~ msgid "<entry>323</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>323</entry>" - #~ msgid "<entry>41</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>41</entry>" #~ msgid "<entry>53</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>53</entry>" -#~ msgid "<entry>119</entry>" -#~ msgstr "<entry>119</entry>" - #~ msgid "<entry>141</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>141</entry>" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index 5ad37675c..f86b7eca8 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-26 16:20+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 14:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -860,55 +860,14 @@ msgstr "" "將 Alt 功能放在 <keycap>Option</keycap> 按鍵上 (在大多數 Mac 鍵盤上標明 " "'alt')。其餘地方這兩種配置相似。" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:564 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " -"booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not be " -"identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will show you " -"a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of these will " -"result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with the 2.6 kernel, " -"there is no problem." -msgstr "" -"如果您的系統上使用 Sun USB 鍵盤，並且使用預設的 2.4 核心啟動，該鍵盤將無法被" -"安裝系統識別。\n" -"安裝程式會提供 Sun 類型的 keymap 列表供選擇，但是選擇了其中一個會導致鍵盤無法" -"使用。\n" -"如果您使用 2.6 核心安裝，便不會有問題。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:573 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " -"<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " -"selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " -"should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " -"installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" -"footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " -"keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</quote> " -"if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in place, which is correct " -"for US keyboards." -msgstr "" -"為了讓鍵盤可以工作，您應該為開機程式加上參數 <userinput>debconf/" -"priority=medium</userinput>。\n" -"當您看到鍵盤選擇項<footnote> <para> 如果您使用預設的優先級安裝，在顯示 Sun 類" -"型 keymap 之後，您應該使用 <userinput>Go Back</userinput> 按鈕返回安裝選單。" -"</para> </footnote>，如果您使用美式 (US) 鍵盤配置，請選 <quote>No keyboard " -"to configure</quote>，如果您使用本地化鍵盤配置，請選 <quote>USB keyboard</" -"quote>。選擇 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> 會使核心 keympa 放在合適" -"的地方，這對美式鍵盤是正確的做法。" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:611 +#: using-d-i.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "尋找 Debian 安裝程式 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:612 +#: using-d-i.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -921,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" "正是用來完成此任務。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -948,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "果是後者，<command>iso-scan</command> 會搜索其它的映像檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:636 +#: using-d-i.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -960,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。這次不只查看最上級目錄，而是真正地搜尋整個檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:643 +#: using-d-i.xml:614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -976,13 +935,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 使用者可以在第二個控制台上完成這些動作，而毋須重新啟動。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:664 +#: using-d-i.xml:635 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:666 +#: using-d-i.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1000,7 +959,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 頁。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:677 +#: using-d-i.xml:648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1019,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" "時候回應很慢，因此，如果您確定都正常，再試一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:689 +#: using-d-i.xml:660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1041,7 +1000,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 中參考應回答的數值。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:703 +#: using-d-i.xml:674 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1062,13 +1021,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用來一步步進行網路設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:742 +#: using-d-i.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:743 +#: using-d-i.xml:714 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1083,13 +1042,13 @@ msgstr "" "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:765 +#: using-d-i.xml:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "硬碟的分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:767 +#: using-d-i.xml:738 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1100,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:773 +#: using-d-i.xml:744 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1113,18 +1072,26 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#: using-d-i.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " "partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them " "using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted " -"LVM. Note: the option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all " -"architectures." +"LVM<footnote>. <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using " +"a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> " +"support. </para> </footnote>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:766 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:788 +#: using-d-i.xml:771 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1135,7 +1102,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:798 +#: using-d-i.xml:780 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " +"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it " +"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also " +"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may " +"take some time depending on the size of your disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:789 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1147,7 +1125,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:808 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1159,7 +1137,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1170,7 +1148,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1187,73 +1165,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:841 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:842 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:851 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:852 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1263,7 +1241,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1273,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:876 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an " @@ -1286,7 +1264,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:875 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1297,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1309,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:896 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1356,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:909 +#: using-d-i.xml:900 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1375,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:919 +#: using-d-i.xml:910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1390,7 +1368,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:927 +#: using-d-i.xml:918 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1403,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:926 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1432,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:953 +#: using-d-i.xml:944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1451,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:964 +#: using-d-i.xml:955 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1466,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:972 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1477,7 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:978 +#: using-d-i.xml:969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1493,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:986 +#: using-d-i.xml:977 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1506,13 +1484,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1014 +#: using-d-i.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1015 +#: using-d-i.xml:1006 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1530,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1543,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1608,101 +1586,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1115 +#: using-d-i.xml:1106 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1116 +#: using-d-i.xml:1107 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1117 +#: using-d-i.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1118 +#: using-d-i.xml:1109 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1125 +#: using-d-i.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 +#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1128 +#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1129 +#: using-d-i.xml:1120 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1133 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1144 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1137 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1141 +#: using-d-i.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1133 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1145 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1710,7 +1688,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1720,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1158 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1735,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1750,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1176 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1768,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1189 +#: using-d-i.xml:1180 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1779,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1196 +#: using-d-i.xml:1187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1796,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1806,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 +#: using-d-i.xml:1207 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1822,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1835,13 +1813,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1240 +#: using-d-i.xml:1231 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1241 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1855,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1249 +#: using-d-i.xml:1240 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1873,7 +1851,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1259 +#: using-d-i.xml:1250 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1891,7 +1869,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1270 +#: using-d-i.xml:1261 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -1906,7 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1279 +#: using-d-i.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -1919,7 +1897,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1290 +#: using-d-i.xml:1281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -1927,43 +1905,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1295 +#: using-d-i.xml:1286 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1298 +#: using-d-i.xml:1289 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1301 +#: using-d-i.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1295 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1307 +#: using-d-i.xml:1298 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1310 +#: using-d-i.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1303 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -1971,7 +1949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1318 +#: using-d-i.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -1979,7 +1957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1324 +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your " @@ -1989,7 +1967,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1332 +#: using-d-i.xml:1323 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2000,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1346 +#: using-d-i.xml:1337 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1347 +#: using-d-i.xml:1338 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2020,7 +1998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2037,7 +2015,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1374 +#: using-d-i.xml:1365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2047,7 +2025,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1381 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2060,7 +2038,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1392 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2071,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1404 +#: using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2081,13 +2059,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1414 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1416 +#: using-d-i.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2103,13 +2081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1434 +#: using-d-i.xml:1425 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1436 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2119,13 +2097,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1448 +#: using-d-i.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1450 +#: using-d-i.xml:1441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2137,7 +2115,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1460 +#: using-d-i.xml:1451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2147,25 +2125,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1472 +#: using-d-i.xml:1463 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1474 +#: using-d-i.xml:1465 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1480 +#: using-d-i.xml:1471 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1481 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2175,13 +2153,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1496 using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1497 +#: using-d-i.xml:1488 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2193,7 +2171,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1506 +#: using-d-i.xml:1497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2206,13 +2184,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1525 using-d-i.xml:1602 +#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1518 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2226,7 +2204,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1547 +#: using-d-i.xml:1538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2235,13 +2213,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1556 +#: using-d-i.xml:1547 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1549 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2250,25 +2228,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1568 +#: using-d-i.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1567 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1577 +#: using-d-i.xml:1568 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2278,19 +2256,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1590 +#: using-d-i.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1604 +#: using-d-i.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1604 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer " @@ -2300,7 +2278,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#: using-d-i.xml:1611 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2312,7 +2290,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#: using-d-i.xml:1622 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2323,7 +2301,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2338,7 +2316,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1653 +#: using-d-i.xml:1644 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2352,7 +2330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1660 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2372,7 +2350,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -2385,7 +2363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2393,13 +2371,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1694 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1695 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " @@ -2407,13 +2385,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1718 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " @@ -2423,13 +2401,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1734 +#: using-d-i.xml:1725 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1736 +#: using-d-i.xml:1727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -2439,7 +2417,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1743 +#: using-d-i.xml:1734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -2451,7 +2429,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " @@ -2461,19 +2439,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1770 +#: using-d-i.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1773 +#: using-d-i.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1775 +#: using-d-i.xml:1766 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2486,7 +2464,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1783 +#: using-d-i.xml:1774 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2500,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2511,13 +2489,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1801 +#: using-d-i.xml:1792 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1803 +#: using-d-i.xml:1794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2529,7 +2507,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1810 +#: using-d-i.xml:1801 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2547,7 +2525,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1820 +#: using-d-i.xml:1811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2559,7 +2537,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1827 +#: using-d-i.xml:1818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2569,13 +2547,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1839 +#: using-d-i.xml:1830 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2587,13 +2565,13 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1854 +#: using-d-i.xml:1845 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系統安裝" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1847 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " @@ -2608,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1866 +#: using-d-i.xml:1857 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " @@ -2619,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1872 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2631,13 +2609,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1885 +#: using-d-i.xml:1876 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " @@ -2648,13 +2626,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1900 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1902 +#: using-d-i.xml:1893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " @@ -2674,7 +2652,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1926 +#: using-d-i.xml:1917 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " @@ -2686,13 +2664,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1942 +#: using-d-i.xml:1933 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1944 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -2704,7 +2682,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1953 +#: using-d-i.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -2724,7 +2702,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1978 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " @@ -2734,7 +2712,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1985 +#: using-d-i.xml:1976 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -2742,7 +2720,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1992 +#: using-d-i.xml:1983 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -2752,7 +2730,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2000 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " @@ -2762,13 +2740,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2009 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2011 +#: using-d-i.xml:2002 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " @@ -2782,7 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2019 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " @@ -2795,7 +2773,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2027 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " @@ -2805,13 +2783,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2036 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "internet site" msgstr "網際網路站" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " @@ -2823,13 +2801,13 @@ msgstr "" "詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2048 +#: using-d-i.xml:2039 #, no-c-format msgid "mail sent by smarthost" msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2040 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " @@ -2845,13 +2823,13 @@ msgstr "" "程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2062 +#: using-d-i.xml:2053 #, no-c-format msgid "local delivery only" msgstr "僅在本地發送" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2063 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " @@ -2867,13 +2845,13 @@ msgstr "" "問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2076 +#: using-d-i.xml:2067 #, no-c-format msgid "no configuration at this time" msgstr "現在不進行設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2077 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " @@ -2886,7 +2864,7 @@ msgstr "" "具發出的重要資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2088 +#: using-d-i.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " @@ -2901,13 +2879,13 @@ msgstr "" "料。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2103 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2105 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2920,7 +2898,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2113 +#: using-d-i.xml:2104 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2934,13 +2912,13 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2119 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2130 +#: using-d-i.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2954,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2138 +#: using-d-i.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2968,13 +2946,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2156 +#: using-d-i.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2993,13 +2971,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2177 +#: using-d-i.xml:2168 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2178 +#: using-d-i.xml:2169 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3014,19 +2992,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2187 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2199 +#: using-d-i.xml:2190 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2201 +#: using-d-i.xml:2192 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3037,7 +3015,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2207 +#: using-d-i.xml:2198 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3049,7 +3027,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2213 +#: using-d-i.xml:2204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -3060,13 +3038,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2227 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2229 +#: using-d-i.xml:2220 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3082,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2239 +#: using-d-i.xml:2230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3095,7 +3073,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2247 +#: using-d-i.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3103,13 +3081,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2254 +#: using-d-i.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3117,13 +3095,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2261 +#: using-d-i.xml:2252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3134,13 +3112,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3157,7 +3135,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2282 +#: using-d-i.xml:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3173,13 +3151,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2299 +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2301 +#: using-d-i.xml:2292 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3204,7 +3182,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2317 +#: using-d-i.xml:2308 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3219,13 +3197,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2329 +#: using-d-i.xml:2320 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2331 +#: using-d-i.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3241,13 +3219,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2346 +#: using-d-i.xml:2337 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2348 +#: using-d-i.xml:2339 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3273,13 +3251,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2370 +#: using-d-i.xml:2361 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2371 +#: using-d-i.xml:2362 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3290,13 +3268,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2380 +#: using-d-i.xml:2371 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2381 +#: using-d-i.xml:2372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3309,13 +3287,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2391 +#: using-d-i.xml:2382 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2392 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3328,13 +3306,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2404 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2405 +#: using-d-i.xml:2396 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3345,13 +3323,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2415 +#: using-d-i.xml:2406 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2416 +#: using-d-i.xml:2407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3364,13 +3342,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2436 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2437 +#: using-d-i.xml:2428 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3410,13 +3388,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2456 +#: using-d-i.xml:2447 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2457 +#: using-d-i.xml:2448 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3424,13 +3402,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2465 +#: using-d-i.xml:2456 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2466 +#: using-d-i.xml:2457 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3439,13 +3417,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2474 using-d-i.xml:2543 +#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2475 +#: using-d-i.xml:2466 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3453,13 +3431,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2483 +#: using-d-i.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2484 +#: using-d-i.xml:2475 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3469,13 +3447,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2505 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2506 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -3501,13 +3479,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2516 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2526 +#: using-d-i.xml:2517 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -3517,20 +3495,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2534 +#: using-d-i.xml:2525 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2535 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2544 +#: using-d-i.xml:2535 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -3538,13 +3516,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2552 +#: using-d-i.xml:2543 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2553 +#: using-d-i.xml:2544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -3554,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2563 +#: using-d-i.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -3564,19 +3542,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:2569 +#: using-d-i.xml:2560 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2579 +#: using-d-i.xml:2570 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2580 +#: using-d-i.xml:2571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3594,13 +3572,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2598 +#: using-d-i.xml:2589 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2599 +#: using-d-i.xml:2590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3614,13 +3592,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2615 +#: using-d-i.xml:2606 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2616 +#: using-d-i.xml:2607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3635,13 +3613,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2633 +#: using-d-i.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2635 +#: using-d-i.xml:2626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3669,13 +3647,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2660 +#: using-d-i.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2662 +#: using-d-i.xml:2653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3691,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2671 +#: using-d-i.xml:2662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3710,13 +3688,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2679 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2680 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " @@ -3724,13 +3702,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2701 +#: using-d-i.xml:2692 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2703 +#: using-d-i.xml:2694 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -3742,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2710 +#: using-d-i.xml:2701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -3755,13 +3733,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2715 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2725 +#: using-d-i.xml:2716 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -3772,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2738 +#: using-d-i.xml:2729 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2740 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -3789,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2747 +#: using-d-i.xml:2738 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -3803,13 +3781,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2767 +#: using-d-i.xml:2758 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2770 +#: using-d-i.xml:2761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -3830,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3846,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3864,13 +3842,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2810 +#: using-d-i.xml:2801 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2812 +#: using-d-i.xml:2803 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3882,7 +3860,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3896,7 +3874,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2835 +#: using-d-i.xml:2826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3904,7 +3882,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3918,7 +3896,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2852 +#: using-d-i.xml:2843 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3927,7 +3905,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2858 +#: using-d-i.xml:2849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3946,7 +3924,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2875 +#: using-d-i.xml:2866 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3958,7 +3936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2884 +#: using-d-i.xml:2875 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3971,7 +3949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3982,7 +3960,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2902 +#: using-d-i.xml:2893 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3990,6 +3968,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #~ msgid "" +#~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " +#~ "booted the installer with the default 2.4 kernel, the keyboard will not " +#~ "be identified correctly by the installation system. The installer will " +#~ "show you a list of Sun type keymaps to choose from, but selecting one of " +#~ "these will result in a non-working keyboard. If you are installing with " +#~ "the 2.6 kernel, there is no problem." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的系統上使用 Sun USB 鍵盤，並且使用預設的 2.4 核心啟動，該鍵盤將無法" +#~ "被安裝系統識別。\n" +#~ "安裝程式會提供 Sun 類型的 keymap 列表供選擇，但是選擇了其中一個會導致鍵盤" +#~ "無法使用。\n" +#~ "如果您使用 2.6 核心安裝，便不會有問題。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " +#~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard " +#~ "selection<footnote> <para> If you are installing at default priority you " +#~ "should use the <userinput>Go Back</userinput> button to return to the " +#~ "installer menu when you are shown the list of Sun type keymaps. </para> </" +#~ "footnote>, choose <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> if you have a " +#~ "keyboard with an American (US) layout, or choose <quote>USB keyboard</" +#~ "quote> if you have a keyboard with a localized layout. Selecting " +#~ "<quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> will leave the kernel keymap in " +#~ "place, which is correct for US keyboards." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "為了讓鍵盤可以工作，您應該為開機程式加上參數 <userinput>debconf/" +#~ "priority=medium</userinput>。\n" +#~ "當您看到鍵盤選擇項<footnote> <para> 如果您使用預設的優先級安裝，在顯示 " +#~ "Sun 類型 keymap 之後，您應該使用 <userinput>Go Back</userinput> 按鈕返回安" +#~ "裝選單。</para> </footnote>，如果您使用美式 (US) 鍵盤配置，請選 <quote>No " +#~ "keyboard to configure</quote>，如果您使用本地化鍵盤配置，請選 <quote>USB " +#~ "keyboard</quote>。選擇 <quote>No keyboard to configure</quote> 會使核心 " +#~ "keympa 放在合適的地方，這對美式鍵盤是正確的做法。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in " #~ "<command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> " |